aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/vendor/mbedtls
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorLibravatar vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com>2024-05-04 14:06:06 -0400
committerLibravatar vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com>2024-05-04 14:06:06 -0400
commite7375560d465f6da71aae0483c0e7a72535ccc10 (patch)
treebbdfcb275ec0b66cfe84b7f8024258eef6c7aa5a /vendor/mbedtls
parent7485aa5a43476c47d54ec51fb96751a14e0ed629 (diff)
Squashed commit of the following:
commit 0a40e209d03e8ff9b6f81cd5969d3e845c633bfc Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sat May 4 13:55:19 2024 -0400 ci: Force disable testing for win ci builds commit 55fae189fffc86f07a3448370f0a746670819712 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Thu May 2 21:54:35 2024 -0400 feat: Working and tested openssl impl & defaults commit 6ff8bb11774c51fd341b7699a3938fd894995fbf Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Thu Apr 25 17:45:42 2024 -0400 refactor: Finish support and testing for mbedtls commit 7cb7a93de4f6f5e741bc5129e3d928e44f050930 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Tue Apr 23 18:19:31 2024 -0400 refactor!: MbedTLS on Windows, switch to uint32 commit 30e8dda6cbea86bdee6d5dfe48514385d3b9f81b Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Tue Apr 23 14:48:05 2024 -0400 refactor: Crypto dep redesign working on Windows commit d09c6c1bd5da3e2d79351daeba304ca99976a726 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Thu Apr 18 00:28:51 2024 -0400 refactor!: Pushing what I have to dev commit 54e06ada7d624ed0d28c6a6db04a149708841bf8 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sat Apr 13 01:24:00 2024 -0400 fix: convert constants to hex, inline macro, ParseErrorCode commit 4215e3100d9a0d23119080d09638fa5b60d0c6d4 Merge: d3328f4 7485aa5 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Wed Apr 3 18:26:30 2024 -0400 Merge branch 'master' into develop commit d3328f4152b22b28f24c43dda62464287f1efff5 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Wed Apr 3 18:22:56 2024 -0400 build: Included dependency and versions in client builds commit b11bc0bac955fd5c6db65f0da48456bf5e748805 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Wed Apr 3 18:10:08 2024 -0400 fix: Fix c89 compatabilty comments and struct assignment commit 9915bd41799a72413e6b400e150aa9f5fa797e25 Merge: 8e3d6ea 5184d7d Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sat Mar 30 09:57:30 2024 -0400 Merge branch 'master' into develop commit 8e3d6ea5e3c83fe42cb904b6ccc4fe2b73f76aae Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sat Mar 30 09:52:55 2024 -0400 refactor!: Some api (struct) changes and updated tests commit e88e8420520204e20802516f01d4488bb0b1d6ea Merge: 490dfee 21f6c0a Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sun Mar 3 15:02:34 2024 -0500 Merge branch 'master' into develop commit 490dfee4ef22479009627435c6ad728c3cbbab54 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sun Mar 3 14:59:25 2024 -0500 test: #3 tests for encryption/description and Macs commit efa97490b7ed47f4e2f05bee52e2b33e14e439e6 Merge: 1b84e3c 120022a Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sun Mar 3 14:55:48 2024 -0500 merge master commit 1b84e3c7c2e55b1ff9ffdd09b66873e11c131441 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sat Mar 2 22:57:36 2024 -0500 fix: #2 constent usage of sizeof() operator on struct types commit 9de5a214c66adea0ef2d0bac63c59449de202a88 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Fri Mar 1 14:30:36 2024 -0500 perf: avoid nc_key struct copy, cast and verify instead commit b917b761120ed684af28d0707673ffadcf14b8fe Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Mon Feb 12 22:06:50 2024 -0500 fix: found the constant time memcompare function commit 9f85fff3b9f25da7410569ea94f994b88feb3910 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Fri Feb 9 22:48:35 2024 -0500 feat: added/update MAC functions to sign or verify nip44 payload commit aa5113741bb419b02d6ea416bba571fa3d65db46 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Wed Feb 7 01:37:53 2024 -0500 add missing hmac-key output buffer commit 55f47d22cc9ce4d1e22b70814d608c7ef3b1bbc9 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Sun Feb 4 21:08:13 2024 -0500 simple bug fixes, and public api argument validation tests commit 73c5a713fb164ae8b4ac8a891a8020e08eae0a3b Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Fri Feb 2 23:05:48 2024 -0500 update api to return secpvalidate return code instead of internal return codes commit 06c73004e1a39a7ea4ea3a89c22dee0f66adb236 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Fri Feb 2 19:25:17 2024 -0500 change to lgpl license commit 6e79fdb3b6b6739fc7797d47e55a7691306cf736 Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Wed Jan 31 21:30:49 2024 -0500 move validation macros, and optionally disable them commit ac1e58837f1ba687939f78b5c03cadd346c10ddd Author: vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> Date: Tue Jan 30 12:25:05 2024 -0500 couple more tests, renable range checks, set flags for all projects
Diffstat (limited to 'vendor/mbedtls')
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h631
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h343
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1.h642
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h390
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/base64.h82
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h1084
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/block_cipher.h76
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/build_info.h176
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h305
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h526
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h202
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h342
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h1127
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h1173
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h246
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h46
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h465
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h888
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h349
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h142
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h81
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h25
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h55
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h36
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h582
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h156
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h385
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h972
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h454
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h671
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h298
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h1528
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h273
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h201
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h384
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h124
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h434
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/lms.h440
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h4211
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h526
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h190
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h142
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h299
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h166
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h727
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h160
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h1296
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h186
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h198
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h240
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h485
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h79
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h197
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h168
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/private_access.h20
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h188
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h136
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h1164
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h219
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h200
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha3.h172
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h208
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h5598
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h187
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h482
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h106
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h197
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h137
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h94
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h78
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509.h499
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h184
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h1208
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h382
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/build_info.h20
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto.h4835
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h21
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h91
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h39
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h214
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h118
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h114
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_compat.h230
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_config.h159
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h44
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h151
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h52
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h105
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_extra.h1883
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h88
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_platform.h102
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h1383
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h1292
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_struct.h501
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_types.h484
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_values.h2783
-rw-r--r--vendor/mbedtls/mbedtls_noscrypt_config.h56
97 files changed, 51828 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5eb1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/**
+ * \file aes.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains AES definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved
+ * cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic
+ * data.
+ *
+ * The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can
+ * encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see
+ * <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and
+ * <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security
+ * techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric
+ * ciphers</em>.
+ *
+ * The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E
+ * <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf>
+ * and described in detail by IEEE P1619
+ * <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT 1 /**< AES encryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT 0 /**< AES decryption. */
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */
+/** Invalid key length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0020
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0022
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */
+/** Invalid input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0021
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The AES context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< The number of rounds. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk_offset); /*!< The offset in array elements to AES
+ round keys in the buffer. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C)
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[44]; /*!< Aligned data buffer to hold
+ 10 round keys for 128-bit case. */
+#else
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[68]; /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can
+ hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for
+ one of the following purposes:
+ <ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is
+ used.</li>
+ <li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit
+ case by generating an extra round key.
+ </li></ul> */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH && !MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C */
+}
+mbedtls_aes_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief The AES XTS context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context {
+ mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crypt); /*!< The AES context to use for AES block
+ encryption or decryption. */
+ mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tweak); /*!< The AES context used for tweak
+ computation. */
+} mbedtls_aes_xts_context;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+#include "aes_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified AES context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_init(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to clear.
+ * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_free(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_init(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES XTS context to clear.
+ * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_free(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized.
+ * \param key The encryption key.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ * <li>192 bits</li>
+ * <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized.
+ * \param key The decryption key.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ * <li>192 bits</li>
+ * <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and
+ * sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized.
+ * \param key The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ * concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and
+ * sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized.
+ * \param key The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ * concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES single-block encryption or
+ * decryption operation.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter
+ * (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ * the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or
+ * mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
+ * call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+ * \param output The buffer where the output data will be written.
+ * It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ const unsigned char input[16],
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation
+ * on full blocks.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ * the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
+ * data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either
+ * mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called
+ * before the first call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \note This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size
+ * must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
+ * either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
+ * multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes).
+ * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
+ * on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption
+ * operation for an entire XTS data unit.
+ *
+ * AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as
+ * defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be
+ * provided by \p data_unit.
+ *
+ * NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20
+ * AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function
+ * returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any
+ * length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive
+ * (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks).
+ * \param data_unit The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16
+ * bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this
+ * is typically the index of the block device sector that
+ * contains the data.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire
+ * data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p
+ * input.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire
+ * data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p
+ * output.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is
+ * smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p
+ * length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB).
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ const unsigned char data_unit[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ * parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ * defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(),
+ * regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
+ * operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
+ * because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ * decryption.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ * It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *iv_off,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined
+ * in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for
+ * both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must
+ * use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for
+ * both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode)
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * For OFB, you must set up the context with
+ * mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are
+ * performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is
+ * because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ * decryption.
+ *
+ * The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption,
+ * therefore no operation mode needs to be specified.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is
+ * updated so that you can call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted
+ * in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising
+ * iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value
+ * between calls.
+ *
+ * For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call
+ * to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call.
+ *
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector,
+ * you must either save it manually or use the cipher module
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \warning For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique
+ * every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector
+ * will compromise security.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ * It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *iv_off,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
+ * for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
+ * must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc()
+ * for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ * the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ * updated by this function.
+ *
+ * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ * blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ * updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ * For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
+ * per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
+ * case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
+ * set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
+ * value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
+ * stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
+ * 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
+ *
+ * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
+ * The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
+ * counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
+ * limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
+ * for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
+ * more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ * that an AES block is 16 bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data.
+ * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for
+ * resuming within the current cipher stream. The
+ * offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream.
+ * It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter.
+ * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is
+ * overwritten by the function.
+ * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *nc_off,
+ unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
+ unsigned char stream_block[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal AES block encryption function. This is only
+ * exposed to allow overriding it using
+ * \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption.
+ * \param input The plaintext block.
+ * \param output The output (ciphertext) block.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char input[16],
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief Internal AES block decryption function. This is only
+ * exposed to allow overriding it using see
+ * \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption.
+ * \param input The ciphertext block.
+ * \param output The output (plaintext) block.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char input[16],
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* aes.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c685fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/**
+ * \file aria.h
+ *
+ * \brief ARIA block cipher
+ *
+ * The ARIA algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and
+ * decrypt information. It is defined by the Korean Agency for
+ * Technology and Standards (KATS) in <em>KS X 1213:2004</em> (in
+ * Korean, but see http://210.104.33.10/ARIA/index-e.html in English)
+ * and also described by the IETF in <em>RFC 5794</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT 1 /**< ARIA encryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT 0 /**< ARIA decryption. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< ARIA block size in bytes. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS 16 /**< Maximum number of rounds in ARIA. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */
+
+/** Bad input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C
+
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ARIA context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */
+ /*! The ARIA round keys. */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS + 1][MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE / 4];
+}
+mbedtls_aria_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
+#include "aria_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified ARIA context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aria_init(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ * it must point to an initialized ARIA context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aria_free(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ * <li>192 bits</li>
+ * <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ * <li>192 bits</li>
+ * <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an ARIA single-block encryption or
+ * decryption operation.
+ *
+ * It performs encryption or decryption (depending on whether
+ * the key was set for encryption on decryption) on the input
+ * data buffer defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * mbedtls_aria_init(), and either mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or
+ * mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
+ * call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data.
+
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+ unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CBC encryption or decryption operation
+ * on full blocks.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ * the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
+ * data is processed. mbedtls_aria_init(), and either
+ * mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called
+ * before the first call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \note This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size
+ * must be a multiple of the ARIA block size of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
+ * either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
+ * multiple of the block size (16 Bytes).
+ * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CFB128 encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ * parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ * defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ * For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(),
+ * regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
+ * operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
+ * because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ * decryption.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the same function again on the next
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
+ * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ * This must not be larger than 15.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *iv_off,
+ unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CTR encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
+ * for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
+ * must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc()
+ * for both #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ * the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ * updated by this function.
+ *
+ * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ * blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ * updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ * For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
+ * per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
+ * case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
+ * set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
+ * value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
+ * stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
+ * 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
+ *
+ * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
+ * The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
+ * counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
+ * limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
+ * for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
+ * more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ * that an ARIA block is 16 bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param nc_off The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block,
+ * for resuming within the current cipher stream. The
+ * offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a
+ * stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes.
+ * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to
+ * a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
+ * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This must
+ * point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
+ * This is overwritten by the function.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *nc_off,
+ unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+ unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success, or \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* aria.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff019f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/**
+ * \file asn1.h
+ *
+ * \brief Generic ASN.1 parsing
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup asn1_module
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \name ASN1 Error codes
+ * These error codes are combined with other error codes for
+ * higher error granularity.
+ * e.g. X.509 and PKCS #7 error codes
+ * ASN1 is a standard to specify data structures.
+ * \{
+ */
+/** Out of data when parsing an ASN1 data structure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA -0x0060
+/** ASN1 tag was of an unexpected value. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG -0x0062
+/** Error when trying to determine the length or invalid length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH -0x0064
+/** Actual length differs from expected length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH -0x0066
+/** Data is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA -0x0068
+/** Memory allocation failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED -0x006A
+/** Buffer too small when writing ASN.1 data structure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x006C
+
+/** \} name ASN1 Error codes */
+
+/**
+ * \name DER constants
+ * These constants comply with the DER encoded ASN.1 type tags.
+ * DER encoding uses hexadecimal representation.
+ * An example DER sequence is:\n
+ * - 0x02 -- tag indicating INTEGER
+ * - 0x01 -- length in octets
+ * - 0x05 -- value
+ * Such sequences are typically read into \c ::mbedtls_x509_buf.
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN 0x01
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER 0x02
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING 0x03
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 0x04
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL 0x05
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID 0x06
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED 0x0A
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING 0x0C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SEQUENCE 0x10
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SET 0x11
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING 0x13
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING 0x14
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING 0x16
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTC_TIME 0x17
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_GENERALIZED_TIME 0x18
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING 0x1C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING 0x1E
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRIMITIVE 0x00
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED 0x20
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC 0x80
+
+/* Slightly smaller way to check if tag is a string tag
+ * compared to canonical implementation. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IS_STRING_TAG(tag) \
+ ((unsigned int) (tag) < 32u && ( \
+ ((1u << (tag)) & ((1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING) | \
+ (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING) | \
+ (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING) | \
+ (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING) | \
+ (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING) | \
+ (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING))) != 0))
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks for each of the components of an ASN.1 tag as specified in
+ * ITU X.690 (08/2015), section 8.1 "General rules for encoding",
+ * paragraph 8.1.2.2:
+ *
+ * Bit 8 7 6 5 1
+ * +-------+-----+------------+
+ * | Class | P/C | Tag number |
+ * +-------+-----+------------+
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_CLASS_MASK 0xC0
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_PC_MASK 0x20
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_VALUE_MASK 0x1F
+
+/** \} name DER constants */
+
+/** Returns the size of the binary string, without the trailing \\0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) - 1)
+
+/**
+ * Compares an mbedtls_asn1_buf structure to a reference OID.
+ *
+ * Only works for 'defined' oid_str values (MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1), you cannot use a
+ * 'unsigned char *oid' here!
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP(oid_str, oid_buf) \
+ ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf)->len) || \
+ memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf)->p, (oid_buf)->len) != 0)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP_RAW(oid_str, oid_buf, oid_buf_len) \
+ ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf_len)) || \
+ memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf), (oid_buf_len)) != 0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_buf {
+ int tag; /**< ASN1 type, e.g. MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. */
+ size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
+ unsigned char *p; /**< ASN1 data, e.g. in ASCII. */
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_buf;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN1 bit strings.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_bitstring {
+ size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
+ unsigned char unused_bits; /**< Number of unused bits at the end of the string */
+ unsigned char *p; /**< Raw ASN1 data for the bit string */
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_bitstring;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence {
+ mbedtls_asn1_buf buf; /**< Buffer containing the given ASN.1 item. */
+
+ /** The next entry in the sequence.
+ *
+ * The details of memory management for sequences are not documented and
+ * may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL when
+ * initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS
+ * library functions.
+ */
+ struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence *next;
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_sequence;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence or list of 'named' ASN.1 data items
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data {
+ mbedtls_asn1_buf oid; /**< The object identifier. */
+ mbedtls_asn1_buf val; /**< The named value. */
+
+ /** The next entry in the sequence.
+ *
+ * The details of memory management for named data sequences are not
+ * documented and may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL
+ * when initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS
+ * library functions.
+ */
+ struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data *next;
+
+ /** Merge next item into the current one?
+ *
+ * This field exists for the sake of Mbed TLS's X.509 certificate parsing
+ * code and may change in future versions of the library.
+ */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_merged);
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_named_data;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+/**
+ * \brief Get the length of an ASN.1 element.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the length.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the first byte of the length,
+ * i.e. immediately after the tag.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
+ * read from the ASN.1 input.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
+ * would end beyond \p end.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_len(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the tag and length of the element.
+ * Check for the requested tag.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the tag and length.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
+ * read from the ASN.1 input.
+ * \param tag The expected tag.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the data does not start
+ * with the requested tag.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
+ * would end beyond \p end.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_tag(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ size_t *len, int tag);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C || MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a boolean ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param val On success, the parsed value (\c 0 or \c 1).
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 BOOLEAN.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bool(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param val On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ * not fit in an \c int.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_int(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve an enumerated ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param val On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 ENUMERATED.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ * not fit in an \c int.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_enum(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param bs On success, ::mbedtls_asn1_bitstring information about
+ * the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
+ * extra data after a valid BIT STRING.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag without unused bits and its
+ * value.
+ * Updates the pointer to the beginning of the bit/octet string.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * of the content of the BIT STRING.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param len On success, \c *len is the length of the content in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the input starts with
+ * a valid BIT STRING with a nonzero number of unused bits.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>".
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag.
+ *
+ * This function allocates memory for the sequence elements. You can free
+ * the allocated memory with mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free().
+ *
+ * \note On error, this function may return a partial list in \p cur.
+ * You must set `cur->next = NULL` before calling this function!
+ * Otherwise it is impossible to distinguish a previously non-null
+ * pointer from a pointer to an object allocated by this function.
+ *
+ * \note If the sequence is empty, this function does not modify
+ * \c *cur. If the sequence is valid and non-empty, this
+ * function sets `cur->buf.tag` to \p tag. This allows
+ * callers to distinguish between an empty sequence and
+ * a one-element sequence.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param cur A ::mbedtls_asn1_sequence which this function fills.
+ * When this function returns, \c *cur is the head of a linked
+ * list. Each node in this list is allocated with
+ * mbedtls_calloc() apart from \p cur itself, and should
+ * therefore be freed with mbedtls_free().
+ * The list describes the content of the sequence.
+ * The head of the list (i.e. \c *cur itself) describes the
+ * first element, `*cur->next` describes the second element, etc.
+ * For each element, `buf.tag == tag`, `buf.len` is the length
+ * of the content of the content of the element, and `buf.p`
+ * points to the first byte of the content (i.e. immediately
+ * past the length of the element).
+ * Note that list elements may be allocated even on error.
+ * \param tag Each element of the sequence must have this tag.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
+ * extra data after a valid SEQUENCE OF \p tag.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts with
+ * an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag that
+ * is different from \p tag.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur,
+ int tag);
+/**
+ * \brief Free a heap-allocated linked list presentation of
+ * an ASN.1 sequence, including the first element.
+ *
+ * There are two common ways to manage the memory used for the representation
+ * of a parsed ASN.1 sequence:
+ * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` with mbedtls_calloc().
+ * Pass this node as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
+ * When you have finished processing the sequence,
+ * call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head`.
+ * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` in any manner,
+ * for example on the stack. Make sure that `head->next == NULL`.
+ * Pass `head` as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
+ * When you have finished processing the sequence,
+ * call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head->cur`,
+ * then free `head` itself in the appropriate manner.
+ *
+ * \param seq The address of the first sequence component. This may
+ * be \c NULL, in which case this functions returns
+ * immediately.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free(mbedtls_asn1_sequence *seq);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Traverse an ASN.1 SEQUENCE container and
+ * call a callback for each entry.
+ *
+ * This function checks that the input is a SEQUENCE of elements that
+ * each have a "must" tag, and calls a callback function on the elements
+ * that have a "may" tag.
+ *
+ * For example, to validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of `tag1` and call
+ * `cb` on each element, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xff, tag1, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of ANY and call `cb` on
+ * each element, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0, 0, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of CHOICE {NULL, OCTET STRING}
+ * and call `cb` on each element that is an OCTET STRING, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xff, 0x04, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * The callback is called on the elements with a "may" tag from left to
+ * right. If the input is not a valid SEQUENCE of elements with a "must" tag,
+ * the callback is called on the elements up to the leftmost point where
+ * the input is invalid.
+ *
+ * \warning This function is still experimental and may change
+ * at any time.
+ *
+ * \param p The address of the pointer to the beginning of
+ * the ASN.1 SEQUENCE header. This is updated to
+ * point to the end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container
+ * on a successful invocation.
+ * \param end The end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container.
+ * \param tag_must_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
+ * the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_must_val.
+ * \param tag_must_val The required value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
+ * SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_must_mask.
+ * Mismatching tags lead to an error.
+ * For example, a value of \c 0 for both \p tag_must_mask
+ * and \p tag_must_val means that every tag is allowed,
+ * while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_must_mask means
+ * that \p tag_must_val is the only allowed tag.
+ * \param tag_may_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
+ * the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_may_val.
+ * \param tag_may_val The desired value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
+ * SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_may_mask.
+ * Mismatching tags will be silently ignored.
+ * For example, a value of \c 0 for \p tag_may_mask and
+ * \p tag_may_val means that any tag will be considered,
+ * while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_may_mask means
+ * that all tags with value different from \p tag_may_val
+ * will be ignored.
+ * \param cb The callback to trigger for each component
+ * in the ASN.1 SEQUENCE that matches \p tag_may_val.
+ * The callback function is called with the following
+ * parameters:
+ * - \p ctx.
+ * - The tag of the current element.
+ * - A pointer to the start of the current element's
+ * content inside the input.
+ * - The length of the content of the current element.
+ * If the callback returns a non-zero value,
+ * the function stops immediately,
+ * forwarding the callback's return value.
+ * \param ctx The context to be passed to the callback \p cb.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful the entire ASN.1 SEQUENCE
+ * was traversed without parsing or callback errors.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input
+ * contains extra data after a valid SEQUENCE
+ * of elements with an accepted tag.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts
+ * with an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag
+ * that is not accepted.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
+ * \return A non-zero error code forwarded from the callback
+ * \p cb in case the latter returns a non-zero value.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(
+ unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ unsigned char tag_must_mask, unsigned char tag_must_val,
+ unsigned char tag_may_mask, unsigned char tag_may_val,
+ int (*cb)(void *ctx, int tag,
+ unsigned char *start, size_t len),
+ void *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param X On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful.
+ * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ * a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ * not fit in an \c int.
+ * \return An MPI error code if the parsed value is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_mpi *X);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
+ * AlgorithmIdentifier.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
+ * \param params The buffer to receive the parameters.
+ * This is zeroized if there are no parameters.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg, mbedtls_asn1_buf *params);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence with NULL or no
+ * params.
+ * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
+ * AlgorithmIdentifier.
+ *
+ * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ * beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
+ * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end End of data.
+ * \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg_null(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Find a specific named_data entry in a sequence or list based on
+ * the OID.
+ *
+ * \param list The list to seek through
+ * \param oid The OID to look for
+ * \param len Size of the OID
+ *
+ * \return NULL if not found, or a pointer to the existing entry.
+ */
+const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_find_named_data(const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *list,
+ const char *oid, size_t len);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief Free a mbedtls_asn1_named_data entry
+ *
+ * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ * future version of the library.
+ * Please use mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list()
+ * or mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow().
+ *
+ * \param entry The named data entry to free.
+ * This function calls mbedtls_free() on
+ * `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p`.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *entry);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list.
+ *
+ * \param head Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free.
+ * This function calls mbedtls_free() on
+ * `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p` and then on `entry`
+ * for each list entry, and sets \c *head to \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free all shallow entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list,
+ * but do not free internal pointer targets.
+ *
+ * \param name Head of the list of named data entries to free.
+ * This function calls mbedtls_free() on each list element.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *name);
+
+/** \} name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures */
+/** \} addtogroup asn1_module */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* asn1.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c5a85a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/**
+ * \file asn1write.h
+ *
+ * \brief ASN.1 buffer writing functionality
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if ((ret = (f)) < 0) \
+ return ret; \
+ else \
+ (g) += ret; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_CLEANUP_ADD(g, f) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if ((ret = (f)) < 0) \
+ goto cleanup; \
+ else \
+ (g) += ret; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param len The length value to write.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_len(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ size_t len);
+/**
+ * \brief Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param tag The tag to write.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ unsigned char tag);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C || MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA*/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write raw buffer data.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf The data buffer to write.
+ * \param size The length of the data buffer.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write an arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER)
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param X The MPI to write.
+ * It must be non-negative.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_null(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid The OID to write.
+ * \param oid_len The length of the OID.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write.
+ * \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID.
+ * \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
+ * If 0, NULL parameters are added
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+ size_t par_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write.
+ * \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID.
+ * \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
+ * \param has_par If there are any parameters. If 0, par_len must be 0. If 1
+ * and \p par_len is 0, NULL parameters are added.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier_ext(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+ size_t par_len, int has_par);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param boolean The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ int boolean);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param val The integer value to write.
+ * It must be non-negative.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_int(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an enum tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED) and value
+ * in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param val The integer value to write.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_enum(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific
+ * string encoding tag.
+
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param tag The string encoding tag to write, e.g.
+ * #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING.
+ * \param text The string to write.
+ * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ * be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ int tag, const char *text,
+ size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString
+ * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text The string to write.
+ * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ * be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String
+ * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text The string to write.
+ * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ * be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String
+ * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text The string to write.
+ * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ * be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and
+ * value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf The bitstring to write.
+ * \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function writes a named bitstring tag
+ * (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * As stated in RFC 5280 Appendix B, trailing zeroes are
+ * omitted when encoding named bitstrings in DER.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards within the data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer which is used for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf The bitstring to write.
+ * \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_named_bitstring(unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *start,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t bits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
+ * and value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the data to write.
+ * \param size The length of the data buffer \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a
+ * sequence or list based on the OID. If not already in there,
+ * a new entry is added to the head of the list.
+ * Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data!
+ *
+ * \param list The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek
+ * through (will be updated in case of a new entry).
+ * \param oid The OID to look for.
+ * \param oid_len The size of the OID.
+ * \param val The associated data to store. If this is \c NULL,
+ * no data is copied to the new or existing buffer.
+ * \param val_len The minimum length of the data buffer needed.
+ * If this is 0, do not allocate a buffer for the associated
+ * data.
+ * If the OID was already present, enlarge, shrink or free
+ * the existing buffer to fit \p val_len.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the new / existing entry on success.
+ * \return \c NULL if there was a memory allocation error.
+ */
+mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+ const unsigned char *val,
+ size_t val_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/base64.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/base64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f459b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/**
+ * \file base64.h
+ *
+ * \brief RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Output buffer too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x002A
+/** Invalid character in input. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x002C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
+ *
+ * \param dst destination buffer
+ * \param dlen size of the destination buffer
+ * \param olen number of bytes written
+ * \param src source buffer
+ * \param slen amount of data to be encoded
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ * of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ * If that length cannot be represented, then no data is
+ * written to the buffer and *olen is set to the maximum
+ * length representable as a size_t.
+ *
+ * \note Call this function with dlen = 0 to obtain the
+ * required buffer size in *olen
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_encode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *src, size_t slen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer
+ *
+ * \param dst destination buffer (can be NULL for checking size)
+ * \param dlen size of the destination buffer
+ * \param olen number of bytes written
+ * \param src source buffer
+ * \param slen amount of data to be decoded
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER if the input data is
+ * not correct. *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ * of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ *
+ * \note Call this function with *dst = NULL or dlen = 0 to obtain
+ * the required buffer size in *olen
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_decode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *src, size_t slen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* base64.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d7b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1084 @@
+/**
+ * \file bignum.h
+ *
+ * \brief Multi-precision integer library
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/** An error occurred while reading from or writing to a file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x0002
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0004
+/** There is an invalid character in the digit string. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0006
+/** The buffer is too small to write to. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0008
+/** The input arguments are negative or result in illegal output. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE -0x000A
+/** The input argument for division is zero, which is not allowed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO -0x000C
+/** The input arguments are not acceptable. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE -0x000E
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED -0x0010
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(f) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if ((ret = (f)) != 0) \
+ goto cleanup; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/*
+ * Maximum size MPIs are allowed to grow to in number of limbs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS 10000
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum window size used for modular exponentiation. Default: 3
+ * Minimum value: 1. Maximum value: 6.
+ *
+ * Result is an array of ( 2 ** MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE ) MPIs used
+ * for the sliding window calculation. (So 8 by default)
+ *
+ * Reduction in size, reduces speed.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE 3 /**< Maximum window size used. */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum size of MPIs allowed in bits and bytes for user-MPIs.
+ * ( Default: 512 bytes => 4096 bits, Maximum tested: 2048 bytes => 16384 bits )
+ *
+ * Note: Calculations can temporarily result in larger MPIs. So the number
+ * of limbs required (MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS) is higher.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS (8 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE) /**< Maximum number of bits for usable MPIs. */
+
+/*
+ * When reading from files with mbedtls_mpi_read_file() and writing to files with
+ * mbedtls_mpi_write_file() the buffer should have space
+ * for a (short) label, the MPI (in the provided radix), the newline
+ * characters and the '\0'.
+ *
+ * By default we assume at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix of 10
+ * (decimal) and a maximum of 4096 bit numbers (1234 decimal chars).
+ * Autosized at compile time for at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix
+ * of 10 (decimal) for a number of MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS size.
+ *
+ * This used to be statically sized to 1250 for a maximum of 4096 bit
+ * numbers (1234 decimal chars).
+ *
+ * Calculate using the formula:
+ * MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE = ceil(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS / ln(10) * ln(2)) +
+ * LabelSize + 6
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 (100 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS)
+#define MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 332
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE (((MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 + \
+ MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 - 1) / \
+ MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100) + 10 + 6)
+
+/*
+ * Define the base integer type, architecture-wise.
+ *
+ * 32 or 64-bit integer types can be forced regardless of the underlying
+ * architecture by defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+ * respectively and undefining MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM.
+ *
+ * Double-width integers (e.g. 128-bit in 64-bit architectures) can be
+ * disabled by defining MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32)
+ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_AMD64)
+/* Always choose 64-bit when using MSC */
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX
+ #elif defined(__GNUC__) && ( \
+ defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \
+ defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || \
+ defined(__ia64__) || defined(__alpha__) || \
+ (defined(__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) || \
+ defined(__s390x__) || defined(__mips64) || \
+ defined(__aarch64__))
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+ #endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */
+typedef unsigned int mbedtls_t_udbl __attribute__((mode(TI)));
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+ #elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && defined(__aarch64__)
+/*
+ * __ARMCC_VERSION is defined for both armcc and armclang and
+ * __aarch64__ is only defined by armclang when compiling 64-bit code
+ */
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */
+typedef __uint128_t mbedtls_t_udbl;
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+ #elif defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+/* Force 64-bit integers with unknown compiler */
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX
+ #endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+/* Default to 32-bit compilation */
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32)
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */
+typedef int32_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint32_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT32_MAX
+ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_t_udbl;
+ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+ #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+
+/*
+ * Sanity check that exactly one of MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 is defined,
+ * so that code elsewhere doesn't have to check.
+ */
+#if (!(defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64))) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64))
+#error "Only 32-bit or 64-bit limbs are supported in bignum"
+#endif
+
+/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_uint
+ * \brief The type of machine digits in a bignum, called _limbs_.
+ *
+ * This is always an unsigned integer type with no padding bits. The size
+ * is platform-dependent.
+ */
+
+/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_sint
+ * \brief The signed type corresponding to #mbedtls_mpi_uint.
+ *
+ * This is always an signed integer type with no padding bits. The size
+ * is platform-dependent.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief MPI structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_mpi {
+ /** Pointer to limbs.
+ *
+ * This may be \c NULL if \c n is 0.
+ */
+ mbedtls_mpi_uint *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p);
+
+ /** Sign: -1 if the mpi is negative, 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * The number 0 must be represented with `s = +1`. Although many library
+ * functions treat all-limbs-zero as equivalent to a valid representation
+ * of 0 regardless of the sign bit, there are exceptions, so bignum
+ * functions and external callers must always set \c s to +1 for the
+ * number zero.
+ *
+ * Note that this implies that calloc() or `... = {0}` does not create
+ * a valid MPI representation. You must call mbedtls_mpi_init().
+ */
+ signed short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s);
+
+ /** Total number of limbs in \c p. */
+ unsigned short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(n);
+ /* Make sure that MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS fits in n.
+ * Use the same limit value on all platforms so that we don't have to
+ * think about different behavior on the rare platforms where
+ * unsigned short can store values larger than the minimum required by
+ * the C language, which is 65535.
+ */
+#if MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535
+#error "MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535 is not supported"
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_mpi;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an MPI context.
+ *
+ * This makes the MPI ready to be set or freed,
+ * but does not define a value for the MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_init(mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees the components of an MPI context.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is
+ * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized MPI.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_free(mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Enlarge an MPI to the specified number of limbs.
+ *
+ * \note This function does nothing if the MPI is
+ * already large enough.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to grow. It must be initialized.
+ * \param nblimbs The target number of limbs.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_grow(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function resizes an MPI downwards, keeping at least the
+ * specified number of limbs.
+ *
+ * If \c X is smaller than \c nblimbs, it is resized up
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to shrink. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param nblimbs The minimum number of limbs to keep.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed
+ * (this can only happen when resizing up).
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shrink(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Make a copy of an MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \note The limb-buffer in the destination MPI is enlarged
+ * if necessary to hold the value in the source MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_copy(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Swap the contents of two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X The first MPI. It must be initialized.
+ * \param Y The second MPI. It must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a safe conditional copy of MPI which doesn't
+ * reveal whether the condition was true or not.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to conditionally assign to. This must point
+ * to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y The MPI to be assigned from. This must point to an
+ * initialized MPI.
+ * \param assign The condition deciding whether to perform the
+ * assignment or not. Must be either 0 or 1:
+ * * \c 1: Perform the assignment `X = Y`.
+ * * \c 0: Keep the original value of \p X.
+ *
+ * \note This function is equivalent to
+ * `if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_copy( X, Y );`
+ * except that it avoids leaking any information about whether
+ * the assignment was done or not (the above code may leak
+ * information through branch prediction and/or memory access
+ * patterns analysis).
+ *
+ * \warning If \p assign is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function
+ * is indeterminate, and the resulting value in \p X might be
+ * neither its original value nor the value in \p Y.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_assign(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char assign);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a safe conditional swap which doesn't
+ * reveal whether the condition was true or not.
+ *
+ * \param X The first MPI. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Y The second MPI. This must be initialized.
+ * \param swap The condition deciding whether to perform
+ * the swap or not. Must be either 0 or 1:
+ * * \c 1: Swap the values of \p X and \p Y.
+ * * \c 0: Keep the original values of \p X and \p Y.
+ *
+ * \note This function is equivalent to
+ * if( swap ) mbedtls_mpi_swap( X, Y );
+ * except that it avoids leaking any information about whether
+ * the swap was done or not (the above code may leak
+ * information through branch prediction and/or memory access
+ * patterns analysis).
+ *
+ * \warning If \p swap is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function
+ * is indeterminate, and both \p X and \p Y might end up with
+ * values different to either of the original ones.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char swap);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Store integer value in MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to set. This must be initialized.
+ * \param z The value to use.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_lset(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a specific bit from an MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to query. This must be initialized.
+ * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to query.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 or \c 1 on success, depending on whether bit \c pos
+ * of \c X is unset or set.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_get_bit(const mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Modify a specific bit in an MPI.
+ *
+ * \note This function will grow the target MPI if necessary to set a
+ * bit to \c 1 in a not yet existing limb. It will not grow if
+ * the bit should be set to \c 0.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to modify. This must be initialized.
+ * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to modify.
+ * \param val The desired value of bit \c pos: \c 0 or \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_set_bit(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos, unsigned char val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the number of bits of value \c 0 before the
+ * least significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \note This is the same as the zero-based index of
+ * the least significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to query.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bits of value \c 0 before the least significant
+ * bit of value \c 1 in \p X.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_lsb(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the number of bits up to and including the most
+ * significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * * \note This is same as the one-based index of the most
+ * significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to query. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return The number of bits up to and including the most
+ * significant bit of value \c 1.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_bitlen(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the total size of an MPI value in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to use. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \note The value returned by this function may be less than
+ * the number of bytes used to store \p X internally.
+ * This happens if and only if there are trailing bytes
+ * of value zero.
+ *
+ * \return The least number of bytes capable of storing
+ * the absolute value of \p X.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_size(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Import an MPI from an ASCII string.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix The numeric base of the input string.
+ * \param s Null-terminated string buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_string(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export an MPI to an ASCII string.
+ *
+ * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix The numeric base of the output string.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the string to. This must be writable
+ * buffer of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The available size in Bytes of \p buf.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of the string
+ * written, including the final \c NULL byte. This must
+ * not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note You can call this function with `buflen == 0` to obtain the
+ * minimum required buffer size in `*olen`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer \p buf
+ * is too small to hold the value of \p X in the desired base.
+ * In this case, `*olen` is nonetheless updated to contain the
+ * size of \p buf required for a successful call.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_string(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix,
+ char *buf, size_t buflen, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief Read an MPI from a line in an opened file.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix The numeric base of the string representation used
+ * in the source line.
+ * \param fin The input file handle to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note On success, this function advances the file stream
+ * to the end of the current line or to EOF.
+ *
+ * The function returns \c 0 on an empty line.
+ *
+ * Leading whitespaces are ignored, as is a
+ * '0x' prefix for radix \c 16.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the file read buffer
+ * is too small.
+ * \return Another negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_file(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, FILE *fin);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export an MPI into an opened file.
+ *
+ * \param p A string prefix to emit prior to the MPI data.
+ * For example, this might be a label, or "0x" when
+ * printing in base \c 16. This may be \c NULL if no prefix
+ * is needed.
+ * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix The numeric base to be used in the emitted string.
+ * \param fout The output file handle. This may be \c NULL, in which case
+ * the output is written to \c stdout.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_file(const char *p, const mbedtls_mpi *X,
+ int radix, FILE *fout);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Import an MPI from unsigned big endian binary data.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length
+ * \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary(mbedtls_mpi *X, const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Import X from unsigned binary data, little endian
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length
+ * \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary_le(mbedtls_mpi *X,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export X into unsigned binary data, big endian.
+ * Always fills the whole buffer, which will start with zeros
+ * if the number is smaller.
+ *
+ * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length
+ * \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't
+ * large enough to hold the value of \p X.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary(const mbedtls_mpi *X, unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export X into unsigned binary data, little endian.
+ * Always fills the whole buffer, which will end with zeros
+ * if the number is smaller.
+ *
+ * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length
+ * \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't
+ * large enough to hold the value of \p X.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary_le(const mbedtls_mpi *X,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a left-shift on an MPI: X <<= count
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * The MPI pointed by \p X may be resized to fit
+ * the resulting number.
+ * \param count The number of bits to shift by.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shift_l(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a right-shift on an MPI: X >>= count
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param count The number of bits to shift by.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shift_r(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compare the absolute values of two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if `|X|` is greater than `|Y|`.
+ * \return \c -1 if `|X|` is lesser than `|Y|`.
+ * \return \c 0 if `|X|` is equal to `|Y|`.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_abs(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compare two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p Y.
+ * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p Y.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p Y.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_mpi(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if an MPI is less than the other in constant time.
+ *
+ * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI
+ * with the same allocated length as Y.
+ * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI
+ * with the same allocated length as X.
+ * \param ret The result of the comparison:
+ * \c 1 if \p X is less than \p Y.
+ * \c 0 if \p X is greater than or equal to \p Y.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the allocated length of
+ * the two input MPIs is not the same.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_lt_mpi_ct(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y,
+ unsigned *ret);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compare an MPI with an integer.
+ *
+ * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param z The integer value to compare \p X to.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p z.
+ * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p z.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p z.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_int(const mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform an unsigned addition of MPIs: X = |A| + |B|
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform an unsigned subtraction of MPIs: X = |A| - |B|
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is greater than \p A.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a signed addition of MPIs: X = A + B
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of MPIs: X = A - B
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a signed addition of an MPI and an integer: X = A + b
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b The second summand.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of an MPI and an integer:
+ * X = A - b
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b The subtrahend.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a multiplication of two MPIs: X = A * B
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The second factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mul_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a multiplication of an MPI with an unsigned integer:
+ * X = A * b
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b The second factor.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mul_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ mbedtls_mpi_uint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a division with remainder of two MPIs:
+ * A = Q * B + R
+ *
+ * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient.
+ * This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ * quotient is not needed. This must not alias A or B.
+ * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value.
+ * This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ * remainder is not needed. This must not alias A or B.
+ * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The divisor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_div_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a division with remainder of an MPI by an integer:
+ * A = Q * b + R
+ *
+ * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient.
+ * This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ * quotient is not needed. This must not alias A.
+ * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value.
+ * This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ * remainder is not needed. This must not alias A.
+ * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param b The divisor.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_div_int(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a modular reduction. R = A mod B
+ *
+ * \param R The destination MPI for the residue value.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The base of the modular reduction.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is negative.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mod_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a modular reduction with respect to an integer.
+ * r = A mod b
+ *
+ * \param r The address at which to store the residue.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param b The integer base of the modular reduction.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p b is negative.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mod_int(mbedtls_mpi_uint *r, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a sliding-window exponentiation: X = A^E mod N
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * This must not alias E or N.
+ * \param A The base of the exponentiation.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param E The exponent MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param N The base for the modular reduction. This must point to an
+ * initialized MPI.
+ * \param prec_RR A helper MPI depending solely on \p N which can be used to
+ * speed-up multiple modular exponentiations for the same value
+ * of \p N. This may be \c NULL. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ * point to an initialized MPI. If it hasn't been used after
+ * the call to mbedtls_mpi_init(), this function will compute
+ * the helper value and store it in \p prec_RR for reuse on
+ * subsequent calls to this function. Otherwise, the function
+ * will assume that \p prec_RR holds the helper value set by a
+ * previous call to mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(), and reuse it.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \c N is negative or
+ * even, or if \c E is negative.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failures.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *E, const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+ mbedtls_mpi *prec_RR);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill an MPI with a number of random bytes.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param size The number of random bytes to generate.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ * \note The bytes obtained from the RNG are interpreted
+ * as a big-endian representation of an MPI; this can
+ * be relevant in applications like deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_fill_random(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t size,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/** Generate a random number uniformly in a range.
+ *
+ * This function generates a random number between \p min inclusive and
+ * \p N exclusive.
+ *
+ * The procedure complies with RFC 6979 §3.3 (deterministic ECDSA)
+ * when the RNG is a suitably parametrized instance of HMAC_DRBG
+ * and \p min is \c 1.
+ *
+ * \note There are `N - min` possible outputs. The lower bound
+ * \p min can be reached, but the upper bound \p N cannot.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param min The minimum value to return.
+ * It must be nonnegative.
+ * \param N The upper bound of the range, exclusive.
+ * In other words, this is one plus the maximum value to return.
+ * \p N must be strictly larger than \p min.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p min or \p N is invalid
+ * or if they are incompatible.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if the implementation was
+ * unable to find a suitable value within a limited number
+ * of attempts. This has a negligible probability if \p N
+ * is significantly larger than \p min, which is the case
+ * for all usual cryptographic applications.
+ * \return Another negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_random(mbedtls_mpi *X,
+ mbedtls_mpi_sint min,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compute the greatest common divisor: G = gcd(A, B)
+ *
+ * \param G The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The first operand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B The second operand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_gcd(mbedtls_mpi *G, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compute the modular inverse: X = A^-1 mod N
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A The MPI to calculate the modular inverse of. This must point
+ * to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param N The base of the modular inversion. This must point to an
+ * initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p N is less than
+ * or equal to one.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p A has no modular
+ * inverse with respect to \p N.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_inv_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *N);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Miller-Rabin primality test.
+ *
+ * \warning If \p X is potentially generated by an adversary, for example
+ * when validating cryptographic parameters that you didn't
+ * generate yourself and that are supposed to be prime, then
+ * \p rounds should be at least the half of the security
+ * strength of the cryptographic algorithm. On the other hand,
+ * if \p X is chosen uniformly or non-adversarially (as is the
+ * case when mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime calls this function), then
+ * \p rounds can be much lower.
+ *
+ * \param X The MPI to check for primality.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param rounds The number of bases to perform the Miller-Rabin primality
+ * test for. The probability of returning 0 on a composite is
+ * at most 2<sup>-2*\p rounds </sup>.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use
+ * a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful, i.e. \p X is probably prime.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p X is not prime.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime_ext(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int rounds,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+/**
+ * \brief Flags for mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime()
+ *
+ * Each of these flags is a constraint on the result X returned by
+ * mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_DH = 0x0001, /**< (X-1)/2 is prime too */
+ MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_LOW_ERR = 0x0002, /**< lower error rate from 2<sup>-80</sup> to 2<sup>-128</sup> */
+} mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate a prime number.
+ *
+ * \param X The destination MPI to store the generated prime in.
+ * This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param nbits The required size of the destination MPI in bits.
+ * This must be between \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS.
+ * \param flags A mask of flags of type #mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use
+ * a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful, in which case \p X holds a
+ * probably prime number.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if `nbits` is not between
+ * \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nbits, int flags,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* bignum.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/block_cipher.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/block_cipher.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f60f6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/block_cipher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/**
+ * \file block_cipher.h
+ *
+ * \brief Internal abstraction layer.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/aria.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/camellia.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA)
+#include "psa/crypto_types.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0, /**< Unset. */
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_AES, /**< The AES cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA, /**< The Camellia cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_ARIA, /**< The Aria cipher. */
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_id_t;
+
+/**
+ * Used internally to indicate whether a context uses legacy or PSA.
+ *
+ * Internal use only.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ENGINE_LEGACY = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ENGINE_PSA,
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_engine_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_block_cipher_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA)
+ mbedtls_block_cipher_engine_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(engine);
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_key_id);
+#endif
+ union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+ mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aes);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+ mbedtls_aria_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aria);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+ mbedtls_camellia_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(camellia);
+#endif
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/build_info.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/build_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab167f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/build_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/build_info.h
+ *
+ * \brief Build-time configuration info
+ *
+ * Include this file if you need to depend on the
+ * configuration options defined in mbedtls_config.h or MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H
+
+/*
+ * This set of compile-time defines can be used to determine the version number
+ * of the Mbed TLS library used. Run-time variables for the same can be found in
+ * version.h
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The version number x.y.z is split into three parts.
+ * Major, Minor, Patchlevel
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MAJOR 3
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MINOR 6
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_PATCH 0
+
+/**
+ * The single version number has the following structure:
+ * MMNNPP00
+ * Major version | Minor version | Patch version
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER 0x03060000
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING "3.6.0"
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING_FULL "Mbed TLS 3.6.0"
+
+/* Macros for build-time platform detection */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64) && \
+ (defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32) && \
+ (defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) || \
+ defined(_M_ARMT) || defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64) && \
+ (defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \
+ ((defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64)) && !defined(_M_ARM64EC)))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86) && \
+ (defined(__i386__) || defined(_X86_) || \
+ (defined(_M_IX86) && !defined(_M_I86)))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_IS_WINDOWS_ON_ARM64) && \
+ (defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC))
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_IS_WINDOWS_ON_ARM64
+#endif
+
+/* This is defined if the architecture is Armv8-A, or higher */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A)
+#if defined(__ARM_ARCH) && defined(__ARM_ARCH_PROFILE)
+#if (__ARM_ARCH >= 8) && (__ARM_ARCH_PROFILE == 'A')
+/* GCC, clang, armclang and IAR */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#endif
+#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_8A)
+/* Alternative defined by clang */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#elif defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC)
+/* MSVC ARM64 is at least Armv8.0-A */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && !defined(__clang__) \
+ && !defined(__llvm__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+/* Defined if the compiler really is gcc and not clang, etc */
+#define MBEDTLS_COMPILER_IS_GCC
+#define MBEDTLS_GCC_VERSION \
+ (__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define `inline` on some non-C99-compliant compilers. */
+#if (defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/* X.509, TLS and non-PSA crypto configuration */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"
+#else
+#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION) && ( \
+ MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION < 0x03000000 || \
+ MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION > MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER)
+#error "Invalid config version, defined value of MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION is unsupported"
+#endif
+
+/* Target and application specific configurations
+ *
+ * Allow user to override any previous default.
+ *
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+
+/* PSA crypto configuration */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE
+#else
+#include "psa/crypto_config.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) */
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY if
+ * MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH and MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined
+ * to ensure a 128-bit key size in CTR_DRBG.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_C if needed by a module that didn't require it
+ * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#endif
+
+/* PSA crypto specific configuration options
+ * - If config_psa.h reads a configuration option in preprocessor directive,
+ * this symbol should be set before its inclusion. (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+ * - If config_psa.h writes a configuration option in conditional directive,
+ * this symbol should be consulted after its inclusion.
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT)
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) /* PSA_WANT_xxx influences MBEDTLS_xxx */ || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) /* MBEDTLS_xxx influences PSA_WANT_xxx */ || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) /* The same as the previous, but with separation only */
+#include "mbedtls/config_psa.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h"
+
+/* Make sure all configuration symbols are set before including check_config.h,
+ * even the ones that are calculated programmatically. */
+#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..557f472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/**
+ * \file camellia.h
+ *
+ * \brief Camellia block cipher
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT 0
+
+/** Bad input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0024
+
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief CAMELLIA context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_camellia_context {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< number of rounds */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[68]; /*!< CAMELLIA round keys */
+}
+mbedtls_camellia_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
+#include "camellia_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a CAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be initialized.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_camellia_init(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear a CAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_camellia_free(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for encryption.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The encryption key to use. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
+ * \c 192 or \c 256.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for decryption.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
+ * \c 192 or \c 256.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of size \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of size \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ const unsigned char input[16],
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the function same function again on the following
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length The length in Bytes of the input data \p input.
+ * This must be a multiple of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
+ * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated to allow streaming
+ * use as explained above.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must point to a
+ * readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must point to a
+ * writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * \note Due to the nature of CFB mode, you should use the same
+ * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
+ * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
+ * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode
+ * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the function same function again on the following
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length The length of the input data \p input. Any value is allowed.
+ * \param iv_off The current offset in the IV. This must be smaller
+ * than \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to allow
+ * the aforementioned streaming usage.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
+ * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to
+ * allow the aforementioned streaming usage.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer to hold the output data. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *iv_off,
+ unsigned char iv[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * *note Due to the nature of CTR mode, you should use the same
+ * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
+ * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
+ * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether the mode
+ * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ * the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ * updated by this function.
+ *
+ * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ * blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ * updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ * For example, you might reserve the first \c 12 Bytes for the
+ * per-message nonce, and the last \c 4 Bytes for internal use.
+ * In that case, before calling this function on a new message you
+ * need to set the first \c 12 Bytes of \p nonce_counter to your
+ * chosen nonce value, the last four to \c 0, and \p nc_off to \c 0
+ * (which will cause \p stream_block to be ignored). That way, you
+ * can encrypt at most \c 2**96 messages of up to \c 2**32 blocks
+ * each with the same key.
+ *
+ * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be
+ * unique. The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a
+ * message counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces,
+ * but this limits the number of messages that can be securely
+ * encrypted: for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should
+ * not encrypt more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ * that a CAMELLIA block is \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * Any value is allowed.
+ * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block (for resuming
+ * within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to
+ * should be \c 0 at the start of a stream. It is updated
+ * at the end of this call.
+ * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must be a read/write
+ * buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must be a
+ * read/write buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The input data stream. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output The output data stream. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ size_t *nc_off,
+ unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
+ unsigned char stream_block[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* camellia.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1da57c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/**
+ * \file ccm.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the CCM authenticated encryption
+ * mode for block ciphers.
+ *
+ * CCM combines Counter mode encryption with CBC-MAC authentication
+ * for 128-bit block ciphers.
+ *
+ * Input to CCM includes the following elements:
+ * <ul><li>Payload - data that is both authenticated and encrypted.</li>
+ * <li>Associated data (Adata) - data that is authenticated but not
+ * encrypted, For example, a header.</li>
+ * <li>Nonce - A unique value that is assigned to the payload and the
+ * associated data.</li></ul>
+ *
+ * Definition of CCM:
+ * http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf
+ * RFC 3610 "Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)"
+ *
+ * Related:
+ * RFC 5116 "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated Encryption"
+ *
+ * Definition of CCM*:
+ * IEEE 802.15.4 - IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks
+ * Integer representation is fixed most-significant-octet-first order and
+ * the representation of octets is most-significant-bit-first order. This is
+ * consistent with RFC 3610.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CCM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/block_cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT 0
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT 2
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT 3
+
+/** Bad input parameters to the function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D
+/** Authenticated decryption failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed
+ * to the APIs called.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16]; /*!< The Y working buffer */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctr)[16]; /*!< The counter buffer */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(plaintext_len); /*!< Total plaintext length */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len); /*!< Total authentication data length */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tag_len); /*!< Total tag length */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(processed); /*!< Track how many bytes of input data
+ were processed (chunked input).
+ Used independently for both auth data
+ and plaintext/ciphertext.
+ This variable is set to zero after
+ auth data input is finished. */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q); /*!< The Q working value */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /*!< The operation to perform:
+ #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or
+ #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or
+ #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or
+ #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+ mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#else
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#endif
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /*!< Working value holding context's
+ state. Used for chunked data input */
+}
+mbedtls_ccm_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
+#include "ccm_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified CCM context,
+ * to make references valid, and prepare the context
+ * for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ccm_init(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the CCM context set in the
+ * \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized
+ * context.
+ * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use.
+ * \param key The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param keybits The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_setkey(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified CCM context
+ * and underlying cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function
+ * has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ccm_free(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM.
+ *
+ * \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
+ * the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
+ * Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
+ * \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
+ * output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
+ * initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ * or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ * 15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad The additional data field. If \p ad_len is greater than
+ * zero, \p ad must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ * length.
+ * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ * This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+ unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM*.
+ *
+ * \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
+ * the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
+ * Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
+ * \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
+ * output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
+ *
+ * \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
+ * the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to
+ * this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
+ * initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * For tag length = 0, input length is ignored.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ * or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ * 15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no
+ * longer authenticated.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+ unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
+ * initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ * or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ * 15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of at least that \p ad_len Bytes..
+ * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+ const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a CCM* authenticated decryption of a
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
+ * the tag length has to be decoded from \p iv and passed to
+ * this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted
+ * accordingly.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
+ * initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * For tag length = 0, input length is ignored.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ * or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ * 15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least that \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ * that length.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes.
+ * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos
+ * longer authenticated.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_star_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+ const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a CCM encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * This function and mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() must be called
+ * before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or
+ * mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before
+ * or after mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ *
+ * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ * or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ * 15 - \p iv_len.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ * \p mode is invalid,
+ * \p iv_len is invalid (lower than \c 7 or greater than
+ * \c 13).
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_starts(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ const unsigned char *iv,
+ size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function declares the lengths of the message
+ * and additional data for a CCM encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * This function and mbedtls_ccm_starts() must be called
+ * before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or
+ * mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before
+ * or after mbedtls_ccm_starts().
+ *
+ * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param total_ad_len The total length of additional data in bytes.
+ * This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
+ * \param plaintext_len The length in bytes of the plaintext to encrypt or
+ * result of the decryption (thus not encompassing the
+ * additional data that are not encrypted).
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate in Bytes:
+ * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ * For CCM*, zero is also valid.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ * \p total_ad_len is greater than \c 0xFF00.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ size_t total_ad_len,
+ size_t plaintext_len,
+ size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer as associated data
+ * (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a CCM
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ * to pass successive parts of the additional data. The
+ * lengths \p ad_len of the data parts should eventually add
+ * up exactly to the total length of additional data
+ * \c total_ad_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). You
+ * may not call this function after calling
+ * mbedtls_ccm_update().
+ *
+ * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_starts(), the lengths of the message and
+ * additional data must have been declared with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() and this must not have yet
+ * received any input with mbedtls_ccm_update().
+ * \param ad The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL
+ * if \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len The length of the additional data. If \c 0,
+ * \p ad may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ * total input length too long.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_update_ad(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *ad,
+ size_t ad_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CCM
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ * to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to
+ * encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to
+ * decrypt. After the last part of the input, call
+ * mbedtls_ccm_finish(). The lengths \p input_len of the
+ * data parts should eventually add up exactly to the
+ * plaintext length \c plaintext_len passed to
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ *
+ * This function may produce output in one of the following
+ * ways:
+ * - Immediate output: the output length is always equal
+ * to the input length.
+ * - Buffered output: except for the last part of input data,
+ * the output consists of a whole number of 16-byte blocks.
+ * If the total input length so far (not including
+ * associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A* with *A* < 16 then
+ * the total output length is 16 \* *B*.
+ * For the last part of input data, the output length is
+ * equal to the input length plus the number of bytes (*A*)
+ * buffered in the previous call to the function (if any).
+ * The function uses the plaintext length
+ * \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths()
+ * to detect the last part of input data.
+ *
+ * In particular:
+ * - It is always correct to call this function with
+ * \p output_size >= \p input_len + 15.
+ * - If \p input_len is a multiple of 16 for all the calls
+ * to this function during an operation (not necessary for
+ * the last one) then it is correct to use \p output_size
+ * =\p input_len.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and
+ * additional data must have been declared with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_len
+ * is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer
+ * of at least \p input_len bytes.
+ * \param input_len The length of the input data in bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size
+ * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of
+ * at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size The size of the output buffer in bytes.
+ * See the function description regarding the output size.
+ * \param output_len On success, \p *output_len contains the actual
+ * length of the output written in \p output.
+ * On failure, the content of \p *output_len is
+ * unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ * total input length too long,
+ * or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_update(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t input_len,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the CCM operation and generates
+ * the authentication tag.
+ *
+ * It wraps up the CCM stream, and generates the
+ * tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and
+ * additional data must have been declared with
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. If \p tag_len is greater
+ * than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least \p
+ * tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag. Must match the tag length passed to
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() function.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ * invalid value of \p tag_len,
+ * the total amount of additional data passed to
+ * mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() was lower than the total length of
+ * additional data \c total_ad_len passed to
+ * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(),
+ * the total amount of input data passed to
+ * mbedtls_ccm_update() was lower than the plaintext length
+ * \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_finish(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES)
+/**
+ * \brief The CCM checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..680fe36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/**
+ * \file chacha20.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains ChaCha20 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * ChaCha20 is a stream cipher that can encrypt and decrypt
+ * information. ChaCha was created by Daniel Bernstein as a variant of
+ * its Salsa cipher https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf
+ * ChaCha20 is the variant with 20 rounds, that was also standardized
+ * in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Invalid input parameter(s). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0051
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT)
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_chacha20_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[16]; /*! The state (before round operations). */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream8)[64]; /*! Leftover keystream bytes. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream_bytes_used); /*! Number of keystream bytes already used. */
+}
+mbedtls_chacha20_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
+#include "chacha20_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20 context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context.
+ *
+ * It is usually followed by calls to
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts(), then one or more calls to
+ * to \c mbedtls_chacha20_update(), and finally to
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha20_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chacha20_init(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified
+ * ChaCha20 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_chacha20_free(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the encryption/decryption key.
+ *
+ * \note After using this function, you must also call
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() to set a nonce before you
+ * start encrypting/decrypting data with
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the key should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized.
+ * \param key The encryption/decryption key. This must be \c 32 Bytes
+ * in length.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or key is NULL.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_setkey(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the nonce and initial counter value.
+ *
+ * \note A ChaCha20 context can be re-used with the same key by
+ * calling this function to change the nonce.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ * This would void any confidentiality guarantees for the
+ * messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the nonce should be bound.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
+ * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or nonce is
+ * NULL.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_starts(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char nonce[12],
+ uint32_t counter);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data.
+ *
+ * Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
+ * used for encrypting and decrypting data.
+ *
+ * \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
+ * point to non-overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \note \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
+ * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() must be called at least once
+ * to setup the context before this function can be called.
+ *
+ * \note This function can be called multiple times in a row in
+ * order to encrypt of decrypt data piecewise with the same
+ * key and nonce.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ * It must be initialized and bound to a key and nonce.
+ * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_update(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+ size_t size,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data with ChaCha20 and
+ * the given key and nonce.
+ *
+ * Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
+ * used for encrypting and decrypting data.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never use the same (key, nonce) pair more than
+ * once. This would void any confidentiality guarantees for
+ * the messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
+ * point to non-overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \param key The encryption/decryption key.
+ * This must be \c 32 Bytes in length.
+ * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
+ * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
+ * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_crypt(const unsigned char key[32],
+ const unsigned char nonce[12],
+ uint32_t counter,
+ size_t size,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief The ChaCha20 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dc21e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/**
+ * \file chachapoly.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the AEAD-ChaCha20-Poly1305 definitions and
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * ChaCha20-Poly1305 is an algorithm for Authenticated Encryption
+ * with Associated Data (AEAD) that can be used to encrypt and
+ * authenticate data. It is based on ChaCha20 and Poly1305 by Daniel
+ * Bernstein and was standardized in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+/* for shared error codes */
+#include "mbedtls/poly1305.h"
+
+/** The requested operation is not permitted in the current state. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE -0x0054
+/** Authenticated decryption failed: data was not authentic. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED -0x0056
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT, /**< The mode value for performing encryption. */
+ MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT /**< The mode value for performing decryption. */
+}
+mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT)
+
+#include "mbedtls/chacha20.h"
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_chachapoly_context {
+ mbedtls_chacha20_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chacha20_ctx); /**< The ChaCha20 context. */
+ mbedtls_poly1305_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(poly1305_ctx); /**< The Poly1305 context. */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aad_len); /**< The length (bytes) of the Additional Authenticated Data. */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphertext_len); /**< The length (bytes) of the ciphertext. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /**< The current state of the context. */
+ mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /**< Cipher mode (encrypt or decrypt). */
+}
+mbedtls_chachapoly_context;
+
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
+#include "chachapoly_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context. It must be followed by a call to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey() before any operation can be
+ * done, and to \c mbedtls_chachapoly_free() once all
+ * operations with that context have been finished.
+ *
+ * In order to encrypt or decrypt full messages at once, for
+ * each message you should make a single call to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_crypt_and_tag() or
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt().
+ *
+ * In order to encrypt messages piecewise, for each
+ * message you should make a call to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(), then 0 or more calls to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(), then 0 or more calls to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), then one call to
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish().
+ *
+ * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged! Always
+ * use \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt() when possible!
+ *
+ * If however this is not possible because the data is too
+ * large to fit in memory, you need to:
+ *
+ * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts() and (if needed)
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad() as above,
+ * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update() multiple times and
+ * ensure its output (the plaintext) is NOT used in any other
+ * way than placing it in temporary storage at this point,
+ * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish() to compute the
+ * authentication tag and compared it in constant time to the
+ * tag received with the ciphertext.
+ *
+ * If the tags are not equal, you must immediately discard
+ * all previous outputs of \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
+ * otherwise you can now safely use the plaintext.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to initialize. Must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chachapoly_init(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified
+ * ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chachapoly_free(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ * symmetric encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to which the key should be
+ * bound. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The \c 256 Bit (\c 32 Bytes) key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a ChaCha20-Poly1305 encryption or
+ * decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ * This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
+ * guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
+ * and key.
+ *
+ * \note If the context is being used for AAD only (no data to
+ * encrypt or decrypt) then \p mode can be set to any value.
+ *
+ * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param nonce The nonce/IV to use for the message.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 12 Bytes.
+ * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT (discouraged, see warning).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char nonce[12],
+ mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds additional data to be authenticated
+ * into an ongoing ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation.
+ *
+ * The Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), also called
+ * Associated Data (AD) is only authenticated but not
+ * encrypted nor included in the encrypted output. It is
+ * usually transmitted separately from the ciphertext or
+ * computed locally by each party.
+ *
+ * \note This function is called before data is encrypted/decrypted.
+ * I.e. call this function to process the AAD before calling
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update().
+ *
+ * You may call this function multiple times to process
+ * an arbitrary amount of AAD. It is permitted to call
+ * this function 0 times, if no AAD is used.
+ *
+ * This function cannot be called any more if data has
+ * been processed by \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
+ * or if the context has been finished.
+ *
+ * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a key.
+ * \param aad_len The length in Bytes of the AAD. The length has no
+ * restrictions.
+ * \param aad Buffer containing the AAD.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * if \p ctx or \p aad are NULL.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ * if the operations has not been started or has been
+ * finished, or if the AAD has been finished.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *aad,
+ size_t aad_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Thus function feeds data to be encrypted or decrypted
+ * into an on-going ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * The direction (encryption or decryption) depends on the
+ * mode that was given when calling
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts().
+ *
+ * You may call this function multiple times to process
+ * an arbitrary amount of data. It is permitted to call
+ * this function 0 times, if no data is to be encrypted
+ * or decrypted.
+ *
+ * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param len The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
+ * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is
+ * written. This must be able to hold \p len bytes.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ * if the operation has not been started or has been
+ * finished.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_update(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ size_t len,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finished the ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation and
+ * generates the MAC (authentication tag).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mac The buffer to where the 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written.
+ *
+ * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ * if the operation has not been started or has been
+ * finished.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ * authenticated encryption with the previously-set key.
+ *
+ * \note Before using this function, you must set the key with
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
+ *
+ * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ * This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
+ * guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
+ * and key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param length The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param nonce The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
+ * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated
+ * data (AAD). This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
+ * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data
+ * is written. This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param tag The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC
+ * is written. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ const unsigned char nonce[12],
+ const unsigned char *aad,
+ size_t aad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ unsigned char tag[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ * authenticated decryption with the previously-set key.
+ *
+ * \note Before using this function, you must set the key with
+ * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
+ * \param length The length (in Bytes) of the data to decrypt.
+ * \param nonce The \c 96 Bit (\c 12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
+ * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD).
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer containing the data to decrypt.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output The buffer to where the decrypted data is written.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED
+ * if the data was not authentic.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ const unsigned char nonce[12],
+ const unsigned char *aad,
+ size_t aad_len,
+ const unsigned char tag[16],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief The ChaCha20-Poly1305 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c038d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+/**
+ * \file check_config.h
+ *
+ * \brief Consistency checks for configuration options
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+/*
+ * We assume CHAR_BIT is 8 in many places. In practice, this is true on our
+ * target platforms, so not an issue, but let's just be extra sure.
+ */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if CHAR_BIT != 8
+#error "Mbed TLS requires a platform with 8-bit chars"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C is required on Windows"
+#endif
+/* See auto-enabling SNPRINTF_ALT and VSNPRINTF_ALT
+ * in * config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h */
+#endif /* _MINGW32__ || (_MSC_VER && (_MSC_VER <= 1900)) */
+
+#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED) && defined(MBEDTLS_NET_C)
+#error "The NET module is not available for mbed OS - please use the network functions provided by Mbed OS"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) && \
+ !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__)
+#error "MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING only works with GCC and Clang"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE without MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME does not make sense"
+#endif
+
+/* Limitations on ECC key types acceleration: if we have any of `PUBLIC_KEY`,
+ * `KEY_PAIR_BASIC`, `KEY_PAIR_IMPORT`, `KEY_PAIR_EXPORT` then we must have
+ * all 4 of them.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC key type acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md"
+#endif /* not all of public, basic, import, export */
+#endif /* one of public, basic, import, export */
+
+/* Limitations on ECC curves acceleration: partial curve acceleration is only
+ * supported with crypto excluding PK, X.509 or TLS.
+ * Note: no need to check X.509 as it depends on PK. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC curves acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md"
+#endif /* modules beyond what's supported */
+#endif /* not all curves accelerated */
+#endif /* some curve accelerated */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) && !(defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES) && \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)))
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_DHM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_CMAC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT) && defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_DES_C cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDH_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
+ !( defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) ) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO needs MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C for ECDSA signature"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO needs MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C for ECDSA verification"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_C && MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but it cannot coexist with an alternative ECP implementation"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || ( \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C defined (or a subset enabled), but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256))
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 64)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) || !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512)) \
+ && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 32)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__has_feature)
+#if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
+#define MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN // #undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN)
+#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN requires building with MemorySanitizer"
+#endif
+#undef MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN // temporary macro defined above
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) && \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#error "MBEDTLS_CCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#error "MBEDTLS_GCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK defined, but no alternative implementation enabled"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HKDF_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) || \
+ !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/* Use of EC J-PAKE in TLS requires SHA-256. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1)
+#error "!MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE requires SHA-512, SHA-256 or SHA-1".
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MD_C defined, but no hash algorithm"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) && \
+ ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_C requires MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE requires MBEDTLS_LMS_C"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C))
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C) && \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C))
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO is"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO is"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ||\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) &&\
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) &&\
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO) &&\
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) ||\
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+ !( ( ( defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) ) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) ) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites (missing RNG)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) && \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) && \
+ ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \
+ ! defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \
+ !( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with actual entropy sources"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but none of the PKCS1 versions enabled"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA512_C"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT || MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(__aarch64__)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Aarch64 system"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA256_C"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Armv8-A system"
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 requires separate HKDF parts from PSA,
+ * and at least one ciphersuite, so at least SHA-256 or SHA-384
+ * from PSA to use with HKDF.
+ *
+ * Note: for dependencies common with TLS 1.2 (running handshake hash),
+ * see MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) && \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) && \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#if !( (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && \
+ ( defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#if !( defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The current implementation of TLS 1.3 requires MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined without MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) )
+#error "One or more versions of the TLS protocol are enabled " \
+ "but no key exchange methods defined with MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_xxxx"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE) && \
+ ((MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE < 0) || \
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE > UINT32_MAX))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE must be in the range(0..UINT32_MAX)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && !(defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 and 1.3 require SHA-256 or SHA-384 (running handshake hash) */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if !(defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) || \
+ !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && \
+ !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but no protocols are active"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX) && \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX > 255
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX) && \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX > 255
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && \
+ !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH) && \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH >= 256
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH must be less than 256"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_C defined, single threading implementation required"
+#endif
+#undef MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // temporary macro defined above
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES) && !defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) && \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) && \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) && \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 && MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+
+#if ( defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) ) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32/MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif /* (MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 || MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) && MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION) && \
+ !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/* Reject attempts to enable options that have been removed and that could
+ * cause a build to succeed but with features removed. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/2599"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 (SSL v3.0 support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO (SSL v2 ClientHello support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT (compatibility with the buggy implementation of truncated HMAC in Mbed TLS up to 2.7) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See the ChangeLog entry if you really need SHA-1-signed certificates."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4313"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4341"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C) && ( ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) ) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) ) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) ) || \
+ ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C is defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Avoid warning from -pedantic. This is a convenient place for this
+ * workaround since this is included by every single file before the
+ * #if defined(MBEDTLS_xxx_C) that results in empty translation units.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_iso_c_forbids_empty_translation_units;
+
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dc31c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1173 @@
+/**
+ * \file cipher.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains an abstraction interface for use with the cipher
+ * primitives provided by the library. It provides a common interface to all of
+ * the available cipher operations.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM
+#endif
+
+/** The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x6080
+/** Bad input parameters. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x6100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED -0x6180
+/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING -0x6200
+/** Decryption of block requires a full block. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED -0x6280
+/** Authentication failed (for AEAD modes). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED -0x6300
+/** The context is invalid. For example, because it was freed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_CONTEXT -0x6380
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN 0x01 /**< Cipher accepts IVs of variable length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN 0x02 /**< Cipher accepts keys of variable length. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Supported cipher types.
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger
+ * ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0, /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher ID lists. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NULL, /**< The identity cipher, treated as a stream cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES, /**< The AES cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_DES, /**< The DES cipher. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_3DES, /**< The Triple DES cipher. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA, /**< The Camellia cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_ARIA, /**< The Aria cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CHACHA20, /**< The ChaCha20 cipher. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_id_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Supported {cipher type, cipher mode} pairs.
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger
+ * ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE = 0, /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher-pair lists. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL, /**< The identity stream cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_ECB, /**< DES cipher with ECB mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_CBC, /**< DES cipher with CBC mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_ECB, /**< DES cipher with EDE ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_CBC, /**< DES cipher with EDE CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB, /**< DES cipher with EDE3 ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_CBC, /**< DES cipher with EDE3 CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and ECB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CBC mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CTR mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and GCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_OFB, /**< AES 128-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_OFB, /**< AES 192-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_OFB, /**< AES 256-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_XTS, /**< AES 128-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_XTS, /**< AES 256-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20, /**< ChaCha20 stream cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305, /**< ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD cipher. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KW, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KW mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KW, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KW mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KW, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KW mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_type_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher modes. */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE = 0, /**< None. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, /**< The ECB cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC, /**< The CBC cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CFB, /**< The CFB cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_OFB, /**< The OFB cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CTR, /**< The CTR cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_GCM, /**< The GCM cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_STREAM, /**< The stream cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM, /**< The CCM cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< The CCM*-no-tag cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_XTS, /**< The XTS cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_CHACHAPOLY, /**< The ChaCha-Poly cipher mode. */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_KW, /**< The SP800-38F KW mode */
+ MBEDTLS_MODE_KWP, /**< The SP800-38F KWP mode */
+} mbedtls_cipher_mode_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher padding types. */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_PADDING_PKCS7 = 0, /**< PKCS7 padding (default). */
+ MBEDTLS_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS, /**< ISO/IEC 7816-4 padding. */
+ MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN, /**< ANSI X.923 padding. */
+ MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS, /**< Zero padding (not reversible). */
+ MBEDTLS_PADDING_NONE, /**< Never pad (full blocks only). */
+} mbedtls_cipher_padding_t;
+
+/** Type of operation. */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE = -1,
+ MBEDTLS_DECRYPT = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT,
+} mbedtls_operation_t;
+
+enum {
+ /** Undefined key length. */
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE = 0,
+ /** Key length, in bits (including parity), for DES keys. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES = 64,
+ /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in two-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE = 128,
+ /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in three-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3 = 192,
+};
+
+/** Maximum length of any IV, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_IV_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH 16
+
+/** Maximum block size of any cipher, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH 16
+
+/** Maximum key length, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * For now, only check whether XTS is enabled which uses 64 Byte keys,
+ * and use 32 Bytes as an upper bound for the maximum key length otherwise.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h, which however deliberately ignores the case of XTS
+ * since the latter isn't used in SSL/TLS. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 64
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 32
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * Base cipher information (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t mbedtls_cipher_base_t;
+
+/**
+ * CMAC context (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t mbedtls_cmac_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * Cipher information. Allows calling cipher functions
+ * in a generic way.
+ *
+ * \note The library does not support custom cipher info structures,
+ * only built-in structures returned by the functions
+ * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(),
+ * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(),
+ * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(),
+ * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_psa().
+ *
+ * \note Some fields store a value that has been right-shifted to save
+ * code-size, so should not be used directly. The accessor
+ * functions adjust for this and return the "natural" value.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_info_t {
+ /** Name of the cipher. */
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+
+ /** The block size, in bytes. */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size) : 5;
+
+ /** IV or nonce size, in bytes (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT).
+ * For ciphers that accept variable IV sizes,
+ * this is the recommended size.
+ */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) : 3;
+
+ /** The cipher key length, in bits (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT).
+ * This is the default length for variable sized ciphers.
+ * Includes parity bits for ciphers like DES.
+ */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) : 4;
+
+ /** The cipher mode (as per mbedtls_cipher_mode_t).
+ * For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode) : 4;
+
+ /** Full cipher identifier (as per mbedtls_cipher_type_t).
+ * For example, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC.
+ *
+ * This could be 7 bits, but 8 bits retains byte alignment for the
+ * next field, which reduces code size to access that field.
+ */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type) : 8;
+
+ /** Bitflag comprised of MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN and
+ * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN indicating whether the
+ * cipher supports variable IV or variable key sizes, respectively.
+ */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) : 2;
+
+ /** Index to LUT for base cipher information and functions. */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_idx) : 5;
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_info_t;
+
+/* For internal use only.
+ * These are used to more compactly represent the fields above. */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT 6
+#define MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT 2
+/**
+ * Generic cipher context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_context_t {
+ /** Information about the associated cipher. */
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info);
+
+ /** Key length to use. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen);
+
+ /** Operation that the key of the context has been
+ * initialized for.
+ */
+ mbedtls_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+ /** Padding functions to use, if relevant for
+ * the specific cipher mode.
+ */
+ void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_padding))(unsigned char *output, size_t olen, size_t data_len);
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(get_padding))(unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, size_t *data_len);
+#endif
+
+ /** Buffer for input that has not been processed yet. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_data)[MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH];
+
+ /** Number of Bytes that have not been processed yet. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len);
+
+ /** Current IV or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode, data unit (or sector) number
+ * for XTS-mode. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv)[MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH];
+
+ /** IV size in Bytes, for ciphers with variable-length IVs. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+
+ /** The cipher-specific context. */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C)
+ /** CMAC-specific context. */
+ mbedtls_cmac_context_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac_ctx);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+ /** Indicates whether the cipher operations should be performed
+ * by Mbed TLS' own crypto library or an external implementation
+ * of the PSA Crypto API.
+ * This is unset if the cipher context was established through
+ * mbedtls_cipher_setup(), and set if it was established through
+ * mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa().
+ */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_enabled);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO && !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the list of ciphers supported
+ * by the generic cipher module.
+ *
+ * For any cipher identifier in the returned list, you can
+ * obtain the corresponding generic cipher information structure
+ * via mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(), which can then be used
+ * to prepare a cipher context via mbedtls_cipher_setup().
+ *
+ *
+ * \return A statically-allocated array of cipher identifiers
+ * of type cipher_type_t. The last entry is zero.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_cipher_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ * structure associated with the given cipher name.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_name Name of the cipher to search for. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The cipher information structure associated with the
+ * given \p cipher_name.
+ * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(const char *cipher_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ * structure associated with the given cipher type.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_type Type of the cipher to search for.
+ *
+ * \return The cipher information structure associated with the
+ * given \p cipher_type.
+ * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(const mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ * structure associated with the given cipher ID,
+ * key size and mode.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_id The ID of the cipher to search for. For example,
+ * #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES.
+ * \param key_bitlen The length of the key in bits.
+ * \param mode The cipher mode. For example, #MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \return The cipher information structure associated with the
+ * given \p cipher_id.
+ * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(const mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher_id,
+ int key_bitlen,
+ const mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the identifier for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query.
+ * This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The full cipher identifier (\c MBEDTLS_CIPHER_xxx).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_type(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the operation mode for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query.
+ * This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The cipher mode (\c MBEDTLS_MODE_xxx).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_mode(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the key size for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query.
+ * This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The key length in bits.
+ * For variable-sized ciphers, this is the default length.
+ * For DES, this includes the parity bits.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_key_bitlen(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return ((size_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen)) << MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the human-readable name for a
+ * cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query.
+ * This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The cipher name, which is a human readable string,
+ * with static storage duration.
+ * \return \c NULL if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_info_get_name(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the size of the IV or nonce
+ * for the cipher info structure, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The recommended IV size.
+ * \return \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_iv_size(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return ((size_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) << MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the block size of the given
+ * cipher info structure in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The block size of the cipher.
+ * \return \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_block_size(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return (size_t) (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size));
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns a non-zero value if the key length for
+ * the given cipher is variable.
+ *
+ * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the key length is variable, \c 0 otherwise.
+ * \return \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_key_bitlen(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns a non-zero value if the IV size for
+ * the given cipher is variable.
+ *
+ * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the IV size is variable, \c 0 otherwise.
+ * \return \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_iv_size(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+ if (info == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a \p ctx as NONE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to be initialized. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_init(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees and clears the cipher-specific
+ * context of \p ctx. Freeing \p ctx itself remains the
+ * responsibility of the caller.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to be freed. If this is \c NULL, the
+ * function has no effect, otherwise this must point to an
+ * initialized context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_free(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function prepares a cipher context for
+ * use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \note After calling this function, you should call
+ * mbedtls_cipher_setkey() and, if the mode uses padding,
+ * mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(), then for each
+ * message to encrypt or decrypt with this key, either:
+ * - mbedtls_cipher_crypt() for one-shot processing with
+ * non-AEAD modes;
+ * - mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ * mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() for one-shot
+ * processing with AEAD modes or NIST_KW;
+ * - for multi-part processing, see the documentation of
+ * mbedtls_cipher_reset().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to prepare. This must be initialized by
+ * a call to mbedtls_cipher_init() first.
+ * \param cipher_info The cipher to use.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ * cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setup(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a cipher context for
+ * PSA-based use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ * future version of the library.
+ * Please use psa_aead_xxx() / psa_cipher_xxx() directly
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \note See #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO for information on PSA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to initialize. May not be \c NULL.
+ * \param cipher_info The cipher to use.
+ * \param taglen For AEAD ciphers, the length in bytes of the
+ * authentication tag to use. Subsequent uses of
+ * mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ * mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() must provide
+ * the same tag length.
+ * For non-AEAD ciphers, the value must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ * cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
+ size_t taglen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the block size of the given cipher
+ * in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return The block size of the underlying cipher.
+ * \return \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher.
+ * \return \c 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return (unsigned int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the mode of operation for
+ * the cipher. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The mode of operation.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE;
+ }
+
+ return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the size of the IV or nonce
+ * of the cipher, in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The recommended IV size if no IV has been set.
+ * \return \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce.
+ * \return The actual size if an IV has been set.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) != 0) {
+ return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+ }
+
+ return (int) (((int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) <<
+ MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the type of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The type of the cipher.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE;
+ }
+
+ return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the name of the given cipher
+ * as a string.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The name of the cipher.
+ * \return NULL if \p ctx has not been not initialized.
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the key length of the cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The key length of the cipher in bits.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE if \p ctx has not been
+ * initialized.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE;
+ }
+
+ return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) <<
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the operation of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return The type of operation: #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation(
+ const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+ return MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE;
+ }
+
+ return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the key to use with the given context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param key The key to use. This must be a readable buffer of at
+ * least \p key_bitlen Bits.
+ * \param key_bitlen The key length to use, in Bits.
+ * \param operation The operation that the key will be used for:
+ * #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setkey(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ int key_bitlen,
+ const mbedtls_operation_t operation);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the padding mode, for cipher modes
+ * that use padding.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param mode The padding mode.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
+ * if the selected padding mode is not supported.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the cipher mode
+ * does not support padding.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the initialization vector (IV)
+ * or nonce.
+ *
+ * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ * ciphers, this function has no effect.
+ *
+ * \note For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20, the nonce length must
+ * be 12, and the initial counter value is 0.
+ *
+ * \note For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305, the nonce length
+ * must be 12.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. This
+ * must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_iv(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *iv,
+ size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function resets the cipher state.
+ *
+ * \note With non-AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ * is as follows:
+ * 1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce.
+ * 2. mbedtls_cipher_reset()
+ * 3. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times
+ * 4. mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ * .
+ * This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ * messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \note With AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ * is as follows:
+ * 1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce.
+ * 2. mbedtls_cipher_reset()
+ * 3. mbedtls_cipher_update_ad()
+ * 4. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times
+ * 5. mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ * 6. mbedtls_cipher_check_tag() (for decryption) or
+ * mbedtls_cipher_write_tag() (for encryption).
+ * .
+ * This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ * messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be bound to a key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief This function adds additional data for AEAD ciphers.
+ * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param ad The additional data to use. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len The length of \p ad in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update_ad(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief The generic cipher update function. It encrypts or
+ * decrypts using the given cipher context. Writes as
+ * many block-sized blocks of data as possible to output.
+ * Any data that cannot be written immediately is either
+ * added to the next block, or flushed when
+ * mbedtls_cipher_finish() is called.
+ * Exception: For MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, expects a single block
+ * in size. For example, 16 Bytes for AES.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a key.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ * same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE on an
+ * unsupported mode for a cipher.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen, unsigned char *output,
+ size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The generic cipher finalization function. If data still
+ * needs to be flushed from an incomplete block, the data
+ * contained in it is padded to the size of
+ * the last block, and written to the \p output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a key.
+ * \param output The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable
+ * buffer of at least block_size Bytes.
+ * \param olen The length of the data written to the \p output buffer.
+ * This may not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ * expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ * while decrypting.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief This function writes a tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized,
+ * bound to a key, and have just completed a cipher
+ * operation through mbedtls_cipher_finish() the tag for
+ * which should be written.
+ * \param tag The buffer to write the tag to. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to write.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_write_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks the tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the tag. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to check.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_check_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief The generic all-in-one encryption/decryption function,
+ * for all ciphers except AEAD constructs.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len
+ * Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size
+ * IV.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ * same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ * ciphers, use \p iv = NULL and \p iv_len = 0.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ * expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ * while decrypting.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_crypt(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD) || defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note For AEAD modes, the tag will be appended to the
+ * ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ * (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ * iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ * satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ * be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ * \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ * must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param output_len The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ * ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen + \p tag_len.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen + 8
+ * (rounded up to a multiple of 8 if KWP is used);
+ * \p ilen + 15 is always a safe value.
+ * \param olen This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ * written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ * writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len The desired length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ * ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ * the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+ size_t *olen, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note If the data is not authentic, then the output buffer
+ * is zeroed out to prevent the unauthentic plaintext being
+ * used, making this interface safer.
+ *
+ * \note For AEAD modes, the tag must be appended to the
+ * ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ * (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ * bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ * iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ * satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ * be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ * \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data. For AEAD ciphers this
+ * must be at least \p tag_len. For NIST_KW this must be
+ * at least \c 8.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ * may be \c NULL if \p output_len is \c 0.
+ * \param output_len The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ * ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen - \p tag_len.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen - 8.
+ * \param olen This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ * written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ * writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len The actual length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ * ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ * the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED if data is not authentic.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+ size_t *olen, size_t tag_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD || MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97b86fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/**
+ * \file cmac.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains CMAC definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC) Mode for
+ * Authentication is defined in <em>RFC-4493: The AES-CMAC Algorithm</em>.
+ * It is supported with AES and DES.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+#define MBEDTLS_DES3_BLOCK_SIZE 8
+
+/* We don't support Camellia or ARIA in this module */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 16 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of AES. */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 8 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of 3DES. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/** The longest block supported by the cipher module.
+ *
+ * \deprecated
+ * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the CMAC module,
+ * use #MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE.
+ * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the cipher module,
+ * use #MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH.
+ */
+/* Before Mbed TLS 3.5, this was the maximum block size supported by the CMAC
+ * module, so it didn't take Camellia or ARIA into account. Since the name
+ * of the macro doesn't even convey "CMAC", this was misleading. Now the size
+ * is sufficient for any cipher, but the name is defined in cmac.h for
+ * backward compatibility. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * The CMAC context structure.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t {
+ /** The internal state of the CMAC algorithm. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
+
+ /** Unprocessed data - either data that was not block aligned and is still
+ * pending processing, or the final block. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_block)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
+
+ /** The length of data pending processing. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len);
+};
+
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
+#include "cmac_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a new CMAC computation
+ * by setting the CMAC key, and preparing to authenticate
+ * the input data.
+ * It must be called with an initialized cipher context.
+ *
+ * Once this function has completed, data can be supplied
+ * to the CMAC computation by calling
+ * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update().
+ *
+ * To start a CMAC computation using the same key as a previous
+ * CMAC computation, use mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish().
+ *
+ * \note When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate
+ * implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers
+ * may not be supported by that implementation, and thus
+ * return an error. Alternate implementations must support
+ * AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation, initialized
+ * as one of the following types: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB,
+ * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB,
+ * or MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB.
+ * \param key The CMAC key.
+ * \param keybits The length of the CMAC key in bits.
+ * Must be supported by the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key, size_t keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CMAC
+ * computation.
+ *
+ * The CMAC computation must have previously been started
+ * by calling mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts() or
+ * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset().
+ *
+ * Call this function as many times as needed to input the
+ * data to be authenticated.
+ * Once all of the required data has been input,
+ * call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish() to obtain the result
+ * of the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes an ongoing CMAC operation, and
+ * writes the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * It should be followed either by
+ * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(), which starts another CMAC
+ * operation with the same key, or mbedtls_cipher_free(),
+ * which clears the cipher context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ * \param output The output buffer for the CMAC checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a new CMAC operation with the same
+ * key as the previous one.
+ *
+ * It should be called after finishing the previous CMAC
+ * operation with mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish().
+ * After calling this function,
+ * call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update() to supply the new
+ * CMAC operation with data.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the full generic CMAC
+ * on the input buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The CMAC result is calculated as
+ * output = generic CMAC(cmac key, input buffer).
+ *
+ * \note When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate
+ * implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers
+ * may not be supported by that implementation, and thus
+ * return an error. Alternate implementations must support
+ * AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_info The cipher information.
+ * \param key The CMAC key.
+ * \param keylen The length of the CMAC key in bits.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ * \param output The buffer for the generic CMAC result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac(const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
+ const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+/**
+ * \brief This function implements the AES-CMAC-PRF-128 pseudorandom
+ * function, as defined in
+ * <em>RFC-4615: The Advanced Encryption Standard-Cipher-based
+ * Message Authentication Code-Pseudo-Random Function-128
+ * (AES-CMAC-PRF-128) Algorithm for the Internet Key
+ * Exchange Protocol (IKE).</em>
+ *
+ * \param key The key to use.
+ * \param key_len The key length in Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer holding the generated 16 Bytes of
+ * pseudorandom output.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_cmac_prf_128(const unsigned char *key, size_t key_len,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && (defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C))
+/**
+ * \brief The CMAC checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \note In case the CMAC routines are provided by an alternative
+ * implementation (i.e. #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is defined), the
+ * checkup routine will succeed even if the implementation does
+ * not support the less widely used AES-192 or 3DES primitives.
+ * The self-test requires at least AES-128 and AES-256 to be
+ * supported by the underlying implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cmac_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && ( MBEDTLS_AES_C || MBEDTLS_DES_C ) */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..096341b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/**
+ * \file compat-2.x.h
+ *
+ * \brief Compatibility definitions
+ *
+ * \deprecated Use the new names directly instead
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "Including compat-2.x.h is deprecated"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H
+#define MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H
+
+/*
+ * Macros for renamed functions
+ */
+#define mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update
+#define mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_ret mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update
+#define mbedtls_md5_starts_ret mbedtls_md5_starts
+#define mbedtls_md5_update_ret mbedtls_md5_update
+#define mbedtls_md5_finish_ret mbedtls_md5_finish
+#define mbedtls_md5_ret mbedtls_md5
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_starts_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_starts
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_update_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_update
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_finish_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_finish
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_ret mbedtls_ripemd160
+#define mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret mbedtls_sha1_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha1_update_ret mbedtls_sha1_update
+#define mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret mbedtls_sha1_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha1_ret mbedtls_sha1
+#define mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret mbedtls_sha256_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha256_update_ret mbedtls_sha256_update
+#define mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret mbedtls_sha256_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha256_ret mbedtls_sha256
+#define mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret mbedtls_sha512_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha512_update_ret mbedtls_sha512_update
+#define mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret mbedtls_sha512_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha512_ret mbedtls_sha512
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e477c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h
+ * \brief Adjust legacy configuration configuration
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H
+
+/* Ideally, we'd set those as defaults in mbedtls_config.h, but
+ * putting an #ifdef _WIN32 in mbedtls_config.h would confuse config.py.
+ *
+ * So, adjust it here.
+ * Not related to crypto, but this is the bottom of the stack. */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT
+#endif
+#endif /* _MINGW32__ || (_MSC_VER && (_MSC_VER <= 1900)) */
+
+/* Auto-enable CIPHER_C when any of the unauthenticated ciphers is builtin
+ * in PSA. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG))
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT based on MBEDTLS_MD_C.
+ * This allows checking for MD_LIGHT rather than MD_LIGHT || MD_C.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT if needed by a module that didn't require it
+ * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT)
+/*
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_xxx is defined if the md module can perform xxx.
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_xxx_VIA_PSA is defined if the md module may perform xxx via PSA
+ * (see below).
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed
+ * via PSA (see below).
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed
+ * via a direct legacy call (see below).
+ *
+ * The md module performs an algorithm via PSA if there is a PSA hash
+ * accelerator and the PSA driver subsytem is initialized at the time the
+ * operation is started, and makes a direct legacy call otherwise.
+ */
+
+/* PSA accelerated implementations */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MD5_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+/* Built-in implementations */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT */
+
+/* BLOCK_CIPHER module can dispatch to PSA when:
+ * - PSA is enabled and drivers have been initialized
+ * - desired key type is supported on the PSA side
+ * If the above conditions are not met, but the legacy support is enabled, then
+ * BLOCK_CIPHER will dynamically fallback to it.
+ *
+ * In case BLOCK_CIPHER is defined (see below) the following symbols/helpers
+ * can be used to define its capabilities:
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA: there is at least 1 key type between AES,
+ * ARIA and Camellia which is supported through a driver;
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_xxx_VIA_PSA: xxx key type is supported through a
+ * driver;
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_xxx_VIA_LEGACY: xxx key type is supported through
+ * a legacy module (i.e. MBEDTLS_xxx_C)
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+
+/* Helpers to state that BLOCK_CIPHER module supports AES, ARIA and/or Camellia
+ * block ciphers via either PSA or legacy. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_PSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_AES
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_PSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_ARIA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_PSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* GCM_C and CCM_C can either depend on (in order of preference) BLOCK_CIPHER_C
+ * or CIPHER_C. The former is auto-enabled when:
+ * - CIPHER_C is not defined, which is also the legacy solution;
+ * - BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA because in this case BLOCK_CIPHER can take advantage
+ * of the driver's acceleration.
+ */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)) && \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA))
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C
+#endif
+
+/* Helpers for GCM/CCM capabilities */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_AES))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_ARIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT is auto-enabled by the following symbols:
+ * - MBEDTLS_ECP_C because now it consists of MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT plus functions
+ * for curve arithmetic. As a consequence if MBEDTLS_ECP_C is required for
+ * some reason, then MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT should be enabled as well.
+ * - MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED and MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED because
+ * these features are not supported in PSA so the only way to have them is
+ * to enable the built-in solution.
+ * Both of them are temporary dependencies:
+ * - PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED will be removed after #7779 and #7789
+ * - support for compressed points should also be added to PSA, but in this
+ * case there is no associated issue to track it yet.
+ * - PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE because Weierstrass key derivation
+ * still depends on ECP_LIGHT.
+ * - PK_C + USE_PSA + PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA is a temporary dependency which will
+ * be fixed by #7453.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+/* Backward compatibility: after #8740 the RSA module offers functions to parse
+ * and write RSA private/public keys without relying on the PK one. Of course
+ * this needs ASN1 support to do so, so we enable it here. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif
+
+/* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED is introduced in Mbed TLS version 3.5, while
+ * in previous version compressed points were automatically supported as long
+ * as PK_PARSE_C and ECP_C were enabled. As a consequence, for backward
+ * compatibility, we auto-enable PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED when these conditions
+ * are met. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+#endif
+
+/* Helper symbol to state that there is support for ECDH, either through
+ * library implementation (ECDH_C) or through PSA. */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)) || \
+ (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C))
+#define MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH
+#endif
+
+/* PK module can achieve ECDSA functionalities by means of either software
+ * implementations (ECDSA_C) or through a PSA driver. The following defines
+ * are meant to list these capabilities in a general way which abstracts how
+ * they are implemented under the hood. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SOME
+#endif
+
+/* If MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is defined, make sure MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+ * is defined as well to include all PSA code.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+/* Helpers to state that each key is supported either on the builtin or PSA side. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP521R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP512R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE448
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP384R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP384R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP256R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE25519
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192R1
+#endif
+
+/* Helper symbol to state that the PK module has support for EC keys. This
+ * can either be provided through the legacy ECP solution or through the
+ * PSA friendly MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA (see pk.h for its description). */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY))
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA || MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+/* Historically pkparse did not check the CBC padding when decrypting
+ * a key. This was a bug, which is now fixed. As a consequence, pkparse
+ * now needs PKCS7 padding support, but existing configurations might not
+ * enable it, so we enable it here. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#endif
+
+/* Backwards compatibility for some macros which were renamed to reflect that
+ * they are related to Armv8, not aarch64. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+#endif
+
+/* psa_util file features some ECDSA conversion functions, to convert between
+ * legacy's ASN.1 DER format and PSA's raw one. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) || (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA
+#endif
+
+/* Some internal helpers to determine which keys are availble. */
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AES
+#endif
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_ARIA
+#endif
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* Some internal helpers to determine which operation modes are availble. */
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CBC
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)) || \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AEAD
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0091e24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,888 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: activate legacy implementations
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, activate legacy implementations
+ * of cryptographic mechanisms as needed to fulfill the needs of the PSA
+ * configuration. Generally speaking, we activate a legacy mechanism if
+ * it's needed for a requested PSA mechanism and there is no PSA driver
+ * for it.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H
+
+/* Define appropriate ACCEL macros for the p256-m driver.
+ * In the future, those should be generated from the drivers JSON description.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ECC: support for a feature is controlled by a triplet or a pair:
+ * (curve, key_type public/basic, alg) or (curve, key_type_<action>).
+ *
+ * A triplet/pair is accelerated if all of is components are accelerated;
+ * otherwise each component needs to be built in.
+ *
+ * We proceed in two passes:
+ * 1. Check if acceleration is complete for curves, key types, algs.
+ * 2. Then enable built-ins for each thing that's either not accelerated of
+ * doesn't have complete acceleration of the other triplet/pair components.
+ *
+ * Note: this needs psa/crypto_adjust_keypair_types.h to have been included
+ * already, so that we know the full set of key types that are requested.
+ */
+
+/* ECC: curves: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: algs: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: key types: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC
+#endif
+
+/* Special case: we don't support cooked key derivation in drivers yet */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#undef MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE
+#endif
+
+/* Note: the condition about key derivation is always true as DERIVE can't be
+ * accelerated yet */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: curves: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the curve built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a key type with missing acceleration, or
+ * - if there's a alg with missing acceleration.
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED
+/* https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541 */
+#error "SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API in Mbed TLS."
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */
+
+/* ECC: algs: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the alg built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a relevant curve (see below) with missing acceleration, or
+ * - if there's a key type among (public, basic) with missing acceleration.
+ *
+ * Relevant curves are:
+ * - all curves for ECDH
+ * - Weierstrass curves for (deterministic) ECDSA
+ * - secp256r1 for EC J-PAKE
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE) || \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE */
+
+/* ECC: key types: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the key type built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a curve with missing acceleration, or
+ * - only for public/basic: if there's an alg with missing acceleration.
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+/* Note: the condition is always true as DERIVE can't be accelerated yet */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif
+
+/* End of ECC section */
+
+/*
+ * DH key types follow the same pattern used above for EC keys. They are defined
+ * by a triplet (group, key_type, alg). A triplet is accelerated if all its
+ * component are accelerated, otherwise each component needs to be builtin.
+ */
+
+/* DH: groups: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_2048)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_3072)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_4096)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_6144)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_8192))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS
+#endif
+
+/* DH: algs: is acceleration complete? */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS
+#endif
+
+/* DH: key types: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_2048) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_3072) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_4096) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_6144) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_8192) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/* End of DH section */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC 1
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/* If any of the block modes are requested that don't have an
+ * associated HW assist, define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE for checking
+ * in the block cipher key types. */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)) || \
+ (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC))
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 1
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
+#endif /*PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+#endif /*!MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+
+/* If any of the software block ciphers are selected, define
+ * PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER, which can be used in any of these
+ * situations. */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_MAC)
+#error "CBC-MAC is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS."
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_MAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_MAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2 1
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_GCM) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+ defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3456615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: construct PSA configuration from legacy
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled, we automatically enable
+ * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA interface when the corresponding
+ * legacy mechanism is enabled. In many cases, this just enables the PSA
+ * wrapper code around the legacy implementation, but we also do this for
+ * some mechanisms where PSA has its own independent implementation so
+ * that high-level modules that can use either cryptographic API have the
+ * same feature set in both cases.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H
+
+/*
+ * Ensure PSA_WANT_* defines are setup properly if MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+ * is not defined
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM 1
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY 1
+
+// Only add in DETERMINISTIC support if ECDSA is also enabled
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+/* Normally we wouldn't enable this because it's not implemented in ecp.c,
+ * but since it used to be available any time ECP_C was enabled, let's enable
+ * it anyway for the sake of backwards compatibility */
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+/* See comment for PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE above. */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C */
+
+/* Enable PSA HKDF algorithm if mbedtls HKDF is supported.
+ * PSA HKDF EXTRACT and PSA HKDF EXPAND have minimal cost when
+ * PSA HKDF is enabled, so enable both algorithms together
+ * with PSA HKDF. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HKDF_C */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_HMAC 1
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GENPRIME)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GENPRIME */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+/* ALG_STREAM_CIPHER requires CIPHER_C in order to be supported in PSA */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#endif
+
+/* SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541) */
+#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a55c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: automatic enablement from legacy
+ *
+ * To simplify some edge cases, we automatically enable certain cryptographic
+ * mechanisms in the PSA API if they are enabled in the legacy API. The general
+ * idea is that if legacy module M uses mechanism A internally, and A has
+ * both a legacy and a PSA implementation, we enable A through PSA whenever
+ * it's enabled through legacy. This facilitates the transition to PSA
+ * implementations of A for users of M.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* Hashes that are built in are also enabled in PSA.
+ * This simplifies dependency declarations especially
+ * for modules that obey MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO. */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure that the PSA's supported curves (PSA_WANT_ECC_xxx) are always a
+ * superset of the builtin ones (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx). */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED */
+
+/* SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541) */
+#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39c7b3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h
+ * \brief Adjust TLS configuration
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H
+
+/* The following blocks make it easier to disable all of TLS,
+ * or of TLS 1.2 or 1.3 or DTLS, without having to manually disable all
+ * key exchanges, options and extensions related to them. */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS))
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \
+ (defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_2_SOME_ECC
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..346c8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h
+ * \brief Adjust X.509 configuration
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17da61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_psa.h
+ * \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines)
+ *
+ * This set of compile-time options takes settings defined in
+ * include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h and include/psa/crypto_config.h and uses
+ * those definitions to define symbols used in the library code.
+ *
+ * Users and integrators should not edit this file, please edit
+ * include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h for MBEDTLS_XXX settings or
+ * include/psa/crypto_config.h for PSA_WANT_XXX settings.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
+
+#include "psa/crypto_legacy.h"
+
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+
+/* Require built-in implementations based on PSA requirements */
+
+/* We need this to have a complete list of requirements
+ * before we deduce what built-ins are required. */
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h"
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
+
+/* Infer PSA requirements from Mbed TLS capabilities */
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h"
+
+/* Hopefully the file above will have enabled keypair symbols in a consistent
+ * way, but including this here fixes them if that wasn't the case. */
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SOME_PAKE 1
+#endif
+
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d31bff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/**
+ * Constant-time functions
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Constant-time buffer comparison without branches.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to the standard memcmp function, but is likely to be
+ * compiled to code using bitwise operations rather than a branch, such that
+ * the time taken is constant w.r.t. the data pointed to by \p a and \p b,
+ * and w.r.t. whether \p a and \p b are equal or not. It is not constant-time
+ * w.r.t. \p n .
+ *
+ * This function can be used to write constant-time code by replacing branches
+ * with bit operations using masks.
+ *
+ * \param a Pointer to the first buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL.
+ * \param b Pointer to the second buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL.
+ * \param n The number of bytes to compare.
+ *
+ * \return Zero if the contents of the two buffers are the same,
+ * otherwise non-zero.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ct_memcmp(const void *a,
+ const void *b,
+ size_t n);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c00756d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+/**
+ * \file ctr_drbg.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains definitions and functions for the
+ * CTR_DRBG pseudorandom generator.
+ *
+ * CTR_DRBG is a standardized way of building a PRNG from a block-cipher
+ * in counter mode operation, as defined in <em>NIST SP 800-90A:
+ * Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random
+ * Bit Generators</em>.
+ *
+ * The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 (default) or AES-128
+ * (if \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled at compile time)
+ * as the underlying block cipher, with a derivation function.
+ *
+ * The security strength as defined in NIST SP 800-90A is
+ * 128 bits when AES-128 is used (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY enabled)
+ * and 256 bits otherwise, provided that #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN is
+ * kept at its default value (and not overridden in mbedtls_config.h) and that the
+ * DRBG instance is set up with default parameters.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more
+ * information.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+/* In case AES_C is defined then it is the primary option for backward
+ * compatibility purposes. If that's not available, PSA is used instead */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
+#else
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "entropy.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/** The entropy source failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x0034
+/** The requested random buffer length is too big. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0036
+/** The input (entropy + additional data) is too large. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0038
+/** Read or write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003A
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< The block size used by the cipher. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 16
+/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
+ *
+ * Compile-time choice: 16 bytes (128 bits)
+ * because #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled.
+ */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32
+/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
+ *
+ * Compile-time choice: 32 bytes (256 bits)
+ * because \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled.
+ */
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8) /**< The key size for the DRBG operation, in bits. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE) /**< The seed length, calculated as (counter + AES key). */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them using the compiler command
+ * line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN
+ *
+ * \brief The amount of entropy used per seed by default, in bytes.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR)
+/** This is 48 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-512.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */
+
+/** This is 32 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-256.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
+/** \warning To achieve a 256-bit security strength, you must pass a nonce
+ * to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed().
+ */
+#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 32
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */
+#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000
+/**< The interval before reseed is performed by default. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256
+/**< The maximum number of additional input Bytes. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024
+/**< The maximum number of requested Bytes per call. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384
+/**< The maximum size of seed or reseed buffer in bytes. */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF 0
+/**< Prediction resistance is disabled. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON 1
+/**< Prediction resistance is enabled. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN >= MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 3 / 2
+/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * This is \c 0 because a single read from the entropy source is sufficient
+ * to include a nonce.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN 0
+#else
+/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * This is half of the default entropy length because a single read from
+ * the entropy source does not provide enough material to form a nonce.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN + 1) / 2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context {
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id;
+ psa_cipher_operation_t operation;
+} mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The CTR_DRBG context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(counter)[16]; /*!< The counter (V). */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter); /*!< The reseed counter.
+ * This is the number of requests that have
+ * been made since the last (re)seeding,
+ * minus one.
+ * Before the initial seeding, this field
+ * contains the amount of entropy in bytes
+ * to use as a nonce for the initial seeding,
+ * or -1 if no nonce length has been explicitly
+ * set (see mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len()).
+ */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance); /*!< This determines whether prediction
+ resistance is enabled, that is
+ whether to systematically reseed before
+ each random generation. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len); /*!< The amount of entropy grabbed on each
+ seed or reseed operation, in bytes. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval); /*!< The reseed interval.
+ * This is the maximum number of requests
+ * that can be made between reseedings. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+ mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aes_ctx); /*!< The AES context. */
+#else
+ mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_ctx); /*!< The PSA context. */
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Callbacks (Entropy)
+ */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+ /*!< The entropy callback function. */
+
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy); /*!< The context for the entropy function. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if f_entropy != NULL.
+ * This means that the mutex is initialized during the initial seeding
+ * in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it
+ * and do not access the mutex directly in application code.
+ */
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the CTR_DRBG context,
+ * and prepares it for mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed()
+ * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * \note The reseed interval is
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL by default.
+ * You can override it by calling
+ * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function seeds and sets up the CTR_DRBG
+ * entropy source for future reseeds.
+ *
+ * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is
+ * to use the entropy module:
+ * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func();
+ * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized
+ * with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default
+ * entropy sources).
+ *
+ * The entropy length is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN by default.
+ * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * The entropy nonce length is:
+ * - \c 0 if the entropy length is at least 3/2 times the entropy length,
+ * which guarantees that the security strength is the maximum permitted
+ * by the key size and entropy length according to NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1;
+ * - Half the entropy length otherwise.
+ * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len().
+ * With the default entropy length, the entropy nonce length is
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN.
+ *
+ * You can provide a nonce and personalization string in addition to the
+ * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
+ * See SP 800-90A §8.6.7 for more details about nonces.
+ *
+ * The _seed_material_ value passed to the derivation function in
+ * the CTR_DRBG Instantiate Process described in NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1.3.2
+ * is the concatenation of the following strings:
+ * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy
+ * length.
+ */
+#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN == 0
+/**
+ * - If mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len() has been called, a string
+ * obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the specified length.
+ */
+#else
+/**
+ * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy nonce
+ * length. If the entropy nonce length is \c 0, this function does not
+ * make a second call to \p f_entropy.
+ */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ * after this function returns successfully,
+ * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ * from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ * reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * - The \p custom string.
+ *
+ * \note To achieve the nominal security strength permitted
+ * by CTR_DRBG, the entropy length must be:
+ * - at least 16 bytes for a 128-bit strength
+ * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
+ * - at least 32 bytes for a 256-bit strength
+ * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
+ *
+ * In addition, if you do not pass a nonce in \p custom,
+ * the sum of the entropy length
+ * and the entropy nonce length must be:
+ * - at least 24 bytes for a 128-bit strength
+ * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
+ * - at least 48 bytes for a 256-bit strength
+ * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to seed.
+ * It must have been initialized with
+ * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
+ * After a successful call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(),
+ * you may not call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() again on
+ * the same context unless you call
+ * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free() and mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init()
+ * again first.
+ * After a failed call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(),
+ * you must call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ * \param f_entropy The entropy callback, taking as arguments the
+ * \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the
+ * length of the buffer.
+ * \p f_entropy is always called with a buffer size
+ * less than or equal to the entropy length.
+ * \param p_entropy The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy.
+ * \param custom The personalization string.
+ * This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization
+ * string is empty regardless of the value of \p len.
+ * \param len The length of the personalization string.
+ * This must be at most
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ * - #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_entropy,
+ const unsigned char *custom,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function resets CTR_DRBG context to the state immediately
+ * after initial call of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to clear.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function turns prediction resistance on or off.
+ * The default value is off.
+ *
+ * \note If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of
+ * every call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add()
+ * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random().
+ * Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient
+ * throughput.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param resistance #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ int resistance);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each
+ * seed or reseed.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
+ *
+ * \note The security strength of CTR_DRBG is bounded by the
+ * entropy length. Thus:
+ * - When using AES-256
+ * (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled,
+ * which is the default),
+ * \p len must be at least 32 (in bytes)
+ * to achieve a 256-bit strength.
+ * - When using AES-128
+ * (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled)
+ * \p len must be at least 16 (in bytes)
+ * to achieve a 128-bit strength.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param len The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ * and at most the maximum length accepted by the
+ * entropy function that is set in the context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed
+ * as a nonce for the initial seeding.
+ *
+ * Call this function before calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() to read
+ * a nonce from the entropy source during the initial seeding.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param len The amount of entropy to grab for the nonce, in bytes.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ * and at most the maximum length accepted by the
+ * entropy function that is set in the context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if \p len is
+ * more than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ * if the initial seeding has already taken place.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the reseed interval.
+ *
+ * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function
+ * is called again.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param interval The reseed interval.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ int interval);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reseeds the CTR_DRBG context, that is
+ * extracts data from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional Additional data to add to the state. Can be \c NULL.
+ * \param len The length of the additional data.
+ * This must be less than
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ * configured for the context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *additional, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional The data to update the state with. This must not be
+ * \c NULL unless \p add_len is \c 0.
+ * \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes. This must be at
+ * most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if
+ * \p add_len is more than
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ * \return An error from the underlying AES cipher on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *additional,
+ size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function updates a CTR_DRBG instance with additional
+ * data and uses it to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ * #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * \param additional Additional data to update. Can be \c NULL, in which
+ * case the additional data is empty regardless of
+ * the value of \p add_len.
+ * \param add_len The length of the additional data
+ * if \p additional is not \c NULL.
+ * This must be less than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ * and less than
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ * configured for the context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+ const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function uses CTR_DRBG to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ * from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ * reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ * #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random(void *p_rng,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief This function writes a seed file.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param path The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed
+ * failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed
+ * is added to this instance.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param path The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on
+ * reseed failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing
+ * seed file is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The CTR_DRBG checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ctr_drbg.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..424ed4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/**
+ * \file debug.h
+ *
+ * \brief Functions for controlling and providing debug output from the library.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS(...) __VA_ARGS__
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_msg(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, \
+ MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS args)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_ret(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, ret)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_buf(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, buf, len)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_mpi(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_ecp(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) \
+ mbedtls_debug_print_crt(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, crt)
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) do { } while (0)
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr) \
+ mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, ecdh, attr)
+#endif
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr) do { } while (0)
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
+ *
+ * Mark a function as having printf attributes, and thus enable checking
+ * via -wFormat and other flags. This does nothing on builds with compilers
+ * that do not support the format attribute
+ *
+ * Module: library/debug.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#if defined(__has_attribute)
+#if __has_attribute(format)
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) \
+ __attribute__((__format__(gnu_printf, string_index, first_to_check)))
+#else /* defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) \
+ __attribute__((format(printf, string_index, first_to_check)))
+#endif
+#else /* __has_attribute(format) */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)
+#endif /* __has_attribute(format) */
+#else /* defined(__has_attribute) */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_PRINTF_xxx: Due to issues with older window compilers
+ * and MinGW we need to define the printf specifier for size_t
+ * and long long per platform.
+ *
+ * Module: library/debug.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#if (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800)
+ #include <inttypes.h>
+ #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET PRIuPTR
+ #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG "I64d"
+#else \
+ /* (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800) */
+ #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET "zu"
+ #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG "lld"
+#endif \
+ /* (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800) */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME)
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#if !defined(PRId64)
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME PRId64
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the threshold error level to handle globally all debug output.
+ * Debug messages that have a level over the threshold value are
+ * discarded.
+ * (Default value: 0 = No debug )
+ *
+ * \param threshold threshold level of messages to filter on. Messages at a
+ * higher level will be discarded.
+ * - Debug levels
+ * - 0 No debug
+ * - 1 Error
+ * - 2 State change
+ * - 3 Informational
+ * - 4 Verbose
+ */
+void mbedtls_debug_set_threshold(int threshold);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b097a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/**
+ * \file des.h
+ *
+ * \brief DES block cipher
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT 0
+
+/** The data input has an invalid length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0032
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE 8
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief DES context structure
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_des_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[32]; /*!< DES subkeys */
+}
+mbedtls_des_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triple-DES context structure
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_des3_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[96]; /*!< 3DES subkeys */
+}
+mbedtls_des3_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
+#include "des_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_init(mbedtls_des_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_free(mbedtls_des_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize Triple-DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES3 context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des3_init(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear Triple-DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES3 context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des3_free(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set key parity on the given key to odd.
+ *
+ * DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with
+ * a parity bit to allow verification.
+ *
+ * \param key 8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_key_set_parity(unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check that key parity on the given key is odd.
+ *
+ * DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with
+ * a parity bit to allow verification.
+ *
+ * \param key 8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0 is parity was ok, 1 if parity was not correct.
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_key_check_key_parity(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check that key is not a weak or semi-weak DES key
+ *
+ * \param key 8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0 if no weak key was found, 1 if a weak key was identified.
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_key_check_weak(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief DES key schedule (56-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_setkey_enc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief DES key schedule (56-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_setkey_dec(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 16-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set2key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 16-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set2key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 24-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set3key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key 24-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set3key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief DES-ECB block encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context
+ * \param input 64-bit input block
+ * \param output 64-bit output block
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char input[8],
+ unsigned char output[8]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the function same function again on the following
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx DES context
+ * \param mode MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length length of the input data
+ * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
+ * \param input buffer holding the input data
+ * \param output buffer holding the output data
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[8],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief 3DES-ECB block encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context
+ * \param input 64-bit input block
+ * \param output 64-bit output block
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char input[8],
+ unsigned char output[8]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief 3DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ * call the function same function again on the following
+ * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ * module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx 3DES context
+ * \param mode MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length length of the input data
+ * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
+ * \param input buffer holding the input data
+ * \param output buffer holding the output data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ unsigned char iv[8],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal function for key expansion.
+ * (Only exposed to allow overriding it,
+ * see MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT)
+ *
+ * \param SK Round keys
+ * \param key Base key
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ * instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_setkey(uint32_t SK[32],
+ const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL
+int mbedtls_des_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* des.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcba3d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,972 @@
+/**
+ * \file dhm.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange
+ * definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange is defined in
+ * <em>RFC-2631: Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement Method</em> and
+ * <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #3: Diffie
+ * Hellman Key Agreement Standard</em>.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-3526: More Modular Exponential (MODP) Diffie-Hellman groups for
+ * Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines a number of standardized
+ * Diffie-Hellman groups for IKE.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-5114: Additional Diffie-Hellman Groups for Use with IETF
+ * Standards</em> defines a number of standardized Diffie-Hellman
+ * groups that can be used.
+ *
+ * \warning The security of the DHM key exchange relies on the proper choice
+ * of prime modulus - optimally, it should be a safe prime. The usage
+ * of non-safe primes both decreases the difficulty of the underlying
+ * discrete logarithm problem and can lead to small subgroup attacks
+ * leaking private exponent bits when invalid public keys are used
+ * and not detected. This is especially relevant if the same DHM
+ * parameters are reused for multiple key exchanges as in static DHM,
+ * while the criticality of small-subgroup attacks is lower for
+ * ephemeral DHM.
+ *
+ * \warning For performance reasons, the code does neither perform primality
+ * nor safe primality tests, nor the expensive checks for invalid
+ * subgroups. Moreover, even if these were performed, non-standardized
+ * primes cannot be trusted because of the possibility of backdoors
+ * that can't be effectively checked for.
+ *
+ * \warning Diffie-Hellman-Merkle is therefore a security risk when not using
+ * standardized primes generated using a trustworthy ("nothing up
+ * my sleeve") method, such as the RFC 3526 / 7919 primes. In the TLS
+ * protocol, DH parameters need to be negotiated, so using the default
+ * primes systematically is not always an option. If possible, use
+ * Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), which has better performance,
+ * and for which the TLS protocol mandates the use of standard
+ * parameters.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DHM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+
+/*
+ * DHM Error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x3080
+/** Reading of the DHM parameters failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PARAMS_FAILED -0x3100
+/** Making of the DHM parameters failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PARAMS_FAILED -0x3180
+/** Reading of the public values failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x3200
+/** Making of the public value failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x3280
+/** Calculation of the DHM secret failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_CALC_SECRET_FAILED -0x3300
+/** The ASN.1 data is not formatted correctly. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_INVALID_FORMAT -0x3380
+/** Allocation of memory failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_ALLOC_FAILED -0x3400
+/** Read or write of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x3480
+/** Setting the modulus and generator failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_SET_GROUP_FAILED -0x3580
+
+/** Which parameter to access in mbedtls_dhm_get_value(). */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_P, /*!< The prime modulus. */
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_G, /*!< The generator. */
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_X, /*!< Our secret value. */
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GX, /*!< Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GY, /*!< The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */
+ MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_K, /*!< The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */
+} mbedtls_dhm_parameter;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The DHM context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_dhm_context {
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P); /*!< The prime modulus. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(G); /*!< The generator. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X); /*!< Our secret value. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GX); /*!< Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GY); /*!< The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(K); /*!< The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP); /*!< The cached value = \c R^2 mod \c P. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The blinding value. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The unblinding value. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pX); /*!< The previous \c X. */
+}
+mbedtls_dhm_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */
+#include "dhm_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the DHM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_dhm_init(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses the DHM parameters in a
+ * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message
+ * (DHM modulus, generator, and public key).
+ *
+ * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client
+ * sets up its DHM context from the server's public
+ * DHM key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param p On input, *p must be the start of the input buffer.
+ * On output, *p is updated to point to the end of the data
+ * that has been read. On success, this is the first byte
+ * past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters.
+ * On error, this is the point at which an error has been
+ * detected, which is usually not useful except to debug
+ * failures.
+ * \param end The end of the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_read_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char **p,
+ const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates a DHM key pair and exports its
+ * public part together with the DHM parameters in the format
+ * used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note This function assumes that the DHM parameters \c ctx->P
+ * and \c ctx->G have already been properly set. For that, use
+ * mbedtls_dhm_set_group() below in conjunction with
+ * mbedtls_mpi_read_binary() and mbedtls_mpi_read_string().
+ *
+ * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server generates
+ * and exports its DHM key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not
+ * already have imported the peer's public key.
+ * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes
+ * written on success. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ * sufficient size to hold the reduced binary presentation of
+ * the modulus, the generator and the public key, each wrapped
+ * with a 2-byte length field. It is the responsibility of the
+ * caller to ensure that enough space is available. Refer to
+ * mbedtls_mpi_size() to computing the byte-size of an MPI.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_make_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the prime modulus and generator.
+ *
+ * \note This function can be used to set \c ctx->P, \c ctx->G
+ * in preparation for mbedtls_dhm_make_params().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to configure. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P The MPI holding the DHM prime modulus. This must be
+ * an initialized MPI.
+ * \param G The MPI holding the DHM generator. This must be an
+ * initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_set_group(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *P,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *G);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports the raw public value of the peer.
+ *
+ * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server imports
+ * the Client's public DHM key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and have
+ * its DHM parameters set, e.g. via mbedtls_dhm_set_group().
+ * It may or may not already have generated its own private key.
+ * \param input The input buffer containing the \c G^Y value of the peer.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of size \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The size of the input buffer \p input in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_read_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function creates a DHM key pair and exports
+ * the raw public key in big-endian format.
+ *
+ * \note The destination buffer is always fully written
+ * so as to contain a big-endian representation of G^X mod P.
+ * If it is larger than \c ctx->len, it is padded accordingly
+ * with zero-bytes at the beginning.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and
+ * have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not already
+ * have imported the peer's public key.
+ * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes.
+ * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ * size \p olen Bytes.
+ * \param olen The length of the destination buffer. This must be at least
+ * equal to `ctx->len` (the size of \c P).
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_make_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret
+ * \c (G^Y)^X mod \c P.
+ *
+ * \note If \p f_rng is not \c NULL, it is used to blind the input as
+ * a countermeasure against timing attacks. Blinding is used
+ * only if our private key \c X is re-used, and not used
+ * otherwise. We recommend always passing a non-NULL
+ * \p f_rng argument.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have its own private key generated and the peer's
+ * public key imported.
+ * \param output The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This
+ * must be a writable buffer of size \p output_size Bytes.
+ * \param output_size The size of the destination buffer. This must be at
+ * least the size of \c ctx->len (the size of \c P).
+ * \param olen On exit, holds the actual number of Bytes written.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL. Used for
+ * blinding.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_calc_secret(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bits.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to query.
+ *
+ * \return The size of the prime modulus in bits,
+ * i.e. the number n such that 2^(n-1) <= P < 2^n.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to query.
+ *
+ * \return The size of the prime modulus in bytes,
+ * i.e. the number n such that 2^(8*(n-1)) <= P < 2^(8*n).
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_len(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function copies a parameter of a DHM key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to query.
+ * \param param The parameter to copy.
+ * \param dest The MPI object to copy the value into. It must be
+ * initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p param is invalid.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code if the copy fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_get_value(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_dhm_parameter param,
+ mbedtls_mpi *dest);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees and clears the components
+ * of a DHM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The DHM context to free and clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL,
+ * it must point to an initialized DHM context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_dhm_free(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses DHM parameters in PEM or DER format.
+ *
+ * \param dhm The DHM context to import the DHM parameters into.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param dhmin The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * length \p dhminlen Bytes.
+ * \param dhminlen The size of the input buffer \p dhmin, including the
+ * terminating \c NULL Byte for PEM data.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error
+ * code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhm(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const unsigned char *dhmin,
+ size_t dhminlen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief This function loads and parses DHM parameters from a file.
+ *
+ * \param dhm The DHM context to load the parameters to.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param path The filename to read the DHM parameters from.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhmfile(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The DMH checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * RFC 3526, RFC 5114 and RFC 7919 standardize a number of
+ * Diffie-Hellman groups, some of which are included here
+ * for use within the SSL/TLS module and the user's convenience
+ * when configuring the Diffie-Hellman parameters by hand
+ * through \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param.
+ *
+ * The following lists the source of the above groups in the standards:
+ * - RFC 5114 section 2.2: 2048-bit MODP Group with 224-bit Prime Order Subgroup
+ * - RFC 3526 section 3: 2048-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 3526 section 4: 3072-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 3526 section 5: 4096-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.1: ffdhe2048
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.2: ffdhe3072
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.3: ffdhe4096
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.4: ffdhe6144
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.5: ffdhe8192
+ *
+ * The constants with suffix "_p" denote the chosen prime moduli, while
+ * the constants with suffix "_g" denote the chosen generator
+ * of the associated prime field.
+ *
+ * The constants further suffixed with "_bin" are provided in binary format,
+ * while all other constants represent null-terminated strings holding the
+ * hexadecimal presentation of the respective numbers.
+ *
+ * The primes from RFC 3526 and RFC 7919 have been generating by the following
+ * trust-worthy procedure:
+ * - Fix N in { 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144, 8192 } and consider the N-bit number
+ * the first and last 64 bits are all 1, and the remaining N - 128 bits of
+ * which are 0x7ff...ff.
+ * - Add the smallest multiple of the first N - 129 bits of the binary expansion
+ * of pi (for RFC 5236) or e (for RFC 7919) to this intermediate bit-string
+ * such that the resulting integer is a safe-prime.
+ * - The result is the respective RFC 3526 / 7919 prime, and the corresponding
+ * generator is always chosen to be 2 (which is a square for these prime,
+ * hence the corresponding subgroup has order (p-1)/2 and avoids leaking a
+ * bit in the private exponent).
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Trustworthy DHM parameters in binary form
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \
+ 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \
+ 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \
+ 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \
+ 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \
+ 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \
+ 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \
+ 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \
+ 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \
+ 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \
+ 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \
+ 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \
+ 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \
+ 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \
+ 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \
+ 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \
+ 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \
+ 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \
+ 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \
+ 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \
+ 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \
+ 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \
+ 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \
+ 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \
+ 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \
+ 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \
+ 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \
+ 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \
+ 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \
+ 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAC, 0xAA, 0x68, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \
+ 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \
+ 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \
+ 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \
+ 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \
+ 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \
+ 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \
+ 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \
+ 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \
+ 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \
+ 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \
+ 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \
+ 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \
+ 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \
+ 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \
+ 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \
+ 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \
+ 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \
+ 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \
+ 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \
+ 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \
+ 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \
+ 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \
+ 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \
+ 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \
+ 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \
+ 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \
+ 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \
+ 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \
+ 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D, \
+ 0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33, \
+ 0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64, \
+ 0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A, \
+ 0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D, \
+ 0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7, \
+ 0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7, \
+ 0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D, \
+ 0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B, \
+ 0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64, \
+ 0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64, \
+ 0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C, \
+ 0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C, \
+ 0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2, \
+ 0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31, \
+ 0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E, \
+ 0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x3A, 0xD2, 0xCA, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \
+ 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \
+ 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \
+ 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \
+ 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \
+ 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \
+ 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \
+ 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \
+ 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \
+ 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \
+ 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \
+ 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \
+ 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \
+ 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \
+ 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \
+ 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \
+ 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \
+ 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \
+ 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \
+ 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \
+ 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \
+ 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \
+ 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \
+ 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \
+ 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \
+ 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \
+ 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \
+ 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \
+ 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \
+ 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D, \
+ 0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33, \
+ 0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64, \
+ 0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A, \
+ 0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D, \
+ 0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7, \
+ 0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7, \
+ 0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D, \
+ 0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B, \
+ 0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64, \
+ 0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64, \
+ 0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C, \
+ 0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C, \
+ 0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2, \
+ 0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31, \
+ 0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E, \
+ 0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x21, 0x08, 0x01, \
+ 0x1A, 0x72, 0x3C, 0x12, 0xA7, 0x87, 0xE6, 0xD7, \
+ 0x88, 0x71, 0x9A, 0x10, 0xBD, 0xBA, 0x5B, 0x26, \
+ 0x99, 0xC3, 0x27, 0x18, 0x6A, 0xF4, 0xE2, 0x3C, \
+ 0x1A, 0x94, 0x68, 0x34, 0xB6, 0x15, 0x0B, 0xDA, \
+ 0x25, 0x83, 0xE9, 0xCA, 0x2A, 0xD4, 0x4C, 0xE8, \
+ 0xDB, 0xBB, 0xC2, 0xDB, 0x04, 0xDE, 0x8E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x2E, 0x8E, 0xFC, 0x14, 0x1F, 0xBE, 0xCA, 0xA6, \
+ 0x28, 0x7C, 0x59, 0x47, 0x4E, 0x6B, 0xC0, 0x5D, \
+ 0x99, 0xB2, 0x96, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x90, 0xC3, 0xA2, \
+ 0x23, 0x3B, 0xA1, 0x86, 0x51, 0x5B, 0xE7, 0xED, \
+ 0x1F, 0x61, 0x29, 0x70, 0xCE, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0xAF, \
+ 0xB8, 0x1B, 0xDD, 0x76, 0x21, 0x70, 0x48, 0x1C, \
+ 0xD0, 0x06, 0x91, 0x27, 0xD5, 0xB0, 0x5A, 0xA9, \
+ 0x93, 0xB4, 0xEA, 0x98, 0x8D, 0x8F, 0xDD, 0xC1, \
+ 0x86, 0xFF, 0xB7, 0xDC, 0x90, 0xA6, 0xC0, 0x8F, \
+ 0x4D, 0xF4, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x34, 0x06, 0x31, 0x99, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+ 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+ 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+ 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+ 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+ 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+ 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+ 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+ 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+ 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+ 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+ 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+ 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+ 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+ 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+ 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+ 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+ 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+ 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+ 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+ 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+ 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+ 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+ 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+ 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+ 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+ 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+ 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x28, 0x5C, 0x97, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+ 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+ 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+ 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+ 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+ 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+ 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+ 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+ 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+ 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+ 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+ 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+ 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+ 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+ 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+ 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+ 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+ 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+ 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+ 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+ 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+ 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+ 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+ 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+ 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+ 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+ 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+ 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+ 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+ 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+ 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+ 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+ 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+ 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+ 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+ 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+ 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+ 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+ 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+ 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+ 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+ 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+ 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0xC6, 0x2E, 0x37, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+ 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+ 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+ 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+ 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+ 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+ 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+ 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+ 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+ 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+ 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+ 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+ 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+ 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+ 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+ 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+ 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+ 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+ 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+ 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+ 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+ 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+ 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+ 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+ 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+ 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+ 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+ 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+ 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+ 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+ 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+ 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+ 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+ 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+ 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+ 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+ 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+ 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+ 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+ 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+ 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+ 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+ 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+ 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+ 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+ 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+ 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+ 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+ 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+ 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+ 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+ 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+ 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+ 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+ 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+ 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+ 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+ 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+ 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x65, 0x5F, 0x6A, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+ 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+ 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+ 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+ 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+ 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+ 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+ 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+ 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+ 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+ 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+ 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+ 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+ 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+ 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+ 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+ 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+ 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+ 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+ 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+ 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+ 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+ 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+ 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+ 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+ 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+ 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+ 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+ 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+ 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+ 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+ 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+ 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+ 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+ 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+ 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+ 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+ 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+ 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+ 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+ 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+ 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+ 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+ 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+ 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+ 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+ 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+ 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+ 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+ 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+ 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+ 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+ 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+ 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+ 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+ 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+ 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+ 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+ 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \
+ 0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \
+ 0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \
+ 0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \
+ 0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \
+ 0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \
+ 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \
+ 0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \
+ 0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \
+ 0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \
+ 0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \
+ 0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \
+ 0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \
+ 0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \
+ 0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \
+ 0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \
+ 0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \
+ 0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \
+ 0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \
+ 0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \
+ 0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \
+ 0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \
+ 0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \
+ 0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \
+ 0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \
+ 0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \
+ 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \
+ 0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \
+ 0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \
+ 0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \
+ 0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xD0, 0xE4, 0x0E, 0x65, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_P_BIN { \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+ 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+ 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+ 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+ 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+ 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+ 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+ 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+ 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+ 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+ 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+ 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+ 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+ 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+ 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+ 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+ 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+ 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+ 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+ 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+ 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+ 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+ 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+ 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+ 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+ 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+ 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+ 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+ 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+ 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+ 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+ 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+ 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+ 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+ 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+ 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+ 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+ 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+ 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+ 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+ 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+ 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+ 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+ 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+ 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+ 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+ 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+ 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+ 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+ 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+ 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+ 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+ 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+ 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+ 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+ 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+ 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+ 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+ 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+ 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+ 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \
+ 0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \
+ 0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \
+ 0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \
+ 0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \
+ 0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \
+ 0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \
+ 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \
+ 0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \
+ 0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \
+ 0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \
+ 0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \
+ 0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \
+ 0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \
+ 0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \
+ 0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \
+ 0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \
+ 0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \
+ 0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \
+ 0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \
+ 0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \
+ 0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \
+ 0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \
+ 0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \
+ 0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \
+ 0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \
+ 0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \
+ 0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \
+ 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \
+ 0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \
+ 0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \
+ 0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \
+ 0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xCF, 0xF4, 0x6A, 0xAA, \
+ 0x36, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x4C, 0xF6, 0x00, 0xC8, 0x38, \
+ 0x1E, 0x42, 0x5A, 0x31, 0xD9, 0x51, 0xAE, 0x64, \
+ 0xFD, 0xB2, 0x3F, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x50, 0x9D, 0x43, \
+ 0x68, 0x7F, 0xEB, 0x69, 0xED, 0xD1, 0xCC, 0x5E, \
+ 0x0B, 0x8C, 0xC3, 0xBD, 0xF6, 0x4B, 0x10, 0xEF, \
+ 0x86, 0xB6, 0x31, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xAB, 0x88, 0x29, \
+ 0x55, 0x5B, 0x2F, 0x74, 0x7C, 0x93, 0x26, 0x65, \
+ 0xCB, 0x2C, 0x0F, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x1B, 0xD7, 0x02, \
+ 0x29, 0x38, 0x88, 0x39, 0xD2, 0xAF, 0x05, 0xE4, \
+ 0x54, 0x50, 0x4A, 0xC7, 0x8B, 0x75, 0x82, 0x82, \
+ 0x28, 0x46, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0x35, 0xC3, 0x5F, 0x5C, \
+ 0x59, 0x16, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x46, 0xFD, 0x82, 0x51, \
+ 0x54, 0x1F, 0xC6, 0x8C, 0x9C, 0x86, 0xB0, 0x22, \
+ 0xBB, 0x70, 0x99, 0x87, 0x6A, 0x46, 0x0E, 0x74, \
+ 0x51, 0xA8, 0xA9, 0x31, 0x09, 0x70, 0x3F, 0xEE, \
+ 0x1C, 0x21, 0x7E, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x26, 0xE5, 0x2C, \
+ 0x51, 0xAA, 0x69, 0x1E, 0x0E, 0x42, 0x3C, 0xFC, \
+ 0x99, 0xE9, 0xE3, 0x16, 0x50, 0xC1, 0x21, 0x7B, \
+ 0x62, 0x48, 0x16, 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x9A, 0x95, 0xF9, \
+ 0xD5, 0xB8, 0x01, 0x94, 0x88, 0xD9, 0xC0, 0xA0, \
+ 0xA1, 0xFE, 0x30, 0x75, 0xA5, 0x77, 0xE2, 0x31, \
+ 0x83, 0xF8, 0x1D, 0x4A, 0x3F, 0x2F, 0xA4, 0x57, \
+ 0x1E, 0xFC, 0x8C, 0xE0, 0xBA, 0x8A, 0x4F, 0xE8, \
+ 0xB6, 0x85, 0x5D, 0xFE, 0x72, 0xB0, 0xA6, 0x6E, \
+ 0xDE, 0xD2, 0xFB, 0xAB, 0xFB, 0xE5, 0x8A, 0x30, \
+ 0xFA, 0xFA, 0xBE, 0x1C, 0x5D, 0x71, 0xA8, 0x7E, \
+ 0x2F, 0x74, 0x1E, 0xF8, 0xC1, 0xFE, 0x86, 0xFE, \
+ 0xA6, 0xBB, 0xFD, 0xE5, 0x30, 0x67, 0x7F, 0x0D, \
+ 0x97, 0xD1, 0x1D, 0x49, 0xF7, 0xA8, 0x44, 0x3D, \
+ 0x08, 0x22, 0xE5, 0x06, 0xA9, 0xF4, 0x61, 0x4E, \
+ 0x01, 0x1E, 0x2A, 0x94, 0x83, 0x8F, 0xF8, 0x8C, \
+ 0xD6, 0x8C, 0x8B, 0xB7, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0x42, 0x4C, \
+ 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#endif /* dhm.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0909d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecdh.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains ECDH definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol is an anonymous
+ * key agreement protocol allowing two parties to establish a shared
+ * secret over an insecure channel. Each party must have an
+ * elliptic-curve public–private key pair.
+ *
+ * For more information, see <em>NIST SP 800-56A Rev. 2: Recommendation for
+ * Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm
+ * Cryptography</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+
+/*
+ * Mbed TLS supports two formats for ECDH contexts (#mbedtls_ecdh_context
+ * defined in `ecdh.h`). For most applications, the choice of format makes
+ * no difference, since all library functions can work with either format,
+ * except that the new format is incompatible with MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE.
+
+ * The new format used when this option is disabled is smaller
+ * (56 bytes on a 32-bit platform). In future versions of the library, it
+ * will support alternative implementations of ECDH operations.
+ * The new format is incompatible with applications that access
+ * context fields directly and with restartable ECP operations.
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#else
+#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#include "everest/everest.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Defines the source of the imported EC key.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
+} mbedtls_ecdh_side;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
+/**
+ * Defines the ECDH implementation used.
+ *
+ * Later versions of the library may add new variants, therefore users should
+ * not make any assumptions about them.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_NONE = 0, /*!< Implementation not defined. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_MBEDTLS_2_0,/*!< The default Mbed TLS implementation */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+ MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST /*!< Everest implementation */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdh_variant;
+
+/**
+ * The context used by the default ECDH implementation.
+ *
+ * Later versions might change the structure of this context, therefore users
+ * should not make any assumptions about the structure of
+ * mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed {
+ mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< The private key. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The public key. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp); /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z); /*!< The shared secret. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
+ * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
+ * should not be shared between multiple threads.
+ * \brief The ECDH context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
+ mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< The private key. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The public key. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp); /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z); /*!< The shared secret. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The blinding value. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The unblinding value. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(_d); /*!< The previous \p d. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled); /*!< The flag for restartable mode. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+#else
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages
+ as defined in RFC 4492. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_group_id MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp_id);/*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+ mbedtls_ecdh_variant MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(var); /*!< The ECDH implementation/structure used. */
+ union {
+ mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mbed_ecdh);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+ mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(everest_ecdh);
+#endif
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); /*!< Implementation-specific context. The
+ context in use is specified by the \c var
+ field. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled); /*!< The flag for restartable mode. Functions of
+ an alternative implementation not supporting
+ restartable mode must return
+ MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED error
+ if this flag is set. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT */
+}
+mbedtls_ecdh_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the ECP group for provided context.
+ *
+ * \note To access group specific fields, users should use
+ * `mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_grp_id` or
+ * `mbedtls_ecp_group_load` on the extracted `group_id`.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to parse. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The \c mbedtls_ecp_group_id of the context.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecdh_get_grp_id(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check whether a given group can be used for ECDH.
+ *
+ * \param gid The ECP group ID to check.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an ECDH keypair on an elliptic
+ * curve.
+ *
+ * This function performs the first of two core computations
+ * implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The second core
+ * computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared().
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
+ * domain parameters loaded, for example through
+ * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
+ * \param d The destination MPI (private key).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The destination point (public key).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
+ * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the shared secret.
+ *
+ * This function performs the second of two core computations
+ * implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The first core
+ * computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public().
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
+ * countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
+ * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
+ * domain parameters loaded, for example through
+ * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
+ * \param z The destination MPI (shared secret).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The public key from another party.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param d Our secret exponent (private key).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a
+ * context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
+ * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an ECDH context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_init(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information
+ * given.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but
+ * before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call
+ * this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
+ *
+ * This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
+ * ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_setup(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees a context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function does nothing. If it is not \c NULL,
+ * it must point to an initialized ECDH context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_free(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an EC key pair and exports its
+ * in the format used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake
+ * message.
+ *
+ * This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
+ * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().)
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ * length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses the ECDHE parameters in a
+ * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client
+ * sets up its ECDHE context from the server's public
+ * ECDHE key material.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDHE context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf On input, \c *buf must be the start of the input buffer.
+ * On output, \c *buf is updated to point to the end of the
+ * data that has been read. On success, this is the first byte
+ * past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters.
+ * On error, this is the point at which an error has been
+ * detected, which is usually not useful except to debug
+ * failures.
+ * \param end The end of the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char **buf,
+ const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key.
+ *
+ * It is used by clients and servers in place of the
+ * ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
+ * parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param side Defines the source of the key. Possible values are:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS: The key is ours.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS: The key is that of the peer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ mbedtls_ecdh_side side);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates a public key and exports it
+ * as a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload.
+ *
+ * This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E)
+ * ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a group, the latter usually by
+ * mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The size of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses and processes the ECDHE payload of a
+ * TLS ClientKeyExchange message.
+ *
+ * This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E)
+ * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and
+ * mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().)
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
+ * \param buf The pointer to the ClientKeyExchange payload. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
+ *
+ * This is the last function used by both TLS client
+ * and servers.
+ *
+ * \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
+ * countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
+ * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have its own private key generated and the peer's
+ * public key imported.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of
+ * Bytes written on success. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This
+ * must be a writable buffer of size \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng
+ * doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_calc_secret(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief This function enables restartable EC computations for this
+ * context. (Default: disabled.)
+ *
+ * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()
+ *
+ * \note It is not possible to safely disable restartable
+ * computations once enabled, except by free-ing the context,
+ * which cancels possible in-progress operations.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecdh.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ecf349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecdsa.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains ECDSA definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) is defined in
+ * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG):
+ * SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>.
+ * The use of ECDSA for TLS is defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve
+ * Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Maximum ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size
+ *
+ * \param bits Curve size in bits
+ * \return Maximum signature size in bytes
+ *
+ * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument
+ * is one. It may evaluate its argument multiple times.
+ */
+/*
+ * Ecdsa-Sig-Value ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * r INTEGER,
+ * s INTEGER
+ * }
+ *
+ * For each of r and s, the value (V) may include an extra initial "0" bit.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(bits) \
+ (/*T,L of SEQUENCE*/ ((bits) >= 61 * 8 ? 3 : 2) + \
+ /*T,L of r,s*/ 2 * (((bits) >= 127 * 8 ? 3 : 2) + \
+ /*V of r,s*/ ((bits) + 8) / 8))
+
+/** The maximal size of an ECDSA signature in Bytes. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ECDSA context structure.
+ *
+ * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
+ * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
+ * should not be shared between multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note pk_wrap module assumes that "ecdsa_context" is identical
+ * to "ecp_keypair" (see for example structure
+ * "mbedtls_eckey_info" where ECDSA sign/verify functions
+ * are used also for EC key)
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_verify()
+ *
+ * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign()
+ *
+ * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+/**
+ * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign_det()
+ *
+ * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief General context for resuming ECDSA operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ecp); /*!< base context for ECP restart and
+ shared administrative info */
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver); /*!< ecdsa_verify() sub-context */
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); /*!< ecdsa_sign() sub-context */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(det); /*!< ecdsa_sign_det() sub-context */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
+typedef void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks whether a given group can be used
+ * for ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \param gid The ECP group ID to check.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message.
+ *
+ * \note The deterministic version implemented in
+ * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() is usually preferred.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated
+ * as defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf The content to be signed. This is usually the hash of
+ * the original data to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX
+ * or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message, deterministic version.
+ *
+ * For more information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic
+ * Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
+ * Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ * and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This
+ * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r,
+ mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng_blind);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \note The deterministic version implemented in
+ * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable() is usually
+ * preferred.
+ *
+ * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() but
+ * it can return early and restart according to the
+ * limit set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to
+ * reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger
+ * than the bitlength of the group order, then the
+ * hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for
+ * Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic
+ * Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ * and setup, for example through
+ * mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL
+ * to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it
+ * must point to an initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c
+ * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_restartable(
+ mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng_blind,
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \note This function is like \c
+ * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() but it can return
+ * early and restart according to the limit set with
+ * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger
+ * than the bitlength of the group order, then the
+ * hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for
+ * Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic
+ * Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ * the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ * and setup, for example through
+ * mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ * \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL
+ * to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it
+ * must point to an initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c
+ * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable(
+ mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng_blind,
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be
+ * initialized and setup.
+ * \param r The first integer of the signature.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The second integer of the signature.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *s);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a
+ * previously-hashed message, in a restartable manner
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be
+ * initialized and setup.
+ * \param r The first integer of the signature.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param s The second integer of the signature.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ * initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *r,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *s,
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
+ * to a buffer, serialized as defined in <em>RFC-4492:
+ * Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for
+ * Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ * \warning It is not thread-safe to use the same context in
+ * multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note The deterministic version is used if
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is defined. For more
+ * information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic Usage
+ * of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
+ * Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
+ * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
+ * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message.
+ * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
+ * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
+ * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of
+ * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise,
+ * it is used only for blinding and may be set to \c NULL, but
+ * doing so is DEPRECATED.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+ unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
+ * to a buffer, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
+ *
+ * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
+ * but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
+ * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
+ * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message.
+ * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
+ * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
+ * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of
+ * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise,
+ * it is unused and may be set to \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ * initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+ unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature.
+ *
+ * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ * 4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have a group and public key bound to it.
+ * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash.
+ * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
+ * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ * signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on failure for any other reason.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature,
+ * in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
+ *
+ * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
+ * but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and have a group and public key bound to it.
+ * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash.
+ * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
+ * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ * initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ * signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on failure for any other reason.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen,
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an ECDSA keypair on the given curve.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to store the keypair in.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param gid The elliptic curve to use. One of the various
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets up an ECDSA context from an EC key pair.
+ *
+ * \see ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized and hold
+ * a private-public key pair or a public key. In the former
+ * case, the ECDSA context may be used for signature creation
+ * and verification after this call. In the latter case, it
+ * may be used for signature verification.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an ECDSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees an ECDSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECDSA context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The restart context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the components of a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecdsa.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2148a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecjpake.h
+ *
+ * \brief Elliptic curve J-PAKE
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+/*
+ * J-PAKE is a password-authenticated key exchange that allows deriving a
+ * strong shared secret from a (potentially low entropy) pre-shared
+ * passphrase, with forward secrecy and mutual authentication.
+ * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Password_Authenticated_Key_Exchange_by_Juggling
+ *
+ * This file implements the Elliptic Curve variant of J-PAKE,
+ * as defined in Chapter 7.4 of the Thread v1.0 Specification,
+ * available to members of the Thread Group http://threadgroup.org/
+ *
+ * As the J-PAKE algorithm is inherently symmetric, so is our API.
+ * Each party needs to send its first round message, in any order, to the
+ * other party, then each sends its second round message, in any order.
+ * The payloads are serialized in a way suitable for use in TLS, but could
+ * also be use outside TLS.
+ */
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Roles in the EC J-PAKE exchange
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT = 0, /**< Client */
+ MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER, /**< Server */
+ MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_NONE, /**< Undefined */
+} mbedtls_ecjpake_role;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT)
+/**
+ * EC J-PAKE context structure.
+ *
+ * J-PAKE is a symmetric protocol, except for the identifiers used in
+ * Zero-Knowledge Proofs, and the serialization of the second message
+ * (KeyExchange) as defined by the Thread spec.
+ *
+ * In order to benefit from this symmetry, we choose a different naming
+ * convention from the Thread v1.0 spec. Correspondence is indicated in the
+ * description as a pair C: client name, S: server name
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecjpake_context {
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_type); /**< Hash to use */
+ mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /**< Elliptic curve */
+ mbedtls_ecjpake_role MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(role); /**< Are we client or server? */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /**< Format for point export */
+
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm1); /**< My public key 1 C: X1, S: X3 */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm2); /**< My public key 2 C: X2, S: X4 */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp1); /**< Peer public key 1 C: X3, S: X1 */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp2); /**< Peer public key 2 C: X4, S: X2 */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp); /**< Peer public key C: Xs, S: Xc */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm1); /**< My private key 1 C: x1, S: x3 */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm2); /**< My private key 2 C: x2, S: x4 */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s); /**< Pre-shared secret (passphrase) */
+} mbedtls_ecjpake_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
+#include "ecjpake_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an ECJPAKE context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecjpake_init(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set up an ECJPAKE context for use.
+ *
+ * \note Currently the only values for hash/curve allowed by the
+ * standard are #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/#MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param role The role of the caller. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT or #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER.
+ * \param hash The identifier of the hash function to use,
+ * for example #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256.
+ * \param curve The identifier of the elliptic curve to use,
+ * for example #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
+ * \param secret The pre-shared secret (passphrase). This must be
+ * a readable not empty buffer of length \p len Bytes. It need
+ * only be valid for the duration of this call.
+ * \param len The length of the pre-shared secret \p secret.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_ecjpake_role role,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t hash,
+ mbedtls_ecp_group_id curve,
+ const unsigned char *secret,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the point format for future reads and writes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to configure.
+ * \param point_format The point format to use:
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED (default)
+ * or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p point_format
+ * is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_set_point_format(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ int point_format);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if an ECJPAKE context is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to check. This must be
+ * initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the context is ready for use.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_check(const mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate and write the first round message
+ * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
+ * excluding extension type and length bytes).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be
+ * initialized and set up.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the contents to. This must be a
+ * writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total number
+ * of Bytes written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read and process the first round message
+ * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
+ * excluding extension type and length bytes).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and set up.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the first round message. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate and write the second round message
+ * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ * set up, and already have performed round one.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the round two contents to.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The size of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
+ * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read and process the second round message
+ * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
+ * and set up and already have performed round one.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the second round message. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Derive the shared secret
+ * (TLS: Pre-Master Secret).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ * set up and have performed both round one and two.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
+ * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write the shared key material to be passed to a Key
+ * Derivation Function as described in RFC8236.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ * set up and have performed both round one and two.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of bytes
+ * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_shared_key(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This clears an ECJPAKE context and frees any
+ * embedded data structure.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function does nothing. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECJPAKE context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecjpake_free(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* ecjpake.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8f73ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1528 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecp.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for Elliptic Curves over GF(P) (ECP).
+ *
+ * The use of ECP in cryptography and TLS is defined in
+ * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1
+ * Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em> and
+ * <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites
+ * for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-2409: The Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines ECP
+ * group types.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECP_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+
+/*
+ * ECP error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x4F80
+/** The buffer is too small to write to. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x4F00
+/** The requested feature is not available, for example, the requested curve is not supported. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x4E80
+/** The signature is not valid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_VERIFY_FAILED -0x4E00
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_ALLOC_FAILED -0x4D80
+/** Generation of random value, such as ephemeral key, failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED -0x4D00
+/** Invalid private or public key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY -0x4C80
+/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x4C00
+/** Operation in progress, call again with the same parameters to continue. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS -0x4B00
+
+/* Flags indicating whether to include code that is specific to certain
+ * types of curves. These flags are for internal library use only. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Domain-parameter identifiers: curve, subgroup, and generator.
+ *
+ * \note Only curves over prime fields are supported.
+ *
+ * \warning This library does not support validation of arbitrary domain
+ * parameters. Therefore, only standardized domain parameters from trusted
+ * sources should be used. See mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ */
+/* Note: when adding a new curve:
+ * - Add it at the end of this enum, otherwise you'll break the ABI by
+ * changing the numerical value for existing curves.
+ * - Increment MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX below if needed.
+ * - Update the calculation of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS below.
+ * - Add the corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx_ENABLED macro definition to
+ * mbedtls_config.h.
+ * - List the curve as a dependency of MBEDTLS_ECP_C and
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C if supported in check_config.h.
+ * - Add the curve to the appropriate curve type macro
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_yyy_ENABLED above.
+ * - Add the necessary definitions to ecp_curves.c.
+ * - Add the curve to the ecp_supported_curves array in ecp.c.
+ * - Add the curve to applicable profiles in x509_crt.c.
+ * - Add the curve to applicable presets in ssl_tls.c.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE = 0, /*!< Curve not defined. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 192-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 224-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 256-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 384-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 521-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit Brainpool curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 384-bit Brainpool curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 512-bit Brainpool curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519, /*!< Domain parameters for Curve25519. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 192-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 224-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448, /*!< Domain parameters for Curve448. */
+} mbedtls_ecp_group_id;
+
+/**
+ * The number of supported curves, plus one for #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX 14
+
+/*
+ * Curve types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS, /* y^2 = x^3 + a x + b */
+ MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_MONTGOMERY, /* y^2 = x^3 + a x^2 + x */
+} mbedtls_ecp_curve_type;
+
+/**
+ * Curve information, for use by other modules.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure are part of the public API and can be
+ * accessed directly by applications. Future versions of the library may
+ * add extra fields or reorder existing fields.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_curve_info {
+ mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id; /*!< An internal identifier. */
+ uint16_t tls_id; /*!< The TLS NamedCurve identifier. */
+ uint16_t bit_size; /*!< The curve size in bits. */
+ const char *name; /*!< A human-friendly name. */
+} mbedtls_ecp_curve_info;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ECP point structure, in Jacobian coordinates.
+ *
+ * \note All functions expect and return points satisfying
+ * the following condition: <code>Z == 0</code> or
+ * <code>Z == 1</code>. Other values of \p Z are
+ * used only by internal functions.
+ * The point is zero, or "at infinity", if <code>Z == 0</code>.
+ * Otherwise, \p X and \p Y are its standard (affine)
+ * coordinates.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_point {
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X); /*!< The X coordinate of the ECP point. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Y); /*!< The Y coordinate of the ECP point. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Z); /*!< The Z coordinate of the ECP point. */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_point;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT)
+/*
+ * default Mbed TLS elliptic curve arithmetic implementation
+ *
+ * (in case MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT is defined then the developer has to provide an
+ * alternative implementation for the whole module and it will replace this
+ * one.)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ECP group structure.
+ *
+ * We consider two types of curve equations:
+ * <ul><li>Short Weierstrass: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x + B mod P</code>
+ * (SEC1 + RFC-4492)</li>
+ * <li>Montgomery: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x^2 + x mod P</code> (Curve25519,
+ * Curve448)</li></ul>
+ * In both cases, the generator (\p G) for a prime-order subgroup is fixed.
+ *
+ * For Short Weierstrass, this subgroup is the whole curve, and its
+ * cardinality is denoted by \p N. Our code requires that \p N is an
+ * odd prime as mbedtls_ecp_mul() requires an odd number, and
+ * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() requires that it is prime for blinding purposes.
+ *
+ * The default implementation only initializes \p A without setting it to the
+ * authentic value for curves with <code>A = -3</code>(SECP256R1, etc), in which
+ * case you need to load \p A by yourself when using domain parameters directly,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * mbedtls_mpi_init(&A);
+ * mbedtls_ecp_group_init(&grp);
+ * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_ecp_group_load(&grp, grp_id));
+ * if (mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(&grp)) {
+ * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(&A, &grp.P, 3));
+ * } else {
+ * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_copy(&A, &grp.A));
+ * }
+ *
+ * do_something_with_a(&A);
+ *
+ * cleanup:
+ * mbedtls_mpi_free(&A);
+ * mbedtls_ecp_group_free(&grp);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * For Montgomery curves, we do not store \p A, but <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>,
+ * which is the quantity used in the formulas. Additionally, \p nbits is
+ * not the size of \p N but the required size for private keys.
+ *
+ * If \p modp is NULL, reduction modulo \p P is done using a generic algorithm.
+ * Otherwise, \p modp must point to a function that takes an \p mbedtls_mpi in the
+ * range of <code>0..2^(2*pbits)-1</code>, and transforms it in-place to an integer
+ * which is congruent mod \p P to the given MPI, and is close enough to \p pbits
+ * in size, so that it may be efficiently brought in the 0..P-1 range by a few
+ * additions or subtractions. Therefore, it is only an approximative modular
+ * reduction. It must return 0 on success and non-zero on failure.
+ *
+ * \note Alternative implementations of the ECP module must obey the
+ * following constraints.
+ * * Group IDs must be distinct: if two group structures have
+ * the same ID, then they must be identical.
+ * * The fields \c id, \c P, \c A, \c B, \c G, \c N,
+ * \c pbits and \c nbits must have the same type and semantics
+ * as in the built-in implementation.
+ * They must be available for reading, but direct modification
+ * of these fields does not need to be supported.
+ * They do not need to be at the same offset in the structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_group {
+ mbedtls_ecp_group_id id; /*!< An internal group identifier. */
+ mbedtls_mpi P; /*!< The prime modulus of the base field. */
+ mbedtls_mpi A; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p A in the equation. Note that
+ \p A is not set to the authentic value in some cases.
+ Refer to detailed description of ::mbedtls_ecp_group if
+ using domain parameters in the structure.
+ For Montgomery curves: <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>. */
+ mbedtls_mpi B; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p B in the equation.
+ For Montgomery curves: unused. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point G; /*!< The generator of the subgroup used. */
+ mbedtls_mpi N; /*!< The order of \p G. */
+ size_t pbits; /*!< The number of bits in \p P.*/
+ size_t nbits; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: The number of bits in \p P.
+ For Montgomery curves: the number of bits in the
+ private keys. */
+ /* End of public fields */
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(h); /*!< \internal 1 if the constants are static. */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(modp))(mbedtls_mpi *); /*!< The function for fast pseudo-reduction
+ mod \p P (see above).*/
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_pre))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *); /*!< Unused. */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_post))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *); /*!< Unused. */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_data); /*!< Unused. */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T); /*!< Pre-computed points for ecp_mul_comb(). */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_size); /*!< The number of dynamic allocated pre-computed points. */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_group;
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h, or define them using the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum "window" size used for point multiplication.
+ * Default: a point where higher memory usage yields diminishing performance
+ * returns.
+ * Minimum value: 2. Maximum value: 7.
+ *
+ * Result is an array of at most ( 1 << ( MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE - 1 ) )
+ * points used for point multiplication. This value is directly tied to EC
+ * peak memory usage, so decreasing it by one should roughly cut memory usage
+ * by two (if large curves are in use).
+ *
+ * Reduction in size may reduce speed, but larger curves are impacted first.
+ * Sample performances (in ECDHE handshakes/s, with FIXED_POINT_OPTIM = 1):
+ * w-size: 6 5 4 3 2
+ * 521 145 141 135 120 97
+ * 384 214 209 198 177 146
+ * 256 320 320 303 262 226
+ * 224 475 475 453 398 342
+ * 192 640 640 633 587 476
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 4 /**< The maximum window size used. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM)
+/*
+ * Trade code size for speed on fixed-point multiplication.
+ *
+ * This speeds up repeated multiplication of the generator (that is, the
+ * multiplication in ECDSA signatures, and half of the multiplications in
+ * ECDSA verification and ECDHE) by a factor roughly 3 to 4.
+ *
+ * For each n-bit Short Weierstrass curve that is enabled, this adds 4n bytes
+ * of code size if n < 384 and 8n otherwise.
+ *
+ * Change this value to 0 to reduce code size.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 1 /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM */
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */
+#include "ecp_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * The maximum size of the groups, that is, of \c N and \c P.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT)
+/* Dummy definition to help code that has optional ECP support and
+ * defines an MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES-sized array unconditionally. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 1
+/* Note: the curves must be listed in DECREASING size! */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 521
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 512
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 448
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 255
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 225 // n is slightly above 2^224
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 224
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */
+#error "Missing definition of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES ((MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS + 7) / 8)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_PT_LEN (2 * MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES + 1)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal restart context for multiplication
+ *
+ * \note Opaque struct
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal restart context for ecp_muladd()
+ *
+ * \note Opaque struct
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief General context for resuming ECC operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ops_done); /*!< current ops count */
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(depth); /*!< call depth (0 = top-level) */
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rsm); /*!< ecp_mul_comb() sub-context */
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ma); /*!< ecp_muladd() sub-context */
+} mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx;
+
+/*
+ * Operation counts for restartable functions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_CHK 3 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_check_pubkey() */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_DBL 8 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_double_jac() */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_ADD 11 /*!< basic ops count for see ecp_add_mixed() */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_INV 120 /*!< empirical equivalent for mpi_mod_inv() */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Internal; for restartable functions in other modules.
+ * Check and update basic ops budget.
+ *
+ * \param grp Group structure
+ * \param rs_ctx Restart context
+ * \param ops Number of basic ops to do
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if doing \p ops basic ops is still allowed,
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx,
+ unsigned ops);
+
+/* Utility macro for checking and updating ops budget */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops) \
+ MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(grp, rs_ctx, \
+ (unsigned) (ops)));
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops) /* no-op; for compatibility */
+
+/* We want to declare restartable versions of existing functions anyway */
+typedef void mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ECP key-pair structure.
+ *
+ * A generic key-pair that may be used for ECDSA and fixed ECDH, for example.
+ *
+ * \note Members are deliberately in the same order as in the
+ * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_keypair {
+ mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< Elliptic curve and base point */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< our secret value */
+ mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< our public value */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_keypair;
+
+/**
+ * The uncompressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED 0
+/**
+ * The compressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX).
+ *
+ * \warning While this format is supported for all concerned curves for
+ * writing, when it comes to parsing, it is not supported for all
+ * curves. Specifically, parsing compressed points on
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1 is not
+ * supported.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED 1
+
+/*
+ * Some other constants from RFC 4492
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE 3 /**< The named_curve of ECCurveType. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum number of basic operations done in a row.
+ *
+ * If more operations are needed to complete a computation,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS will be returned by the
+ * function performing the computation. It is then the
+ * caller's responsibility to either call again with the same
+ * parameters until it returns 0 or an error code; or to free
+ * the restart context if the operation is to be aborted.
+ *
+ * It is strictly required that all input parameters and the
+ * restart context be the same on successive calls for the
+ * same operation, but output parameters need not be the
+ * same; they must not be used until the function finally
+ * returns 0.
+ *
+ * This only applies to functions whose documentation
+ * mentions they may return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS for functions in the
+ * SSL module). For functions that accept a "restart context"
+ * argument, passing NULL disables restart and makes the
+ * function equivalent to the function with the same name
+ * with \c _restartable removed. For functions in the ECDH
+ * module, restart is disabled unless the function accepts
+ * an "ECDH context" argument and
+ * mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() was previously called on
+ * that context. For function in the SSL module, restart is
+ * only enabled for specific sides and key exchanges
+ * (currently only for clients and ECDHE-ECDSA).
+ *
+ * \warning Using the PSA interruptible interfaces with keys in local
+ * storage and no accelerator driver will also call this
+ * function to set the values specified via those interfaces,
+ * overwriting values previously set. Care should be taken if
+ * mixing these two interfaces.
+ *
+ * \param max_ops Maximum number of basic operations done in a row.
+ * Default: 0 (unlimited).
+ * Lower (non-zero) values mean ECC functions will block for
+ * a lesser maximum amount of time.
+ *
+ * \note A "basic operation" is defined as a rough equivalent of a
+ * multiplication in GF(p) for the NIST P-256 curve.
+ * As an indication, with default settings, a scalar
+ * multiplication (full run of \c mbedtls_ecp_mul()) is:
+ * - about 3300 basic operations for P-256
+ * - about 9400 basic operations for P-384
+ *
+ * \note Very low values are not always respected: sometimes
+ * functions need to block for a minimum number of
+ * operations, and will do so even if max_ops is set to a
+ * lower value. That minimum depends on the curve size, and
+ * can be made lower by decreasing the value of
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE. As an indication, here is the
+ * lowest effective value for various curves and values of
+ * that parameter (w for short):
+ * w=6 w=5 w=4 w=3 w=2
+ * P-256 208 208 160 136 124
+ * P-384 682 416 320 272 248
+ * P-521 1364 832 640 544 496
+ *
+ * \note This setting is currently ignored by Curve25519.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(unsigned max_ops);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if restart is enabled (max_ops != 0)
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if \c max_ops == 0 (restart disabled)
+ * \return \c 1 otherwise (restart enabled)
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_restart_is_enabled(void);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/*
+ * Get the type of a curve
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_curve_type mbedtls_ecp_get_type(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the information defined in
+ * mbedtls_ecp_curve_info() for all supported curves.
+ *
+ * \note This function returns information about all curves
+ * supported by the library. Some curves may not be
+ * supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do()
+ * or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is
+ * supported for ECDH or ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \return A statically allocated array. The last entry is 0.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the list of internal group
+ * identifiers of all supported curves in the order of
+ * preference.
+ *
+ * \note This function returns information about all curves
+ * supported by the library. Some curves may not be
+ * supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do()
+ * or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is
+ * supported for ECDH or ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \return A statically allocated array,
+ * terminated with MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *mbedtls_ecp_grp_id_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves curve information from an internal
+ * group identifier.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value.
+ *
+ * \return The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_grp_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves curve information from a TLS
+ * NamedCurve value.
+ *
+ * \param tls_id An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value.
+ *
+ * \return The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_tls_id(uint16_t tls_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves curve information from a
+ * human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \param name The human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \return The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a point as zero.
+ *
+ * \param pt The point to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_point_init(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an ECP group context
+ * without loading any domain parameters.
+ *
+ * \note After this function is called, domain parameters
+ * for various ECP groups can be loaded through the
+ * mbedtls_ecp_group_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group()
+ * functions.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_group_init(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a key pair as an invalid one.
+ *
+ * \param key The key pair to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_init(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees the components of a point.
+ *
+ * \param pt The point to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_point_free(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees the components of an ECP group.
+ *
+ * \param grp The group to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP group.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_group_free(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees the components of a key pair.
+ *
+ * \param key The key pair to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP key pair.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_free(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The restart context to initialize. This must
+ * not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_restart_init(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the components of a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized restart context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_restart_free(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function copies the contents of point \p Q into
+ * point \p P.
+ *
+ * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The source point. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return Another negative error code for other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_copy(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function copies the contents of group \p src into
+ * group \p dst.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination group. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The source group. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_group_copy(mbedtls_ecp_group *dst,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_group *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets a point to the point at infinity.
+ *
+ * \param pt The point to set. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_set_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks if a point is the point at infinity.
+ *
+ * \param pt The point to test. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the point is zero.
+ * \return \c 0 if the point is non-zero.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_is_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function compares two points.
+ *
+ * \note This assumes that the points are normalized. Otherwise,
+ * they may compare as "not equal" even if they are.
+ *
+ * \param P The first point to compare. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The second point to compare. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the points are equal.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the points are not equal.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_cmp(const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports a non-zero point from two ASCII
+ * strings.
+ *
+ * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized.
+ * \param radix The numeric base of the input.
+ * \param x The first affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string.
+ * \param y The second affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_string(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int radix,
+ const char *x, const char *y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports a point into unsigned binary data.
+ *
+ * \param grp The group to which the point should belong.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param P The point to export. This must be initialized.
+ * \param format The point format. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ * (For groups without these formats, this parameter is
+ * ignored. But it still has to be either of the above
+ * values.)
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of
+ * the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer
+ * is too small to hold the point.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format
+ * or the export for the given group is not implemented.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ int format, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports a point from unsigned binary data.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not check that the point actually
+ * belongs to the given group, see mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey()
+ * for that.
+ *
+ * \note For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for
+ * limitations.
+ *
+ * \param grp The group to which the point should belong.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param P The destination context to import the point to.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the import for the
+ * given group is not implemented.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports a point from a TLS ECPoint record.
+ *
+ * \note On function return, \p *buf is updated to point immediately
+ * after the ECPoint record.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt The destination point.
+ * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len The length of the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization
+ * failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_ecp_point *pt,
+ const unsigned char **buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports a point as a TLS ECPoint record
+ * defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt The point to be exported. This must be initialized.
+ * \param format The point format to use. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length in Bytes
+ * of the data written.
+ * \param buf The target buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ * length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The length of the target buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer
+ * is too small to hold the exported point.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt,
+ int format, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context
+ * from a standardized set of domain parameters.
+ *
+ * \note The index should be a value of the NamedCurve enum,
+ * as defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography
+ * (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>,
+ * usually in the form of an \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macro.
+ *
+ * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param id The identifier of the domain parameter set to load.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p id doesn't
+ * correspond to a known group.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_group_load(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_group_id id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context from a TLS
+ * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after
+ * the ECParameters record on exit.
+ *
+ * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not
+ * recognized.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const unsigned char **buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function extracts an elliptic curve group ID from a
+ * TLS ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after
+ * the ECParameters record on exit.
+ *
+ * \param grp The address at which to store the group id.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not
+ * recognized.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp,
+ const unsigned char **buf,
+ size_t len);
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve as a TLS
+ * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to be exported.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write to. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output
+ * buffer is too small to hold the exported group.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a scalar multiplication of a point
+ * by an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P.
+ *
+ * It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note To prevent timing attacks, this function
+ * executes the exact same sequence of base-field
+ * operations for any valid \p m. It avoids any if-branch or
+ * array index depending on the value of \p m. It also uses
+ * \p f_rng to randomize some intermediate results.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private
+ * key, or \p P is not a valid public key.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_mul(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs multiplication of a point by
+ * an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see mbedtls_ecp_mul()
+ *
+ * \note This function does the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_mul(), but
+ * it can return early and restart according to the limit set
+ * with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private
+ * key, or \p P is not a valid public key.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks if domain parameter A of the curve is
+ * \c -3.
+ *
+ * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ * It may not be included in builds without any short
+ * Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if <code>A = -3</code>.
+ * \return \c 0 Otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp)
+{
+ return grp->A.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p) == NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two
+ * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q
+ *
+ * It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note In contrast to mbedtls_ecp_mul(), this function does not
+ * guarantee a constant execution flow and timing.
+ *
+ * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ * It may not be included in builds without any short
+ * Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized.
+ * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not
+ * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public
+ * keys.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not
+ * designate a short Weierstrass curve.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_muladd(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two
+ * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q in a
+ * restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd()
+ *
+ * \note This function works the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd(),
+ * but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ * It may not be included in builds without any short
+ * Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to use.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized.
+ * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not
+ * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public
+ * keys.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not
+ * designate a short Weierstrass curve.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_muladd_restartable(
+ mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+ mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks that a point is a valid public key
+ * on this curve.
+ *
+ * It only checks that the point is non-zero, has
+ * valid coordinates and lies on the curve. It does not verify
+ * that it is indeed a multiple of \c G. This additional
+ * check is computationally more expensive, is not required
+ * by standards, and should not be necessary if the group
+ * used has a small cofactor. In particular, it is useless for
+ * the NIST groups which all have a cofactor of 1.
+ *
+ * \note This function uses bare components rather than an
+ * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure, to ease use with other
+ * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group the point should belong to.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt The point to check. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid public key.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not
+ * a valid public key for the given curve.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks that an \c mbedtls_mpi is a
+ * valid private key for this curve.
+ *
+ * \note This function uses bare components rather than an
+ * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group the private key should belong to.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d The integer to check. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid private key.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not a valid
+ * private key for the given curve.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *d);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates a private key.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to generate a private key for.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ * on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_mpi *d,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates a keypair with a configurable base
+ * point.
+ *
+ * \note This function uses bare components rather than an
+ * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param G The base point to use. This must be initialized
+ * and belong to \p grp. It replaces the default base
+ * point \c grp->G used by mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair().
+ * \param d The destination MPI (secret part).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The destination point (public part).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ * on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair_base(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *G,
+ mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an ECP keypair.
+ *
+ * \note This function uses bare components rather than an
+ * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for.
+ * This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d The destination MPI (secret part).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q The destination point (public part).
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ * on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d,
+ mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an ECP key.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key The destination key. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ * on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief Set the public key in a key pair object.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not check that the point actually
+ * belongs to the given group. Call mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey()
+ * on \p Q before calling this function to check that.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not check that the public key matches
+ * the private key that is already in \p key, if any.
+ * To check the consistency of the resulting key pair object,
+ * call mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() after setting both
+ * the public key and the private key.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key The key pair object. It must be initialized.
+ * If its group has already been set, it must match \p grp_id.
+ * If its group has not been set, it will be set to \p grp_id.
+ * If the public key has already been set, it is overwritten.
+ * \param Q The public key to copy. This must be a point on the
+ * curve indicated by \p grp_id.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p key does not
+ * match \p grp_id.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for
+ * the group is not implemented.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_set_public_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+ mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reads an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not set the public key in the
+ * key pair object. Without a public key, the key pair object
+ * cannot be used with operations that require the public key.
+ * Call mbedtls_ecp_keypair_calc_public() to set the public
+ * key from the private key. Alternatively, you can call
+ * mbedtls_ecp_set_public_key() to set the public key part,
+ * and then optionally mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() to check
+ * that the private and public parts are consistent.
+ *
+ * \note If a public key has already been set in the key pair
+ * object, this function does not check that it is consistent
+ * with the private key. Call mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv()
+ * after setting both the public key and the private key
+ * to make that check.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key The destination key.
+ * \param buf The buffer containing the binary representation of the
+ * key. (Big endian integer for Weierstrass curves, byte
+ * string for Montgomery curves.)
+ * \param buflen The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY error if the key is
+ * invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for
+ * the group is not implemented.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_read_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Note that although this function accepts an output
+ * buffer that is smaller or larger than the key, most key
+ * import interfaces require the output to have exactly
+ * key's nominal length. It is generally simplest to
+ * pass the key's nominal length as \c buflen, after
+ * checking that the output buffer is large enough.
+ * See the description of the \p buflen parameter for
+ * how to calculate the nominal length.
+ * To avoid this difficulty, use mbedtls_ecp_write_key_ext()
+ * instead.
+ * mbedtls_ecp_write_key() is deprecated and will be
+ * removed in a future version of the library.
+ *
+ * \note If the private key was not set in \p key,
+ * the output is unspecified. Future versions
+ * may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key The private key.
+ * \param buf The output buffer for containing the binary representation
+ * of the key.
+ * For Weierstrass curves, this is the big-endian
+ * representation, padded with null bytes at the beginning
+ * to reach \p buflen bytes.
+ * For Montgomery curves, this is the standard byte string
+ * representation (which is little-endian), padded with
+ * null bytes at the end to reach \p buflen bytes.
+ * \param buflen The total length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * The length of the output is
+ * (`grp->nbits` + 7) / 8 bytes
+ * where `grp->nbits` is the private key size in bits.
+ * For Weierstrass keys, if the output buffer is smaller,
+ * leading zeros are trimmed to fit if possible. For
+ * Montgomery keys, the output buffer must always be large
+ * enough for the nominal length.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the \p key
+ * representation is larger than the available space in \p buf.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ecp_write_key(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \param key The private key.
+ * \param olen On success, the length of the private key.
+ * This is always (`grp->nbits` + 7) / 8 bytes
+ * where `grp->nbits` is the private key size in bits.
+ * \param buf The output buffer for containing the binary representation
+ * of the key.
+ * \param buflen The total length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES is always sufficient.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the \p key
+ * representation is larger than the available space in \p buf.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if no private key is
+ * set in \p key.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_write_key_ext(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ size_t *olen, unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve public key.
+ *
+ * \note If the public key was not set in \p key,
+ * the output is unspecified. Future versions
+ * may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key The public key.
+ * \param format The point format. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ * (For groups without these formats, this parameter is
+ * ignored. But it still has to be either of the above
+ * values.)
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of
+ * the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer
+ * is too small to hold the point.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format
+ * or the export for the given group is not implemented.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_write_public_key(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ int format, size_t *olen,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks that the keypair objects
+ * \p pub and \p prv have the same group and the
+ * same public point, and that the private key in
+ * \p prv is consistent with the public key.
+ *
+ * \param pub The keypair structure holding the public key. This
+ * must be initialized. If it contains a private key, that
+ * part is ignored.
+ * \param prv The keypair structure holding the full keypair.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success, meaning that the keys are valid and match.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keys are invalid or do not match.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv(
+ const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *pub, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *prv,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief Calculate the public key from a private key in a key pair.
+ *
+ * \param key A keypair structure. It must have a private key set.
+ * If the public key is set, it will be overwritten.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success. The key pair object can be used for
+ * operations that require the public key.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ * error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_keypair_calc_public(
+ mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief Query the group that a key pair belongs to.
+ *
+ * \param key The key pair to query.
+ *
+ * \return The group ID for the group registered in the key pair
+ * object.
+ * This is \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if no group has been set
+ * in the key pair object.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecp_keypair_get_group_id(
+ const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports generic key-pair parameters.
+ *
+ * Each of the output parameters can be a null pointer
+ * if you do not need that parameter.
+ *
+ * \note If the private key or the public key was not set in \p key,
+ * the corresponding output is unspecified. Future versions
+ * may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key The key pair to export from.
+ * \param grp Slot for exported ECP group.
+ * It must either be null or point to an initialized ECP group.
+ * \param d Slot for the exported secret value.
+ * It must either be null or point to an initialized mpi.
+ * \param Q Slot for the exported public value.
+ * It must either be null or point to an initialized ECP point.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success,
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if key id doesn't
+ * correspond to a known group.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_export(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+ mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ECP checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecp.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20fd687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/**
+ * \file entropy.h
+ *
+ * \brief Entropy accumulator implementation
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE 64 /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-512) */
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA256_ACCUMULATOR
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE 32 /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-256) */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/** Critical entropy source failure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x003C
+/** No more sources can be added. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES -0x003E
+/** No sources have been added to poll. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_SOURCES_DEFINED -0x0040
+/** No strong sources have been added to poll. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_STRONG_SOURCE -0x003D
+/** Read/write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003F
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 20 /**< Maximum number of sources supported */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER 128 /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum size of seed we read from seed file */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_MANUAL MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG 1 /**< Entropy source is strong */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK 0 /**< Entropy source is weak */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Entropy poll callback pointer
+ *
+ * \param data Callback-specific data pointer
+ * \param output Data to fill
+ * \param len Maximum size to provide
+ * \param olen The actual amount of bytes put into the buffer (Can be 0)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if no critical failures occurred,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED otherwise
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr)(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len,
+ size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Entropy source state
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_source_state {
+ mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_source); /**< The entropy source callback */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_source); /**< The callback data pointer */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(size); /**< Amount received in bytes */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(threshold); /**< Minimum bytes required before release */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(strong); /**< Is the source strong? */
+}
+mbedtls_entropy_source_state;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Entropy context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_context {
+ mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator_started); /* 0 after init.
+ * 1 after the first update.
+ * -1 after free. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source_count); /* Number of entries used in source. */
+ mbedtls_entropy_source_state MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source)[MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES];
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< mutex */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(initial_entropy_run);
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_entropy_context;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY)
+/**
+ * \brief Platform-specific entropy poll callback
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll(void *data,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize the context
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_entropy_init(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the data in the context
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_entropy_free(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Adds an entropy source to poll
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ * \param f_source Entropy function
+ * \param p_source Function data
+ * \param threshold Minimum required from source before entropy is released
+ * ( with mbedtls_entropy_func() ) (in bytes)
+ * \param strong MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG or
+ * MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK.
+ * At least one strong source needs to be added.
+ * Weaker sources (such as the cycle counter) can be used as
+ * a complement.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_add_source(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr f_source, void *p_source,
+ size_t threshold, int strong);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Trigger an extra gather poll for the accumulator
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_gather(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve entropy from the accumulator
+ * (Maximum length: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data Entropy context
+ * \param output Buffer to fill
+ * \param len Number of bytes desired, must be at most MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_func(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Add data to the accumulator manually
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ * \param data Data to add
+ * \param len Length of data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_manual(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+/**
+ * \brief Trigger an update of the seed file in NV by using the
+ * current entropy pool.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_nv_seed(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a seed file
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ * \param path Name of the file
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_write_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read and update a seed file. Seed is added to this
+ * instance. No more than MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE bytes are
+ * read from the seed file. The rest is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Entropy context
+ * \param path Name of the file
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * This module self-test also calls the entropy self-test,
+ * mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test();
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * Verifies the integrity of the hardware entropy source
+ * provided by the function 'mbedtls_hardware_poll()'.
+ *
+ * Note this is the only hardware entropy source that is known
+ * at link time, and other entropy sources configured
+ * dynamically at runtime by the function
+ * mbedtls_entropy_add_source() will not be tested.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* entropy.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..186589a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/**
+ * \file error.h
+ *
+ * \brief Error to string translation
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * Error code layout.
+ *
+ * Currently we try to keep all error codes within the negative space of 16
+ * bits signed integers to support all platforms (-0x0001 - -0x7FFF). In
+ * addition we'd like to give two layers of information on the error if
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * For that purpose the error codes are segmented in the following manner:
+ *
+ * 16 bit error code bit-segmentation
+ *
+ * 1 bit - Unused (sign bit)
+ * 3 bits - High level module ID
+ * 5 bits - Module-dependent error code
+ * 7 bits - Low level module errors
+ *
+ * For historical reasons, low-level error codes are divided in even and odd,
+ * even codes were assigned first, and -1 is reserved for other errors.
+ *
+ * Low-level module errors (0x0002-0x007E, 0x0001-0x007F)
+ *
+ * Module Nr Codes assigned
+ * ERROR 2 0x006E 0x0001
+ * MPI 7 0x0002-0x0010
+ * GCM 3 0x0012-0x0016 0x0013-0x0013
+ * THREADING 3 0x001A-0x001E
+ * AES 5 0x0020-0x0022 0x0021-0x0025
+ * CAMELLIA 3 0x0024-0x0026 0x0027-0x0027
+ * BASE64 2 0x002A-0x002C
+ * OID 1 0x002E-0x002E 0x000B-0x000B
+ * PADLOCK 1 0x0030-0x0030
+ * DES 2 0x0032-0x0032 0x0033-0x0033
+ * CTR_DBRG 4 0x0034-0x003A
+ * ENTROPY 3 0x003C-0x0040 0x003D-0x003F
+ * NET 13 0x0042-0x0052 0x0043-0x0049
+ * ARIA 4 0x0058-0x005E
+ * ASN1 7 0x0060-0x006C
+ * CMAC 1 0x007A-0x007A
+ * PBKDF2 1 0x007C-0x007C
+ * HMAC_DRBG 4 0x0003-0x0009
+ * CCM 3 0x000D-0x0011
+ * MD5 1 0x002F-0x002F
+ * RIPEMD160 1 0x0031-0x0031
+ * SHA1 1 0x0035-0x0035 0x0073-0x0073
+ * SHA256 1 0x0037-0x0037 0x0074-0x0074
+ * SHA512 1 0x0039-0x0039 0x0075-0x0075
+ * SHA-3 1 0x0076-0x0076
+ * CHACHA20 3 0x0051-0x0055
+ * POLY1305 3 0x0057-0x005B
+ * CHACHAPOLY 2 0x0054-0x0056
+ * PLATFORM 2 0x0070-0x0072
+ * LMS 5 0x0011-0x0019
+ *
+ * High-level module nr (3 bits - 0x0...-0x7...)
+ * Name ID Nr of Errors
+ * PEM 1 9
+ * PKCS#12 1 4 (Started from top)
+ * X509 2 20
+ * PKCS5 2 4 (Started from top)
+ * DHM 3 11
+ * PK 3 15 (Started from top)
+ * RSA 4 11
+ * ECP 4 10 (Started from top)
+ * MD 5 5
+ * HKDF 5 1 (Started from top)
+ * PKCS7 5 12 (Started from 0x5300)
+ * SSL 5 2 (Started from 0x5F00)
+ * CIPHER 6 8 (Started from 0x6080)
+ * SSL 6 22 (Started from top, plus 0x6000)
+ * SSL 7 20 (Started from 0x7000, gaps at
+ * 0x7380, 0x7900-0x7980, 0x7A80-0x7E80)
+ *
+ * Module dependent error code (5 bits 0x.00.-0x.F8.)
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Generic error */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR -0x0001
+/** This is a bug in the library */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED -0x006E
+
+/** Hardware accelerator failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0070
+/** The requested feature is not supported by the platform */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED -0x0072
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ * Wrapper macro for mbedtls_error_add(). See that function for
+ * more details.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD(high, low) \
+ mbedtls_error_add(high, low, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+/**
+ * \brief Testing hook called before adding/combining two error codes together.
+ * Only used when invasive testing is enabled via MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(int, int, const char *, int);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ * This function can be called directly however it is usually
+ * called via the #MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD macro.
+ *
+ * While a value of zero is not a negative error code, it is still an
+ * error code (that denotes success) and can be combined with both a
+ * negative error code or another value of zero.
+ *
+ * \note When invasive testing is enabled via #MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS, also try to
+ * call \link mbedtls_test_hook_error_add \endlink.
+ *
+ * \param high high-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param low low-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param file file where this error code addition occurred.
+ * \param line line where this error code addition occurred.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_error_add(int high, int low,
+ const char *file, int line)
+{
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+ if (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add != NULL) {
+ (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(high, low, file, line);
+ }
+#endif
+ (void) file;
+ (void) line;
+
+ return high + low;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate an Mbed TLS error code into a string representation.
+ * The result is truncated if necessary and always includes a
+ * terminating null byte.
+ *
+ * \param errnum error code
+ * \param buffer buffer to place representation in
+ * \param buflen length of the buffer
+ */
+void mbedtls_strerror(int errnum, char *buffer, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the high-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ * code is unknown.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_high_level_strerr(int error_code);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the low-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ * code is unknown.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_low_level_strerr(int error_code);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98faa43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+/**
+ * \file gcm.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains GCM definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) for 128-bit block ciphers is defined
+ * in <em>D. McGrew, J. Viega, The Galois/Counter Mode of Operation
+ * (GCM), Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol.</em>
+ *
+ * For more information on GCM, see <em>NIST SP 800-38D: Recommendation for
+ * Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_GCM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/block_cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT 0
+
+/** Authenticated decryption failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x0012
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT -0x0014
+/** An output buffer is too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0016
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE 256
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The GCM context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_gcm_context {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+ mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#else
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#endif
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(H)[MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE][2]; /*!< Precalculated HTable. */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len); /*!< The total length of the encrypted data. */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len); /*!< The total length of the additional data. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_ectr)[16]; /*!< The first ECTR for tag. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16]; /*!< The Y working value. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[16]; /*!< The buf working value. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /*!< The operation to perform:
+ #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or
+ #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(acceleration); /*!< The acceleration to use. */
+}
+mbedtls_gcm_context;
+
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */
+#include "gcm_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified GCM context,
+ * to make references valid, and prepares the context
+ * for mbedtls_gcm_setkey() or mbedtls_gcm_free().
+ *
+ * The function does not bind the GCM context to a particular
+ * cipher, nor set the key. For this purpose, use
+ * mbedtls_gcm_setkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_gcm_init(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function associates a GCM context with a
+ * cipher algorithm and a key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use.
+ * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of at
+ * least \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits The key size in bits. Valid options are:
+ * <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ * <li>192 bits</li>
+ * <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_setkey(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs GCM encryption or decryption of a buffer.
+ *
+ * \note For encryption, the output buffer can be the same as the
+ * input buffer. For decryption, the output buffer cannot be
+ * the same as input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output
+ * buffer must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning When this function performs a decryption, it outputs the
+ * authentication tag and does not verify that the data is
+ * authentic. You should use this function to perform encryption
+ * only. For decryption, use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context to use for encryption or decryption. This
+ * must be initialized.
+ * \param mode The operation to perform:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT to perform authenticated encryption.
+ * The ciphertext is written to \p output and the
+ * authentication tag is written to \p tag.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT to perform decryption.
+ * The plaintext is written to \p output and the
+ * authentication tag is written to \p tag.
+ * Note that this mode is not recommended, because it does
+ * not verify the authenticity of the data. For this reason,
+ * you should use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead of
+ * calling this function in decryption mode.
+ * \param length The length of the input data, which is equal to the length
+ * of the output data.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the IV.
+ * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at
+ * least that size in Bytes.
+ * \param add_len The length of the additional data.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ * size in Bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least that
+ * size in Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate.
+ * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the encryption or decryption was performed
+ * successfully. Note that in #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT mode,
+ * this does not indicate that the data is authentic.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are
+ * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the encryption
+ * or decryption failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_crypt_and_tag(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv,
+ size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *add,
+ size_t add_len,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t tag_len,
+ unsigned char *tag);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a GCM authenticated decryption of a
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * \note For decryption, the output buffer cannot be the same as
+ * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer
+ * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param length The length of the ciphertext to decrypt, which is also
+ * the length of the decrypted plaintext.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the IV.
+ * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at
+ * least that size in Bytes.
+ * \param add_len The length of the additional data.
+ * \param tag The buffer holding the tag to verify. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to verify.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the ciphertext. If \p length is greater
+ * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ * size.
+ * \param output The buffer for holding the decrypted plaintext. If \p length
+ * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at
+ * least that size.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful and authenticated.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are
+ * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the decryption
+ * failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ size_t length,
+ const unsigned char *iv,
+ size_t iv_len,
+ const unsigned char *add,
+ size_t add_len,
+ const unsigned char *tag,
+ size_t tag_len,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a GCM encryption or decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT.
+ * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of
+ * at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len The length of the IV.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_starts(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ int mode,
+ const unsigned char *iv,
+ size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer as associated data
+ * (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a GCM
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * Call this function after mbedtls_gcm_starts() to pass
+ * the associated data. If the associated data is empty,
+ * you do not need to call this function. You may not
+ * call this function after calling mbedtls_cipher_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must have been started with
+ * mbedtls_gcm_starts() and must not have yet received
+ * any input with mbedtls_gcm_update().
+ * \param add The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL
+ * if \p add_len is \c 0.
+ * \param add_len The length of the additional data. If \c 0,
+ * \p add may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_update_ad(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *add,
+ size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing GCM
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ * to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to
+ * encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to
+ * decrypt. After the last part of the input, call
+ * mbedtls_gcm_finish().
+ *
+ * This function may produce output in one of the following
+ * ways:
+ * - Immediate output: the output length is always equal
+ * to the input length.
+ * - Buffered output: the output consists of a whole number
+ * of 16-byte blocks. If the total input length so far
+ * (not including associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A*
+ * with *A* < 16 then the total output length is 16 \* *B*.
+ *
+ * In particular:
+ * - It is always correct to call this function with
+ * \p output_size >= \p input_length + 15.
+ * - If \p input_length is a multiple of 16 for all the calls
+ * to this function during an operation, then it is
+ * correct to use \p output_size = \p input_length.
+ *
+ * \note For decryption, the output buffer cannot be the same as
+ * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer
+ * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_length
+ * is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer
+ * of at least \p input_length bytes.
+ * \param input_length The length of the input data in bytes.
+ * \param output The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size
+ * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of
+ * of at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size The size of the output buffer in bytes.
+ * See the function description regarding the output size.
+ * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual
+ * length of the output written in \p output.
+ * On failure, the content of \p *output_length is
+ * unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * total input length too long,
+ * unsupported input/output buffer overlap detected,
+ * or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_update(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t input_length,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the GCM operation and generates
+ * the authentication tag.
+ *
+ * It wraps up the GCM stream, and generates the
+ * tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. This must be at least
+ * four.
+ * \param output The buffer for the final output.
+ * If \p output_size is nonzero, this must be a writable
+ * buffer of at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size The size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be large enough for the output that
+ * mbedtls_gcm_update() has not produced. In particular:
+ * - If mbedtls_gcm_update() produces immediate output,
+ * or if the total input size is a multiple of \c 16,
+ * then mbedtls_gcm_finish() never produces any output,
+ * so \p output_size can be \c 0.
+ * - \p output_size never needs to be more than \c 15.
+ * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual
+ * length of the output written in \p output.
+ * On failure, the content of \p *output_length is
+ * unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ * invalid value of \p tag_len,
+ * or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_finish(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length,
+ unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears a GCM context and the underlying
+ * cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The GCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the call has
+ * no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_gcm_free(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The GCM checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* gcm.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..930e93f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/**
+ * \file hkdf.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the HKDF interface.
+ *
+ * The HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) is
+ * specified by RFC 5869.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_HKDF_H
+#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/**
+ * \name HKDF Error codes
+ * \{
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5F80
+/** \} name */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief This is the HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function
+ * (HKDF).
+ *
+ * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash
+ * function output in bytes.
+ * \param salt An optional salt value (a non-secret random value);
+ * if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros of
+ * md.size length is used as the salt.
+ * \param salt_len The length in bytes of the optional \p salt.
+ * \param ikm The input keying material.
+ * \param ikm_len The length in bytes of \p ikm.
+ * \param info An optional context and application specific information
+ * string. This can be a zero-length string.
+ * \param info_len The length of \p info in bytes.
+ * \param okm The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes.
+ * \param okm_len The length of the output keying material in bytes. This
+ * must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ * MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *salt,
+ size_t salt_len, const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len,
+ const unsigned char *info, size_t info_len,
+ unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Take the input keying material \p ikm and extract from it a
+ * fixed-length pseudorandom key \p prk.
+ *
+ * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been
+ * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3
+ * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use
+ * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead.
+ *
+ * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the
+ * hash function output in bytes.
+ * \param salt An optional salt value (a non-secret random value);
+ * if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros
+ * of md.size length is used as the salt.
+ * \param salt_len The length in bytes of the optional \p salt.
+ * \param ikm The input keying material.
+ * \param ikm_len The length in bytes of \p ikm.
+ * \param[out] prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ * MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf_extract(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md,
+ const unsigned char *salt, size_t salt_len,
+ const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len,
+ unsigned char *prk);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Expand the supplied \p prk into several additional pseudorandom
+ * keys, which is the output of the HKDF.
+ *
+ * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been
+ * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3
+ * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use
+ * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead.
+ *
+ * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash
+ * function output in bytes.
+ * \param prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. \p prk is
+ * usually the output from the HKDF extract step.
+ * \param prk_len The length in bytes of \p prk.
+ * \param info An optional context and application specific information
+ * string. This can be a zero-length string.
+ * \param info_len The length of \p info in bytes.
+ * \param okm The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes.
+ * \param okm_len The length of the output keying material in bytes. This
+ * must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ * MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf_expand(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *prk,
+ size_t prk_len, const unsigned char *info,
+ size_t info_len, unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* hkdf.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18b1b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+/**
+ * \file hmac_drbg.h
+ *
+ * \brief The HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator.
+ *
+ * This module implements the HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator described
+ * in <em>NIST SP 800-90A: Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using
+ * Deterministic Random Bit Generators</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Error codes
+ */
+/** Too many random requested in single call. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0003
+/** Input too large (Entropy + additional). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0005
+/** Read/write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x0007
+/** The entropy source failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x0009
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF 0 /**< No prediction resistance */
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON 1 /**< Prediction resistance enabled */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * HMAC_DRBG context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context {
+ /* Working state: the key K is not stored explicitly,
+ * but is implied by the HMAC context */
+ mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx); /*!< HMAC context (inc. K) */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(V)[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE]; /*!< V in the spec */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter); /*!< reseed counter */
+
+ /* Administrative state */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len); /*!< entropy bytes grabbed on each (re)seed */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance); /*!< enable prediction resistance (Automatic
+ reseed before every random generation) */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval); /*!< reseed interval */
+
+ /* Callbacks */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t); /*!< entropy function */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy); /*!< context for the entropy function */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if
+ * md_ctx->md_info != NULL. This means that the mutex is initialized
+ * during the initial seeding in mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() or
+ * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it
+ * and do not access the mutex directly in application code.
+ */
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+} mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief HMAC_DRBG context initialization.
+ *
+ * This function makes the context ready for mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(),
+ * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * \note The reseed interval is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL
+ * by default. Override this value by calling
+ * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval().
+ *
+ * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief HMAC_DRBG initial seeding.
+ *
+ * Set the initial seed and set up the entropy source for future reseeds.
+ *
+ * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is
+ * to use the entropy module:
+ * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func();
+ * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized
+ * with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default
+ * entropy sources).
+ *
+ * You can provide a personalization string in addition to the
+ * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
+ *
+ * \note By default, the security strength as defined by NIST is:
+ * - 128 bits if \p md_info is SHA-1;
+ * - 192 bits if \p md_info is SHA-224;
+ * - 256 bits if \p md_info is SHA-256, SHA-384 or SHA-512.
+ * Note that SHA-256 is just as efficient as SHA-224.
+ * The security strength can be reduced if a smaller
+ * entropy length is set with
+ * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * \note The default entropy length is the security strength
+ * (converted from bits to bytes). You can override
+ * it by calling mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * \note During the initial seeding, this function calls
+ * the entropy source to obtain a nonce
+ * whose length is half the entropy length.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ * after this function returns successfully,
+ * it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ * from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ * reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be seeded.
+ * \param md_info MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG.
+ * \param f_entropy The entropy callback, taking as arguments the
+ * \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the
+ * length of the buffer.
+ * \p f_entropy is always called with a length that is
+ * less than or equal to the entropy length.
+ * \param p_entropy The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy.
+ * \param custom The personalization string.
+ * This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization
+ * string is empty regardless of the value of \p len.
+ * \param len The length of the personalization string.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ * and also at most
+ * #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len * 3 / 2
+ * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ * described above.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is
+ * invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough
+ * memory to allocate context data.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ * if the call to \p f_entropy failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info,
+ int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_entropy,
+ const unsigned char *custom,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialisation of simplified HMAC_DRBG (never reseeds).
+ *
+ * This function is meant for use in algorithms that need a pseudorandom
+ * input such as deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ * after this function returns successfully,
+ * it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ * from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ * reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be initialised.
+ * \param md_info MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG.
+ * \param data Concatenation of the initial entropy string and
+ * the additional data.
+ * \param data_len Length of \p data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful. or
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is
+ * invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough
+ * memory to allocate context data.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t data_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function turns prediction resistance on or off.
+ * The default value is off.
+ *
+ * \note If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of
+ * every call to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add()
+ * or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random().
+ * Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient
+ * throughput.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param resistance #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ int resistance);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each
+ * seed or reseed.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() for the default value.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param len The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the reseed interval.
+ *
+ * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ * or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function
+ * is called again.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param interval The reseed interval.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ int interval);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function updates the state of the HMAC_DRBG context.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional The data to update the state with.
+ * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data.
+ * \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes.
+ * Unused if \p additional is \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success, or an error from the underlying
+ * hash calculation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reseeds the HMAC_DRBG context, that is
+ * extracts data from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional Additional data to add to the state.
+ * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data
+ * and \p len should be \c 0.
+ * \param len The length of the additional data.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ * and also at most
+ * #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ * (see mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len()).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ * if a call to the entropy function failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *additional, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function updates an HMAC_DRBG instance with additional
+ * data and uses it to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ * to call this function if another thread might be
+ * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ * context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param p_rng The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ * #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ * \param additional Additional data to update with.
+ * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data
+ * and \p add_len should be \c 0.
+ * \param add_len The length of the additional data.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ * if a call to the entropy source failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if
+ * \p output_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if
+ * \p add_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+ const unsigned char *additional,
+ size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function uses HMAC_DRBG to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ * from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ * reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param p_rng The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ * #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output The buffer to fill.
+ * \param out_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ * if a call to the entropy source failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if
+ * \p out_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t out_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function resets HMAC_DRBG context to the state immediately
+ * after initial call of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief This function writes a seed file.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param path The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed
+ * failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed
+ * is added to this instance.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param path The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on
+ * reseed failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing
+ * seed file is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief The HMAC_DRBG Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return \c 1 if the test failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* hmac_drbg.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/lms.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/lms.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95fce21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/lms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/**
+ * \file lms.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the LMS post-quantum-safe stateful-hash
+ public-key signature scheme as defined in RFC8554 and NIST.SP.200-208.
+ * This implementation currently only supports a single parameter set
+ * MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 in order to reduce complexity. This is one
+ * of the signature schemes recommended by the IETF draft SUIT standard
+ * for IOT firmware upgrades (RFC9019).
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_LMS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0011 /**< Bad data has been input to an LMS function */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_OUT_OF_PRIVATE_KEYS -0x0013 /**< Specified LMS key has utilised all of its private keys */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_VERIFY_FAILED -0x0015 /**< LMS signature verification failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_ALLOC_FAILED -0x0017 /**< LMS failed to allocate space for a private key */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0019 /**< Input/output buffer is too small to contain requited data */
+
+/* Currently only defined for SHA256, 32 is the max hash output size */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX (32u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX (34u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 32u : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN (16u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN (4u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN (4u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 34u : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type))
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) + \
+ (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type) * \
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type)))
+
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN (4)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 10u : 0)
+
+/* The length of a hash output, Currently only implemented for SHA256.
+ * Max is 32 bytes.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 32 : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX 32
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN(type, otstype) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(otstype) + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \
+ (MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) * \
+ MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type)))
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN + \
+ MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type))
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** The Identifier of the LMS parameter set, as per
+ * https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml
+ * We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly H10, for the sake of simplicity.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 = 0x6,
+} mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t;
+
+/** The Identifier of the LMOTS parameter set, as per
+ * https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml.
+ * We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly N32_W8, for the sake of simplicity.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 = 4
+} mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t;
+
+/** LMOTS parameters structure.
+ *
+ * This contains the metadata associated with an LMOTS key, detailing the
+ * algorithm type, the key ID, and the leaf identifier should be key be part of
+ * a LMS key.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key
+ identifier. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_leaf_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN]); /*!< Which
+ leaf of the LMS key this is.
+ 0 if the key is not part of an LMS key. */
+ mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as
+ per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is
+ currently supported. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t;
+
+/** LMOTS public context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMOTS public key is a hash output, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lmots_public_t {
+ * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"];
+ * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(public_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX];
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key.
+ Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_public_t;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/** LMOTS private context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMOTS private key is one hash output for each of digit of the digest +
+ * checksum, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lmots_public_t {
+ * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"];
+ * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="sign"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(private_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX][
+ MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX];
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key.
+ Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_private_t;
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+
+/** LMS parameters structure.
+ *
+ * This contains the metadata associated with an LMS key, detailing the
+ * algorithm type, the type of the underlying OTS algorithm, and the key ID.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key
+ identifier. */
+ mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(otstype); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as
+ per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is
+ currently supported. */
+ mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LMS key type identifier as per
+ IANA. Only SHA256_M32_H10 is currently
+ supported. */
+} mbedtls_lms_parameters_t;
+
+/** LMS public context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMS public key is the hash output that is the root of the Merkle tree, and
+ * the applicable parameter set
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lms_public_t {
+ * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"];
+ * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_1_pub_key)[MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX]; /*!< The public key, in
+ the form of the Merkle tree root node. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key.
+ Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lms_public_t;
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/** LMS private context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMS private key is a set of LMOTS private keys, an index to the next usable
+ * key, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lms_public_t {
+ * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ * INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_next_usable_key); /*!< The index of the next OTS key that has not
+ been used. */
+ mbedtls_lmots_private_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_private_keys); /*!< The private key material. One OTS key
+ for each leaf node in the Merkle tree. NULL
+ when have_private_key is 0 and non-NULL otherwise.
+ is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) in length. */
+ mbedtls_lmots_public_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_public_keys); /*!< The OTS key public keys, used to
+ build the Merkle tree. NULL
+ when have_private_key is 0 and
+ non-NULL otherwise.
+ Is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type)
+ in length. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key.
+ Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lms_private_t;
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an LMS public context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The uninitialized LMS context that will then be
+ * initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_public_init(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function uninitializes an LMS public context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS context that will then be
+ * uninitialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_public_free(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports an LMS public key into a
+ * public LMS context.
+ *
+ * \note Before this function is called, the context must
+ * have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \note See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of
+ * this public key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS context store the key in.
+ * \param key The buffer from which the key will be read.
+ * #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN bytes will be read from
+ * this.
+ * \param key_size The size of the key being imported.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_import_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key, size_t key_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports an LMS public key from a
+ * LMS public context that already contains a public
+ * key.
+ *
+ * \note Before this function is called, the context must
+ * have been initialized and the context must contain
+ * a public key.
+ *
+ * \note See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of
+ * this public key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context that contains
+ * the public key.
+ * \param key The buffer into which the key will be output. Must
+ * be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN in size.
+ * \param key_size The size of the key buffer.
+ * \param key_len If not NULL, will be written with the size of the
+ * key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_export_public_key(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+ unsigned char *key, size_t key_size,
+ size_t *key_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function verifies a LMS signature, using a
+ * LMS context that contains a public key.
+ *
+ * \note Before this function is called, the context must
+ * have been initialized and must contain a public key
+ * (either by import or generation).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context from which the
+ * public key will be read.
+ * \param msg The buffer from which the message will be read.
+ * \param msg_size The size of the message that will be read.
+ * \param sig The buf from which the signature will be read.
+ * #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN bytes will be read from
+ * this.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the signature to be verified.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on successful verification.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_verify(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *msg, size_t msg_size,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an LMS private context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The uninitialized LMS private context that will
+ * then be initialized. */
+void mbedtls_lms_private_init(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function uninitializes an LMS private context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS private context that will then
+ * be uninitialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_private_free(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an LMS private key, and
+ * stores in into an LMS private context.
+ *
+ * \warning This function is **not intended for use in
+ * production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with
+ * handling stateful keys. The API for this function
+ * may change considerably in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note The seed must have at least 256 bits of entropy.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMOTS context to generate the key
+ * into.
+ * \param type The LMS parameter set identifier.
+ * \param otstype The LMOTS parameter set identifier.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used to generate the key ID.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to f_rng
+ * \param seed The seed used to deterministically generate the
+ * key.
+ * \param seed_size The length of the seed.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_generate_private_key(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx,
+ mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t type,
+ mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t otstype,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng, const unsigned char *seed,
+ size_t seed_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates an LMS public key from a
+ * LMS context that already contains a private key.
+ *
+ * \note Before this function is called, the context must
+ * have been initialized and the context must contain
+ * a private key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context to calculate the key
+ * from and store it into.
+ *
+ * \param priv_ctx The LMS private context to read the private key
+ * from. This must have been initialized and contain a
+ * private key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_calculate_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_lms_private_t *priv_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function creates a LMS signature, using a
+ * LMS context that contains unused private keys.
+ *
+ * \warning This function is **not intended for use in
+ * production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with
+ * handling stateful keys. The API for this function
+ * may change considerably in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note Before this function is called, the context must
+ * have been initialized and must contain a private
+ * key.
+ *
+ * \note Each of the LMOTS private keys inside a LMS private
+ * key can only be used once. If they are reused, then
+ * attackers may be able to forge signatures with that
+ * key. This is all handled transparently, but it is
+ * important to not perform copy operations on LMS
+ * contexts that contain private key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized LMS private context from which the
+ * private key will be read.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used for signature
+ * generation.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to f_rng
+ * \param msg The buffer from which the message will be read.
+ * \param msg_size The size of the message that will be read.
+ * \param sig The buf into which the signature will be stored.
+ * Must be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN in size.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the buffer the signature will be
+ * written into.
+ * \param sig_len If not NULL, will be written with the size of the
+ * signature.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_sign(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng, const unsigned char *msg,
+ unsigned int msg_size, unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size,
+ size_t *sig_len);
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_LMS_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3592141
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4211 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls_config.h
+ *
+ * \brief Configuration options (set of defines)
+ *
+ * This set of compile-time options may be used to enable
+ * or disable features selectively, and reduce the global
+ * memory footprint.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This is an optional version symbol that enables compatibility handling of
+ * config files.
+ *
+ * It is equal to the #MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER of the Mbed TLS version that
+ * introduced the config format we want to be compatible with.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION 0x03000000
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: System support
+ *
+ * This section sets system specific settings.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+ *
+ * The compiler has support for asm().
+ *
+ * Requires support for asm() in compiler.
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ * library/aesni.h
+ * library/aria.c
+ * library/bn_mul.h
+ * library/constant_time.c
+ * library/padlock.h
+ *
+ * Required by:
+ * MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ * MBEDTLS_AESNI_C (on some platforms)
+ * MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+ *
+ * Comment to disable the use of assembly code.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION
+ *
+ * The platform lacks support for double-width integer division (64-bit
+ * division on a 32-bit platform, 128-bit division on a 64-bit platform).
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ * include/mbedtls/bignum.h
+ * library/bignum.c
+ *
+ * The bignum code uses double-width division to speed up some operations.
+ * Double-width division is often implemented in software that needs to
+ * be linked with the program. The presence of a double-width integer
+ * type is usually detected automatically through preprocessor macros,
+ * but the automatic detection cannot know whether the code needs to
+ * and can be linked with an implementation of division for that type.
+ * By default division is assumed to be usable if the type is present.
+ * Uncomment this option to prevent the use of double-width division.
+ *
+ * Note that division for the native integer type is always required.
+ * Furthermore, a 64-bit type is always required even on a 32-bit
+ * platform, but it need not support multiplication or division. In some
+ * cases it is also desirable to disable some double-width operations. For
+ * example, if double-width division is implemented in software, disabling
+ * it can reduce code size in some embedded targets.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION
+ *
+ * The platform lacks support for 32x32 -> 64-bit multiplication.
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ * library/poly1305.c
+ *
+ * Some parts of the library may use multiplication of two unsigned 32-bit
+ * operands with a 64-bit result in order to speed up computations. On some
+ * platforms, this is not available in hardware and has to be implemented in
+ * software, usually in a library provided by the toolchain.
+ *
+ * Sometimes it is not desirable to have to link to that library. This option
+ * removes the dependency of that library on platforms that lack a hardware
+ * 64-bit multiplier by embedding a software implementation in Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * Note that depending on the compiler, this may decrease performance compared
+ * to using the library function provided by the toolchain.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2
+ *
+ * CPU supports SSE2 instruction set.
+ *
+ * Uncomment if the CPU supports SSE2 (IA-32 specific).
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+ *
+ * System has time.h and time().
+ * The time does not need to be correct, only time differences are used,
+ * by contrast with MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+ *
+ * Defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME allows you to specify MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT,
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME.
+ *
+ * Comment if your system does not support time functions.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_TIMING_C is set - to enable the semi-portable timing
+ * interface - timing.c will include time.h on suitable platforms
+ * regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless
+ * MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+ *
+ * System has time.h, time(), and an implementation for
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() (see below).
+ * The time needs to be correct (not necessarily very accurate, but at least
+ * the date should be correct). This is used to verify the validity period of
+ * X.509 certificates.
+ *
+ * Comment if your system does not have a correct clock.
+ *
+ * \note mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() is an abstraction in platform_util.h that
+ * behaves similarly to the gmtime_r() function from the C standard. Refer to
+ * the documentation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() for more information.
+ *
+ * \note It is possible to configure an implementation for
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() at compile-time by using the macro
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ *
+ * Enable the memory allocation layer.
+ *
+ * By default Mbed TLS uses the system-provided calloc() and free().
+ * This allows different allocators (self-implemented or provided) to be
+ * provided to the platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY without the
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACROs will provide
+ * "mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free()" allowing you to set an alternative calloc() and
+ * free() function pointer at runtime.
+ *
+ * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY and specifying
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{CALLOC,FREE}_MACROs will allow you to specify the
+ * alternate function at compile time.
+ *
+ * An overview of how the value of mbedtls_calloc is determined:
+ *
+ * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ * - mbedtls_calloc = calloc
+ * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ * - if (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO):
+ * - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO
+ * - if !(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO):
+ * - Dynamic setup via mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free is now possible with a default value MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC.
+ * - How is MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC handled?
+ * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS:
+ * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is not set to anything;
+ * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR can be included if present;
+ * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS:
+ * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is present:
+ * - User-defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is respected;
+ * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC:
+ * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = calloc
+ *
+ * - At this point the presence of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is checked.
+ * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+ * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = uninitialized_calloc
+ *
+ * - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC.
+ *
+ * Defining MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC at the same time is not possible.
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must both be defined or undefined at the same time.
+ * #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE do not have to be defined at the same time, as, if they are used,
+ * dynamic setup of these functions is possible. See the tree above to see how are they handled in all cases.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Enable this layer to allow use of alternative memory allocators.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS
+ *
+ * Do not assign standard functions in the platform layer (e.g. calloc() to
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and printf() to MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF)
+ *
+ * This makes sure there are no linking errors on platforms that do not support
+ * these functions. You will HAVE to provide alternatives, either at runtime
+ * via the platform_set_xxx() functions or at compile time by setting
+ * the MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_XXX defines, or enabling a
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to prevent default assignment of standard functions in the
+ * platform layer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS support the
+ * function in the platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT, Mbed TLS will
+ * provide a function "mbedtls_platform_set_printf()" that allows you to set an
+ * alternative printf function pointer.
+ *
+ * All these define require MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C to be defined!
+ *
+ * \note MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT is required on Windows;
+ * it will be enabled automatically by check_config.h
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot be defined at the same time as
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO!
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of specific base
+ * platform function
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(). This replaces the default implementation in
+ * platform_util.c.
+ *
+ * gmtime() is not a thread-safe function as defined in the C standard. The
+ * library will try to use safer implementations of this function, such as
+ * gmtime_r() when available. However, if Mbed TLS cannot identify the target
+ * system, the implementation of mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() will default to
+ * using the standard gmtime(). In this case, calls from the library to
+ * gmtime() will be guarded by the global mutex mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex
+ * if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled. We recommend that calls from outside the
+ * library are also guarded with this mutex to avoid race conditions. However,
+ * if the macro MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, Mbed TLS will
+ * unconditionally use the implementation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r()
+ * supplied at compile time.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize(), to wipe sensitive data in memory. This replaces
+ * the default implementation in platform_util.c.
+ *
+ * By default, the library uses a system function such as memset_s()
+ * (optional feature of C11), explicit_bzero() (BSD and compatible), or
+ * SecureZeroMemory (Windows). If no such function is detected, the library
+ * falls back to a plain C implementation. Compilers are technically
+ * permitted to optimize this implementation out, meaning that the memory is
+ * not actually wiped. The library tries to prevent that, but the C language
+ * makes it impossible to guarantee that the memory will always be wiped.
+ *
+ * If your platform provides a guaranteed method to wipe memory which
+ * `platform_util.c` does not detect, define this macro to the name of
+ * a function that takes two arguments, a `void *` pointer and a length,
+ * and wipes that many bytes starting at the specified address. For example,
+ * if your platform has explicit_bzero() but `platform_util.c` does not
+ * detect its presence, define `MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT` to be
+ * `explicit_bzero` to use that function as mbedtls_platform_zeroize().
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING
+ *
+ * Mark deprecated functions and features so that they generate a warning if
+ * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the
+ * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a
+ * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality.
+ *
+ * This only works with GCC and Clang. With other compilers, you may want to
+ * use MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get warnings on using deprecated functions and features.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+ *
+ * Remove deprecated functions and features so that they generate an error if
+ * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the
+ * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a
+ * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get errors on using deprecated functions and features.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+
+/** \} name SECTION: System support */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support
+ *
+ * This section sets support for features that are or are not needed
+ * within the modules that are enabled.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT
+ *
+ * Uncomment to provide your own alternate implementation for
+ * mbedtls_timing_get_timer(), mbedtls_set_alarm(), mbedtls_set/get_delay()
+ *
+ * Only works if you have MBEDTLS_TIMING_C enabled.
+ *
+ * You will need to provide a header "timing_alt.h" and an implementation at
+ * compile time.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your
+ * alternate core implementation of a symmetric crypto, an arithmetic or hash
+ * module (e.g. platform specific assembly optimized implementations). Keep
+ * in mind that the function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This replaces the whole module. If you only want to replace one of the
+ * functions, use one of the MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT flags.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_AES_ALT, Mbed TLS will no longer
+ * provide the "struct mbedtls_aes_context" definition and omit the base
+ * function declarations and implementations. "aes_alt.h" will be included from
+ * "aes.h" to include the new function definitions.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * module.
+ *
+ * \warning MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their
+ * use constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend
+ * avoiding dependencies on them, and considering stronger message
+ * digests and ciphers instead.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT
+
+/*
+ * When replacing the elliptic curve module, please consider, that it is
+ * implemented with two .c files:
+ * - ecp.c
+ * - ecp_curves.c
+ * You can replace them very much like all the other MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT
+ * macros as described above. The only difference is that you have to make sure
+ * that you provide functionality for both .c files.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use you
+ * alternate core implementation of symmetric crypto or hash function. Keep in
+ * mind that function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This replaces only one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still
+ * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT flags.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT, Mbed TLS will
+ * no longer provide the mbedtls_sha1_process() function, but it will still provide
+ * the other function (using your mbedtls_sha1_process() function) and the definition
+ * of mbedtls_sha1_context, so your implementation of mbedtls_sha1_process must be compatible
+ * with this definition.
+ *
+ * \note If you use the AES_xxx_ALT macros, then it is recommended to also set
+ * MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES in order to help the linker garbage-collect the AES
+ * tables.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \warning MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their use
+ * constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding
+ * dependencies on them, and considering stronger message digests
+ * and ciphers instead.
+ *
+ * \warning If both MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT and MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC are
+ * enabled, then the deterministic ECDH signature functions pass the
+ * the static HMAC-DRBG as RNG to mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(). Therefore
+ * alternative implementations should use the RNG only for generating
+ * the ephemeral key and nothing else. If this is not possible, then
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC should be disabled and an alternative
+ * implementation should be provided for mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext().
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_CRYPT_ECB_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES3_CRYPT_ECB_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_ENC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_DEC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+ *
+ * Expose a part of the internal interface of the Elliptic Curve Point module.
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your
+ * alternative core implementation of elliptic curve arithmetic. Keep in mind
+ * that function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This partially replaces one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still
+ * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT flag. The original implementation
+ * is still present and it is used for group structures not supported by the
+ * alternative.
+ *
+ * The original implementation can in addition be removed by setting the
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK option, in which case any function for which the
+ * corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT macro is defined will not be
+ * able to fallback to curves not supported by the alternative implementation.
+ *
+ * Any of these options become available by defining MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+ * and implementing the following functions:
+ * unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable(
+ * const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ * int mbedtls_internal_ecp_init( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ * void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ * The mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable function should return 1 if the
+ * replacement functions implement arithmetic for the given group and 0
+ * otherwise.
+ * The functions mbedtls_internal_ecp_init and mbedtls_internal_ecp_free are
+ * called before and after each point operation and provide an opportunity to
+ * implement optimized set up and tear down instructions.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you set MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT and
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT, Mbed TLS will still provide the ecp_double_jac()
+ * function, but will use your mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_jac() if the group
+ * for the operation is supported by your implementation (i.e. your
+ * mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable() function returns 1 for this group). If the
+ * group is not supported by your implementation, then the original Mbed TLS
+ * implementation of ecp_double_jac() is used instead, unless this fallback
+ * behaviour is disabled by setting MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK (in which case
+ * ecp_double_jac() will return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE).
+ *
+ * The function prototypes and the definition of mbedtls_ecp_group and
+ * mbedtls_ecp_point will not change based on MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT, so your
+ * implementation of mbedtls_internal_ecp__function_name__ must be compatible
+ * with their definitions.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * function.
+ */
+/* Required for all the functions in this section */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+/* Turn off software fallback for curves not supported in hardware */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK
+/* Support for Weierstrass curves with Jacobi representation */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT
+/* Support for curves with Montgomery arithmetic */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to let Mbed TLS use your own implementation of a
+ * hardware entropy collector.
+ *
+ * Your function must be called \c mbedtls_hardware_poll(), have the same
+ * prototype as declared in library/entropy_poll.h, and accept NULL as first
+ * argument.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to use your own hardware entropy collector.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
+ *
+ * Use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM.
+ * Comment this macro to generate AES tables in RAM at runtime.
+ *
+ * Tradeoff: Using precomputed ROM tables reduces RAM usage by ~8kb
+ * (or ~2kb if \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES is used) and reduces the
+ * initialization time before the first AES operation can be performed.
+ * It comes at the cost of additional ~8kb ROM use (resp. ~2kb if \c
+ * MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES below is used), and potentially degraded
+ * performance if ROM access is slower than RAM access.
+ *
+ * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES
+ *
+ * Use less ROM/RAM for AES tables.
+ *
+ * Uncommenting this macro omits 75% of the AES tables from
+ * ROM / RAM (depending on the value of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES)
+ * by computing their values on the fly during operations
+ * (the tables are entry-wise rotations of one another).
+ *
+ * Tradeoff: Uncommenting this reduces the RAM / ROM footprint
+ * by ~6kb but at the cost of more arithmetic operations during
+ * runtime. Specifically, one has to compare 4 accesses within
+ * different tables to 4 accesses with additional arithmetic
+ * operations within the same table. The performance gain/loss
+ * depends on the system and memory details.
+ *
+ * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Use only 128-bit keys in AES operations to save ROM.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to remove support for AES operations that use 192-
+ * or 256-bit keys.
+ *
+ * Uncommenting this macro reduces the size of AES code by ~300 bytes
+ * on v8-M/Thumb2.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH
+
+/*
+ * Disable plain C implementation for AES.
+ *
+ * When the plain C implementation is enabled, and an implementation using a
+ * special CPU feature (such as MBEDTLS_AESCE_C) is also enabled, runtime
+ * detection will be used to select between them.
+ *
+ * If only one implementation is present, runtime detection will not be used.
+ * This configuration will crash at runtime if running on a CPU without the
+ * necessary features. It will not build unless at least one of MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ * and/or MBEDTLS_AESNI_C is enabled & present in the build.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_USE_HARDWARE_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY
+ *
+ * Use less ROM for the Camellia implementation (saves about 768 bytes).
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use less memory for Camellia.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING
+ *
+ * If this macro is defined, emit a compile-time warning if application code
+ * calls a function without checking its return value, but the return value
+ * should generally be checked in portable applications.
+ *
+ * This is only supported on platforms where #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is
+ * implemented. Otherwise this option has no effect.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get warnings on using fallible functions without checking
+ * their return value.
+ *
+ * \note This feature is a work in progress.
+ * Warnings will be added to more functions in the future.
+ *
+ * \note A few functions are considered critical, and ignoring the return
+ * value of these functions will trigger a warning even if this
+ * macro is not defined. To completely disable return value check
+ * warnings, define #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN with an empty expansion.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+ *
+ * Enable Cipher Block Chaining mode (CBC) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+ *
+ * Enable Cipher Feedback mode (CFB) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+ *
+ * Enable Counter Block Cipher mode (CTR) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+ *
+ * Enable Output Feedback mode (OFB) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
+ *
+ * Enable Xor-encrypt-xor with ciphertext stealing mode (XTS) for AES.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER
+ *
+ * Enable NULL cipher.
+ * Warning: Only do so when you know what you are doing. This allows for
+ * encryption or channels without any security!
+ *
+ * To enable the following ciphersuites:
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable the NULL cipher and ciphersuites
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_XXX: Uncomment or comment macros to add support for
+ * specific padding modes in the cipher layer with cipher modes that support
+ * padding (e.g. CBC)
+ *
+ * If you disable all padding modes, only full blocks can be used with CBC.
+ *
+ * Enable padding modes in the cipher layer.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use a 128-bit key in the CTR_DRBG module.
+ * Without this, CTR_DRBG uses a 256-bit key
+ * unless \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+
+/**
+ * Enable the verified implementations of ECDH primitives from Project Everest
+ * (currently only Curve25519). This feature changes the layout of ECDH
+ * contexts and therefore is a compatibility break for applications that access
+ * fields of a mbedtls_ecdh_context structure directly. See also
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT in include/mbedtls/ecdh.h.
+ *
+ * The Everest code is provided under the Apache 2.0 license only; therefore enabling this
+ * option is not compatible with taking the library under the GPL v2.0-or-later license.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_XXXX_ENABLED: Enables specific curves within the Elliptic Curve
+ * module. By default all supported curves are enabled.
+ *
+ * Comment macros to disable the curve and functions for it
+ */
+/* Short Weierstrass curves (supporting ECP, ECDH, ECDSA) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED
+/* Montgomery curves (supporting ECP) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
+ *
+ * Enable specific 'modulo p' routines for each NIST prime.
+ * Depending on the prime and architecture, makes operations 4 to 8 times
+ * faster on the corresponding curve.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable NIST curves optimisation.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE
+ *
+ * Enable "non-blocking" ECC operations that can return early and be resumed.
+ *
+ * This allows various functions to pause by returning
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or, for functions in the SSL module,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS) and then be called later again in
+ * order to further progress and eventually complete their operation. This is
+ * controlled through mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() which limits the maximum
+ * number of ECC operations a function may perform before pausing; see
+ * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() for more information.
+ *
+ * This is useful in non-threaded environments if you want to avoid blocking
+ * for too long on ECC (and, hence, X.509 or SSL/TLS) operations.
+ *
+ * This option:
+ * - Adds xxx_restartable() variants of existing operations in the
+ * following modules, with corresponding restart context types:
+ * - ECP (for Short Weierstrass curves only): scalar multiplication (mul),
+ * linear combination (muladd);
+ * - ECDSA: signature generation & verification;
+ * - PK: signature generation & verification;
+ * - X509: certificate chain verification.
+ * - Adds mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() in the ECDH module.
+ * - Changes the behaviour of TLS 1.2 clients (not servers) when using the
+ * ECDHE-ECDSA key exchange (not other key exchanges) to make all ECC
+ * computations restartable:
+ * - ECDH operations from the key exchange, only for Short Weierstrass
+ * curves, only when MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is not enabled.
+ * - verification of the server's key exchange signature;
+ * - verification of the server's certificate chain;
+ * - generation of the client's signature if client authentication is used,
+ * with an ECC key/certificate.
+ *
+ * \note In the cases above, the usual SSL/TLS functions, such as
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), can now return
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS.
+ *
+ * \note When this option and MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO are both enabled,
+ * restartable operations in PK, X.509 and TLS (see above) are not
+ * using PSA. On the other hand, ECDH computations in TLS are using
+ * PSA, and are not restartable. These are temporary limitations that
+ * should be lifted in the future.
+ *
+ * \note This option only works with the default software implementation of
+ * elliptic curve functionality. It is incompatible with
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDH_XXX_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_XXX_ALT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable restartable ECC computations.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment to enable using new bignum code in the ECC modules.
+ *
+ * \warning This is currently experimental, incomplete and therefore should not
+ * be used in production.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WITH_MPI_UINT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+ *
+ * Enable deterministic ECDSA (RFC 6979).
+ * Standard ECDSA is "fragile" in the sense that lack of entropy when signing
+ * may result in a compromise of the long-term signing key. This is avoided by
+ * the deterministic variant.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the DHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *
+ * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ * If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ * preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ * See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA-only based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the DHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ *
+ * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ * If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ * preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ * See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ * MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ * MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDH-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDH-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ * MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECJPAKE based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * \warning This is currently experimental. EC J-PAKE support is based on the
+ * Thread v1.0.0 specification; incompatible changes to the specification
+ * might still happen. For this reason, this is disabled by default.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+ * SHA-256 (via MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or a PSA driver)
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+ *
+ * \warning If SHA-256 is provided only by a PSA driver, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before the first hanshake (even if
+ * MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is disabled).
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED
+ *
+ * Enhance support for reading EC keys using variants of SEC1 not allowed by
+ * RFC 5915 and RFC 5480.
+ *
+ * Currently this means parsing the SpecifiedECDomain choice of EC
+ * parameters (only known groups are supported, not arbitrary domains, to
+ * avoid validation issues).
+ *
+ * Disable if you only need to support RFC 5915 + 5480 key formats.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+ *
+ * Enable the support for parsing public keys of type Short Weierstrass
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX) which are using the
+ * compressed point format. This parsing is done through ECP module's functions.
+ *
+ * \note As explained in the description of MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED (in ecp.h)
+ * the only unsupported curves are MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
+ *
+ * Enable a dummy error function to make use of mbedtls_strerror() in
+ * third party libraries easier when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is disabled
+ * (no effect when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled).
+ *
+ * You can safely disable this if MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled, or if you're
+ * not using mbedtls_strerror() or error_strerror() in your application.
+ *
+ * Disable if you run into name conflicts and want to really remove the
+ * mbedtls_strerror()
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+ *
+ * Enable the prime-number generation code.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+ *
+ * Enable functions that use the filesystem.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES
+ *
+ * Do not add default entropy sources in mbedtls_entropy_init().
+ *
+ * This is useful to have more control over the added entropy sources in an
+ * application.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to prevent loading of default entropy functions.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY
+ *
+ * Do not use built-in platform entropy functions.
+ * This is useful if your platform does not support
+ * standards like the /dev/urandom or Windows CryptoAPI.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to disable the built-in platform entropy functions.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256
+ *
+ * Force the entropy accumulator to use a SHA-256 accumulator instead of the
+ * default SHA-512 based one (if both are available).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * On 32-bit systems SHA-256 can be much faster than SHA-512. Use this option
+ * if you have performance concerns.
+ *
+ * This option is only useful if both MBEDTLS_SHA256_C and
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA512_C are defined. Otherwise the available hash module is used.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ *
+ * Enable the non-volatile (NV) seed file-based entropy source.
+ * (Also enables the NV seed read/write functions in the platform layer)
+ *
+ * This is crucial (if not required) on systems that do not have a
+ * cryptographic entropy source (in hardware or kernel) available.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * \note The read/write functions that are used by the entropy source are
+ * determined in the platform layer, and can be modified at runtime and/or
+ * compile-time depending on the flags (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_*) used.
+ *
+ * \note If you use the default implementation functions that read a seedfile
+ * with regular fopen(), please make sure you make a seedfile with the
+ * proper name (defined in MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE) and at
+ * least MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in size that can be read from
+ * and written to or you will get an entropy source error! The default
+ * implementation will only use the first MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE
+ * bytes from the file.
+ *
+ * \note The entropy collector will write to the seed file before entropy is
+ * given to an external source, to update it.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+
+/* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+ *
+ * Enable key identifiers that encode a key owner identifier.
+ *
+ * The owner of a key is identified by a value of type ::mbedtls_key_owner_id_t
+ * which is currently hard-coded to be int32_t.
+ *
+ * Note that this option is meant for internal use only and may be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+ *
+ * Enable debugging of buffer allocator memory issues. Automatically prints
+ * (to stderr) all (fatal) messages on memory allocation issues. Enables
+ * function for 'debug output' of allocated memory.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to let the buffer allocator print out error messages.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE
+ *
+ * Include backtrace information with each allocated block.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ * GLIBC-compatible backtrace() and backtrace_symbols() support
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to include backtrace information
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
+ *
+ * Support external private RSA keys (eg from a HSM) in the PK layer.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for external private RSA keys.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+ *
+ * Enable support for PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * This enables support for PKCS#1 v1.5 operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Enable support for PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS#1 v2.1 operation.
+ *
+ * This enables support for RSAES-OAEP and RSASSA-PSS operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS
+ *
+ * Enable support for platform built-in keys. If you enable this feature,
+ * you must implement the function mbedtls_psa_platform_get_builtin_key().
+ * See the documentation of that function for more information.
+ *
+ * Built-in keys are typically derived from a hardware unique key or
+ * stored in a secure element.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+ *
+ * Enable support for PSA crypto client.
+ *
+ * \note This option allows to include the code necessary for a PSA
+ * crypto client when the PSA crypto implementation is not included in
+ * the library (MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C disabled). The code included is the
+ * code to set and get PSA key attributes.
+ * The development of PSA drivers partially relying on the library to
+ * fulfill the hardware gaps is another possible usage of this option.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG
+ *
+ * Make the PSA Crypto module use an external random generator provided
+ * by a driver, instead of Mbed TLS's entropy and DRBG modules.
+ *
+ * \note This random generator must deliver random numbers with cryptographic
+ * quality and high performance. It must supply unpredictable numbers
+ * with a uniform distribution. The implementation of this function
+ * is responsible for ensuring that the random generator is seeded
+ * with sufficient entropy. If you have a hardware TRNG which is slow
+ * or delivers non-uniform output, declare it as an entropy source
+ * with mbedtls_entropy_add_source() instead of enabling this option.
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, you must configure the type
+ * ::mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t in psa/crypto_platform.h
+ * and define a function called mbedtls_psa_external_get_random()
+ * with the following prototype:
+ * ```
+ * psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_external_get_random(
+ * mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t *context,
+ * uint8_t *output, size_t output_size, size_t *output_length);
+ * );
+ * ```
+ * The \c context value is initialized to 0 before the first call.
+ * The function must fill the \c output buffer with \c output_size bytes
+ * of random data and set \c *output_length to \c output_size.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \warning If you enable this option, code that uses the PSA cryptography
+ * interface will not use any of the entropy sources set up for
+ * the entropy module, nor the NV seed that MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ * enables.
+ *
+ * \note This option is experimental and may be removed without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM is defined, the code is built for SPM (Secure
+ * Partition Manager) integration which separates the code into two parts: a
+ * NSPE (Non-Secure Process Environment) and an SPE (Secure Process
+ * Environment).
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, your build environment must include a header
+ * file `"crypto_spe.h"` (either in the `psa` subdirectory of the Mbed TLS
+ * header files, or in another directory on the compiler's include search
+ * path). Alternatively, your platform may customize the header
+ * `psa/crypto_platform.h`, in which case it can skip or replace the
+ * inclusion of `"crypto_spe.h"`.
+ *
+ * Module: library/psa_crypto.c
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment to enable p256-m. This is an alternative implementation of
+ * key generation, ECDH and (randomized) ECDSA on the curve SECP256R1.
+ * Compared to the default implementation:
+ *
+ * - p256-m has a much smaller code size and RAM footprint.
+ * - p256-m is only available via the PSA API. This includes the pk module
+ * when #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled.
+ * - p256-m does not support deterministic ECDSA, EC-JPAKE, custom protocols
+ * over the core arithmetic, or deterministic derivation of keys.
+ *
+ * We recommend enabling this option if your application uses the PSA API
+ * and the only elliptic curve support it needs is ECDH and ECDSA over
+ * SECP256R1.
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, you do not need to enable any ECC-related
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx option. You do need to separately request support for the
+ * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA API:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG for PSA-based
+ * configuration;
+ * - #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO if you want to use p256-m from PK, X.509 or TLS;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH and/or #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA as needed;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY, #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC,
+ * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT,
+ * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT and/or
+ * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE as needed.
+ *
+ * \note To benefit from the smaller code size of p256-m, make sure that you
+ * do not enable any ECC-related option not supported by p256-m: this
+ * would cause the built-in ECC implementation to be built as well, in
+ * order to provide the required option.
+ * Make sure #PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA, #PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE and
+ * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE, and curves other than
+ * SECP256R1 are disabled as they are not supported by this driver.
+ * Also, avoid defining #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED or
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED as those currently require a subset of
+ * the built-in ECC implementation, see docs/driver-only-builds.md.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY
+ *
+ * Enable support for entropy injection at first boot. This feature is
+ * required on systems that do not have a built-in entropy source (TRNG).
+ * This feature is currently not supported on systems that have a built-in
+ * entropy source.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C, MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_ASSUME_EXCLUSIVE_BUFFERS
+ *
+ * Assume all buffers passed to PSA functions are owned exclusively by the
+ * PSA function and are not stored in shared memory.
+ *
+ * This option may be enabled if all buffers passed to any PSA function reside
+ * in memory that is accessible only to the PSA function during its execution.
+ *
+ * This option MUST be disabled whenever buffer arguments are in memory shared
+ * with an untrusted party, for example where arguments to PSA calls are passed
+ * across a trust boundary.
+ *
+ * \note Enabling this option reduces memory usage and code size.
+ *
+ * \note Enabling this option causes overlap of input and output buffers
+ * not to be supported by PSA functions.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ASSUME_EXCLUSIVE_BUFFERS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT
+ *
+ * Do not use the Chinese Remainder Theorem
+ * for the RSA private operation.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to disable the use of CRT in RSA.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
+ *
+ * Enable the checkup functions (*_self_test).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but also
+ * lower performance.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is meant to be a reasonable compromise between
+ * performance and size. This version optimizes more aggressively for size at
+ * the expense of performance. Eg on Cortex-M4 it reduces the size of
+ * mbedtls_sha256_process() from ~2KB to ~0.5KB for a performance hit of about
+ * 30%.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA256.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of SHA-512 that has lower ROM footprint but also
+ * lower performance.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA512.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
+ *
+ * Enable sending of alert messages in case of encountered errors as per RFC.
+ * If you choose not to send the alert messages, Mbed TLS can still communicate
+ * with other servers, only debugging of failures is harder.
+ *
+ * The advantage of not sending alert messages, is that no information is given
+ * about reasons for failures thus preventing adversaries of gaining intel.
+ *
+ * Enable sending of all alert messages
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+ *
+ * Enable support for the DTLS Connection ID (CID) extension,
+ * which allows to identify DTLS connections across changes
+ * in the underlying transport. The CID functionality is described
+ * in RFC 9146.
+ *
+ * Setting this option enables the SSL APIs `mbedtls_ssl_set_cid()`,
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid()`, `mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid()` and
+ * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid()`. See the corresponding documentation for
+ * more information.
+ *
+ * The maximum lengths of outgoing and incoming CIDs can be configured
+ * through the options
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the Connection ID extension.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT
+ *
+ * Defines whether RFC 9146 (default) or the legacy version
+ * (version draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05,
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05)
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * Set the value to 0 for the standard version, and
+ * 1 for the legacy draft version.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Support for the legacy version of the DTLS
+ * Connection ID feature is deprecated. Please
+ * switch to the standardized version defined
+ * in RFC 9146 enabled by utilizing
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID without use
+ * of MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE
+ *
+ * Enable asynchronous external private key operations in SSL. This allows
+ * you to configure an SSL connection to call an external cryptographic
+ * module to perform private key operations instead of performing the
+ * operation inside the library.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION
+ *
+ * Enable serialization of the TLS context structures, through use of the
+ * functions mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load().
+ *
+ * This pair of functions allows one side of a connection to serialize the
+ * context associated with the connection, then free or re-use that context
+ * while the serialized state is persisted elsewhere, and finally deserialize
+ * that state to a live context for resuming read/write operations on the
+ * connection. From a protocol perspective, the state of the connection is
+ * unaffected, in particular this is entirely transparent to the peer.
+ *
+ * Note: this is distinct from TLS session resumption, which is part of the
+ * protocol and fully visible by the peer. TLS session resumption enables
+ * establishing new connections associated to a saved session with shorter,
+ * lighter handshakes, while context serialization is a local optimization in
+ * handling a single, potentially long-lived connection.
+ *
+ * Enabling these APIs makes some SSL structures larger, as 64 extra bytes are
+ * saved after the handshake to allow for more efficient serialization, so if
+ * you don't need this feature you'll save RAM by disabling it.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_GCM_C or MBEDTLS_CCM_C or MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+ *
+ * Comment to disable the context serialization APIs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
+ *
+ * Enable the debug messages in SSL module for all issues.
+ * Debug messages have been disabled in some places to prevent timing
+ * attacks due to (unbalanced) debugging function calls.
+ *
+ * If you need all error reporting you should enable this during debugging,
+ * but remove this for production servers that should log as well.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to report all debug messages on errors introducing
+ * a timing side-channel.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+ *
+ * Enable support for Encrypt-then-MAC, RFC 7366.
+ *
+ * This allows peers that both support it to use a more robust protection for
+ * ciphersuites using CBC, providing deep resistance against timing attacks
+ * on the padding or underlying cipher.
+ *
+ * This only affects CBC ciphersuites, and is useless if none is defined.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for Encrypt-then-MAC
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 7627: Session Hash and Extended Master Secret
+ * Extension.
+ *
+ * This was introduced as "the proper fix" to the Triple Handshake family of
+ * attacks, but it is recommended to always use it (even if you disable
+ * renegotiation), since it actually fixes a more fundamental issue in the
+ * original SSL/TLS design, and has implications beyond Triple Handshake.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for Extended Master Secret.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+ *
+ * This option controls the availability of the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert()
+ * giving access to the peer's certificate after completion of the handshake.
+ *
+ * Unless you need mbedtls_ssl_peer_cert() in your application, it is
+ * recommended to disable this option for reduced RAM usage.
+ *
+ * \note If this option is disabled, mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert() is still
+ * defined, but always returns \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note This option has no influence on the protection against the
+ * triple handshake attack. Even if it is disabled, Mbed TLS will
+ * still ensure that certificates do not change during renegotiation,
+ * for example by keeping a hash of the peer's certificate.
+ *
+ * \note This option is required if MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is set.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable storing the peer's certificate
+ * after the handshake.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS renegotiation.
+ *
+ * The two main uses of renegotiation are (1) refresh keys on long-lived
+ * connections and (2) client authentication after the initial handshake.
+ * If you don't need renegotiation, it's probably better to disable it, since
+ * it has been associated with security issues in the past and is easy to
+ * misuse/misunderstand.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for renegotiation.
+ *
+ * \note Even if this option is disabled, both client and server are aware
+ * of the Renegotiation Indication Extension (RFC 5746) used to
+ * prevent the SSL renegotiation attack (see RFC 5746 Sect. 1).
+ * (See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation for the
+ * configuration of this extension).
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 6066 max_fragment_length extension in SSL.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for the max_fragment_length extension
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 8449 record_size_limit extension in SSL (TLS 1.3 only).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable support for the record_size_limit extension
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS 1.2 (and DTLS 1.2 if DTLS is enabled).
+ *
+ * Requires: Without MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO: MBEDTLS_MD_C and
+ * (MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or MBEDTLS_SHA384_C or
+ * SHA-256 or SHA-512 provided by a PSA driver)
+ * With MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO:
+ * PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 or PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, or if the hash(es) used
+ * are only provided by PSA drivers, you must call psa_crypto_init() before
+ * doing any TLS operations.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for TLS 1.2 / DTLS 1.2
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * \note See docs/architecture/tls13-support.md for a description of the TLS
+ * 1.3 support that this option enables.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \note TLS 1.3 uses PSA crypto for cryptographic operations that are
+ * directly performed by TLS 1.3 code. As a consequence, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before the first TLS 1.3 handshake.
+ *
+ * \note Cryptographic operations performed indirectly via another module
+ * (X.509, PK) or by code shared with TLS 1.2 (record protection,
+ * running handshake hash) only use PSA crypto if
+ * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable the support for TLS 1.3.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 middlebox compatibility mode.
+ *
+ * As specified in Section D.4 of RFC 8446, TLS 1.3 offers a compatibility
+ * mode to make a TLS 1.3 connection more likely to pass through middle boxes
+ * expecting TLS 1.2 traffic.
+ *
+ * Turning on the compatibility mode comes at the cost of a few added bytes
+ * on the wire, but it doesn't affect compatibility with TLS 1.3 implementations
+ * that don't use it. Therefore, unless transmission bandwidth is critical and
+ * you know that middlebox compatibility issues won't occur, it is therefore
+ * recommended to set this option.
+ *
+ * Comment to disable compatibility mode for TLS 1.3. If
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the PSK key exchange mode in TLS 1.3. If
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ * and at least one of:
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ * MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the ephemeral key exchange mode in TLS 1.3.
+ * If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK ephemeral key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the PSK ephemeral key exchange mode in
+ * TLS 1.3. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not
+ * have any effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 early data.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS and either
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for early data. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ * is not enabled, this option does not have any effect on the build.
+ *
+ * \note The maximum amount of early data can be set with
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Enable support for DTLS (all available versions).
+ *
+ * Enable this and MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 to enable DTLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for DTLS
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 7301 Application Layer Protocol Negotiation.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for ALPN.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+ *
+ * Enable support for the anti-replay mechanism in DTLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling this is often a security risk!
+ * See mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay() for details.
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable anti-replay in DTLS.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+ *
+ * Enable support for HelloVerifyRequest on DTLS servers.
+ *
+ * This feature is highly recommended to prevent DTLS servers being used as
+ * amplifiers in DoS attacks against other hosts. It should always be enabled
+ * unless you know for sure amplification cannot be a problem in the
+ * environment in which your server operates.
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling this can be a security risk! (see above)
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for HelloVerifyRequest.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+ *
+ * Enable support for negotiation of DTLS-SRTP (RFC 5764)
+ * through the use_srtp extension.
+ *
+ * \note This feature provides the minimum functionality required
+ * to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP and to allow the derivation of
+ * the associated SRTP packet protection key material.
+ * In particular, the SRTP packet protection itself, as well as the
+ * demultiplexing of RTP and DTLS packets at the datagram layer
+ * (see Section 5 of RFC 5764), are not handled by this feature.
+ * Instead, after successful completion of a handshake negotiating
+ * the use of DTLS-SRTP, the extended key exporter API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_export_keys_cb() should be used to implement
+ * the key exporter described in Section 4.2 of RFC 5764 and RFC 5705
+ * (this is implemented in the SSL example programs).
+ * The resulting key should then be passed to an SRTP stack.
+ *
+ * Setting this option enables the runtime API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles()
+ * through which the supported DTLS-SRTP protection
+ * profiles can be configured. You must call this API at
+ * runtime if you wish to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable support for use_srtp extension.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+ *
+ * Enable server-side support for clients that reconnect from the same port.
+ *
+ * Some clients unexpectedly close the connection and try to reconnect using the
+ * same source port. This needs special support from the server to handle the
+ * new connection securely, as described in section 4.2.8 of RFC 6347. This
+ * flag enables that support.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for clients reusing the source port.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 5077 session tickets in SSL.
+ * Client-side, provides full support for session tickets (maintenance of a
+ * session store remains the responsibility of the application, though).
+ * Server-side, you also need to provide callbacks for writing and parsing
+ * tickets, including authenticated encryption and key management. Example
+ * callbacks are provided by MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for SSL session tickets
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 6066 server name indication (SNI) in SSL.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for server name indication in SSL
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH
+ *
+ * When this option is enabled, the SSL buffer will be resized automatically
+ * based on the negotiated maximum fragment length in each direction.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN
+ *
+ * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with
+ * clang's MemorySanitizer. This causes some existing tests to also test
+ * this non-functional property of the code under test.
+ *
+ * This setting requires compiling with clang -fsanitize=memory. The test
+ * suites can then be run normally.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered
+ * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND
+ *
+ * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with
+ * valgrind's memcheck tool. This causes some existing tests to also test
+ * this non-functional property of the code under test.
+ *
+ * This setting requires valgrind headers for building, and is only useful for
+ * testing if the tests suites are run with valgrind's memcheck. This can be
+ * done for an individual test suite with 'valgrind ./test_suite_xxx', or when
+ * using CMake, this can be done for all test suites with 'make memcheck'.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered
+ * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS
+ *
+ * Enable features for invasive testing such as introspection functions and
+ * hooks for fault injection. This enables additional unit tests.
+ *
+ * Merely enabling this feature should not change the behavior of the product.
+ * It only adds new code, and new branching points where the default behavior
+ * is the same as when this feature is disabled.
+ * However, this feature increases the attack surface: there is an added
+ * risk of vulnerabilities, and more gadgets that can make exploits easier.
+ * Therefore this feature must never be enabled in production.
+ *
+ * See `docs/architecture/testing/mbed-crypto-invasive-testing.md` for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable invasive tests.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT
+ *
+ * Provide your own alternate threading implementation.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to allow your own alternate threading implementation.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD
+ *
+ * Enable the pthread wrapper layer for the threading layer.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable pthread mutexes.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+ *
+ * Make the X.509 and TLS libraries use PSA for cryptographic operations as
+ * much as possible, and enable new APIs for using keys handled by PSA Crypto.
+ *
+ * \note Development of this option is currently in progress, and parts of Mbed
+ * TLS's X.509 and TLS modules are not ported to PSA yet. However, these parts
+ * will still continue to work as usual, so enabling this option should not
+ * break backwards compatibility.
+ *
+ * \warning If you enable this option, you need to call `psa_crypto_init()`
+ * before calling any function from the SSL/TLS, X.509 or PK modules, except
+ * for the various mbedtls_xxx_init() functions which can be called at any time.
+ *
+ * \note An important and desirable effect of this option is that it allows
+ * PK, X.509 and TLS to take advantage of PSA drivers. For example, enabling
+ * this option is what allows use of drivers for ECDSA, ECDH and EC J-PAKE in
+ * those modules. However, note that even with this option disabled, some code
+ * in PK, X.509, TLS or the crypto library might still use PSA drivers, if it
+ * can determine it's safe to do so; currently that's the case for hashes.
+ *
+ * \note See docs/use-psa-crypto.md for a complete description this option.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable internal use of PSA Crypto and new associated APIs.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+ *
+ * This setting allows support for cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA
+ * API to be configured separately from support through the mbedtls API.
+ *
+ * When this option is disabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic
+ * mechanisms that can be implemented on top of the `mbedtls_xxx` API
+ * configured with `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols.
+ *
+ * When this option is enabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic
+ * mechanisms requested by the `PSA_WANT_XXX` symbols defined in
+ * include/psa/crypto_config.h. The corresponding `MBEDTLS_XXX` settings are
+ * automatically enabled if required (i.e. if no PSA driver provides the
+ * mechanism). You may still freely enable additional `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols
+ * in mbedtls_config.h.
+ *
+ * If the symbol #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE is defined, it specifies
+ * an alternative header to include instead of include/psa/crypto_config.h.
+ *
+ * \warning This option is experimental, in that the set of `PSA_WANT_XXX`
+ * symbols is not completely finalized yet, and the configuration
+ * tooling is not ideally adapted to having two separate configuration
+ * files.
+ * Future minor releases of Mbed TLS may make minor changes to those
+ * symbols, but we will endeavor to provide a transition path.
+ * Nonetheless, this option is considered mature enough to use in
+ * production, as long as you accept that you may need to make
+ * minor changes to psa/crypto_config.h when upgrading Mbed TLS.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
+ *
+ * Allow run-time checking of compile-time enabled features. Thus allowing users
+ * to check at run-time if the library is for instance compiled with threading
+ * support via mbedtls_version_check_feature().
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable run-time checking and save ROM space
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK
+ *
+ * If set, this enables the X.509 API `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()`
+ * and the SSL API `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` which allow users to configure
+ * the set of trusted certificates through a callback instead of a linked
+ * list.
+ *
+ * This is useful for example in environments where a large number of trusted
+ * certificates is present and storing them in a linked list isn't efficient
+ * enough, or when the set of trusted certificates changes frequently.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()` and
+ * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` for more information.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable trusted certificate callbacks.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO
+ *
+ * Disable mbedtls_x509_*_info() and related APIs.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to omit mbedtls_x509_*_info(), as well as mbedtls_debug_print_crt()
+ * and other functions/constants only used by these functions, thus reducing
+ * the code footprint by several KB.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT
+ *
+ * Enable parsing and verification of X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRS
+ * signed with RSASSA-PSS (aka PKCS#1 v2.1).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disallow using RSASSA-PSS in certificates.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT
+/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules
+ *
+ * This section enables or disables entire modules in Mbed TLS
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AESNI_C
+ *
+ * Enable AES-NI support on x86-64 or x86-32.
+ *
+ * \note AESNI is only supported with certain compilers and target options:
+ * - Visual Studio: supported
+ * - GCC, x86-64, target not explicitly supporting AESNI:
+ * requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM.
+ * - GCC, x86-32, target not explicitly supporting AESNI:
+ * not supported.
+ * - GCC, x86-64 or x86-32, target supporting AESNI: supported.
+ * For this assembly-less implementation, you must currently compile
+ * `library/aesni.c` and `library/aes.c` with machine options to enable
+ * SSE2 and AESNI instructions: `gcc -msse2 -maes -mpclmul` or
+ * `clang -maes -mpclmul`.
+ * - Non-x86 targets: this option is silently ignored.
+ * - Other compilers: this option is silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Above, "GCC" includes compatible compilers such as Clang.
+ * The limitations on target support are likely to be relaxed in the future.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aesni.c
+ * Caller: library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM (on some platforms, see note)
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for the AES-NI instructions on x86.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ *
+ * Enable AES cryptographic extension support on Armv8.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aesce.c
+ * Caller: library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ *
+ * \warning Runtime detection only works on Linux. For non-Linux operating
+ * system, Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions must be supported by
+ * the CPU when this option is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature when targeting aarch64
+ * are Clang 4.0; armclang 6.6; GCC 6.0; or MSVC 2019 version 16.11.2.
+ * Minimum compiler versions for this feature when targeting 32-bit
+ * Arm or Thumb are Clang 11.0; armclang 6.20; or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the AES Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions on Armv8 systems.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ *
+ * Enable the AES block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aes.c
+ * Caller: library/cipher.c
+ * library/pem.c
+ * library/ctr_drbg.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *
+ * PEM_PARSE uses AES for decrypting encrypted keys.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic ASN1 parser.
+ *
+ * Module: library/asn1.c
+ * Caller: library/x509.c
+ * library/dhm.c
+ * library/pkcs12.c
+ * library/pkcs5.c
+ * library/pkparse.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic ASN1 writer.
+ *
+ * Module: library/asn1write.c
+ * Caller: library/ecdsa.c
+ * library/pkwrite.c
+ * library/x509_create.c
+ * library/x509write_crt.c
+ * library/x509write_csr.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Base64 module.
+ *
+ * Module: library/base64.c
+ * Caller: library/pem.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for PEM support (required by X.509).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT
+ *
+ * Remove decryption operation for AES, ARIA and Camellia block cipher.
+ *
+ * \note This feature is incompatible with insecure block cipher,
+ * MBEDTLS_DES_C, and cipher modes which always require decryption
+ * operation, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS and
+ * MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C. When #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled,
+ * this feature is incompatible with following supported PSA equivalence,
+ * PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING, PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING,
+ * PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 and PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aes.c
+ * library/aesce.c
+ * library/aesni.c
+ * library/aria.c
+ * library/camellia.c
+ * library/cipher.c
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the multi-precision integer library.
+ *
+ * Module: library/bignum.c
+ * library/bignum_core.c
+ * library/bignum_mod.c
+ * library/bignum_mod_raw.c
+ * Caller: library/dhm.c
+ * library/ecp.c
+ * library/ecdsa.c
+ * library/rsa.c
+ * library/rsa_alt_helpers.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for RSA, DHM and ECC (ECDH, ECDSA) support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Camellia block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/camellia.c
+ * Caller: library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ARIA block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/aria.c
+ * Caller: library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM) mode for 128-bit block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ccm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or
+ * MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * This module enables the AES-CCM ciphersuites, if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ChaCha20 stream cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/chacha20.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/chachapoly.c
+ *
+ * This module requires: MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C, MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic cipher layer.
+ *
+ * Module: library/cipher.c
+ * Caller: library/ccm.c
+ * library/cmac.c
+ * library/gcm.c
+ * library/nist_kw.c
+ * library/pkcs12.c
+ * library/pkcs5.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_aead.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_mac.c
+ * library/ssl_ciphersuites.c
+ * library/ssl_msg.c
+ * library/ssl_ticket.c (unless MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled)
+ * Auto-enabled by: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C depending on which ciphers are enabled
+ * (see the documentation of that option for details).
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic cipher wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+ *
+ * Enable the CMAC (Cipher-based Message Authentication Code) mode for block
+ * ciphers.
+ *
+ * \note When #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is active, meaning that the underlying
+ * implementation of the CMAC algorithm is provided by an alternate
+ * implementation, that alternate implementation may opt to not support
+ * AES-192 or 3DES as underlying block ciphers for the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * Module: library/cmac.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_DES_C
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the CTR_DRBG AES-based random generator.
+ * The CTR_DRBG generator uses AES-256 by default.
+ * To use AES-128 instead, enable \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY above.
+ *
+ * AES support can either be achived through builtin (MBEDTLS_AES_C) or PSA.
+ * Builtin is the default option when MBEDTLS_AES_C is defined otherwise PSA
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \warning When using PSA, the user should call `psa_crypto_init()` before
+ * using any CTR_DRBG operation (except `mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init()`).
+ *
+ * \note AES-128 will be used if \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set.
+ *
+ * \note To achieve a 256-bit security strength with CTR_DRBG,
+ * you must use AES-256 *and* use sufficient entropy.
+ * See ctr_drbg.h for more details.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ctr_drbg.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C or
+ * (PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING and
+ * MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ *
+ * This module provides the CTR_DRBG AES random number generator.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the debug functions.
+ *
+ * Module: library/debug.c
+ * Caller: library/ssl_msg.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl_tls12_*.c
+ * library/ssl_tls13_*.c
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DES_C
+ *
+ * Enable the DES block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module: library/des.c
+ * Caller: library/pem.c
+ * library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * PEM_PARSE uses DES/3DES for decrypting encrypted keys.
+ *
+ * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle module.
+ *
+ * Module: library/dhm.c
+ * Caller: library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ * DHE-RSA, DHE-PSK
+ *
+ * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ * If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ * preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ * See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman library.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ecdh.c
+ * Caller: library/psa_crypto.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ * ECDHE-ECDSA, ECDHE-RSA, DHE-PSK
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve DSA library.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ecdsa.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ * ECDHE-ECDSA
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C,
+ * and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED for a
+ * short Weierstrass curve.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve J-PAKE library.
+ *
+ * \note EC J-PAKE support is based on the Thread v1.0.0 specification.
+ * It has not been reviewed for compliance with newer standards such as
+ * Thread v1.1 or RFC 8236.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ecjpake.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ * ECJPAKE
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C and either MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any EC J-PAKE operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve over GF(p) library.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ecp.c
+ * Caller: library/ecdh.c
+ * library/ecdsa.c
+ * library/ecjpake.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
+ *
+ * Enable the platform-specific entropy code.
+ *
+ * Module: library/entropy.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C or MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * This module provides a generic entropy pool
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
+ *
+ * Enable error code to error string conversion.
+ *
+ * Module: library/error.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module enables mbedtls_strerror().
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Galois/Counter Mode (GCM).
+ *
+ * Module: library/gcm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or
+ * MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * This module enables the AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-GCM ciphersuites, if other
+ * requisites are enabled as well.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE
+ *
+ * Enable large pre-computed tables for Galois/Counter Mode (GCM).
+ * Can significantly increase throughput on systems without GCM hardware
+ * acceleration (e.g., AESNI, AESCE).
+ *
+ * The mbedtls_gcm_context size will increase by 3840 bytes.
+ * The code size will increase by roughly 344 bytes.
+ *
+ * Module: library/gcm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
+ *
+ * Enable the HKDF algorithm (RFC 5869).
+ *
+ * Module: library/hkdf.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the Hashed Message Authentication Code
+ * (HMAC)-based key derivation function (HKDF).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the HMAC_DRBG random generator.
+ *
+ * Module: library/hmac_drbg.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the HMAC_DRBG random number generator.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+ *
+ * Enable the LMS stateful-hash asymmetric signature algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/lms.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the LMS verification algorithm and public key operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE
+ *
+ * Enable LMS private-key operations and signing code. Functions enabled by this
+ * option are experimental, and should not be used in production.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the LMS signature algorithm and private key operations.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Key Wrapping mode for 128-bit block ciphers,
+ * as defined in NIST SP 800-38F. Only KW and KWP modes
+ * are supported. At the moment, only AES is approved by NIST.
+ *
+ * Module: library/nist_kw.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic layer for message digest (hashing) and HMAC.
+ *
+ * Requires: one of: MBEDTLS_MD5_C, MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C, MBEDTLS_SHA1_C,
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA224_C, MBEDTLS_SHA256_C, MBEDTLS_SHA384_C,
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA512_C, or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C with at least
+ * one hash.
+ * Module: library/md.c
+ * Caller: library/constant_time.c
+ * library/ecdsa.c
+ * library/ecjpake.c
+ * library/hkdf.c
+ * library/hmac_drbg.c
+ * library/pk.c
+ * library/pkcs5.c
+ * library/pkcs12.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_ecp.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_rsa.c
+ * library/rsa.c
+ * library/ssl_cookie.c
+ * library/ssl_msg.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/x509.c
+ * library/x509_crt.c
+ * library/x509write_crt.c
+ * library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic message digest wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+ *
+ * Enable the MD5 hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/md5.c
+ * Caller: library/md.c
+ * library/pem.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters.
+ * Further, it is used for checking MD5-signed certificates, and for PBKDF1
+ * when decrypting PEM-encoded encrypted keys.
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a
+ * security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies on
+ * it, and considering stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ *
+ * Enable the buffer allocator implementation that makes use of a (stack)
+ * based buffer to 'allocate' dynamic memory. (replaces calloc() and free()
+ * calls)
+ *
+ * Module: library/memory_buffer_alloc.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY (to use it within Mbed TLS)
+ *
+ * Enable this module to enable the buffer memory allocator.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NET_C
+ *
+ * Enable the TCP and UDP over IPv6/IPv4 networking routines.
+ *
+ * \note This module only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux, BSD and OS X)
+ * and Windows. For other platforms, you'll want to disable it, and write your
+ * own networking callbacks to be passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ *
+ * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new
+ * environment:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS
+ *
+ * Module: library/net_sockets.c
+ *
+ * This module provides networking routines.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_OID_C
+ *
+ * Enable the OID database.
+ *
+ * Module: library/oid.c
+ * Caller: library/asn1write.c
+ * library/pkcs5.c
+ * library/pkparse.c
+ * library/pkwrite.c
+ * library/rsa.c
+ * library/x509.c
+ * library/x509_create.c
+ * library/x509_crl.c
+ * library/x509_crt.c
+ * library/x509_csr.c
+ * library/x509write_crt.c
+ * library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * This modules translates between OIDs and internal values.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+ *
+ * Enable VIA Padlock support on x86.
+ *
+ * Module: library/padlock.c
+ * Caller: library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for the VIA PadLock on x86.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable PEM decoding / parsing.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pem.c
+ * Caller: library/dhm.c
+ * library/pkparse.c
+ * library/x509_crl.c
+ * library/x509_crt.c
+ * library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ * optionally MBEDTLS_MD5_C, or PSA Crypto with MD5 (see below)
+ *
+ * \warning When parsing password-protected files, if MD5 is provided only by
+ * a PSA driver, you must call psa_crypto_init() before the first file.
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for decoding / parsing PEM files.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable PEM encoding / writing.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pem.c
+ * Caller: library/pkwrite.c
+ * library/x509write_crt.c
+ * library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for encoding / writing PEM files.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key layer.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pk.c
+ * Caller: library/psa_crypto_rsa.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ * library/x509.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C or MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key parser.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pkparse.c
+ * Caller: library/x509_crt.c
+ * library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key parse functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key writer.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pkwrite.c
+ * Caller: library/x509write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key write functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS#5 functions.
+ *
+ * Module: library/pkcs5.c
+ *
+ * Auto-enables: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS5 operations.
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the PKCS#5 functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS #7 core for using PKCS #7-formatted signatures.
+ * RFC Link - https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315
+ *
+ * Module: library/pkcs7.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C,
+ * MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for the PKCS #7 parsing modules.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS#12 PBE functions.
+ * Adds algorithms for parsing PKCS#8 encrypted private keys
+ *
+ * Module: library/pkcs12.c
+ * Caller: library/pkparse.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C and either MBEDTLS_MD_C or
+ * MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS12 operations.
+ *
+ * This module enables PKCS#12 functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the platform abstraction layer that allows you to re-assign
+ * functions like calloc(), free(), snprintf(), printf(), fprintf(), exit().
+ *
+ * Enabling MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C enables to use of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT
+ * or MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO directives, allowing the functions mentioned
+ * above to be specified at runtime or compile time respectively.
+ *
+ * \note This abstraction layer must be enabled on Windows (including MSYS2)
+ * as other modules rely on it for a fixed snprintf implementation.
+ *
+ * Module: library/platform.c
+ * Caller: Most other .c files
+ *
+ * This module enables abstraction of common (libc) functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Poly1305 MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/poly1305.c
+ * Caller: library/chachapoly.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Platform Security Architecture cryptography API.
+ *
+ * Module: library/psa_crypto.c
+ *
+ * Requires: either MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C,
+ * or MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C,
+ * or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG.
+ * Auto-enables: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C if any unauthenticated (ie, non-AEAD) cipher
+ * is enabled in PSA (unless it's fully accelerated, see
+ * docs/driver-only-builds.md about that).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
+ *
+ * Enable dynamic secure element support in the Platform Security Architecture
+ * cryptography API.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This feature is deprecated. Please switch to the PSA driver
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * \warning This feature is not thread-safe, and should not be used in a
+ * multi-threaded environment.
+ *
+ * Module: library/psa_crypto_se.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C, MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Platform Security Architecture persistent key storage.
+ *
+ * Module: library/psa_crypto_storage.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C,
+ * either MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C or a native implementation of
+ * the PSA ITS interface
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the emulation of the Platform Security Architecture
+ * Internal Trusted Storage (PSA ITS) over files.
+ *
+ * Module: library/psa_its_file.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+ *
+ * Enable the RIPEMD-160 hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ripemd160.c
+ * Caller: library/md.c
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA public-key cryptosystem.
+ *
+ * Module: library/rsa.c
+ * library/rsa_alt_helpers.c
+ * Caller: library/pk.c
+ * library/psa_crypto.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ * RSA, DHE-RSA, ECDHE-RSA, RSA-PSK
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA1 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha1.c
+ * Caller: library/md.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_hash.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters,
+ * and for SHA1-signed certificates.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes
+ * a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies
+ * on it, and considering stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha256.c
+ * Caller: library/md.c
+ * library/ssl_cookie.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-224.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-256 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha256.c
+ * Caller: library/entropy.c
+ * library/md.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-256.
+ * This module is required for the SSL/TLS 1.2 PRF function.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime.
+ * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building
+ * for a non-Armv8-A build it will be silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0,
+ * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * \note This was previously known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ * That name is deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for this
+ * option.
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the
+ * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha256.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library check for the Armv8-A SHA-256 crypto extensions
+ * and use them if available.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \deprecated This is now known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ * This name is now deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for
+ * this option.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime
+ * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur.
+ *
+ * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0,
+ * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * \note This was previously known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ * That name is deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for this
+ * option.
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same
+ * time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha256.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library use the Armv8-A SHA-256 crypto extensions
+ * unconditionally.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * \deprecated This is now known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ * This name is now deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for
+ * this option.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha512.c
+ * Caller: library/md.c
+ * library/psa_crypto_hash.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Comment to disable SHA-384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+ *
+ * Enable SHA-512 cryptographic hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha512.c
+ * Caller: library/entropy.c
+ * library/md.c
+ * library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl_cookie.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-512.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA3 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha3.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA3.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime.
+ * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building
+ * for a non-Aarch64 build it will be silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0,
+ * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for
+ * armclang 6.9
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the
+ * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha512.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library check for the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions
+ * and use them if available.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime
+ * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur.
+ *
+ * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0,
+ * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for
+ * armclang 6.9
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same
+ * time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C.
+ *
+ * Module: library/sha512.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library use the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions
+ * unconditionally.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+ *
+ * Enable simple SSL cache implementation.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl_cache.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
+ *
+ * Enable basic implementation of DTLS cookies for hello verification.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl_cookie.c
+ * Caller:
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of TLS server-side callbacks for session tickets.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl_ticket.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: (MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C || MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) &&
+ * (MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SSL/TLS client code.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl*_client.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS client support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SSL/TLS server code.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl*_server.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS server support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic SSL/TLS code.
+ *
+ * Module: library/ssl_tls.c
+ * Caller: library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ * and at least one of the MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_XXX defines
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Enable the threading abstraction layer.
+ * By default Mbed TLS assumes it is used in a non-threaded environment or that
+ * contexts are not shared between threads. If you do intend to use contexts
+ * between threads, you will need to enable this layer to prevent race
+ * conditions. See also our Knowledge Base article about threading:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/thread-safety-and-multi-threading
+ *
+ * Module: library/threading.c
+ *
+ * This allows different threading implementations (self-implemented or
+ * provided).
+ *
+ * You will have to enable either MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT or
+ * MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD.
+ *
+ * Enable this layer to allow use of mutexes within Mbed TLS
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
+ *
+ * Enable the semi-portable timing interface.
+ *
+ * \note The provided implementation only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux,
+ * BSD and OS X) and Windows. On other platforms, you can either disable that
+ * module and provide your own implementations of the callbacks needed by
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb() for DTLS, or leave it enabled and provide
+ * your own implementation of the whole module by setting
+ * \c MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT in the current file.
+ *
+ * \note The timing module will include time.h on suitable platforms
+ * regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless
+ * MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information.
+ *
+ * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new
+ * environment:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS
+ *
+ * Module: library/timing.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+ *
+ * Enable run-time version information.
+ *
+ * Module: library/version.c
+ *
+ * This module provides run-time version information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 core for using certificates.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509.c
+ * Caller: library/x509_crl.c
+ * library/x509_crt.c
+ * library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ * (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 operation.
+ *
+ * This module is required for the X.509 parsing modules.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 certificate parsing.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_crt.c
+ * Caller: library/ssl_tls.c
+ * library/ssl*_client.c
+ * library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate parsing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 CRL parsing.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_crl.c
+ * Caller: library/x509_crt.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 CRL parsing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 Certificate Signing Request (CSR) parsing.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_csr.c
+ * Caller: library/x509_crt_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is used for reading X.509 certificate request.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 core for creating certificates.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_create.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ * (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 create operation.
+ *
+ * This module is the basis for creating X.509 certificates and CSRs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable creating X.509 certificates.
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_crt_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate creation.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable creating X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR).
+ *
+ * Module: library/x509_csr_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate request writing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: General configuration options
+ *
+ * This section contains Mbed TLS build settings that are not associated
+ * with a particular module.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"`.
+ * This header file specifies the compile-time configuration of Mbed TLS.
+ * Unlike other configuration options, this one must be defined on the
+ * compiler command line: a definition in `mbedtls_config.h` would have
+ * no effect.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included after
+ * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE.
+ * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability
+ * to undefine options that are enabled by default.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_config.h"`.
+ * This header file specifies which cryptographic mechanisms are available
+ * through the PSA API when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, and
+ * is not used when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE "psa/crypto_config.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included after
+ * `"psa/crypto_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE.
+ * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability
+ * to undefine options that are enabled by default.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_platform.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers
+ * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the platform on
+ * which the library code will run.
+ *
+ * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of
+ * Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file
+ * should review the changes in the original file whenever they
+ * upgrade Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE "psa/crypto_platform_alt.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_struct.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers
+ * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the environment
+ * in which the library code will run. The typical use for this feature
+ * is to provide alternative type definitions on the client side in
+ * client-server integrations of PSA crypto, where operation structures
+ * contain handles instead of cryptographic data.
+ *
+ * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of
+ * Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file
+ * should review the changes in the original file whenever they
+ * upgrade Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE "psa/crypto_struct_alt.h"
+
+/** \} name SECTION: General configuration options */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module configuration options
+ *
+ * This section allows for the setting of module specific sizes and
+ * configuration options. The default values are already present in the
+ * relevant header files and should suffice for the regular use cases.
+ *
+ * Our advice is to enable options and change their values here
+ * only if you have a good reason and know the consequences.
+ * \{
+ */
+/* The Doxygen documentation here is used when a user comments out a
+ * setting and runs doxygen themselves. On the other hand, when we typeset
+ * the full documentation including disabled settings, the documentation
+ * in specific modules' header files is used if present. When editing this
+ * file, make sure that each option is documented in exactly one place,
+ * plus optionally a same-line Doxygen comment here if there is a Doxygen
+ * comment in the specific module. */
+
+/* MPI / BIGNUM options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE 2 /**< Maximum window size used. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */
+
+/* CTR_DRBG options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48 /**< Amount of entropy used per seed by default (48 with SHA-512, 32 with SHA-256) */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+
+/* HMAC_DRBG options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+
+/* ECP options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 4 /**< Maximum window size used */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 1 /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up */
+
+/* Entropy options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 20 /**< Maximum number of sources supported */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER 128 /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDWARE 32 /**< Default minimum number of bytes required for the hardware entropy source mbedtls_hardware_poll() before entropy is released */
+
+/* Memory buffer allocator options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE 4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */
+
+/* Platform options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR <stdlib.h> /**< Header to include if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS is defined. Don't define if no header is needed. */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+ *
+ * Default allocator to use, can be undefined.
+ * It must initialize the allocated buffer memory to zeroes.
+ * The size of the buffer is the product of the two parameters.
+ * The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
+ * If the product is 0, the function may either return NULL or a valid pointer to an array of size 0 which is a valid input to the deallocation function.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer.
+ * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details.
+ * The corresponding deallocation function is #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC calloc
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+ *
+ * Default free to use, can be undefined.
+ * NULL is a valid parameter, and the function must do nothing.
+ * A non-null parameter will always be a pointer previously returned by #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and not yet freed.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything.
+ * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details (same principles as for MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC apply).
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE free
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF setbuf /**< Default setbuf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT exit /**< Default exit to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME time /**< Default time to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< Default fprintf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF printf /**< Default printf to use, can be undefined */
+/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF snprintf /**< Default snprintf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS 0 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE 1 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE "seedfile" /**< Seed file to read/write with default implementation */
+
+/* To use the following function macros, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C must be enabled. */
+/* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot both be defined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO calloc /**< Default allocator macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC for requirements. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO free /**< Default free macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE for requirements. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO exit /**< Default exit macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO setbuf /**< Default setbuf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO time /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO time_t /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO fprintf /**< Default fprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO printf /**< Default printf macro to use, can be undefined */
+/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO snprintf /**< Default snprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO vsnprintf /**< Default vsnprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO int64_t //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO int64_t /**< Default milliseconds time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled. It must be signed, and at least 64 bits. If it is changed from the default, MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME must be updated to match.*/
+//#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME PRId64 /**< Default fmt for printf. That's avoid compiler warning if mbedtls_ms_time_t is redefined */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+ *
+ * This macro is used at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * to indicate that its return value should be checked. It should
+ * instruct the compiler to emit a warning or an error if the function
+ * is called without checking its return value.
+ *
+ * There is a default implementation for popular compilers in platform_util.h.
+ * You can override the default implementation by defining your own here.
+ *
+ * If the implementation here is empty, this will effectively disable the
+ * checking of functions' return values.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN
+ *
+ * This macro requires one argument, which should be a C function call.
+ * If that function call would cause a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN warning, this
+ * warning is suppressed.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN( result ) ((void) !(result))
+
+/* PSA options */
+/**
+ * Use HMAC_DRBG with the specified hash algorithm for HMAC_DRBG for the
+ * PSA crypto subsystem.
+ *
+ * If this option is unset:
+ * - If CTR_DRBG is available, the PSA subsystem uses it rather than HMAC_DRBG.
+ * - Otherwise, the PSA subsystem uses HMAC_DRBG with either
+ * #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512 or #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 based on availability and
+ * on unspecified heuristics.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HMAC_DRBG_MD_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT
+ * Restrict the PSA library to supporting a maximum amount of simultaneously
+ * loaded keys. A loaded key is a key stored by the PSA Crypto core as a
+ * volatile key, or a persistent key which is loaded temporarily by the
+ * library as part of a crypto operation in flight.
+ *
+ * If this option is unset, the library will fall back to a default value of
+ * 32 keys.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT 32
+
+/* RSA OPTIONS */
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS 1024 /**< Minimum RSA key size that can be generated in bits (Minimum possible value is 128 bits) */
+
+/* SSL Cache options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 86400 /**< 1 day */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES 50 /**< Maximum entries in cache */
+
+/* SSL options */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN
+ *
+ * Maximum length (in bytes) of incoming plaintext fragments.
+ *
+ * This determines the size of the incoming TLS I/O buffer in such a way
+ * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data,
+ * regardless of the protection mechanism used.
+ *
+ * \note When using a value less than the default of 16KB on the client, it is
+ * recommended to use the Maximum Fragment Length (MFL) extension to
+ * inform the server about this limitation. On the server, there
+ * is no supported, standardized way of informing the client about
+ * restriction on the maximum size of incoming messages, and unless
+ * the limitation has been communicated by other means, it is recommended
+ * to only change the outgoing buffer size #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN
+ * while keeping the default value of 16KB for the incoming buffer.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the incoming I/O buffer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX
+ *
+ * The maximum length of CIDs used for incoming DTLS messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX 32
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX
+ *
+ * The maximum length of CIDs used for outgoing DTLS messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX 32
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY
+ *
+ * This option controls the use of record plaintext padding
+ * in TLS 1.3 and when using the Connection ID extension in DTLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * The padding will always be chosen so that the length of the
+ * padded plaintext is a multiple of the value of this option.
+ *
+ * Note: A value of \c 1 means that no padding will be used
+ * for outgoing records.
+ *
+ * Note: On systems lacking division instructions,
+ * a power of two should be preferred.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN
+ *
+ * Maximum length (in bytes) of outgoing plaintext fragments.
+ *
+ * This determines the size of the outgoing TLS I/O buffer in such a way
+ * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data,
+ * regardless of the protection mechanism used.
+ *
+ * It is possible to save RAM by setting a smaller outward buffer, while keeping
+ * the default inward 16384 byte buffer to conform to the TLS specification.
+ *
+ * The minimum required outward buffer size is determined by the handshake
+ * protocol's usage. Handshaking will fail if the outward buffer is too small.
+ * The specific size requirement depends on the configured ciphers and any
+ * certificate data which is sent during the handshake.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the outgoing I/O buffer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING
+ *
+ * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of
+ * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering.
+ *
+ * This should be at least 9/8 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN
+ * to account for a reassembled handshake message of maximum size,
+ * together with its reassembly bitmap.
+ *
+ * A value of 2 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN (32768 by default)
+ * should be sufficient for all practical situations as it allows
+ * to reassembly a large handshake message (such as a certificate)
+ * while buffering multiple smaller handshake messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768
+
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /**< Max size of TLS pre-shared keys, in bytes (default 256 or 384 bits) */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT 60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */
+
+/**
+ * Complete list of ciphersuites to use, in order of preference.
+ *
+ * \warning No dependency checking is done on that field! This option can only
+ * be used to restrict the set of available ciphersuites. It is your
+ * responsibility to make sure the needed modules are active.
+ *
+ * Use this to save a few hundred bytes of ROM (default ordering of all
+ * available ciphersuites) and a few to a few hundred bytes of RAM.
+ *
+ * The value below is only an example, not the default.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE
+ *
+ * The default maximum amount of 0-RTT data. See the documentation of
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_early_data_size() for more information.
+ *
+ * It must be positive and smaller than UINT32_MAX.
+ *
+ * If MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA is not defined, this default value does not
+ * have any impact on the build.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE 1024
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE
+ *
+ * Maximum allowed ticket age difference in milliseconds tolerated between
+ * server and client. Default value is 6000. This is not used in TLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * - The client ticket age is the time difference between the time when the
+ * client proposes to the server to use the ticket and the time the client
+ * received the ticket from the server.
+ * - The server ticket age is the time difference between the time when the
+ * server receives a proposition from the client to use the ticket and the
+ * time when the ticket was created by the server.
+ *
+ * The ages might be different due to the client and server clocks not running
+ * at the same pace. The typical accuracy of an RTC crystal is ±100 to ±20 parts
+ * per million (360 to 72 milliseconds per hour). Default tolerance window is
+ * 6s, thus in the worst case clients and servers must sync up their system time
+ * every 6000/360/2~=8 hours.
+ *
+ * See section 8.3 of the TLS 1.3 specification(RFC 8446) for more information.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Size in bytes of a ticket nonce. This is not used in TLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * This must be less than 256.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS
+ *
+ * Default number of NewSessionTicket messages to be sent by a TLS 1.3 server
+ * after handshake completion. This is not used in TLS 1.2 and relevant only if
+ * the MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS option is enabled.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1
+
+/* X509 options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA 8 /**< Maximum number of intermediate CAs in a verification chain. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN 512 /**< Maximum length of a path/filename string in bytes including the null terminator character ('\0'). */
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module configuration options */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..478e9f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/**
+ * \file md.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the generic functions for message-digest
+ * (hashing) and HMAC.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+/** The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x5080
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED -0x5180
+/** Opening or reading of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x5200
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Supported message digests.
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 and SHA-1 are considered weak message digests and
+ * their use constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+/* Note: these are aligned with the definitions of PSA_ALG_ macros for hashes,
+ * in order to enable an efficient implementation of conversion functions.
+ * This is tested by md_to_from_psa() in test_suite_md. */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_MD_NONE=0, /**< None. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_MD5=0x03, /**< The MD5 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160=0x04, /**< The RIPEMD-160 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1=0x05, /**< The SHA-1 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224=0x08, /**< The SHA-224 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256=0x09, /**< The SHA-256 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384=0x0a, /**< The SHA-384 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512=0x0b, /**< The SHA-512 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224=0x10, /**< The SHA3-224 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256=0x11, /**< The SHA3-256 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384=0x12, /**< The SHA3-384 message digest. */
+ MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512=0x13, /**< The SHA3-512 message digest. */
+} mbedtls_md_type_t;
+
+/* Note: this should always be >= PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+ * in all builds with both CRYPTO_C and MD_LIGHT.
+ *
+ * This is to make things easier for modules such as TLS that may define a
+ * buffer size using MD_MAX_SIZE in a part of the code that's common to PSA
+ * and legacy, then assume the buffer's size is PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE in another
+ * part of the code based on PSA.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 64 /* longest known is SHA512 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 48 /* longest known is SHA384 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 32 /* longest known is SHA256 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 28 /* longest known is SHA224 */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 20 /* longest known is SHA1 or RIPE MD-160
+ or smaller (MD5 and earlier) */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 144 /* the longest known is SHA3-224 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 136
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 104
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 72
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 64
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Opaque struct.
+ *
+ * Constructed using either #mbedtls_md_info_from_string or
+ * #mbedtls_md_info_from_type.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed with #mbedtls_md_get_size,
+ * #mbedtls_md_get_type and #mbedtls_md_get_name.
+ */
+/* Defined internally in library/md_wrap.h. */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md_info_t;
+
+/**
+ * Used internally to indicate whether a context uses legacy or PSA.
+ *
+ * Internal use only.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_LEGACY = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_PSA,
+} mbedtls_md_engine_t;
+
+/**
+ * The generic message-digest context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_context_t {
+ /** Information about the associated message digest. */
+ const mbedtls_md_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA)
+ /** Are hash operations dispatched to PSA or legacy? */
+ mbedtls_md_engine_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(engine);
+#endif
+
+ /** The digest-specific context (legacy) or the PSA operation. */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+ /** The HMAC part of the context. */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx);
+#endif
+} mbedtls_md_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the message-digest information
+ * associated with the given digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type The type of digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return The message-digest information associated with \p md_type.
+ * \return NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a message-digest context without
+ * binding it to a particular message-digest algorithm.
+ *
+ * This function should always be called first. It prepares the
+ * context for mbedtls_md_setup() for binding it to a
+ * message-digest algorithm.
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_init(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears the internal structure of \p ctx and
+ * frees any embedded internal structure, but does not free
+ * \p ctx itself.
+ *
+ * If you have called mbedtls_md_setup() on \p ctx, you must
+ * call mbedtls_md_free() when you are no longer using the
+ * context.
+ * Calling this function if you have previously
+ * called mbedtls_md_init() and nothing else is optional.
+ * You must not call this function if you have not called
+ * mbedtls_md_init().
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_free(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function selects the message digest algorithm to use,
+ * and allocates internal structures.
+ *
+ * It should be called after mbedtls_md_init() or
+ * mbedtls_md_free(). Makes it necessary to call
+ * mbedtls_md_free() later.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to set up.
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ * \param hmac Defines if HMAC is used. 0: HMAC is not used (saves some memory),
+ * or non-zero: HMAC is used with this context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_setup(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, int hmac);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clones the state of a message-digest
+ * context.
+ *
+ * \note You must call mbedtls_md_setup() on \c dst before calling
+ * this function.
+ *
+ * \note The two contexts must have the same type,
+ * for example, both are SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \warning This function clones the message-digest state, not the
+ * HMAC state.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context.
+ * \param src The context to be cloned.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if both contexts are
+ * not using the same engine. This can be avoided by moving
+ * the call to psa_crypto_init() before the first call to
+ * mbedtls_md_setup().
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_clone(mbedtls_md_context_t *dst,
+ const mbedtls_md_context_t *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function extracts the message-digest size from the
+ * message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ *
+ * \return The size of the message-digest output in Bytes.
+ */
+unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function gives the message-digest size associated to
+ * message-digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type The message-digest type.
+ *
+ * \return The size of the message-digest output in Bytes,
+ * or 0 if the message-digest type is not known.
+ */
+static inline unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type)
+{
+ return mbedtls_md_get_size(mbedtls_md_info_from_type(md_type));
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function extracts the message-digest type from the
+ * message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ *
+ * \return The type of the message digest.
+ */
+mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_get_type(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a message-digest computation.
+ *
+ * You must call this function after setting up the context
+ * with mbedtls_md_setup(), and before passing data with
+ * mbedtls_md_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic message-digest context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ * message-digest computation.
+ *
+ * You must call mbedtls_md_starts() before calling this
+ * function. You may call this function multiple times.
+ * Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the digest operation,
+ * and writes the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * Call this function after a call to mbedtls_md_starts(),
+ * followed by any number of calls to mbedtls_md_update().
+ * Afterwards, you may either clear the context with
+ * mbedtls_md_free(), or call mbedtls_md_starts() to reuse
+ * the context for another digest operation with the same
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param output The buffer for the generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the message-digest of a buffer,
+ * with respect to a configurable message-digest algorithm
+ * in a single call.
+ *
+ * The result is calculated as
+ * Output = message_digest(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ * \param output The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the list of digests supported by the
+ * generic digest module.
+ *
+ * \note The list starts with the strongest available hashes.
+ *
+ * \return A statically allocated array of digests. Each element
+ * in the returned list is an integer belonging to the
+ * message-digest enumeration #mbedtls_md_type_t.
+ * The last entry is 0.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_md_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the message-digest information
+ * associated with the given digest name.
+ *
+ * \param md_name The name of the digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return The message-digest information associated with \p md_name.
+ * \return NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_string(const char *md_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the name of the message digest for
+ * the message-digest information structure given.
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ *
+ * \return The name of the message digest.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_md_get_name(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the message-digest information
+ * from the given context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context from which to extract the information.
+ * This must be initialized (or \c NULL).
+ *
+ * \return The message-digest information associated with \p ctx.
+ * \return \c NULL if \p ctx is \c NULL.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_ctx(
+ const mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the message-digest checksum
+ * result of the contents of the provided file.
+ *
+ * The result is calculated as
+ * Output = message_digest(file contents).
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ * \param path The input file name.
+ * \param output The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR on an I/O error accessing
+ * the file pointed by \p path.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info was NULL.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_file(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const char *path,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the HMAC key and prepares to
+ * authenticate a new message.
+ *
+ * Call this function after mbedtls_md_setup(), to use
+ * the MD context for an HMAC calculation, then call
+ * mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to provide the input data, and
+ * mbedtls_md_hmac_finish() to get the HMAC value.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ * context.
+ * \param key The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen The length of the HMAC key in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+ size_t keylen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing HMAC
+ * computation.
+ *
+ * Call mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() or mbedtls_md_hmac_reset()
+ * before calling this function.
+ * You may call this function multiple times to pass the
+ * input piecewise.
+ * Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ * context.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the HMAC operation, and writes
+ * the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * Call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() and
+ * mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to get the HMAC value. Afterwards
+ * you may either call mbedtls_md_free() to clear the context,
+ * or call mbedtls_md_hmac_reset() to reuse the context with
+ * the same HMAC key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ * context.
+ * \param output The generic HMAC checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function prepares to authenticate a new message with
+ * the same key as the previous HMAC operation.
+ *
+ * You may call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ * Afterwards call mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to pass the new
+ * input.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ * context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_reset(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the full generic HMAC
+ * on the input buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The HMAC result is calculated as
+ * output = generic HMAC(hmac key, input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ * to use.
+ * \param key The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen The length of the HMAC secret key in Bytes.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data.
+ * \param output The generic HMAC result.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ * failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bf0754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/**
+ * \file md5.h
+ *
+ * \brief MD5 message digest algorithm (hash function)
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a
+ * security risk. We recommend considering stronger message
+ * digests instead.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD5_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief MD5 context structure
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md5_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[4]; /*!< intermediate digest state */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< data block being processed */
+}
+mbedtls_md5_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */
+#include "md5_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx MD5 context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_init(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx MD5 context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_free(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clone (the state of) an MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context
+ * \param src The context to be cloned
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_clone(mbedtls_md5_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_md5_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief MD5 context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_starts(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief MD5 process buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx MD5 context
+ * \param input buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen length of the input data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_update(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief MD5 final digest
+ *
+ * \param ctx MD5 context
+ * \param output MD5 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_finish(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief MD5 process data block (internal use only)
+ *
+ * \param ctx MD5 context
+ * \param data buffer holding one block of data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_md5_process(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Output = MD5( input buffer )
+ *
+ * \param input buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen length of the input data
+ * \param output MD5 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5(const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ *
+ * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_md5.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b527d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/**
+ * \file memory_buffer_alloc.h
+ *
+ * \brief Buffer-based memory allocator
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE 4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC (1 << 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE (1 << 1)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS (MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC | \
+ MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize use of stack-based memory allocator.
+ * The stack-based allocator does memory management inside the
+ * presented buffer and does not call calloc() and free().
+ * It sets the global mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() pointers
+ * to its own functions.
+ * (Provided mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() are thread-safe if
+ * MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is defined)
+ *
+ * \note This code is not optimized and provides a straight-forward
+ * implementation of a stack-based memory allocator.
+ *
+ * \param buf buffer to use as heap
+ * \param len size of the buffer
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_init(unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the mutex for thread-safety and clear remaining memory
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_free(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine when the allocator should automatically verify the state
+ * of the entire chain of headers / meta-data.
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE)
+ *
+ * \param verify One of MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC,
+ * MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE or MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_set_verify(int verify);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG)
+/**
+ * \brief Print out the status of the allocated memory (primarily for use
+ * after a program should have de-allocated all memory)
+ * Prints out a list of 'still allocated' blocks and their stack
+ * trace if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined.
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_status(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of alloc/free so far.
+ *
+ * \param alloc_count Number of allocations.
+ * \param free_count Number of frees.
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_count_get(size_t *alloc_count, size_t *free_count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the peak heap usage so far
+ *
+ * \param max_used Peak number of bytes in use or committed. This
+ * includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split
+ * into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size.
+ * \param max_blocks Peak number of blocks in use, including free and used
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_get(size_t *max_used, size_t *max_blocks);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Reset peak statistics
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_reset(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current heap usage
+ *
+ * \param cur_used Current number of bytes in use or committed. This
+ * includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split
+ * into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size.
+ * \param cur_blocks Current number of blocks in use, including free and used
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_cur_get(size_t *cur_used, size_t *cur_blocks);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verifies that all headers in the memory buffer are correct
+ * and contain sane values. Helps debug buffer-overflow errors.
+ *
+ * Prints out first failure if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG is defined.
+ * Prints out full header information if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+ * is defined. (Includes stack trace information for each block if
+ * MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined as well).
+ *
+ * \return 0 if verified, 1 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_verify(void);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* memory_buffer_alloc.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85c1197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/**
+ * \file net_sockets.h
+ *
+ * \brief Network sockets abstraction layer to integrate Mbed TLS into a
+ * BSD-style sockets API.
+ *
+ * The network sockets module provides an example integration of the
+ * Mbed TLS library into a BSD sockets implementation. The module is
+ * intended to be an example of how Mbed TLS can be integrated into a
+ * networking stack, as well as to be Mbed TLS's network integration
+ * for its supported platforms.
+ *
+ * The module is intended only to be used with the Mbed TLS library and
+ * is not intended to be used by third party application software
+ * directly.
+ *
+ * The supported platforms are as follows:
+ * * Microsoft Windows and Windows CE
+ * * POSIX/Unix platforms including Linux, OS X
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** Failed to open a socket. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED -0x0042
+/** The connection to the given server / port failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED -0x0044
+/** Binding of the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED -0x0046
+/** Could not listen on the socket. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED -0x0048
+/** Could not accept the incoming connection. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED -0x004A
+/** Reading information from the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_RECV_FAILED -0x004C
+/** Sending information through the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SEND_FAILED -0x004E
+/** Connection was reset by peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONN_RESET -0x0050
+/** Failed to get an IP address for the given hostname. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST -0x0052
+/** Buffer is too small to hold the data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0043
+/** The context is invalid, eg because it was free()ed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_INVALID_CONTEXT -0x0045
+/** Polling the net context failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_POLL_FAILED -0x0047
+/** Input invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0049
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_LISTEN_BACKLOG 10 /**< The backlog that listen() should use. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP 0 /**< The TCP transport protocol */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP 1 /**< The UDP transport protocol */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ 1 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check for pending data */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE 2 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check if write possible */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper type for sockets.
+ *
+ * Currently backed by just a file descriptor, but might be more in the future
+ * (eg two file descriptors for combined IPv4 + IPv6 support, or additional
+ * structures for hand-made UDP demultiplexing).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_net_context {
+ /** The underlying file descriptor.
+ *
+ * This field is only guaranteed to be present on POSIX/Unix-like platforms.
+ * On other platforms, it may have a different type, have a different
+ * meaning, or be absent altogether.
+ */
+ int fd;
+}
+mbedtls_net_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a context
+ * Just makes the context ready to be used or freed safely.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_init(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initiate a connection with host:port in the given protocol
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket to use
+ * \param host Host to connect to
+ * \param port Port to connect to
+ * \param proto Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or one of:
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note Sets the socket in connected mode even with UDP.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_connect(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *host, const char *port, int proto);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a receiving socket on bind_ip:port in the chosen
+ * protocol. If bind_ip == NULL, all interfaces are bound.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket to use
+ * \param bind_ip IP to bind to, can be NULL
+ * \param port Port number to use
+ * \param proto Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or one of:
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of the protocol, opens the sockets and binds it.
+ * In addition, make the socket listening if protocol is TCP.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_bind(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *bind_ip, const char *port, int proto);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Accept a connection from a remote client
+ *
+ * \param bind_ctx Relevant socket
+ * \param client_ctx Will contain the connected client socket
+ * \param client_ip Will contain the client IP address, can be NULL
+ * \param buf_size Size of the client_ip buffer
+ * \param cip_len Will receive the size of the client IP written,
+ * can be NULL if client_ip is null
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if buf_size is too small,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if bind_fd was set to
+ * non-blocking and accept() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_accept(mbedtls_net_context *bind_ctx,
+ mbedtls_net_context *client_ctx,
+ void *client_ip, size_t buf_size, size_t *cip_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check and wait for the context to be ready for read/write
+ *
+ * \note The current implementation of this function uses
+ * select() and returns an error if the file descriptor
+ * is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket to check
+ * \param rw Bitflag composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ and
+ * MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE specifying the events
+ * to wait for:
+ * - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ is set, the function
+ * will return as soon as the net context is available
+ * for reading.
+ * - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE is set, the function
+ * will return as soon as the net context is available
+ * for writing.
+ * \param timeout Maximal amount of time to wait before returning,
+ * in milliseconds. If \c timeout is zero, the
+ * function returns immediately. If \c timeout is
+ * -1u, the function blocks potentially indefinitely.
+ *
+ * \return Bitmask composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ/WRITE
+ * on success or timeout, or a negative return code otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_poll(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, uint32_t rw, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the socket blocking
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a non-zero error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_set_block(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the socket non-blocking
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a non-zero error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_set_nonblock(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Portable usleep helper
+ *
+ * \param usec Amount of microseconds to sleep
+ *
+ * \note Real amount of time slept will not be less than
+ * select()'s timeout granularity (typically, 10ms).
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_usleep(unsigned long usec);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs,
+ * the actual amount read is returned.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket
+ * \param buf The buffer to write to
+ * \param len Maximum length of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return the number of bytes received,
+ * or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ indicates read() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_recv(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs,
+ * the actual amount read is returned.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket
+ * \param buf The buffer to read from
+ * \param len The length of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return the number of bytes sent,
+ * or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE indicates write() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_send(void *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read at most 'len' characters, blocking for at most
+ * 'timeout' seconds. If no error occurs, the actual amount
+ * read is returned.
+ *
+ * \note The current implementation of this function uses
+ * select() and returns an error if the file descriptor
+ * is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Socket
+ * \param buf The buffer to write to
+ * \param len Maximum length of the buffer
+ * \param timeout Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data
+ * 0 means no timeout (wait forever)
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes received if successful.
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out.
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal.
+ * Another negative error code (MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_xxx)
+ * for other failures.
+ *
+ * \note This function will block (until data becomes available or
+ * timeout is reached) even if the socket is set to
+ * non-blocking. Handling timeouts with non-blocking reads
+ * requires a different strategy.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_recv_timeout(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len,
+ uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Closes down the connection and free associated data
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to close
+ *
+ * \note This function frees and clears data associated with the
+ * context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx.
+ * This memory is the responsibility of the caller.
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_close(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gracefully shutdown the connection and free associated data
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to free
+ *
+ * \note This function frees and clears data associated with the
+ * context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx.
+ * This memory is the responsibility of the caller.
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_free(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* net_sockets.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d353f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/**
+ * \file nist_kw.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for key wrapping (KW) and key wrapping with
+ * padding (KWP) as defined in NIST SP 800-38F.
+ * https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-38F.pdf
+ *
+ * Key wrapping specifies a deterministic authenticated-encryption mode
+ * of operation, according to <em>NIST SP 800-38F: Recommendation for
+ * Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Methods for Key Wrapping</em>. Its
+ * purpose is to protect cryptographic keys.
+ *
+ * Its equivalent is RFC 3394 for KW, and RFC 5649 for KWP.
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3394
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5649
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP = 1
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The key wrapping context-type definition. The key wrapping context is passed
+ * to the APIs called.
+ *
+ * \note The definition of this type may change in future library versions.
+ * Don't make any assumptions on this context!
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_NIST_key wrapping_ALT */
+#include "nist_kw_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified key wrapping context
+ * to make references valid and prepare the context
+ * for mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey() or mbedtls_nist_kw_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The key wrapping context to initialize.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_init(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the key wrapping context set in the
+ * \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The key wrapping context.
+ * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. Only AES is supported.
+ * \param key The Key Encryption Key (KEK).
+ * \param keybits The KEK size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
+ * \param is_wrap Specify whether the operation within the context is wrapping or unwrapping
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for any invalid input.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for 128-bit block ciphers
+ * which are not supported.
+ * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+ const unsigned char *key,
+ unsigned int keybits,
+ const int is_wrap);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified key wrapping context
+ * and underlying cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The key wrapping context to clear.
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_free(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The key wrapping context to use for encryption.
+ * \param mode The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ * <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^57-8 inclusive. </li>
+ * <li>For KWP mode: any length between 1 and 2^32-1 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * <ul><li>For KW mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger than \p in_len.</li>
+ * <li>For KWP mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger rounded up to a multiple of
+ * 8 bytes for KWP (15 bytes at most).</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function decrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The key wrapping context to use for decryption.
+ * \param mode The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ * The input must be a multiple of semiblocks.
+ * <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 24 and 2^57 inclusive. </li>
+ * <li>For KWP mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^32 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output The buffer holding the output data.
+ * The output buffer's minimal length is 8 bytes shorter than \p in_len.
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ * For KWP mode, the length could be up to 15 bytes shorter than \p in_len,
+ * depending on how much padding was added to the data.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED for verification failure of the ciphertext.
+ * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size);
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The key wrapping checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdc25eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+/**
+ * \file oid.h
+ *
+ * \brief Object Identifier (OID) database
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_OID_H
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/pk.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/** OID is not found. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND -0x002E
+/** output buffer is too small */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x000B
+
+/* This is for the benefit of X.509, but defined here in order to avoid
+ * having a "backwards" include of x.509.h here */
+/*
+ * X.509 extension types (internal, arbitrary values for bitsets)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER (1 << 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER (1 << 1)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE (1 << 2)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES (1 << 3)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS (1 << 4)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME (1 << 5)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME (1 << 6)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS (1 << 7)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 8)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 9)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 10)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE (1 << 11)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS (1 << 12)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY (1 << 13)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL (1 << 14)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE (1 << 16)
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of OID components allowed
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_MAX_COMPONENTS 128
+
+/*
+ * Top level OID tuples
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES "\x2a" /* {iso(1) member-body(2)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG "\x2b" /* {iso(1) identified-organization(3)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x55" /* {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY "\x60" /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16)} */
+
+/*
+ * ISO Member bodies OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US "\x86\x48" /* {us(840)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY "\x86\xf7\x0d" /* {rsadsi(113549)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY /* {iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62 "\xce\x3d" /* ansi-X9-62(10045) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62
+
+/*
+ * ISO Identified organization OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD "\x06" /* {dod(6)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW "\x0e"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW "\x03"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x1a"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE "\x65" /* thawte(101) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM "\x81\x04" /* certicom(132) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST "\x24" /* teletrust(36) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST
+
+/*
+ * ISO ITU OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION "\x01" /* {organization(1)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1)} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV "\x65" /* {gov(101)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_GOV MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101)} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE "\x86\xF8\x42" /* {netscape(113730)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE /* Netscape OID {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) netscape(113730)} */
+
+/* ISO arc for standard certificate and CRL extensions */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x1D" /**< id-ce OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 29} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG MBEDTLS_OID_GOV "\x03\x04" /** { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) */
+
+/**
+ * Private Internet Extensions
+ * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
+ * security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) }
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD \
+ "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x07"
+
+/*
+ * Arc for standard naming attributes
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x04" /**< id-at OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_CN MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x03" /**< id-at-commonName AttributeType:= {id-at 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SUR_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x04" /**< id-at-surName AttributeType:= {id-at 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SERIAL_NUMBER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x05" /**< id-at-serialNumber AttributeType:= {id-at 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_COUNTRY MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x06" /**< id-at-countryName AttributeType:= {id-at 6} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_LOCALITY MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x07" /**< id-at-locality AttributeType:= {id-at 7} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_STATE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x08" /**< id-at-state AttributeType:= {id-at 8} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORGANIZATION MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0A" /**< id-at-organizationName AttributeType:= {id-at 10} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORG_UNIT MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0B" /**< id-at-organizationalUnitName AttributeType:= {id-at 11} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_TITLE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0C" /**< id-at-title AttributeType:= {id-at 12} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_ADDRESS MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x10" /**< id-at-postalAddress AttributeType:= {id-at 16} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_CODE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x11" /**< id-at-postalCode AttributeType:= {id-at 17} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GIVEN_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2A" /**< id-at-givenName AttributeType:= {id-at 42} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_INITIALS MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2B" /**< id-at-initials AttributeType:= {id-at 43} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GENERATION_QUALIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2C" /**< id-at-generationQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 44} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2D" /**< id-at-uniqueIdentifier AttributeType:= {id-at 45} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_DN_QUALIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2E" /**< id-at-dnQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 46} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_PSEUDONYM MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x41" /**< id-at-pseudonym AttributeType:= {id-at 65} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_UID "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x01" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) uid(1)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DOMAIN_COMPONENT "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x19" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) domainComponent(25)} */
+
+/*
+ * OIDs for standard certificate extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x23" /**< id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 35 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0E" /**< id-ce-subjectKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 14 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0F" /**< id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x20" /**< id-ce-certificatePolicies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 32 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_MAPPINGS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x21" /**< id-ce-policyMappings OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 33 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x11" /**< id-ce-subjectAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 17 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x12" /**< id-ce-issuerAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 18 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x09" /**< id-ce-subjectDirectoryAttributes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 9 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x13" /**< id-ce-basicConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 19 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NAME_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1E" /**< id-ce-nameConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 30 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x24" /**< id-ce-policyConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 36 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x25" /**< id-ce-extKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 37 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1F" /**< id-ce-cRLDistributionPoints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 31 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x36" /**< id-ce-inhibitAnyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 54 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_FRESHEST_CRL MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x2E" /**< id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 46 } */
+
+/*
+ * Certificate policies
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_POLICY MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES "\x00" /**< anyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-certificatePolicies 0 } */
+
+/*
+ * Netscape certificate extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_BASE_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_REVOCATION_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x03"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_REVOCATION_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x04"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_RENEWAL_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x07"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_POLICY_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x08"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_SSL_SERVER_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x0C"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_COMMENT MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x0D"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_SEQUENCE MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE "\x05"
+
+/*
+ * OIDs for CRL extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PRIVATE_KEY_USAGE_PERIOD MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x10"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_NUMBER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x14" /**< id-ce-cRLNumber OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 20 } */
+
+/*
+ * X.509 v3 Extended key usage OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE "\x00" /**< anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-extKeyUsage 0 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_KP MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x03" /**< id-kp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x01" /**< id-kp-serverAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CLIENT_AUTH MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x02" /**< id-kp-clientAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 2 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CODE_SIGNING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x03" /**< id-kp-codeSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EMAIL_PROTECTION MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x04" /**< id-kp-emailProtection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_TIME_STAMPING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x08" /**< id-kp-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OCSP_SIGNING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x09" /**< id-kp-OCSPSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 9 } */
+
+/**
+ * Wi-SUN Alliance Field Area Network
+ * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
+ * private(4) enterprise(1) WiSUN(45605) FieldAreaNetwork(1) }
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_WISUN_FAN MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x04\x01\x82\xe4\x25\x01"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x08" /**< id-on OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON_HW_MODULE_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ON "\x04" /**< id-on-hardwareModuleName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-on 4 } */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS definition OIDs
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x01" /**< pkcs OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x01" /**< pkcs-1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x05" /**< pkcs-5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x07" /**< pkcs-7 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x09" /**< pkcs-9 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 9 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x0c" /**< pkcs-12 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 12 } */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#1 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_RSA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x01" /**< rsaEncryption OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { pkcs-1 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_MD5 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x04" /**< md5WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x05" /**< sha1WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0e" /**< sha224WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 14 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0b" /**< sha256WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 11 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0c" /**< sha384WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 12 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0d" /**< sha512WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 13 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_SHA_OBS "\x2B\x0E\x03\x02\x1D"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_EMAIL MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x01" /**< emailAddress AttributeType ::= { pkcs-9 1 } */
+
+/* RFC 4055 */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSASSA_PSS MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0a" /**< id-RSASSA-PSS ::= { pkcs-1 10 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_MGF1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x08" /**< id-mgf1 ::= { pkcs-1 8 } */
+
+/*
+ * Digest algorithms
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_MD5 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x05" /**< id-mbedtls_md5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1 /**< id-mbedtls_sha1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 26 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x04" /**< id-sha224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x01" /**< id-mbedtls_sha256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 1 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x02" /**< id-sha384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 2 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x03" /**< id-mbedtls_sha512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 3 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_RIPEMD160 MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x02\x01" /**< id-ripemd160 OBJECT IDENTIFIER :: { iso(1) identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) hashAlgorithm(2) ripemd160(1) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x07" /**< id-sha3-224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-224(7) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x08" /**< id-sha3-256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-256(8) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x09" /**< id-sha3-384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-384(9) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0a" /**< id-sha3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-512(10) } */
+
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x07" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 7 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x08" /**< id-hmacWithSHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 8 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x09" /**< id-hmacWithSHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 9 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0A" /**< id-hmacWithSHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 10 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0B" /**< id-hmacWithSHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 11 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0d" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-224(13) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0e" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-256(14) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0f" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-384(15) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x10" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-512(16) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_RIPEMD160 MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x08\x01\x04" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {iso(1) iso-identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) ipsec(8) isakmpOakley(1) hmacRIPEMD160(4)} */
+
+/*
+ * Encryption algorithms,
+ * the following standardized object identifiers are specified at
+ * https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8018#appendix-C.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+ MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x07" /**< desCBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_EDE3_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x03\x07" /**< des-ede3-cbc OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) -- us(840) rsadsi(113549) encryptionAlgorithm(3) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x01" /** aes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_128_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x02" /** aes128-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes128-CBC-PAD(2) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_192_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x16" /** aes192-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes192-CBC-PAD(22) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_256_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x2a" /** aes256-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes256-CBC-PAD(42) } */
+
+/*
+ * Key Wrapping algorithms
+ */
+/*
+ * RFC 5649
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x05" /** id-aes128-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x08" /** id-aes128-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x19" /** id-aes192-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 25 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x1c" /** id-aes192-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 28 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x2d" /** id-aes256-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 45 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x30" /** id-aes256-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 48 } */
+/*
+ * PKCS#5 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBKDF2 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0c" /**< id-PBKDF2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 12} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBES2 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0d" /**< id-PBES2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 13} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBMAC1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0e" /**< id-PBMAC1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 14} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#5 PBES1 algorithms
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x03" /**< pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_RC2_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x06" /**< pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 6} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0a" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 10} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_RC2_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0b" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 11} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#7 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x01" /**< Content type is Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 1} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x02" /**< Content type is Signed Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 2} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x03" /**< Content type is Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x04" /**< Content type is Signed and Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x05" /**< Content type is Digested Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x06" /**< Content type is Encrypted Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 6} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#8 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_CSR_EXT_REQ MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x0e" /**< extensionRequest OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-9 14} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#12 PBE OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12 "\x01" /**< pkcs-12PbeIds OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12 1} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES3_EDE_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x03" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES2_EDE_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x04" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd2-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_128_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x05" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd128BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_40_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x06" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd40BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 6} */
+
+/*
+ * EC key algorithms from RFC 5480
+ */
+
+/* id-ecPublicKey OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) keyType(2) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_UNRESTRICTED MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x02\01"
+
+/* id-ecDH OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132)
+ * schemes(1) ecdh(12) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_ECDH MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x01\x0c"
+
+/*
+ * ECParameters namedCurve identifiers, from RFC 5480, RFC 5639, and SEC2
+ */
+
+/* secp192r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192R1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x01"
+
+/* secp224r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 33 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x21"
+
+/* secp256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256R1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x07"
+
+/* secp384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 34 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP384R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x22"
+
+/* secp521r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 35 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP521R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x23"
+
+/* secp192k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 31 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x1f"
+
+/* secp224k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 32 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x20"
+
+/* secp256k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 10 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x0a"
+
+/* RFC 5639 4.1
+ * ecStdCurvesAndGeneration OBJECT IDENTIFIER::= {iso(1)
+ * identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) signature-
+ * algorithm(3) ecSign(2) 8}
+ * ellipticCurve OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ecStdCurvesAndGeneration 1}
+ * versionOne OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ellipticCurve 1} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x03\x02\x08\x01\x01"
+
+/* brainpoolP256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 7} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP256R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x07"
+
+/* brainpoolP384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 11} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP384R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0B"
+
+/* brainpoolP512r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 13} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP512R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0D"
+
+/*
+ * SEC1 C.1
+ *
+ * prime-field OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-fieldType 1 }
+ * id-fieldType OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ansi-X9-62 fieldType(1)}
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_PRIME_FIELD MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE "\x01"
+
+/*
+ * ECDSA signature identifiers, from RFC 5480
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x04" /* signatures(4) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x03" /* ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) */
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x01"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x01"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 2 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x02"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x03"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x04"
+
+/*
+ * EC key algorithms from RFC 8410
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X25519 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6e" /**< id-X25519 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 110 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X448 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6f" /**< id-X448 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 111 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED25519 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x70" /**< id-Ed25519 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 112 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED448 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x71" /**< id-Ed448 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 113 } */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Base OID descriptor structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t {
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1); /*!< OID ASN.1 representation */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1_len); /*!< length of asn1 */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); /*!< official name (e.g. from RFC) */
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(description); /*!< human friendly description */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate an ASN.1 OID into its numeric representation
+ * (e.g. "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D" into "1.2.840.113549")
+ *
+ * \param buf buffer to put representation in
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ * \param oid OID to translate
+ *
+ * \return Length of the string written (excluding final NULL) or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL in case of error
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_numeric_string(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate a string containing a dotted-decimal
+ * representation of an ASN.1 OID into its encoded form
+ * (e.g. "1.2.840.113549" into "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D").
+ * On success, this function allocates oid->buf from the
+ * heap. It must be freed by the caller using mbedtls_free().
+ *
+ * \param oid #mbedtls_asn1_buf to populate with the DER-encoded OID
+ * \param oid_str string representation of the OID to parse
+ * \param size length of the OID string, not including any null terminator
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if \p oid_str does not
+ * represent a valid OID
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if the function fails to
+ * allocate oid->buf
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_from_numeric_string(mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char *oid_str, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate an X.509 extension OID into local values
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param ext_type place to store the extension type
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_x509_ext_type(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, int *ext_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate an X.509 attribute type OID into the short name
+ * (e.g. the OID for an X520 Common Name into "CN")
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param short_name place to store the string pointer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_attr_short_name(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **short_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate PublicKeyAlgorithm OID into pk_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param pk_alg place to store public key algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_pk_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate pk_type into PublicKeyAlgorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param pk_alg Public key type to look for
+ * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_pk_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg,
+ const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS)
+/**
+ * \brief Translate NamedCurve OID into an EC group identifier
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param grp_id place to store group id
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate EC group identifier into NamedCurve OID
+ *
+ * \param grp_id EC group identifier
+ * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+ const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate AlgorithmIdentifier OID into an EC group identifier,
+ * for curves that are directly encoded at this level
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param grp_id place to store group id
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp_algid(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate EC group identifier into AlgorithmIdentifier OID,
+ * for curves that are directly encoded at this level
+ *
+ * \param grp_id EC group identifier
+ * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp_algid(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+ const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into md_type and pk_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm
+ * \param pk_alg place to store public key algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param desc place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg_desc(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate md_type and pk_type into SignatureAlgorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param md_alg message digest algorithm
+ * \param pk_alg public key algorithm
+ * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_sig_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate hmac algorithm OID into md_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param md_hmac place to store message hmac algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_md_hmac(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_hmac);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate hash algorithm OID into md_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+/**
+ * \brief Translate Extended Key Usage OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param desc place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_extended_key_usage(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate certificate policies OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param desc place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_certificate_policies(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate md_type into hash algorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param md_alg message digest algorithm
+ * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md(mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Translate encryption algorithm OID into cipher_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param cipher_alg place to store cipher algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_cipher_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Translate PKCS#12 PBE algorithm OID into md_type and
+ * cipher_type
+ *
+ * \param oid OID to use
+ * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm
+ * \param cipher_alg place to store cipher algorithm
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_pkcs12_pbe_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg,
+ mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* oid.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c6a28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/**
+ * \file pem.h
+ *
+ * \brief Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) decoding
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PEM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * \name PEM Error codes
+ * These error codes are returned in case of errors reading the
+ * PEM data.
+ * \{
+ */
+/** No PEM header or footer found. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT -0x1080
+/** PEM string is not as expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_DATA -0x1100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_ALLOC_FAILED -0x1180
+/** RSA IV is not in hex-format. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_ENC_IV -0x1200
+/** Unsupported key encryption algorithm. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_UNKNOWN_ENC_ALG -0x1280
+/** Private key password can't be empty. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_REQUIRED -0x1300
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x1380
+/** Unavailable feature, e.g. hashing/encryption combination. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x1400
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x1480
+/** \} name PEM Error codes */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief PEM context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pem_context {
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf); /*!< buffer for decoded data */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen); /*!< length of the buffer */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info); /*!< buffer for extra header information */
+}
+mbedtls_pem_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief PEM context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx context to be initialized
+ */
+void mbedtls_pem_init(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read a buffer for PEM information and store the resulting
+ * data into the specified context buffers.
+ *
+ * \param ctx context to use
+ * \param header header string to seek and expect
+ * \param footer footer string to seek and expect
+ * \param data source data to look in (must be nul-terminated)
+ * \param pwd password for decryption (can be NULL)
+ * \param pwdlen length of password
+ * \param use_len destination for total length used from data buffer. It is
+ * set after header is correctly read, so unless you get
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT, use_len is
+ * the length to skip.
+ *
+ * \note Attempts to check password correctness by verifying if
+ * the decrypted text starts with an ASN.1 sequence of
+ * appropriate length
+ *
+ * \note \c mbedtls_pem_free must be called on PEM context before
+ * the PEM context can be reused in another call to
+ * \c mbedtls_pem_read_buffer
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a specific PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pem_read_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, const char *header, const char *footer,
+ const unsigned char *data,
+ const unsigned char *pwd,
+ size_t pwdlen, size_t *use_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the pointer to the decoded binary data in a PEM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx PEM context to access.
+ * \param buflen On success, this will contain the length of the binary data.
+ * This must be a valid (non-null) pointer.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the decoded binary data.
+ *
+ * \note The returned pointer remains valid only until \p ctx is
+ modified or freed.
+ */
+static inline const unsigned char *mbedtls_pem_get_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, size_t *buflen)
+{
+ *buflen = ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen);
+ return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief PEM context memory freeing
+ *
+ * \param ctx context to be freed
+ */
+void mbedtls_pem_free(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a buffer of PEM information from a DER encoded
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * \param header The header string to write.
+ * \param footer The footer string to write.
+ * \param der_data The DER data to encode.
+ * \param der_len The length of the DER data \p der_data in Bytes.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write to.
+ * \param buf_len The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the total length written
+ * or required (if \p buf_len is not enough).
+ *
+ * \note You may pass \c NULL for \p buf and \c 0 for \p buf_len
+ * to request the length of the resulting PEM buffer in
+ * `*olen`.
+ *
+ * \note This function may be called with overlapping \p der_data
+ * and \p buf buffers.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't large
+ * enough to hold the PEM buffer. In this case, `*olen` holds
+ * the required minimum size of \p buf.
+ * \return Another PEM or BASE64 error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pem_write_buffer(const char *header, const char *footer,
+ const unsigned char *der_data, size_t der_len,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len, size_t *olen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pem.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52f4cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1296 @@
+/**
+ * \file pk.h
+ *
+ * \brief Public Key abstraction layer
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PK_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/rsa.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecdsa.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#endif
+
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED -0x3F80
+/** Type mismatch, eg attempt to encrypt with an ECDSA key */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH -0x3F00
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x3E80
+/** Read/write of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x3E00
+/** Unsupported key version */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_VERSION -0x3D80
+/** Invalid key tag or value. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_FORMAT -0x3D00
+/** Key algorithm is unsupported (only RSA and EC are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_PK_ALG -0x3C80
+/** Private key password can't be empty. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_REQUIRED -0x3C00
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x3B80
+/** The pubkey tag or value is invalid (only RSA and EC are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_PUBKEY -0x3B00
+/** The algorithm tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_ALG -0x3A80
+/** Elliptic curve is unsupported (only NIST curves are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE -0x3A00
+/** Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA disabled for RSA key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x3980
+/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x3900
+/** The output buffer is too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x3880
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Public key types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_PK_NONE=0,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_RSA,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_OPAQUE,
+} mbedtls_pk_type_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Options for RSASSA-PSS signature verification.
+ * See \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext()
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options {
+ /** The digest to use for MGF1 in PSS.
+ *
+ * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled and #MBEDTLS_RSA_C is
+ * disabled, this must be equal to the \c md_alg argument passed
+ * to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(). In a future version of the library,
+ * this constraint may apply whenever #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is
+ * enabled regardless of the status of #MBEDTLS_RSA_C.
+ */
+ mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id;
+
+ /** The expected length of the salt, in bytes. This may be
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length.
+ *
+ * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, only
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY is valid. Any other value may be
+ * ignored (allowing any salt length).
+ */
+ int expected_salt_len;
+
+} mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Maximum size of a signature made by mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ */
+/* We need to set MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE to the maximum signature
+ * size among the supported signature types. Do it by starting at 0,
+ * then incrementally increasing to be large enough for each supported
+ * signature mechanism.
+ *
+ * The resulting value can be 0, for example if MBEDTLS_ECDH_C is enabled
+ * (which allows the pk module to be included) but neither MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ * nor MBEDTLS_RSA_C nor any opaque signature mechanism (PSA or RSA_ALT).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE 0
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)) && \
+ MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* For RSA, the signature can be as large as the bignum module allows.
+ * For RSA_ALT, the signature size is not necessarily tied to what the
+ * bignum module can do, but in the absence of any specific setting,
+ * we use that (rsa_alt_sign_wrap in library/pk_wrap.h will check). */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && \
+ MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* For ECDSA, the ecdsa module exports a constant for the maximum
+ * signature size. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is the maximum size of a signature made
+ * through the PSA API in the PSA representation. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#if PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11 > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* The Mbed TLS representation is different for ECDSA signatures:
+ * PSA uses the raw concatenation of r and s,
+ * whereas Mbed TLS uses the ASN.1 representation (SEQUENCE of two INTEGERs).
+ * Add the overhead of ASN.1: up to (1+2) + 2 * (1+2+1) for the
+ * types, lengths (represented by up to 2 bytes), and potential leading
+ * zeros of the INTEGERs and the SEQUENCE. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE (PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11)
+#endif
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) */
+
+/* Internal helper to define which fields in the pk_context structure below
+ * should be used for EC keys: legacy ecp_keypair or the raw (PSA friendly)
+ * format. It should be noted that this only affects how data is stored, not
+ * which functions are used for various operations. The overall picture looks
+ * like this:
+ * - if USE_PSA is not defined and ECP_C is defined then use ecp_keypair data
+ * structure and legacy functions
+ * - if USE_PSA is defined and
+ * - if ECP_C then use ecp_keypair structure, convert data to a PSA friendly
+ * format and use PSA functions
+ * - if !ECP_C then use new raw data and PSA functions directly.
+ *
+ * The main reason for the "intermediate" (USE_PSA + ECP_C) above is that as long
+ * as ECP_C is defined mbedtls_pk_ec() gives the user a read/write access to the
+ * ecp_keypair structure inside the pk_context so they can modify it using
+ * ECP functions which are not under PK module's control.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Types for interfacing with the debug module
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_NONE = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MPI,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_ECP,
+ MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_PSA_EC,
+} mbedtls_pk_debug_type;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Item to send to the debug module
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_debug_item {
+ mbedtls_pk_debug_type MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(value);
+} mbedtls_pk_debug_item;
+
+/** Maximum number of item send for debugging, plus 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MAX_ITEMS 3
+
+/**
+ * \brief Public key information and operations
+ *
+ * \note The library does not support custom pk info structures,
+ * only built-in structures returned by
+ * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_info_t mbedtls_pk_info_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+/**
+ * \brief Public key container
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_context {
+ const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info); /**< Public key information */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx); /**< Underlying public key context */
+ /* The following field is used to store the ID of a private key in the
+ * following cases:
+ * - opaque key when MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is defined
+ * - normal key when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is defined. In this case:
+ * - the pk_ctx above is not not used to store the private key anymore.
+ * Actually that field not populated at all in this case because also
+ * the public key will be stored in raw format as explained below
+ * - this ID is used for all private key operations (ex: sign, check
+ * key pair, key write, etc) using PSA functions
+ *
+ * Note: this private key storing solution only affects EC keys, not the
+ * other ones. The latters still use the pk_ctx to store their own
+ * context. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(priv_id); /**< Key ID for opaque keys */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+ /* The following fields are meant for storing the public key in raw format
+ * which is handy for:
+ * - easily importing it into the PSA context
+ * - reducing the ECP module dependencies in the PK one.
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is enabled:
+ * - the pk_ctx above is not used anymore for storing the public key
+ * inside the ecp_keypair structure
+ * - the following fields are used for all public key operations: signature
+ * verify, key pair check and key write.
+ * - For a key pair, priv_id contains the private key. For a public key,
+ * priv_id is null.
+ * Of course, when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is not enabled, the legacy
+ * ecp_keypair structure is used for storing the public key and performing
+ * all the operations.
+ *
+ * Note: This new public key storing solution only works for EC keys, not
+ * other ones. The latters still use pk_ctx to store their own
+ * context.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw)[MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN]; /**< Raw public key */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw_len); /**< Valid bytes in "pub_raw" */
+ psa_ecc_family_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_family); /**< EC family of pk */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_bits); /**< Curve's bits of pk */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA */
+} mbedtls_pk_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Context for resuming operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info); /**< Public key information */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs_ctx); /**< Underlying restart context */
+} mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx;
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
+typedef void mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)
+/**
+ * \brief Types for RSA-alt abstraction
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func)(void *ctx, size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+ size_t output_max_len);
+typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func)(void *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash, unsigned char *sig);
+typedef size_t (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func)(void *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return information associated with the given PK type
+ *
+ * \param pk_type PK type to search for.
+ *
+ * \return The PK info associated with the type or NULL if not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_pk_info_t *mbedtls_pk_info_from_type(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a #mbedtls_pk_context (as NONE).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_init(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the components of a #mbedtls_pk_context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized.
+ * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note For contexts that have been set up with
+ * mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(), this does not free the underlying
+ * PSA key and you still need to call psa_destroy_key()
+ * independently if you want to destroy that key.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_free(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a restart context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_restart_init(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the components of a restart context
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized.
+ * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_restart_free(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a PK context with the information given
+ * and allocates the type-specific PK subcontext.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set
+ * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE).
+ * \param info Information to use
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure.
+ *
+ * \note For contexts holding an RSA-alt key, use
+ * \c mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt() instead.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const mbedtls_pk_info_t *info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a PK context to wrap a PSA key.
+ *
+ * This function creates a PK context which wraps a PSA key. The PSA wrapped
+ * key must be an EC or RSA key pair (DH is not suported in the PK module).
+ *
+ * Under the hood PSA functions will be used to perform the required
+ * operations and, based on the key type, used algorithms will be:
+ * * EC:
+ * * verify, verify_ext, sign, sign_ext: ECDSA.
+ * * RSA:
+ * * sign, decrypt: use the primary algorithm in the wrapped PSA key;
+ * * sign_ext: RSA PSS if the pk_type is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, otherwise
+ * it falls back to the sign() case;
+ * * verify, verify_ext, encrypt: not supported.
+ *
+ * In order for the above operations to succeed, the policy of the wrapped PSA
+ * key must allow the specified algorithm.
+ *
+ * Opaque PK contexts wrapping an EC keys also support \c mbedtls_pk_check_pair(),
+ * whereas RSA ones do not.
+ *
+ * \warning The PSA wrapped key must remain valid as long as the wrapping PK
+ * context is in use, that is at least between the point this function
+ * is called and the point mbedtls_pk_free() is called on this context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to initialize. It must be empty (type NONE).
+ * \param key The PSA key to wrap, which must hold an ECC or RSA key pair.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input (context already
+ * used, invalid key identifier).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the key is not an ECC or
+ * RSA key pair.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an RSA-alt context
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set
+ * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE).
+ * \param key RSA key pointer
+ * \param decrypt_func Decryption function
+ * \param sign_func Signing function
+ * \param key_len_func Function returning key length in bytes
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the
+ * context wasn't already initialized as RSA_ALT.
+ *
+ * \note This function replaces \c mbedtls_pk_setup() for RSA-alt.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, void *key,
+ mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func decrypt_func,
+ mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func sign_func,
+ mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func key_len_func);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the size in bits of the underlying key
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return Key size in bits, or 0 on error
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the length in bytes of the underlying key
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return Key length in bytes, or 0 on error
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_pk_get_len(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx)
+{
+ return (mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(ctx) + 7) / 8;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tell if a context can do the operation given by type
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param type The desired type.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the context can do operations on the given type.
+ * \return 0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given
+ * type. This is always the case for a context that has
+ * been initialized but not set up, or that has been
+ * cleared with mbedtls_pk_free().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_can_do(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_type_t type);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief Tell if context can do the operation given by PSA algorithm
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param alg PSA algorithm to check against, the following are allowed:
+ * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(hash),
+ * PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(hash),
+ * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT,
+ * PSA_ALG_ECDSA(hash),
+ * PSA_ALG_ECDH, where hash is a specific hash.
+ * \param usage PSA usage flag to check against, must be composed of:
+ * PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH
+ * PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT
+ * PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * Context key must match all passed usage flags.
+ *
+ * \warning Since the set of allowed algorithms and usage flags may be
+ * expanded in the future, the return value \c 0 should not
+ * be taken in account for non-allowed algorithms and usage
+ * flags.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the context can do operations on the given type.
+ * \return 0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given
+ * type, for non-allowed algorithms and usage flags, or
+ * for a context that has been initialized but not set up
+ * or that has been cleared with mbedtls_pk_free().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_can_do_ext(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ psa_key_usage_t usage);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+/**
+ * \brief Determine valid PSA attributes that can be used to
+ * import a key into PSA.
+ *
+ * The attributes determined by this function are suitable
+ * for calling mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa() to create
+ * a PSA key with the same key material.
+ *
+ * The typical flow of operations involving this function is
+ * ```
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ * int ret = mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes(pk, &attributes);
+ * if (ret != 0) ...; // error handling omitted
+ * // Tweak attributes if desired
+ * psa_key_id_t key_id = 0;
+ * ret = mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa(pk, &attributes, &key_id);
+ * if (ret != 0) ...; // error handling omitted
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \note This function does not support RSA-alt contexts
+ * (set up with mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt()).
+ *
+ * \param[in] pk The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * It can either contain a key pair or just a public key.
+ * \param usage A single `PSA_KEY_USAGE_xxx` flag among the following:
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT: \p pk must contain a
+ * key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ * key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT as well as
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE: \p pk must contain a
+ * key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ * key pair type.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT: The output
+ * \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH: \p pk must contain a
+ * key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ * key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH as well as
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE: \p pk must contain a
+ * key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ * key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE as well as
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH: The output
+ * \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE: The output
+ * \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ * \param[out] attributes
+ * On success, valid attributes to import the key into PSA.
+ * - The lifetime and key identifier are unchanged. If the
+ * attribute structure was initialized or reset before
+ * calling this function, this will result in a volatile
+ * key. Call psa_set_key_identifier() before or after this
+ * function if you wish to create a persistent key. Call
+ * psa_set_key_lifetime() before or after this function if
+ * you wish to import the key in a secure element.
+ * - The key type and bit-size are determined by the contents
+ * of the PK context. If the PK context contains a key
+ * pair, the key type can be either a key pair type or
+ * the corresponding public key type, depending on
+ * \p usage. If the PK context contains a public key,
+ * the key type is a public key type.
+ * - The key's policy is determined by the key type and
+ * the \p usage parameter. The usage always allows
+ * \p usage, exporting and copying the key, and
+ * possibly other permissions as documented for the
+ * \p usage parameter.
+ * The permitted algorithm policy is determined as follows
+ * based on the #mbedtls_pk_type_t type of \p pk,
+ * the chosen \p usage and other factors:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA whose underlying
+ * #mbedtls_rsa_context has the padding mode
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15:
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ * if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY, and
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT
+ * if \p usage is ENCRYPT/DECRYPT.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA whose underlying
+ * #mbedtls_rsa_context has the padding mode
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 and the digest type
+ * corresponding to the PSA algorithm \c hash:
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ * if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY, and
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP(\c hash)
+ * if \p usage is ENCRYPT/DECRYPT.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT: not supported.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY
+ * if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY:
+ * #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ * if #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is enabled,
+ * otherwise #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH).
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY
+ * if \p usage is DERIVE:
+ * #PSA_ALG_ECDH.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_OPAQUE: same as the primary algorithm
+ * set for the underlying PSA key, except that
+ * sign/decrypt flags are removed if the type is
+ * set to a public key type.
+ * The underlying key must allow \p usage.
+ * Note that the enrollment algorithm set with
+ * psa_set_key_enrollment_algorithm() is not copied.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if \p pk does not contain
+ * a key of the type identified in \p attributes.
+ * Another error code on other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes(const mbedtls_pk_context *pk,
+ psa_key_usage_t usage,
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Import a key into the PSA key store.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling psa_import_key()
+ * with the key material from \p pk.
+ *
+ * The typical way to use this function is:
+ * -# Call mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes() to obtain
+ * attributes for the given key.
+ * -# If desired, modify the attributes, for example:
+ * - To create a persistent key, call
+ * psa_set_key_identifier() and optionally
+ * psa_set_key_lifetime().
+ * - To import only the public part of a key pair:
+ *
+ * psa_set_key_type(&attributes,
+ * PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(
+ * psa_get_key_type(&attributes)));
+ * - Restrict the key usage if desired.
+ * -# Call mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa().
+ *
+ * \note This function does not support RSA-alt contexts
+ * (set up with mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt()).
+ *
+ * \param[in] pk The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * It can either contain a key pair or just a public key.
+ * \param[in] attributes
+ * The attributes to use for the new key. They must be
+ * compatible with \p pk. In particular, the key type
+ * must match the content of \p pk.
+ * If \p pk contains a key pair, the key type in
+ * attributes can be either the key pair type or the
+ * corresponding public key type (to import only the
+ * public part).
+ * \param[out] key_id
+ * On success, the identifier of the newly created key.
+ * On error, this is #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if \p pk does not contain
+ * a key of the type identified in \p attributes.
+ * Another error code on other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa(const mbedtls_pk_context *pk,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a PK context starting from a key stored in PSA.
+ * This key:
+ * - must be exportable and
+ * - must be an RSA or EC key pair or public key (FFDH is not supported in PK).
+ *
+ * The resulting PK object will be a transparent type:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA for RSA keys or
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY for EC keys.
+ *
+ * Once this functions returns the PK object will be completely
+ * independent from the original PSA key that it was generated
+ * from.
+ * Calling mbedtls_pk_sign(), mbedtls_pk_verify(),
+ * mbedtls_pk_encrypt(), mbedtls_pk_decrypt() on the resulting
+ * PK context will perform the corresponding algorithm for that
+ * PK context type.
+ * * For ECDSA, the choice of deterministic vs randomized will
+ * be based on the compile-time setting #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC.
+ * * For an RSA key, the output PK context will allow both
+ * encrypt/decrypt and sign/verify regardless of the original
+ * key's policy.
+ * The original key's policy determines the output key's padding
+ * mode: PCKS1 v2.1 is set if the PSA key policy is OAEP or PSS,
+ * otherwise PKCS1 v1.5 is set.
+ *
+ * \param key_id The key identifier of the key stored in PSA.
+ * \param pk The PK context that will be filled. It must be initialized,
+ * but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA in case the provided input
+ * parameters are not correct.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_copy_from_psa(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id, mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a PK context for the public key of a PSA key.
+ *
+ * The key must be an RSA or ECC key. It can be either a
+ * public key or a key pair, and only the public key is copied.
+ * The resulting PK object will be a transparent type:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA for RSA keys or
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY for EC keys.
+ *
+ * Once this functions returns the PK object will be completely
+ * independent from the original PSA key that it was generated
+ * from.
+ * Calling mbedtls_pk_verify() or
+ * mbedtls_pk_encrypt() on the resulting
+ * PK context will perform the corresponding algorithm for that
+ * PK context type.
+ *
+ * For an RSA key, the output PK context will allow both
+ * encrypt and verify regardless of the original key's policy.
+ * The original key's policy determines the output key's padding
+ * mode: PCKS1 v2.1 is set if the PSA key policy is OAEP or PSS,
+ * otherwise PKCS1 v1.5 is set.
+ *
+ * \param key_id The key identifier of the key stored in PSA.
+ * \param pk The PK context that will be filled. It must be initialized,
+ * but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA in case the provided input
+ * parameters are not correct.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_copy_public_from_psa(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id, mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify signature (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used.
+ * This can be #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if the signature algorithm
+ * does not rely on a hash algorithm (non-deterministic
+ * ECDSA, RSA PKCS#1 v1.5).
+ * For PKCS#1 v1.5, if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, then
+ * \p hash is the DigestInfo structure used by RFC 8017
+ * &sect;9.2 steps 3&ndash;6. If \p md_alg is a valid hash
+ * algorithm then \p hash is the digest itself, and this
+ * function calculates the DigestInfo encoding internally.
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length
+ * \param sig Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len Signature length
+ *
+ * \note For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ * either PKCS#1 v1.5 or PSS (accepting any salt length),
+ * depending on the padding mode in the underlying RSA context.
+ * For a pk object constructed by parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5
+ * by default. Use mbedtls_pk_verify_ext() to explicitly select
+ * a different algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success (signature is valid),
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ * signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len,
+ * or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_verify()
+ *
+ * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), but can
+ * return early and restart according to the limit set with
+ * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC
+ * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_verify().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes)
+ * \param sig Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len Signature length
+ * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart)
+ *
+ * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), or
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len,
+ mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify signature, with options.
+ * (Includes verification of the padding depending on type.)
+ *
+ * \param type Signature type (inc. possible padding type) to verify
+ * \param options Pointer to type-specific options, or NULL
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes)
+ * \param sig Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len Signature length
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success (signature is valid),
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if the PK context can't be
+ * used for this type of signatures,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ * signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len,
+ * or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note If hash_len is 0, then the length associated with md_alg
+ * is used instead, or an error returned if it is invalid.
+ *
+ * \note md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, only if hash_len != 0
+ *
+ * \note If type is MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, then options must point
+ * to a mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options structure,
+ * otherwise it must be NULL. Note that if
+ * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is defined, the salt length is not
+ * verified as PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT is used.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t type, const void *options,
+ mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Make signature, including padding if relevant.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ * with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length
+ * \param sig Place to write the signature.
+ * It must have enough room for the signature.
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ * given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len On successful return,
+ * the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ * either PKCS#1 v1.5 or PSS (using the largest possible salt
+ * length up to the hash length), depending on the padding mode
+ * in the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed
+ * by parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default. Use
+ * mbedtls_pk_verify_ext() to explicitly select a different
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0.
+ * For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Make signature given a signature type.
+ *
+ * \param pk_type Signature type.
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ * with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length
+ * \param sig Place to write the signature.
+ * It must have enough room for the signature.
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ * given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len On successful return,
+ * the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note When \p pk_type is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS,
+ * see #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS for a description of PSS options used.
+ *
+ * \note For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0.
+ * For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type,
+ mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_sign()
+ *
+ * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(), but can
+ * return early and restart according to the limit set with
+ * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC
+ * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ * with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes for mbedtls_pk_sign())
+ * \param hash Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len Hash length
+ * \param sig Place to write the signature.
+ * It must have enough room for the signature.
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ * given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len On successful return,
+ * the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart)
+ *
+ * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+ unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Decrypt message (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ * with a private key.
+ * \param input Input to decrypt
+ * \param ilen Input size
+ * \param output Decrypted output
+ * \param olen Decrypted message length
+ * \param osize Size of the output buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ * either PKCS#1 v1.5 or OAEP, depending on the padding mode in
+ * the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed by
+ * parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_decrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Encrypt message (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param input Message to encrypt
+ * \param ilen Message size
+ * \param output Encrypted output
+ * \param olen Encrypted output length
+ * \param osize Size of the output buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ * either PKCS#1 v1.5 or OAEP, depending on the padding mode in
+ * the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed by
+ * parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default.
+ *
+ * \note \p f_rng is used for padding generation.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_encrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if a public-private pair of keys matches.
+ *
+ * \param pub Context holding a public key.
+ * \param prv Context holding a private (and public) key.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success (keys were checked and match each other).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the keys could not
+ * be checked - in that case they may or may not match.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a context is invalid.
+ * \return Another non-zero value if the keys do not match.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_check_pair(const mbedtls_pk_context *pub,
+ const mbedtls_pk_context *prv,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export debug information
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param items Place to write debug items
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_debug(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_debug_item *items);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Access the type name
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return Type name on success, or "invalid PK"
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_pk_get_name(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the key type
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return Type on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE for a context that has not been set up.
+ */
+mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_pk_get_type(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+/**
+ * Quick access to an RSA context inside a PK context.
+ *
+ * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as
+ * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA.
+ * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility.
+ * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The internal RSA context held by the PK context, or NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_rsa_context *mbedtls_pk_rsa(const mbedtls_pk_context pk)
+{
+ switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) {
+ case MBEDTLS_PK_RSA:
+ return (mbedtls_rsa_context *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx);
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+/**
+ * Quick access to an EC context inside a PK context.
+ *
+ * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as
+ * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY,
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH, or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA.
+ * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility.
+ * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The internal EC context held by the PK context, or NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_ecp_keypair *mbedtls_pk_ec(const mbedtls_pk_context pk)
+{
+ switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) {
+ case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY:
+ case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH:
+ case MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA:
+ return (mbedtls_ecp_keypair *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx);
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C)
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a private key in PEM or DER format
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ * but not set up.
+ * \param key Input buffer to parse.
+ * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no
+ * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must
+ * contain a null-terminated string.
+ * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes.
+ * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte,
+ * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`.
+ * \param pwd Optional password for decryption.
+ * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key.
+ * Pass a string of \p pwdlen bytes if expecting an encrypted
+ * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted.
+ * The empty password is not supported.
+ * \param pwdlen Size of the password in bytes.
+ * Ignored if \p pwd is \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a public key in PEM or DER format
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ * but not set up.
+ * \param key Input buffer to parse.
+ * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no
+ * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must
+ * contain a null-terminated string.
+ * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes.
+ * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte,
+ * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`.
+ *
+ * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for
+ * limitations.
+ *
+ * \note The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief Load and parse a private key
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ * but not set up.
+ * \param path filename to read the private key from
+ * \param password Optional password to decrypt the file.
+ * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key.
+ * Pass a null-terminated string if expecting an encrypted
+ * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted.
+ * The empty password is not supported.
+ * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+ const char *path, const char *password,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng);
+
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief Load and parse a public key
+ *
+ * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ * but not set up.
+ * \param path filename to read the public key from
+ *
+ * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If
+ * you need a specific key type, check the result with
+ * mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 DER structure
+ * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ * return value to determine where you should start
+ * using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key.
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ * error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_key_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a public key to a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure
+ * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ * return value to determine where you should start
+ * using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ * error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a public key to a PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a
+ * terminating null byte.
+ * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key.
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a
+ * terminating null byte.
+ * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Low-level functions. You probably do not want to use these unless
+ * you are certain you do ;)
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure
+ *
+ * \param p the position in the ASN.1 data
+ * \param end end of the buffer
+ * \param pk The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ * but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_subpubkey(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
+ mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a subjectPublicKey to ASN.1 data
+ * Note: function works backwards in data buffer
+ *
+ * \param p reference to current position pointer
+ * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
+ * \param key PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ *
+ * \return the length written or a negative error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
+ const mbedtls_pk_context *key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f7681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs12.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#12 Personal Information Exchange Syntax
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x1F80
+/** Feature not available, e.g. unsupported encryption scheme. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x1F00
+/** PBE ASN.1 data not as expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PBE_INVALID_FORMAT -0x1E80
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x1E00
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY 1 /**< encryption/decryption key */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV 2 /**< initialization vector */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY 3 /**< integrity / MAC key */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT MBEDTLS_DECRYPT
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption)
+ * for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's
+ *
+ * \note When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must
+ * be enabled at compile time.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ * future version of the library.
+ * Please use mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext() instead.
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting:
+ * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile
+ * time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ * password are about 1/255).
+ * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile
+ * time, this function does not validate the CBC padding.
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure
+ * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT
+ * \param cipher_type the cipher used
+ * \param md_type the mbedtls_md used
+ * \param pwd Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when
+ * \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used.
+ * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0)
+ * \param data the input data
+ * \param len data length
+ * \param output Output buffer.
+ * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ * possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ * On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len
+ * bytes.
+ * For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ * \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+ mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t len,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption)
+ * for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's
+ *
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting:
+ * - This function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ * password are about 1/255).
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure
+ * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT
+ * \param cipher_type the cipher used
+ * \param md_type the mbedtls_md used
+ * \param pwd Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when
+ * \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used.
+ * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0)
+ * \param data the input data
+ * \param len data length
+ * \param output Output buffer.
+ * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ * possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ * On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len
+ * bytes.
+ * For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ * \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ * \param output_size size of output buffer.
+ * This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus
+ * padding data.
+ * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+ mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type, mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t len,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C && MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief The PKCS#12 derivation function uses a password and a salt
+ * to produce pseudo-random bits for a particular "purpose".
+ *
+ * Depending on the given id, this function can produce an
+ * encryption/decryption key, an initialization vector or an
+ * integrity key.
+ *
+ * \param data buffer to store the derived data in
+ * \param datalen length of buffer to fill
+ * \param pwd The password to use. For compliance with PKCS#12 §B.1, this
+ * should be a BMPString, i.e. a Unicode string where each
+ * character is encoded as 2 bytes in big-endian order, with
+ * no byte order mark and with a null terminator (i.e. the
+ * last two bytes should be 0x00 0x00).
+ * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0).
+ * \param salt Salt buffer to use. This may only be \c NULL when
+ * \p saltlen is 0.
+ * \param saltlen length of the salt (may be zero)
+ * \param mbedtls_md mbedtls_md type to use during the derivation
+ * \param id id that describes the purpose (can be
+ * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY, #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV or
+ * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY)
+ * \param iterations number of iterations
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MD, BIGNUM type error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs12_derivation(unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ const unsigned char *salt, size_t saltlen,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md, int id, int iterations);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs12.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ba5689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs5.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#5 functions
+ *
+ * \author Mathias Olsson <mathias@kompetensum.com>
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x2f80
+/** Unexpected ASN.1 data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_INVALID_FORMAT -0x2f00
+/** Requested encryption or digest alg not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x2e80
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x2e00
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT MBEDTLS_DECRYPT
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS#5 PBES2 function
+ *
+ * \note When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must
+ * be enabled at compile time.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ * future version of the library.
+ * Please use mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext() instead.
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting:
+ * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile
+ * time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ * password are about 1/255).
+ * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile
+ * time, this function does not validate the CBC padding.
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters
+ * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT
+ * \param pwd password to use when generating key
+ * \param pwdlen length of password
+ * \param data data to process
+ * \param datalen length of data
+ * \param output Output buffer.
+ * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ * possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ * On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen
+ * bytes.
+ * For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ * \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS#5 PBES2 function
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting:
+ * - This function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ * password are about 1/255).
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters
+ * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT
+ * \param pwd password to use when generating key
+ * \param pwdlen length of password
+ * \param data data to process
+ * \param datalen length of data
+ * \param output Output buffer.
+ * On success, it contains the decrypted data.
+ * On failure, the content is indetermidate.
+ * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen
+ * bytes.
+ * For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ * \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ * \param output_size size of output buffer.
+ * This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus
+ * padding data.
+ * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if parsing or decryption fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+ const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+ const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+ unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C && MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC without using the HMAC context
+ *
+ * \param md_type Hash algorithm used
+ * \param password Password to use when generating key
+ * \param plen Length of password
+ * \param salt Salt to use when generating key
+ * \param slen Length of salt
+ * \param iteration_count Iteration count
+ * \param key_length Length of generated key in bytes
+ * \param output Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+ const unsigned char *password,
+ size_t plen, const unsigned char *salt, size_t slen,
+ unsigned int iteration_count,
+ uint32_t key_length, unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC
+ *
+ * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext().
+ *
+ * \param ctx Generic HMAC context
+ * \param password Password to use when generating key
+ * \param plen Length of password
+ * \param salt Salt to use when generating key
+ * \param slen Length of salt
+ * \param iteration_count Iteration count
+ * \param key_length Length of generated key in bytes
+ * \param output Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *password,
+ size_t plen,
+ const unsigned char *salt,
+ size_t slen,
+ unsigned int iteration_count,
+ uint32_t key_length,
+ unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs5.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9b4822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs7.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS #7 generic defines and structures
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Note: For the time being, this implementation of the PKCS #7 cryptographic
+ * message syntax is a partial implementation of RFC 2315.
+ * Differences include:
+ * - The RFC specifies 6 different content types. The only type currently
+ * supported in Mbed TLS is the signed-data content type.
+ * - The only supported PKCS #7 Signed Data syntax version is version 1
+ * - The RFC specifies support for BER. This implementation is limited to
+ * DER only.
+ * - The RFC specifies that multiple digest algorithms can be specified
+ * in the Signed Data type. Only one digest algorithm is supported in Mbed TLS.
+ * - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain multiple X.509 or PKCS #6 extended
+ * certificates. In Mbed TLS, this list can only contain 0 or 1 certificates
+ * and they must be in X.509 format.
+ * - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain
+ * certificate-revocation lists (CRLs). This implementation has no support
+ * for CRLs so it is assumed to be an empty list.
+ * - The RFC allows for SignerInfo structure to optionally contain
+ * unauthenticatedAttributes and authenticatedAttributes. In Mbed TLS it is
+ * assumed these fields are empty.
+ * - The RFC allows for the signed Data type to contain contentInfo. This
+ * implementation assumes the type is DATA and the content is empty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h"
+
+/**
+ * \name PKCS #7 Module Error codes
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_FORMAT -0x5300 /**< The format is invalid, e.g. different type expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x5380 /**< Unavailable feature, e.g. anything other than signed data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_VERSION -0x5400 /**< The PKCS #7 version element is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CONTENT_INFO -0x5480 /**< The PKCS #7 content info is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_ALG -0x5500 /**< The algorithm tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CERT -0x5580 /**< The certificate tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNATURE -0x5600 /**< Error parsing the signature */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNER_INFO -0x5680 /**< Error parsing the signer's info */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5700 /**< Input invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_ALLOC_FAILED -0x5780 /**< Allocation of memory failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_VERIFY_FAIL -0x5800 /**< Verification Failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_CERT_DATE_INVALID -0x5880 /**< The PKCS #7 date issued/expired dates are invalid */
+/* \} name */
+
+/**
+ * \name PKCS #7 Supported Version
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SUPPORTED_VERSION 0x01
+/* \} name */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN.1 using DER.
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_buf mbedtls_pkcs7_buf;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN.1 named information objects.
+ * It allows for Relative Distinguished Names (e.g. cn=localhost,ou=code,etc.).
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_named_data mbedtls_pkcs7_name;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_sequence mbedtls_pkcs7_sequence;
+
+/**
+ * PKCS #7 types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_NONE=0,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA,
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_type;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding PKCS #7 signer info
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial);
+ mbedtls_x509_name MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer_raw);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg_identifier);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_alg_identifier);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig);
+ struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding the signed data section
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version);
+ mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(digest_alg_identifiers);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_certs);
+ mbedtls_x509_crt MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(certs);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_crls);
+ mbedtls_x509_crl MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crl);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_signers);
+ mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signers);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding PKCS #7 structure, only signed data for now
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7 {
+ mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(raw);
+ mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signed_data);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize mbedtls_pkcs7 structure.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pkcs7_init(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a single DER formatted PKCS #7 detached signature.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7 The mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to be filled by the parser.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding only the DER encoded PKCS #7 content.
+ * \param buflen The size in bytes of \p buf. The size must be exactly the
+ * length of the DER encoded PKCS #7 content.
+ *
+ * \note This function makes an internal copy of the PKCS #7 buffer
+ * \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed or reused
+ * after this call returns.
+ * \note Signatures with internal data are not supported.
+ *
+ * \return The \c mbedtls_pkcs7_type of \p buf, if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_parse_der(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7, const unsigned char *buf,
+ const size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied
+ * certificate.
+ *
+ * For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function computes
+ * a signature over the supplied data, using the supplied
+ * certificate and the same digest algorithm as specified by the
+ * signer. It then compares this signature against the
+ * signer's signature; verification succeeds if any comparison
+ * matches.
+ *
+ * This function does not use the certificates held within the
+ * PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the
+ * certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure containing signature.
+ * \param cert Certificate containing key to verify signature.
+ * \param data Plain data on which signature has to be verified.
+ * \param datalen Length of the data.
+ *
+ * \note This function internally calculates the hash on the supplied
+ * plain data for signature verification.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+ const unsigned char *data,
+ size_t datalen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied
+ * certificate.
+ *
+ * For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function
+ * validates a signature over the supplied hash, using the
+ * supplied certificate and the same digest algorithm as
+ * specified by the signer. Verification succeeds if any
+ * signature is good.
+ *
+ * This function does not use the certificates held within the
+ * PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the
+ * certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7 PKCS #7 structure containing signature.
+ * \param cert Certificate containing key to verify signature.
+ * \param hash Hash of the plain data on which signature has to be verified.
+ * \param hashlen Length of the hash.
+ *
+ * \note This function is different from mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify()
+ * in that it is directly passed the hash of the data.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_hash_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+ const unsigned char *hash, size_t hashlen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unallocate all PKCS #7 data and zeroize the memory.
+ * It doesn't free \p pkcs7 itself. This should be done by the caller.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pkcs7_free(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs7.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de3d71d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the definitions and functions of the
+ * Mbed TLS platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * The platform abstraction layer removes the need for the library
+ * to directly link to standard C library functions or operating
+ * system services, making the library easier to port and embed.
+ * Application developers and users of the library can provide their own
+ * implementations of these functions, or implementations specific to
+ * their platform, which can be statically linked to the library or
+ * dynamically configured at runtime.
+ *
+ * When all compilation options related to platform abstraction are
+ * disabled, this header just defines `mbedtls_xxx` function names
+ * as aliases to the standard `xxx` function.
+ *
+ * Most modules in the library and example programs are expected to
+ * include this header.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/* The older Microsoft Windows common runtime provides non-conforming
+ * implementations of some standard library functions, including snprintf
+ * and vsnprintf. This affects MSVC and MinGW builds.
+ */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use. */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use. */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use. */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use. */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF printf /**< The default \c printf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< The default \c fprintf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC calloc /**< The default \c calloc function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE free /**< The default \c free function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF setbuf /**< The default \c setbuf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT exit /**< The default \c exit function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME time /**< The default \c time function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS EXIT_SUCCESS /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE EXIT_FAILURE /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE "seedfile"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR)
+#include MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+
+/* Enable certain documented defines only when generating doxygen to avoid
+ * an "unrecognized define" error. */
+#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for calloc and free.
+ * Please see MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+ * in mbedtls_config.h for more information about behaviour and requirements.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO)
+#undef mbedtls_free
+#undef mbedtls_calloc
+#define mbedtls_free MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_calloc MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO
+#else
+/* For size_t */
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *mbedtls_calloc(size_t n, size_t size);
+extern void mbedtls_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function dynamically sets the memory-management
+ * functions used by the library, during runtime.
+ *
+ * \param calloc_func The \c calloc function implementation.
+ * \param free_func The \c free function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(void *(*calloc_func)(size_t, size_t),
+ void (*free_func)(void *));
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO */
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY */
+#undef mbedtls_free
+#undef mbedtls_calloc
+#define mbedtls_free free
+#define mbedtls_calloc calloc
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACRO */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for fprintf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
+/* We need FILE * */
+#include <stdio.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_fprintf)(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function dynamically configures the fprintf
+ * function that is called when the
+ * mbedtls_fprintf() function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param fprintf_func The \c fprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_fprintf(int (*fprintf_func)(FILE *stream, const char *,
+ ...));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_fprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_fprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_fprintf fprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for printf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_printf)(const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function dynamically configures the snprintf
+ * function that is called when the mbedtls_snprintf()
+ * function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param printf_func The \c printf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_printf(int (*printf_func)(const char *, ...));
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_printf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_printf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_printf printf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for snprintf
+ *
+ * The snprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ * (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ * the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+/* For Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_snprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function allows configuring a custom
+ * \c snprintf function pointer.
+ *
+ * \param snprintf_func The \c snprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_snprintf(int (*snprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n,
+ const char *format, ...));
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_snprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_snprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_snprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for vsnprintf
+ *
+ * The vsnprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ * (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ * the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/* For Older Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list arg);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_vsnprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, va_list arg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set your own snprintf function pointer
+ *
+ * \param vsnprintf_func The \c vsnprintf function implementation
+ *
+ * \return \c 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_vsnprintf(int (*vsnprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n,
+ const char *format, va_list arg));
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_vsnprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf vsnprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for setbuf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT)
+#include <stdio.h>
+/**
+ * \brief Function pointer to call for `setbuf()` functionality
+ * (changing the internal buffering on stdio calls).
+ *
+ * \note The library calls this function to disable
+ * buffering when reading or writing sensitive data,
+ * to avoid having extra copies of sensitive data
+ * remaining in stdio buffers after the file is
+ * closed. If this is not a concern, for example if
+ * your platform's stdio doesn't have any buffering,
+ * you can set mbedtls_setbuf to a function that
+ * does nothing.
+ *
+ * The library always calls this function with
+ * `buf` equal to `NULL`.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_setbuf)(FILE *stream, char *buf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Dynamically configure the function that is called
+ * when the mbedtls_setbuf() function is called by the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * \param setbuf_func The \c setbuf function implementation
+ *
+ * \return \c 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_setbuf(void (*setbuf_func)(
+ FILE *stream, char *buf));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_setbuf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO)
+/**
+ * \brief Macro defining the function for the library to
+ * call for `setbuf` functionality (changing the
+ * internal buffering on stdio calls).
+ *
+ * \note See extra comments on the mbedtls_setbuf() function
+ * pointer above.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success, negative on error.
+ */
+#define mbedtls_setbuf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_setbuf setbuf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for exit
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT)
+extern void (*mbedtls_exit)(int status);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function dynamically configures the exit
+ * function that is called when the mbedtls_exit()
+ * function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param exit_func The \c exit function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_exit(void (*exit_func)(int status));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_exit
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_exit MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_exit exit
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The default exit values
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for reading from and writing a seed file to
+ * Non-Volatile storage (NV) in a platform-independent way
+ *
+ * Only enabled when the NV seed entropy source is enabled
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/* Internal standard platform definitions */
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_read)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_write)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function allows configuring custom seed file writing and
+ * reading functions.
+ *
+ * \param nv_seed_read_func The seed reading function implementation.
+ * \param nv_seed_write_func The seed writing function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_nv_seed(
+ int (*nv_seed_read_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len),
+ int (*nv_seed_write_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len)
+ );
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_read
+#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_write
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The platform context structure.
+ *
+ * \note This structure may be used to assist platform-specific
+ * setup or teardown operations.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_platform_context {
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /**< A placeholder member, as empty structs are not portable. */
+}
+mbedtls_platform_context;
+
+#else
+#include "platform_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs any platform-specific initialization
+ * operations.
+ *
+ * \note This function should be called before any other library functions.
+ *
+ * Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ * platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The platform context.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_setup(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx);
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs any platform teardown operations.
+ *
+ * \note This function should be called after every other Mbed TLS module
+ * has been correctly freed using the appropriate free function.
+ *
+ * Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ * platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The platform context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_platform_teardown(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* platform.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97f1963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform_time.h
+ *
+ * \brief Mbed TLS Platform time abstraction
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The time_t datatype
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO)
+typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_time_t;
+#else
+/* For time_t */
+#include <time.h>
+typedef time_t mbedtls_time_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO)
+typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_ms_time_t;
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_ms_time_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get time in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return Monotonically-increasing current time in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \note Define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT to be able to provide an
+ * alternative implementation
+ *
+ * \warning This function returns a monotonically-increasing time value from a
+ * start time that will differ from platform to platform, and possibly
+ * from run to run of the process.
+ *
+ */
+mbedtls_ms_time_t mbedtls_ms_time(void);
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for time
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT)
+extern mbedtls_time_t (*mbedtls_time)(mbedtls_time_t *time);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set your own time function pointer
+ *
+ * \param time_func the time function implementation
+ *
+ * \return 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_time(mbedtls_time_t (*time_func)(mbedtls_time_t *time));
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_time MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_time time
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* platform_time.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b371ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform_util.h
+ *
+ * \brief Common and shared functions used by multiple modules in the Mbed TLS
+ * library.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Internal helper macros for deprecating API constants. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const *mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL) \
+ ((mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t) (VAL))
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef int mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL) \
+ ((mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t) (VAL))
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/* Implementation of the check-return facility.
+ * See the user documentation in mbedtls_config.h.
+ *
+ * Do not use this macro directly to annotate function: instead,
+ * use one of MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL or MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+ * depending on how important it is to check the return value.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700
+#include <sal.h>
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN _Check_return_
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/** Critical-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that its return value should be checked in all applications.
+ * Omitting the check is very likely to indicate a bug in the application
+ * and will result in a compile-time warning if #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+ * is implemented for the compiler in use.
+ *
+ * \note The use of this macro is a work in progress.
+ * This macro may be added to more functions in the future.
+ * Such an extension is not considered an API break, provided that
+ * there are near-unavoidable circumstances under which the function
+ * can fail. For example, signature/MAC/AEAD verification functions,
+ * and functions that require a random generator, are considered
+ * return-check-critical.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+
+/** Ordinary-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that its return value should be generally be checked in portable
+ * applications. Omitting the check will result in a compile-time warning if
+ * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is implemented for the compiler in use and
+ * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING is enabled in the compile-time configuration.
+ *
+ * You can use #MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN to explicitly ignore the return value
+ * of a function that is annotated with #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN.
+ *
+ * \note The use of this macro is a work in progress.
+ * This macro will be added to more functions in the future.
+ * Eventually this should appear before most functions returning
+ * an error code (as \c int in the \c mbedtls_xxx API or
+ * as ::psa_status_t in the \c psa_xxx API).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+#endif
+
+/** Benign-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that it is rarely useful to check its return value.
+ *
+ * This macro has an empty expansion. It exists for documentation purposes:
+ * a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL annotation indicates that the function
+ * has been analyzed for return-check usefulness, whereas the lack of
+ * an annotation indicates that the function has not been analyzed and its
+ * return-check usefulness is unknown.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN
+ *
+ * Call this macro with one argument, a function call, to suppress a warning
+ * from #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN due to that function call.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN)
+/* GCC doesn't silence the warning with just (void)(result).
+ * (void)!(result) is known to work up at least up to GCC 10, as well
+ * as with Clang and MSVC.
+ *
+ * https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.4.6/gcc/Non_002dbugs.html
+ * https://stackoverflow.com/questions/40576003/ignoring-warning-wunused-result
+ * https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66425#c34
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN(result) ((void) !(result))
+#endif
+
+/* If the following macro is defined, the library is being built by the test
+ * framework, and the framework is going to provide a replacement
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() using a preprocessor macro, so the function
+ * declaration should be omitted. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_DEFINES_ZEROIZE) //no-check-names
+/**
+ * \brief Securely zeroize a buffer
+ *
+ * The function is meant to wipe the data contained in a buffer so
+ * that it can no longer be recovered even if the program memory
+ * is later compromised. Call this function on sensitive data
+ * stored on the stack before returning from a function, and on
+ * sensitive data stored on the heap before freeing the heap
+ * object.
+ *
+ * It is extremely difficult to guarantee that calls to
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() are not removed by aggressive
+ * compiler optimizations in a portable way. For this reason, Mbed
+ * TLS provides the configuration option
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT, which allows users to configure
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() to use a suitable implementation for
+ * their platform and needs
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to be zeroized
+ * \param len Length of the buffer in bytes
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_platform_zeroize(void *buf, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+/**
+ * \brief Platform-specific implementation of gmtime_r()
+ *
+ * The function is a thread-safe abstraction that behaves
+ * similarly to the gmtime_r() function from Unix/POSIX.
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS will try to identify the underlying platform and
+ * make use of an appropriate underlying implementation (e.g.
+ * gmtime_r() for POSIX and gmtime_s() for Windows). If this is
+ * not possible, then gmtime() will be used. In this case, calls
+ * from the library to gmtime() will be guarded by the mutex
+ * mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is
+ * enabled. It is recommended that calls from outside the library
+ * are also guarded by this mutex.
+ *
+ * If MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, then Mbed TLS will
+ * unconditionally use the alternative implementation for
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() supplied by the user at compile time.
+ *
+ * \param tt Pointer to an object containing time (in seconds) since the
+ * epoch to be converted
+ * \param tm_buf Pointer to an object where the results will be stored
+ *
+ * \return Pointer to an object of type struct tm on success, otherwise
+ * NULL
+ */
+struct tm *mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(const mbedtls_time_t *tt,
+ struct tm *tm_buf);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61bcaa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/**
+ * \file poly1305.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains Poly1305 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * Poly1305 is a one-time message authenticator that can be used to
+ * authenticate messages. Poly1305-AES was created by Daniel
+ * Bernstein https://cr.yp.to/mac/poly1305-20050329.pdf The generic
+ * Poly1305 algorithm (not tied to AES) was also standardized in RFC
+ * 7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Invalid input parameter(s). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0057
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT)
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_poly1305_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(r)[4]; /** The value for 'r' (low 128 bits of the key). */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s)[4]; /** The value for 's' (high 128 bits of the key). */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(acc)[5]; /** The accumulator number. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue)[16]; /** The current partial block of data. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue_len); /** The number of bytes stored in 'queue'. */
+}
+mbedtls_poly1305_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */
+#include "poly1305_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes the specified Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * It must be the first API called before using
+ * the context.
+ *
+ * It is usually followed by a call to
+ * \c mbedtls_poly1305_starts(), then one or more calls to
+ * \c mbedtls_poly1305_update(), then one call to
+ * \c mbedtls_poly1305_finish(), then finally
+ * \c mbedtls_poly1305_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to initialize. This must
+ * not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_poly1305_init(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function releases and clears the specified
+ * Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ * point to an initialized Poly1305 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_poly1305_free(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets the one-time authentication key.
+ *
+ * \warning The key must be unique and unpredictable for each
+ * invocation of Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to which the key should be bound.
+ * This must be initialized.
+ * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_starts(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This functions feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ * Poly1305 computation.
+ *
+ * It is called between \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_starts() and
+ * \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_finish().
+ * It can be called repeatedly to process a stream of data.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * Any value is accepted.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_update(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates the Poly1305 Message
+ * Authentication Code (MAC).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation.
+ * This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_finish(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the Poly1305 MAC of the input
+ * buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ * \warning The key must be unique and unpredictable for each
+ * invocation of Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * Any value is accepted.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must be
+ * a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_mac(const unsigned char key[32],
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief The Poly1305 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/private_access.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/private_access.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..580f3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/private_access.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/**
+ * \file private_access.h
+ *
+ * \brief Macro wrapper for struct's members.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) private_##member
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) member
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78cc23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa_util.h
+ *
+ * \brief Utility functions for the use of the PSA Crypto library.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+
+/* ASN1 defines used in the ECDSA conversion functions.
+ * Note: intentionally not adding MBEDTLS_ASN1_[PARSE|WRITE]_C guards here
+ * otherwise error codes would be unknown in test_suite_psa_crypto_util.data.*/
+#include <mbedtls/asn1write.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+
+/** The random generator function for the PSA subsystem.
+ *
+ * This function is suitable as the `f_rng` random generator function
+ * parameter of many `mbedtls_xxx` functions.
+ *
+ * The implementation of this function depends on the configuration of the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * \note This function may only be used if the PSA crypto subsystem is active.
+ * This means that you must call psa_crypto_init() before any call to
+ * this function, and you must not call this function after calling
+ * mbedtls_psa_crypto_free().
+ *
+ * \param p_rng This parameter is only kept for backward compatibility
+ * reasons with legacy `f_rng` functions and it's ignored.
+ * Set to #MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE or NULL.
+ * \param output The buffer to fill. It must have room for
+ * \c output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size The number of bytes to write to \p output.
+ * This function may fail if \p output_size is too
+ * large. It is guaranteed to accept any output size
+ * requested by Mbed TLS library functions. The
+ * maximum request size depends on the library
+ * configuration.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An `MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_xxx`,
+ * `MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_xxx,
+ * `MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_xxx` or
+ * `MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_xxx` on error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_psa_get_random(void *p_rng,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t output_size);
+
+/** The random generator state for the PSA subsystem.
+ *
+ * This macro always expands to NULL because the `p_rng` parameter is unused
+ * in mbedtls_psa_get_random(), but it's kept for interface's backward
+ * compatibility.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE NULL
+
+/** \defgroup psa_tls_helpers TLS helper functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#include <mbedtls/ecp.h>
+
+/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the Mbed TLS encoding to PSA.
+ *
+ * \param grpid An Mbed TLS elliptic curve identifier
+ * (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`).
+ * \param[out] bits On success the bit size of the curve; 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \return If the curve is supported in the PSA API, this function
+ * returns the proper PSA curve identifier
+ * (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`). This holds even if the curve is
+ * not supported by the ECP module.
+ * \return \c 0 if the curve is not supported in the PSA API.
+ */
+psa_ecc_family_t mbedtls_ecc_group_to_psa(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grpid,
+ size_t *bits);
+
+/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the PSA encoding to Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \param family A PSA elliptic curve family identifier
+ * (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`).
+ * \param bits The bit-length of a private key on \p curve.
+ *
+ * \return If the curve is supported in the PSA API, this function
+ * returns the corresponding Mbed TLS elliptic curve
+ * identifier (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if the combination of \c curve
+ * and \p bits is not supported.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecc_group_from_psa(psa_ecc_family_t family,
+ size_t bits);
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the PSA algorithm identifier
+ * associated with the given digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type The type of digest to search for. Must not be NONE.
+ *
+ * \warning If \p md_type is \c MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this function will
+ * not return \c PSA_ALG_NONE, but an invalid algorithm.
+ *
+ * \warning This function does not check if the algorithm is
+ * supported, it always returns the corresponding identifier.
+ *
+ * \return The PSA algorithm identifier associated with \p md_type,
+ * regardless of whether it is supported or not.
+ */
+static inline psa_algorithm_t mbedtls_md_psa_alg_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type)
+{
+ return PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | (psa_algorithm_t) md_type;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function returns the given digest type
+ * associated with the PSA algorithm identifier.
+ *
+ * \param psa_alg The PSA algorithm identifier to search for.
+ *
+ * \warning This function does not check if the algorithm is
+ * supported, it always returns the corresponding identifier.
+ *
+ * \return The MD type associated with \p psa_alg,
+ * regardless of whether it is supported or not.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_type_from_psa_alg(psa_algorithm_t psa_alg)
+{
+ return (mbedtls_md_type_t) (psa_alg & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+
+/** Convert an ECDSA signature from raw format to DER ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \param bits Size of each coordinate in bits.
+ * \param raw Buffer that contains the signature in raw format.
+ * \param raw_len Length of \p raw in bytes. This must be
+ * PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) bytes.
+ * \param[out] der Buffer that will be filled with the converted DER
+ * output. It can overlap with raw buffer.
+ * \param der_size Size of \p der in bytes. It is enough if \p der_size
+ * is at least the size of the actual output. (The size
+ * of the output can vary depending on the presence of
+ * leading zeros in the data.) You can use
+ * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(\p bits) to determine a
+ * size that is large enough for all signatures for a
+ * given value of \p bits.
+ * \param[out] der_len On success it contains the amount of valid data
+ * (in bytes) written to \p der. It's undefined
+ * in case of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_raw_to_der(size_t bits, const unsigned char *raw, size_t raw_len,
+ unsigned char *der, size_t der_size, size_t *der_len);
+
+/** Convert an ECDSA signature from DER ASN.1 format to raw format.
+ *
+ * \param bits Size of each coordinate in bits.
+ * \param der Buffer that contains the signature in DER format.
+ * \param der_len Size of \p der in bytes.
+ * \param[out] raw Buffer that will be filled with the converted raw
+ * signature. It can overlap with der buffer.
+ * \param raw_size Size of \p raw in bytes. Must be at least
+ * 2 * PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) bytes.
+ * \param[out] raw_len On success it is updated with the amount of valid
+ * data (in bytes) written to \p raw. It's undefined
+ * in case of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_der_to_raw(size_t bits, const unsigned char *der, size_t der_len,
+ unsigned char *raw, size_t raw_size, size_t *raw_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..279f92b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/**
+ * \file ripemd160.h
+ *
+ * \brief RIPE MD-160 message digest
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief RIPEMD-160 context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ripemd160_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5]; /*!< intermediate digest state */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< data block being processed */
+}
+mbedtls_ripemd160_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */
+#include "ripemd160_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context to be initialized
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_init(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context to be cleared
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_free(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clone (the state of) a RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context
+ * \param src The context to be cloned
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_clone(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_ripemd160_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief RIPEMD-160 context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_starts(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief RIPEMD-160 process buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param input buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen length of the input data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_update(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief RIPEMD-160 final digest
+ *
+ * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param output RIPEMD-160 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_finish(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char output[20]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief RIPEMD-160 process data block (internal use only)
+ *
+ * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param data buffer holding one block of data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_ripemd160_process(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Output = RIPEMD-160( input buffer )
+ *
+ * \param input buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen length of the input data
+ * \param output RIPEMD-160 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160(const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char output[20]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_ripemd160.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1e76b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1164 @@
+/**
+ * \file rsa.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the RSA public-key cryptosystem.
+ *
+ * The RSA public-key cryptosystem is defined in <em>Public-Key
+ * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v1.5: RSA Encryption</em>
+ * and <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1:
+ * RSA Cryptography Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_RSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * RSA Error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x4080
+/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING -0x4100
+/** Something failed during generation of a key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_GEN_FAILED -0x4180
+/** Key failed to pass the validity check of the library. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_CHECK_FAILED -0x4200
+/** The public key operation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x4280
+/** The private key operation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PRIVATE_FAILED -0x4300
+/** The PKCS#1 verification failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED -0x4380
+/** The output buffer for decryption is not large enough. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE -0x4400
+/** The random generator failed to generate non-zeros. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED -0x4480
+
+/*
+ * RSA constants
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 0 /**< Use PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding. */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 1 /**< Use PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SIGN 1 /**< Identifier for RSA signature operations. */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_CRYPT 2 /**< Identifier for RSA encryption and decryption operations. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY -1
+
+/*
+ * The above constants may be used even if the RSA module is compile out,
+ * eg for alternative (PKCS#11) RSA implementations in the PK layers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS)
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS 1024
+#elif MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS < 128
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS must be at least 128 bits"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The RSA context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_rsa_context {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver); /*!< Reserved for internal purposes.
+ * Do not set this field in application
+ * code. Its meaning might change without
+ * notice. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len); /*!< The size of \p N in Bytes. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(N); /*!< The public modulus. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(E); /*!< The public exponent. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(D); /*!< The private exponent. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P); /*!< The first prime factor. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The second prime factor. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DP); /*!< <code>D % (P - 1)</code>. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DQ); /*!< <code>D % (Q - 1)</code>. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(QP); /*!< <code>1 / (Q % P)</code>. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RN); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod N</code>. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod P</code>. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RQ); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod Q</code>. */
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The cached blinding value. */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The cached un-blinding value. */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(padding); /*!< Selects padding mode:
+ #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 for 1.5 padding and
+ #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for OAEP or PSS. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_id); /*!< Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type,
+ as specified in md.h for use in the MGF
+ mask generating function used in the
+ EME-OAEP and EMSA-PSS encodings. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized iff ver != 0. */
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< Thread-safety mutex. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_rsa_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */
+#include "rsa_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note This function initializes the padding and the hash
+ * identifier to respectively #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 and
+ * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. See mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() for more
+ * information about those parameters.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The RSA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_rsa_init(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function sets padding for an already initialized RSA
+ * context.
+ *
+ * \note Set padding to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for the RSAES-OAEP
+ * encryption scheme and the RSASSA-PSS signature scheme.
+ *
+ * \note The \p hash_id parameter is ignored when using
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 padding.
+ *
+ * \note The choice of padding mode is strictly enforced for private
+ * key operations, since there might be security concerns in
+ * mixing padding modes. For public key operations it is
+ * a default value, which can be overridden by calling specific
+ * \c mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_xxx or \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_xxx
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * \note The hash selected in \p hash_id is always used for OEAP
+ * encryption. For PSS signatures, it is always used for
+ * making signatures, but can be overridden for verifying them.
+ * If set to #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it is always overridden.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to be configured.
+ * \param padding The padding mode to use. This must be either
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21.
+ * \param hash_id The hash identifier for PSS or OAEP, if \p padding is
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE is accepted by this
+ * function but may be not suitable for some operations.
+ * Ignored if \p padding is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING failure:
+ * \p padding or \p hash_id is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_set_padding(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, int padding,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t hash_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves padding mode of initialized
+ * RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return RSA padding mode.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_get_padding_mode(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t
+ * type.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports a set of core parameters into an
+ * RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note This function can be called multiple times for successive
+ * imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present.
+ *
+ * Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed
+ * by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and
+ * completes the provided information to a ready-for-use
+ * public or private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which
+ * parameters are necessary to set up a private or public
+ * RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved
+ * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in.
+ * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_import(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *P, const mbedtls_mpi *Q,
+ const mbedtls_mpi *D, const mbedtls_mpi *E);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function imports core RSA parameters, in raw big-endian
+ * binary format, into an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note This function can be called multiple times for successive
+ * imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present.
+ *
+ * Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed
+ * by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and
+ * completes the provided information to a ready-for-use
+ * public or private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which
+ * parameters are necessary to set up a private or public
+ * RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved
+ * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in.
+ * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param N_len The Byte length of \p N; it is ignored if \p N == NULL.
+ * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param P_len The Byte length of \p P; it is ignored if \p P == NULL.
+ * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param Q_len The Byte length of \p Q; it is ignored if \p Q == NULL.
+ * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param D_len The Byte length of \p D; it is ignored if \p D == NULL.
+ * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param E_len The Byte length of \p E; it is ignored if \p E == NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_import_raw(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char const *N, size_t N_len,
+ unsigned char const *P, size_t P_len,
+ unsigned char const *Q, size_t Q_len,
+ unsigned char const *D, size_t D_len,
+ unsigned char const *E, size_t E_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function completes an RSA context from
+ * a set of imported core parameters.
+ *
+ * To setup an RSA public key, precisely \c N and \c E
+ * must have been imported.
+ *
+ * To setup an RSA private key, sufficient information must
+ * be present for the other parameters to be derivable.
+ *
+ * The default implementation supports the following:
+ * <ul><li>Derive \c P, \c Q from \c N, \c D, \c E.</li>
+ * <li>Derive \c N, \c D from \c P, \c Q, \c E.</li></ul>
+ * Alternative implementations need not support these.
+ *
+ * If this function runs successfully, it guarantees that
+ * the RSA context can be used for RSA operations without
+ * the risk of failure or crash.
+ *
+ * \warning This function need not perform consistency checks
+ * for the imported parameters. In particular, parameters that
+ * are not needed by the implementation might be silently
+ * discarded and left unchecked. To check the consistency
+ * of the key material, see mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context holding imported parameters.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the attempted derivations
+ * failed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_complete(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports the core parameters of an RSA key.
+ *
+ * If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers
+ * pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully
+ * written, with additional unused space filled leading by
+ * zero Bytes.
+ *
+ * Possible reasons for returning
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul>
+ * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which
+ * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should
+ * not export it into RAM.</li>
+ * <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain
+ * deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D,
+ * and \p E if the former are not part of the
+ * implementation.</li></ul>
+ *
+ * If the function fails due to an unsupported operation,
+ * the RSA context stays intact and remains usable.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param N The MPI to hold the RSA modulus.
+ * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param P The MPI to hold the first prime factor of \p N.
+ * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param Q The MPI to hold the second prime factor of \p N.
+ * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param D The MPI to hold the private exponent.
+ * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param E The MPI to hold the public exponent.
+ * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the
+ * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing
+ * functionality or because of security policies.
+ * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_mpi *N, mbedtls_mpi *P, mbedtls_mpi *Q,
+ mbedtls_mpi *D, mbedtls_mpi *E);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports core parameters of an RSA key
+ * in raw big-endian binary format.
+ *
+ * If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers
+ * pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully
+ * written, with additional unused space filled leading by
+ * zero Bytes.
+ *
+ * Possible reasons for returning
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul>
+ * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which
+ * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should
+ * not export it into RAM.</li>
+ * <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain
+ * deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D,
+ * and \p E if the former are not part of the
+ * implementation.</li></ul>
+ * If the function fails due to an unsupported operation,
+ * the RSA context stays intact and remains usable.
+ *
+ * \note The length parameters are ignored if the corresponding
+ * buffer pointers are NULL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param N The Byte array to store the RSA modulus,
+ * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param N_len The size of the buffer for the modulus.
+ * \param P The Byte array to hold the first prime factor of \p N,
+ * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param P_len The size of the buffer for the first prime factor.
+ * \param Q The Byte array to hold the second prime factor of \p N,
+ * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param Q_len The size of the buffer for the second prime factor.
+ * \param D The Byte array to hold the private exponent,
+ * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param D_len The size of the buffer for the private exponent.
+ * \param E The Byte array to hold the public exponent,
+ * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param E_len The size of the buffer for the public exponent.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the
+ * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing
+ * functionality or because of security policies.
+ * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export_raw(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *N, size_t N_len,
+ unsigned char *P, size_t P_len,
+ unsigned char *Q, size_t Q_len,
+ unsigned char *D, size_t D_len,
+ unsigned char *E, size_t E_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function exports CRT parameters of a private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note Alternative RSA implementations not using CRT-parameters
+ * internally can implement this function based on
+ * mbedtls_rsa_deduce_opt().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param DP The MPI to hold \c D modulo `P-1`,
+ * or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ * \param DQ The MPI to hold \c D modulo `Q-1`,
+ * or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ * \param QP The MPI to hold modular inverse of \c Q modulo \c P,
+ * or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A non-zero error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export_crt(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_mpi *DP, mbedtls_mpi *DQ, mbedtls_mpi *QP);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the length of the RSA modulus in bits.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return The length of the RSA modulus in bits.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the length of RSA modulus in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return The length of the RSA modulus in Bytes.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_len(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function generates an RSA keypair.
+ *
+ * \note mbedtls_rsa_init() must be called before this function,
+ * to set up the RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context used to hold the key.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used for key generation.
+ * This is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param nbits The size of the public key in bits.
+ * \param exponent The public exponent to use. For example, \c 65537.
+ * This must be odd and greater than \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_gen_key(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ unsigned int nbits, int exponent);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks if a context contains at least an RSA
+ * public key.
+ *
+ * If the function runs successfully, it is guaranteed that
+ * enough information is present to perform an RSA public key
+ * operation using mbedtls_rsa_public().
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks if a context contains an RSA private key
+ * and perform basic consistency checks.
+ *
+ * \note The consistency checks performed by this function not only
+ * ensure that mbedtls_rsa_private() can be called successfully
+ * on the given context, but that the various parameters are
+ * mutually consistent with high probability, in the sense that
+ * mbedtls_rsa_public() and mbedtls_rsa_private() are inverses.
+ *
+ * \warning This function should catch accidental misconfigurations
+ * like swapping of parameters, but it cannot establish full
+ * trust in neither the quality nor the consistency of the key
+ * material that was used to setup the given RSA context:
+ * <ul><li>Consistency: Imported parameters that are irrelevant
+ * for the implementation might be silently dropped. If dropped,
+ * the current function does not have access to them,
+ * and therefore cannot check them. See mbedtls_rsa_complete().
+ * If you want to check the consistency of the entire
+ * content of a PKCS1-encoded RSA private key, for example, you
+ * should use mbedtls_rsa_validate_params() before setting
+ * up the RSA context.
+ * Additionally, if the implementation performs empirical checks,
+ * these checks substantiate but do not guarantee consistency.</li>
+ * <li>Quality: This function is not expected to perform
+ * extended quality assessments like checking that the prime
+ * factors are safe. Additionally, it is the responsibility of the
+ * user to ensure the trustworthiness of the source of his RSA
+ * parameters, which goes beyond what is effectively checkable
+ * by the library.</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function checks a public-private RSA key pair.
+ *
+ * It checks each of the contexts, and makes sure they match.
+ *
+ * \param pub The initialized RSA context holding the public key.
+ * \param prv The initialized RSA context holding the private key.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_pub_priv(const mbedtls_rsa_context *pub,
+ const mbedtls_rsa_context *prv);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an RSA public key operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not handle message padding.
+ *
+ * \note Make sure to set \p input[0] = 0 or ensure that
+ * input is smaller than \c N.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_public(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an RSA private key operation.
+ *
+ * \note Blinding is used if and only if a PRNG is provided.
+ *
+ * \note If blinding is used, both the base of exponentiation
+ * and the exponent are blinded, providing protection
+ * against some side-channel attacks.
+ *
+ * \warning It is deprecated and a security risk to not provide
+ * a PRNG here and thereby prevent the use of blinding.
+ * Future versions of the library may enforce the presence
+ * of a PRNG.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function, used for blinding. It is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to pass to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_private(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function adds the message padding, then performs an RSA
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 encryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG to use. It is used for padding generation
+ * and it is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. May be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes.
+ * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ size_t ilen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption operation
+ * (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-ENCRYPT).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. It is mandatory and used for
+ * padding generation.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes.
+ * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ size_t ilen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP encryption
+ * operation (RSAES-OAEP-ENCRYPT).
+ *
+ * \note The output buffer must be as large as the size
+ * of ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This is needed for padding
+ * generation and is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len
+ * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0.
+ * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the plaintext buffer \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ * `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len,
+ size_t ilen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an RSA operation, then removes the
+ * message padding.
+ *
+ * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 decryption
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * \warning When \p ctx->padding is set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15,
+ * mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt() is called, which is an
+ * inherently dangerous function (CWE-242).
+ *
+ * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N (for example,
+ * 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used) to be able to hold an
+ * arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to
+ * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided,
+ * the function returns \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of
+ * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 decryption
+ * operation (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-DECRYPT).
+ *
+ * \warning This is an inherently dangerous function (CWE-242). Unless
+ * it is used in a side channel free and safe way (eg.
+ * implementing the TLS protocol as per 7.4.7.1 of RFC 5246),
+ * the calling code is vulnerable.
+ *
+ * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for example,
+ * 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to hold an
+ * arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to
+ * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided,
+ * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of
+ * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP decryption
+ * operation (RSAES-OAEP-DECRYPT).
+ *
+ * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for
+ * example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to
+ * hold an arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not
+ * large enough to hold the decryption of the particular
+ * ciphertext provided, the function returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ * mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len
+ * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0.
+ * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes.
+ * \param olen The address at which to store the length of
+ * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len,
+ size_t *olen,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a private RSA operation to sign
+ * a message digest using PKCS#1.
+ *
+ * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1
+ * signature.
+ *
+ * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size
+ * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \note For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on
+ * mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign() for details on
+ * \p md_alg and \p hash_id.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This is mandatory and
+ * must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 signature
+ * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ unsigned char *sig);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature
+ * operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ * encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ * Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ * \note This function enforces that the provided salt length complies
+ * with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1 v2.2) §9.1.1
+ * step 3. The constraint is that the hash length plus the salt
+ * length plus 2 bytes must be at most the key length. If this
+ * constraint is not met, this function returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param saltlen The length of the salt that should be used.
+ * If passed #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY, the function will use
+ * the largest possible salt length up to the hash length,
+ * which is the largest permitted by some standards including
+ * FIPS 186-4 §5.5.
+ * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ int saltlen,
+ unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature
+ * operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ * encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ * Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ * \note This function always uses the maximum possible salt size,
+ * up to the length of the payload hash. This choice of salt
+ * size complies with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1
+ * v2.2) §9.1.1 step 3. Furthermore this function enforces a
+ * minimum salt size which is the hash size minus 2 bytes. If
+ * this minimum size is too large given the key size (the salt
+ * size, plus the hash size, plus 2 bytes must be no more than
+ * the key size in bytes), this function returns
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ unsigned char *sig);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a public RSA operation and checks
+ * the message digest.
+ *
+ * This is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1
+ * verification.
+ *
+ * \note For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on
+ * mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify() about \c md_alg and
+ * \c hash_id.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 verification
+ * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification
+ * operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ * encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ * Specifications</em>. If the \c hash_id set in \p ctx by
+ * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, the \p md_alg
+ * parameter is used.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification
+ * operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size
+ * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param mgf1_hash_id The message digest algorithm used for the
+ * verification operation and the mask generation
+ * function (MGF1). For more details on the encoding
+ * operation and the mask generation function, consult
+ * <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key Cryptography Standards
+ * (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ * Specifications</em>.
+ * \param expected_salt_len The length of the salt used in padding. Use
+ * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length.
+ * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ unsigned int hashlen,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id,
+ int expected_salt_len,
+ const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function copies the components of an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The source context. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_copy(mbedtls_rsa_context *dst, const mbedtls_rsa_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function frees the components of an RSA key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The RSA context to free. May be \c NULL, in which case
+ * this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ * point to an initialized RSA context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_rsa_free(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The RSA checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* rsa.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..592ffd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha1.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-1 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) cryptographic hash function is defined in
+ * <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes
+ * a security risk. We recommend considering stronger message
+ * digests instead.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-1 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0073
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-1 context structure.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha1_context {
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< The data block being processed. */
+}
+mbedtls_sha1_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+#include "sha1_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize.
+ * This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_init(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function does nothing. If it is
+ * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized
+ * SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_free(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param dst The SHA-1 context to clone to. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The SHA-1 context to clone from. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_clone(mbedtls_sha1_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_sha1_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a SHA-1 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_starts(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing SHA-1
+ * checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_update(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the SHA-1 operation, and writes
+ * the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized and
+ * have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable
+ * buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_finish(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char output[20]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief SHA-1 process data block (internal use only).
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data The data block being processed. This must be a
+ * readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the SHA-1 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The SHA-1 result is calculated as
+ * output = SHA-1(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data.
+ * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1(const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char output[20]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-1 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ * stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha1.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca568e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha256.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-224 and SHA-256 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms 224 and 256 (SHA-224 and SHA-256) cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA256_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-256 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0074
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-256 context structure.
+ *
+ * The structure is used both for SHA-256 and for SHA-224
+ * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is
+ * made in the call to mbedtls_sha256_starts().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha256_context {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< The data block being processed. */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is224); /*!< Determines which function to use:
+ 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_sha256_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */
+#include "sha256_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_init(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ * it must point to an initialized SHA-256 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_free(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_clone(mbedtls_sha256_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_sha256_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param is224 This determines which function to use. This must be
+ * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \note is224 must be defined accordingly to the enabled
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA224_C/MBEDTLS_SHA256_C symbols otherwise the
+ * function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_starts(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ * SHA-256 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_update(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the SHA-256 operation, and writes
+ * the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes
+ * for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_finish(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function processes a single data block within
+ * the ongoing SHA-256 computation. This function is for
+ * internal use only.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha256_process(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the SHA-224 or SHA-256
+ * checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The SHA-256 result is calculated as
+ * output = SHA-256(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes
+ * for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224.
+ * \param is224 Determines which function to use. This must be
+ * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256(const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ int is224);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-224 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha224_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA224_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-256 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha256.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha3.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eeee65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha3.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-3 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 202: SHA-3 Standard:
+ * Permutation-Based Hash and Extendable-Output Functions </em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA3_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** SHA-3 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA3_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0076
+
+/**
+ * SHA-3 family id.
+ *
+ * It identifies the family (SHA3-256, SHA3-512, etc.)
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_SHA3_NONE = 0, /*!< Operation not defined. */
+ MBEDTLS_SHA3_224, /*!< SHA3-224 */
+ MBEDTLS_SHA3_256, /*!< SHA3-256 */
+ MBEDTLS_SHA3_384, /*!< SHA3-384 */
+ MBEDTLS_SHA3_512, /*!< SHA3-512 */
+} mbedtls_sha3_id;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-3 context structure.
+ *
+ * The structure is used SHA-3 checksum calculations.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state[25]);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(index);
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(olen);
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_block_size);
+}
+mbedtls_sha3_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-3 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_init(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-3 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ * it must point to an initialized SHA-3 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_free(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_clone(mbedtls_sha3_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_sha3_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a SHA-3 checksum
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param id The id of the SHA-3 family.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_starts(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx, mbedtls_sha3_id id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ * SHA-3 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_update(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the SHA-3 operation, and writes
+ * the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output The SHA-3 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes.
+ * \param olen Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256,
+ * SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64,
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_finish(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx,
+ uint8_t *output, size_t olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the SHA-3
+ * checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The SHA-3 result is calculated as
+ * output = SHA-3(id, input buffer, d).
+ *
+ * \param id The id of the SHA-3 family.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output The SHA-3 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes.
+ * \param olen Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256,
+ * SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64,
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3(mbedtls_sha3_id id, const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief Checkup routine for the algorithms implemented
+ * by this module: SHA3-224, SHA3-256, SHA3-384, SHA3-512.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha3.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c20e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha512.h
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-384 and SHA-512 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms 384 and 512 (SHA-384 and SHA-512) cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA512_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-512 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0075
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-512 context structure.
+ *
+ * The structure is used both for SHA-384 and for SHA-512
+ * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is
+ * made in the call to mbedtls_sha512_starts().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha512_context {
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[128]; /*!< The data block being processed. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is384); /*!< Determines which function to use:
+ 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_sha512_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */
+#include "sha512_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function initializes a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. This must
+ * not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_init(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clears a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ * in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ * is not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized
+ * SHA-512 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_free(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_clone(mbedtls_sha512_context *dst,
+ const mbedtls_sha512_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function starts a SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be
+ * either \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \note is384 must be defined accordingly to the enabled
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA384_C/MBEDTLS_SHA512_C symbols otherwise the
+ * function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_starts(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ * SHA-512 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ * be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_update(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function finishes the SHA-512 operation, and writes
+ * the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized
+ * and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes
+ * for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_finish(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+ unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function processes a single data block within
+ * the ongoing SHA-512 computation.
+ * This function is for internal use only.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This
+ * must be a readable buffer of length \c 128 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha512_process(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char data[128]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function calculates the SHA-512 or SHA-384
+ * checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * The function allocates the context, performs the
+ * calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ * The SHA-512 result is calculated as
+ * output = SHA-512(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be
+ * a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result.
+ * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes
+ * for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384.
+ * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be either
+ * \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \note is384 must be defined accordingly with the supported
+ * symbols in the config file. If:
+ * - is384 is 0, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA384_C is not defined, or
+ * - is384 is 1, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA512_C is not defined
+ * then the function will return
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512(const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t ilen,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ int is384);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-384 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha384_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA384_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+/**
+ * \brief The SHA-512 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha512.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca130a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5598 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL/TLS functions.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_H
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h"
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crl.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#include "mbedtls/dhm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED)
+#include "mbedtls/ecdh.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+
+/*
+ * SSL Error codes
+ */
+/** A cryptographic operation is in progress. Try again later. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS -0x7000
+/** The requested feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x7080
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x7100
+/** Verification of the message MAC failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC -0x7180
+/** An invalid SSL record was received. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD -0x7200
+/** The connection indicated an EOF. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONN_EOF -0x7280
+/** A message could not be parsed due to a syntactic error. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_DECODE_ERROR -0x7300
+/* Error space gap */
+/** No RNG was provided to the SSL module. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_RNG -0x7400
+/** No client certification received from the client, but required by the authentication mode. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE -0x7480
+/** Client received an extended server hello containing an unsupported extension */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION -0x7500
+/** No ALPN protocols supported that the client advertises */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL -0x7580
+/** The own private key or pre-shared key is not set, but needed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_REQUIRED -0x7600
+/** No CA Chain is set, but required to operate. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CA_CHAIN_REQUIRED -0x7680
+/** An unexpected message was received from our peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE -0x7700
+/** A fatal alert message was received from our peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FATAL_ALERT_MESSAGE -0x7780
+/** No server could be identified matching the client's SNI. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME -0x7800
+/** The peer notified us that the connection is going to be closed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY -0x7880
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** Processing of the Certificate handshake message failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CERTIFICATE -0x7A00
+/* Error space gap */
+/**
+ * Received NewSessionTicket Post Handshake Message.
+ * This error code is experimental and may be changed or removed without notice.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET -0x7B00
+/** Not possible to read early data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA -0x7B80
+/**
+ * Early data has been received as part of an on-going handshake.
+ * This error code can be returned only on server side if and only if early
+ * data has been enabled by means of the mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data() API.
+ * This error code can then be returned by mbedtls_ssl_handshake(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or mbedtls_ssl_write() if
+ * early data has been received as part of the handshake sequence they
+ * triggered. To read the early data, call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data().
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA -0x7C00
+/** Not possible to write early data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA -0x7C80
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** Cache entry not found */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND -0x7E80
+/** Memory allocation failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED -0x7F00
+/** Hardware acceleration function returned with error */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x7F80
+/** Hardware acceleration function skipped / left alone data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH -0x6F80
+/** Handshake protocol not within min/max boundaries */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_PROTOCOL_VERSION -0x6E80
+/** The handshake negotiation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE -0x6E00
+/** Session ticket has expired. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED -0x6D80
+/** Public key type mismatch (eg, asked for RSA key exchange and presented EC key) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH -0x6D00
+/** Unknown identity received (eg, PSK identity) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNKNOWN_IDENTITY -0x6C80
+/** Internal error (eg, unexpected failure in lower-level module) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INTERNAL_ERROR -0x6C00
+/** A counter would wrap (eg, too many messages exchanged). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_COUNTER_WRAPPING -0x6B80
+/** Unexpected message at ServerHello in renegotiation. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WAITING_SERVER_HELLO_RENEGO -0x6B00
+/** DTLS client must retry for hello verification */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED -0x6A80
+/** A buffer is too small to receive or write a message */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x6A00
+/* Error space gap */
+/** No data of requested type currently available on underlying transport. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ -0x6900
+/** Connection requires a write call. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE -0x6880
+/** The operation timed out. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT -0x6800
+/** The client initiated a reconnect from the same port. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT -0x6780
+/** Record header looks valid but is not expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD -0x6700
+/** The alert message received indicates a non-fatal error. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NON_FATAL -0x6680
+/** A field in a message was incorrect or inconsistent with other fields. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER -0x6600
+/** Internal-only message signaling that further message-processing should be done */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONTINUE_PROCESSING -0x6580
+/** The asynchronous operation is not completed yet. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS -0x6500
+/** Internal-only message signaling that a message arrived early. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_EARLY_MESSAGE -0x6480
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** An encrypted DTLS-frame with an unexpected CID was received. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID -0x6000
+/** An operation failed due to an unexpected version or configuration. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH -0x5F00
+/** Invalid value in SSL config */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CONFIG -0x5E80
+
+/*
+ * Constants from RFC 8446 for TLS 1.3 PSK modes
+ *
+ * Those are used in the Pre-Shared Key Exchange Modes extension.
+ * See Section 4.2.9 in RFC 8446.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_PURE 0 /* Pure PSK-based exchange */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_ECDHE 1 /* PSK+ECDHE-based exchange */
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 NamedGroup values
+ *
+ * From RF 8446
+ * enum {
+ * // Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE)
+ * secp256r1(0x0017), secp384r1(0x0018), secp521r1(0x0019),
+ * x25519(0x001D), x448(0x001E),
+ * // Finite Field Groups (DHE)
+ * ffdhe2048(0x0100), ffdhe3072(0x0101), ffdhe4096(0x0102),
+ * ffdhe6144(0x0103), ffdhe8192(0x0104),
+ * // Reserved Code Points
+ * ffdhe_private_use(0x01FC..0x01FF),
+ * ecdhe_private_use(0xFE00..0xFEFF),
+ * (0xFFFF)
+ * } NamedGroup;
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE) */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_NONE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192K1 0x0012
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192R1 0x0013
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224K1 0x0014
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224R1 0x0015
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256K1 0x0016
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256R1 0x0017
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP384R1 0x0018
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP521R1 0x0019
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP256R1 0x001A
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP384R1 0x001B
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP512R1 0x001C
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X25519 0x001D
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X448 0x001E
+/* Finite Field Groups (DHE) */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE2048 0x0100
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE3072 0x0101
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE4096 0x0102
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE6144 0x0103
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE8192 0x0104
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 Key Exchange Modes
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS internal identifiers for use with the SSL configuration API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes().
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK (1u << 0) /*!< Pure-PSK TLS 1.3 key exchange,
+ * encompassing both externally agreed PSKs
+ * as well as resumption PSKs. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL (1u << 1) /*!< Pure-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges,
+ * including for example ECDHE and DHE
+ * key exchanges. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL (1u << 2) /*!< PSK-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges,
+ * using both a PSK and an ephemeral
+ * key exchange. */
+
+/* Convenience macros for sets of key exchanges. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL \
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All TLS 1.3 key exchanges */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL \
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All PSK-based TLS 1.3 key exchanges */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL \
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_NONE (0)
+
+/*
+ * Various constants
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/* These are the high and low bytes of ProtocolVersion as defined by:
+ * - RFC 5246: ProtocolVersion version = { 3, 3 }; // TLS v1.2
+ * - RFC 8446: see section 4.2.1
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3 3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 3 /*!< TLS v1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 4 /*!< TLS v1.3 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM 0 /*!< TLS */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM 1 /*!< DTLS */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN 255 /*!< Maximum host name defined in RFC 1035 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_NAME_LEN 255 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of a protocol name in alpn ext., RFC 7301 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_LIST_LEN 65535 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of list in alpn ext., RFC 7301 */
+
+/* RFC 6066 section 4, see also mfl_code_to_length in ssl_tls.c
+ * NONE must be zero so that memset()ing structure to zero works */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE 0 /*!< don't use this extension */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512 1 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^9 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024 2 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^10 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048 3 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^11 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096 4 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^12 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_INVALID 5 /*!< first invalid value */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COMPRESS_NULL 0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED 2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_UNSET 3 /* Used only for sni_authmode */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SECURE_RENEGOTIATION 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED -1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGO_MAX_RECORDS_DEFAULT 16
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE 2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_ENABLED 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_LEN 10 /* 80 bits, rfc 6066 section 7 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_SUITEB 2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED 0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER 0
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN 48
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN 32
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+/*
+ * Default range for DTLS retransmission timer value, in milliseconds.
+ * RFC 6347 4.2.4.1 says from 1 second to 60 seconds.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MIN 1000
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MAX 60000
+
+/*
+ * Whether early data record should be discarded or not and how.
+ *
+ * The client has indicated early data and the server has rejected them.
+ * The server has then to skip past early data by either:
+ * - attempting to deprotect received records using the handshake traffic
+ * key, discarding records which fail deprotection (up to the configured
+ * max_early_data_size). Once a record is deprotected successfully,
+ * it is treated as the start of the client's second flight and the
+ * server proceeds as with an ordinary 1-RTT handshake.
+ * - skipping all records with an external content type of
+ * "application_data" (indicating that they are encrypted), up to the
+ * configured max_early_data_size. This is the expected behavior if the
+ * server has sent an HelloRetryRequest message. The server ignores
+ * application data message before 2nd ClientHello.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_NO_DISCARD 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_TRY_TO_DEPROTECT_AND_DISCARD 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISCARD 2
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Maximum fragment length in bytes,
+ * determines the size of each of the two internal I/O buffers.
+ *
+ * Note: the RFC defines the default size of SSL / TLS messages. If you
+ * change the value here, other clients / servers may not be able to
+ * communicate with you anymore. Only change this value if you control
+ * both sides of the connection and have it reduced at both sides, or
+ * if you're using the Max Fragment Length extension and you know all your
+ * peers are using it too!
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of
+ * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Maximum length of CIDs for incoming and outgoing messages.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+/*
+ * Default to standard CID mode
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Length of the verify data for secure renegotiation
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN 12
+
+/*
+ * Signaling ciphersuite values (SCSV)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EMPTY_RENEGOTIATION_INFO 0xFF /**< renegotiation info ext */
+
+/*
+ * Supported Signature and Hash algorithms (For TLS 1.2)
+ * RFC 5246 section 7.4.1.4.1
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_NONE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_MD5 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA1 2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA224 3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA256 4
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA384 5
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA512 6
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ANON 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_RSA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ECDSA 3
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 signature algorithms
+ * RFC 8446, Section 4.2.3
+ */
+
+/* RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601
+
+/* ECDSA algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603
+
+/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID rsaEncryption */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806
+
+/* EdDSA algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED25519 0x0807
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED448 0x0808
+
+/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID RSASSA-PSS */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA256 0x0809
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA384 0x080A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA512 0x080B
+
+/* LEGACY ALGORITHMS */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE 0x0
+
+/*
+ * Client Certificate Types
+ * RFC 5246 section 7.4.4 plus RFC 4492 section 5.5
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_RSA_SIGN 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_ECDSA_SIGN 64
+
+/*
+ * Message, alert and handshake types
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 20
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_ALERT 21
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_HANDSHAKE 22
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_APPLICATION_DATA 23
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CID 25
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL 2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CLOSE_NOTIFY 0 /* 0x00 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 10 /* 0x0A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_RECORD_MAC 20 /* 0x14 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPTION_FAILED 21 /* 0x15 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_RECORD_OVERFLOW 22 /* 0x16 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 30 /* 0x1E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 40 /* 0x28 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_CERT 41 /* 0x29 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_CERT 42 /* 0x2A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_CERT 43 /* 0x2B */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REVOKED 44 /* 0x2C */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_EXPIRED 45 /* 0x2D */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_UNKNOWN 46 /* 0x2E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 47 /* 0x2F */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_CA 48 /* 0x30 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ACCESS_DENIED 49 /* 0x31 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECODE_ERROR 50 /* 0x32 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPT_ERROR 51 /* 0x33 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 60 /* 0x3C */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_PROTOCOL_VERSION 70 /* 0x46 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 71 /* 0x47 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INTERNAL_ERROR 80 /* 0x50 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INAPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 86 /* 0x56 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_USER_CANCELED 90 /* 0x5A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_RENEGOTIATION 100 /* 0x64 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_MISSING_EXTENSION 109 /* 0x6d -- new in TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_EXT 110 /* 0x6E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 112 /* 0x70 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 115 /* 0x73 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REQUIRED 116 /* 0x74 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 120 /* 0x78 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_REQUEST 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_HELLO 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO 2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST 3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_NEW_SESSION_TICKET 4
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 5
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 8
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE 11
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE 12
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 13
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO_DONE 14
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 15
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 16
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_FINISHED 20
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_MESSAGE_HASH 254
+
+/*
+ * TLS extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME 0
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME_HOSTNAME 0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_TRUNCATED_HMAC 4
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_STATUS_REQUEST 5 /* RFC 6066 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVES 10
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_GROUPS 10 /* RFC 8422,7919 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_POINT_FORMATS 11
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG 13 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_USE_SRTP 14
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT 15 /* RFC 6520 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ALPN 16
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SCT 18 /* RFC 6962 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CLI_CERT_TYPE 19 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERV_CERT_TYPE 20 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PADDING 21 /* RFC 7685 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC 22 /* 0x16 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET 0x0017 /* 23 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT 28 /* RFC 8449 (implemented for TLS 1.3 only) */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SESSION_TICKET 35
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PRE_SHARED_KEY 41 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EARLY_DATA 42 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS 43 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_COOKIE 44 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PSK_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODES 45 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CERT_AUTH 47 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_OID_FILTERS 48 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH 49 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG_CERT 50 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_KEY_SHARE 51 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+
+#if MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT == 0
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID 54 /* RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID 254 /* Pre-RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ECJPAKE_KKPP 256 /* experimental */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RENEGOTIATION_INFO 0xFF01
+
+/*
+ * Size defines
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN)
+/*
+ * If the library supports TLS 1.3 tickets and the cipher suite
+ * TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384, set the PSK maximum length to 48 instead of 32.
+ * That way, the TLS 1.3 client and server are able to resume sessions where
+ * the cipher suite is TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384 (pre-shared keys are 48
+ * bytes long in that case).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AES) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 48 /* 384 bits */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /* 256 bits */
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN */
+
+/* Dummy type used only for its size */
+union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret {
+ unsigned char dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with SSL disabled */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_rsa[48]; /* RFC 5246 8.1.1 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_dhm[MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE]; /* RFC 5246 8.1.2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_ecdh[MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES]; /* RFC 4492 5.10 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_psk[4 + 2 * MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_dhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE
+ + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 3 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_rsa_psk[52 + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 4 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_ecdhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES
+ + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 5489 2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+ unsigned char _pms_ecjpake[32]; /* Thread spec: SHA-256 output */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PREMASTER_SIZE sizeof(union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+
+
+/* Length in number of bytes of the TLS sequence number */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN 8
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * SSL state machine
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_REQUEST,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_HELLO,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CERTIFICATE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_DONE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_FINISHED,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_FINISHED,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_FLUSH_BUFFERS,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WRAPUP,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_NEW_SESSION_TICKET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_SENT,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_END_OF_EARLY_DATA,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_FINISHED,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_BEFORE_2ND_CLIENT_HELLO,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_HELLO,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_CLIENT_HELLO,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET_FLUSH,
+}
+mbedtls_ssl_states;
+
+/*
+ * Early data status, client side only.
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+typedef enum {
+/*
+ * See documentation of mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status().
+ */
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_INDICATED,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED,
+} mbedtls_ssl_early_data_status;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: send data on the network.
+ *
+ * \note That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context for the send callback (typically a file descriptor)
+ * \param buf Buffer holding the data to send
+ * \param len Length of the data to send
+ *
+ * \return The callback must return the number of bytes sent if any,
+ * or a non-zero error code.
+ * If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ * must be returned when the operation would block.
+ *
+ * \note The callback is allowed to send fewer bytes than requested.
+ * It must always return the number of bytes actually sent.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_send_t(void *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: receive data from the network.
+ *
+ * \note That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context for the receive callback (typically a file
+ * descriptor)
+ * \param buf Buffer to write the received data to
+ * \param len Length of the receive buffer
+ *
+ * \returns If data has been received, the positive number of bytes received.
+ * \returns \c 0 if the connection has been closed.
+ * \returns If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ
+ * must be returned when the operation would block.
+ * \returns Another negative error code on other kinds of failures.
+ *
+ * \note The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the
+ * buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually
+ * received and written to the buffer.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_t(void *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: receive data from the network, with timeout
+ *
+ * \note That callback must block until data is received, or the
+ * timeout delay expires, or the operation is interrupted by a
+ * signal.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context for the receive callback (typically a file descriptor)
+ * \param buf Buffer to write the received data to
+ * \param len Length of the receive buffer
+ * \param timeout Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data
+ * 0 means no timeout (potentially waiting forever)
+ *
+ * \return The callback must return the number of bytes received,
+ * or a non-zero error code:
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out,
+ * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal.
+ *
+ * \note The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the
+ * buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually
+ * received and written to the buffer.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t(void *ctx,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len,
+ uint32_t timeout);
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: set a pair of timers/delays to watch
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context pointer
+ * \param int_ms Intermediate delay in milliseconds
+ * \param fin_ms Final delay in milliseconds
+ * 0 cancels the current timer.
+ *
+ * \note This callback must at least store the necessary information
+ * for the associated \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t callback to
+ * return correct information.
+ *
+ * \note If using an event-driven style of programming, an event must
+ * be generated when the final delay is passed. The event must
+ * cause a call to \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the proper
+ * SSL context to be scheduled. Care must be taken to ensure
+ * that at most one such call happens at a time.
+ *
+ * \note Only one timer at a time must be running. Calling this
+ * function while a timer is running must cancel it. Cancelled
+ * timers must not generate any event.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t(void *ctx,
+ uint32_t int_ms,
+ uint32_t fin_ms);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: get status of timers/delays
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context pointer
+ *
+ * \return This callback must return:
+ * -1 if cancelled (fin_ms == 0),
+ * 0 if none of the delays have passed,
+ * 1 if only the intermediate delay has passed,
+ * 2 if the final delay has passed.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t(void *ctx);
+
+/* Defined below */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_session mbedtls_ssl_session;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_context mbedtls_ssl_context;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_config mbedtls_ssl_config;
+
+/* Defined in library/ssl_misc.h */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_transform mbedtls_ssl_transform;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t;
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_key_cert mbedtls_ssl_key_cert;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_flight_item mbedtls_ssl_flight_item;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK /* 1U << 0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL /* 1U << 2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA (1U << 3)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_FLAGS_MASK \
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION | \
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA)
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: server-side session cache getter
+ *
+ * The session cache is logically a key value store, with
+ * keys being session IDs and values being instances of
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session.
+ *
+ * This callback retrieves an entry in this key-value store.
+ *
+ * \param data The address of the session cache structure to query.
+ * \param session_id The buffer holding the session ID to query.
+ * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in Bytes.
+ * \param session The address of the session structure to populate.
+ * It is initialized with mbdtls_ssl_session_init(),
+ * and the callback must always leave it in a state
+ * where it can safely be freed via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_free() independent of the
+ * return code of this function.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success
+ * \return A non-zero return value on failure.
+ *
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t(void *data,
+ unsigned char const *session_id,
+ size_t session_id_len,
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: server-side session cache setter
+ *
+ * The session cache is logically a key value store, with
+ * keys being session IDs and values being instances of
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session.
+ *
+ * This callback sets an entry in this key-value store.
+ *
+ * \param data The address of the session cache structure to modify.
+ * \param session_id The buffer holding the session ID to query.
+ * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in Bytes.
+ * \param session The address of the session to be stored in the
+ * session cache.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success
+ * \return A non-zero return value on failure.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t(void *data,
+ unsigned char const *session_id,
+ size_t session_id_len,
+ const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: start external signature operation.
+ *
+ * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start
+ * a signature decryption operation using an
+ * external processor. The parameter \p cert contains
+ * the public key; it is up to the callback function to
+ * determine how to access the associated private key.
+ *
+ * This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and
+ * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ * the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ * The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain
+ * valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this
+ * function must save the contents of \p hash if the value
+ * is needed for later processing, because the \p hash buffer
+ * is no longer valid after this function returns.
+ *
+ * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data()
+ * to store an operation context for later retrieval
+ * by the resume or cancel callback.
+ *
+ * \note For RSA signatures, this function must produce output
+ * that is consistent with PKCS#1 v1.5 in the same way as
+ * mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(). Before the private key operation,
+ * apply the padding steps described in RFC 8017, section 9.2
+ * "EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5" as follows.
+ * - If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5
+ * encoding, treating \p hash as the DigestInfo to be
+ * padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting
+ * from step 3, with `T = hash` and `tLen = hash_len`.
+ * - If `md_alg != MBEDTLS_MD_NONE`, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5
+ * encoding, treating \p hash as the hash to be encoded and
+ * padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting
+ * from step 2, with `digestAlgorithm` obtained by calling
+ * mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md() on \p md_alg.
+ *
+ * \note For ECDSA signatures, the output format is the DER encoding
+ * `Ecdsa-Sig-Value` defined in
+ * [RFC 4492 section 5.4](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4492#section-5.4).
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ * modified other than via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param cert Certificate containing the public key.
+ * In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL
+ * connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this
+ * property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback
+ * is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then
+ * this callback determines what certificate is used.
+ * \param md_alg Hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash Buffer containing the hash. This buffer is
+ * no longer valid when the function returns.
+ * \param hash_len Size of the \c hash buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL
+ * stack should call the resume callback immediately.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ * was started successfully and the SSL stack should return
+ * immediately without calling the resume callback yet.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external
+ * processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will
+ * use the private key object instead.
+ * \return Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is
+ * propagated up the call chain. The callback should
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ * directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+ mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+ const unsigned char *hash,
+ size_t hash_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: start external decryption operation.
+ *
+ * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start
+ * an RSA decryption operation using an
+ * external processor. The parameter \p cert contains
+ * the public key; it is up to the callback function to
+ * determine how to access the associated private key.
+ *
+ * This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and
+ * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ * the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ * The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain
+ * valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this
+ * function must save the contents of \p input if the value
+ * is needed for later processing, because the \p input buffer
+ * is no longer valid after this function returns.
+ *
+ * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data()
+ * to store an operation context for later retrieval
+ * by the resume or cancel callback.
+ *
+ * \warning RSA decryption as used in TLS is subject to a potential
+ * timing side channel attack first discovered by Bleichenbacher
+ * in 1998. This attack can be remotely exploitable
+ * in practice. To avoid this attack, you must ensure that
+ * if the callback performs an RSA decryption, the time it
+ * takes to execute and return the result does not depend
+ * on whether the RSA decryption succeeded or reported
+ * invalid padding.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ * modified other than via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param cert Certificate containing the public key.
+ * In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL
+ * connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this
+ * property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback
+ * is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then
+ * this callback determines what certificate is used.
+ * \param input Buffer containing the input ciphertext. This buffer
+ * is no longer valid when the function returns.
+ * \param input_len Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL
+ * stack should call the resume callback immediately.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ * was started successfully and the SSL stack should return
+ * immediately without calling the resume callback yet.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external
+ * processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will
+ * use the private key object instead.
+ * \return Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is
+ * propagated up the call chain. The callback should
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ * directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+ const unsigned char *input,
+ size_t input_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: resume external operation.
+ *
+ * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to resume
+ * an external operation started by the
+ * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t or
+ * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t callback.
+ *
+ * This function typically checks the status of a pending
+ * request or causes the request queue to make progress, and
+ * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ * the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data()
+ * to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback.
+ * It may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() to modify
+ * this context.
+ *
+ * Note that when this function returns a status other than
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, it must free any
+ * resources associated with the operation.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ * modified other than via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param output Buffer containing the output (signature or decrypted
+ * data) on success.
+ * \param output_len On success, number of bytes written to \p output.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if output of the operation is available in the
+ * \p output buffer.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ * is still in progress. Subsequent requests for progress
+ * on the SSL connection will call the resume callback
+ * again.
+ * \return Any other error means that the operation is aborted.
+ * The SSL handshake is aborted. The callback should
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ * directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned char *output,
+ size_t *output_len,
+ size_t output_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: cancel external operation.
+ *
+ * This callback is called if an SSL connection is closed
+ * while an asynchronous operation is in progress. Note that
+ * this callback is not called if the
+ * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t callback has run and has
+ * returned a value other than
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, since in that case
+ * the asynchronous operation has already completed.
+ *
+ * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data()
+ * to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ * modified.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) && \
+ !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_MAX_LEN 48
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 32
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 48
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 20
+#else
+/* This is already checked in check_config.h, but be sure. */
+#error "Bad configuration - need SHA-1, SHA-256 or SHA-512 enabled to compute digest of peer CRT."
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED &&
+ !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char client_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+ unsigned char server_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+ unsigned char exporter_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+ unsigned char resumption_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+} mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH 255
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH 4
+/*
+ * For code readability use a typedef for DTLS-SRTP profiles
+ *
+ * Use_srtp extension protection profiles values as defined in
+ * http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml
+ *
+ * Reminder: if this list is expanded mbedtls_ssl_check_srtp_profile_value
+ * must be updated too.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80 ((uint16_t) 0x0001)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32 ((uint16_t) 0x0002)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80 ((uint16_t) 0x0005)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32 ((uint16_t) 0x0006)
+/* This one is not iana defined, but for code readability. */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET ((uint16_t) 0x0000)
+
+typedef uint16_t mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile;
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info_t {
+ /*! The SRTP profile that was negotiated. */
+ mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chosen_dtls_srtp_profile);
+ /*! The length of mki_value. */
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_len);
+ /*! The mki_value used, with max size of 256 bytes. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_value)[MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH];
+}
+mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+/** Human-friendly representation of the (D)TLS protocol version. */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN, /*!< Context not in use or version not yet negotiated. */
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_2 = 0x0303, /*!< (D)TLS 1.2 */
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_3 = 0x0304, /*!< (D)TLS 1.3 */
+} mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version;
+
+/*
+ * This structure is used for storing current session data.
+ *
+ * Note: when changing this definition, we need to check and update:
+ * - in tests/suites/test_suite_ssl.function:
+ * ssl_populate_session() and ssl_serialize_session_save_load()
+ * - in library/ssl_tls.c:
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_init() and mbedtls_ssl_session_free()
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and ssl_session_load()
+ * ssl_session_copy()
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_session {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code); /*!< MaxFragmentLength negotiated by peer */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */
+
+/*!< RecordSizeLimit received from the peer */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT)
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(record_size_limit);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT */
+
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(exported);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint); /*!< 0: client, 1: server */
+
+ /** TLS version negotiated in the session. Used if and when renegotiating
+ * or resuming a session instead of the configured minor TLS version.
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+ mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(start); /*!< start time of current session */
+#endif
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite); /*!< chosen ciphersuite */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id_len); /*!< session id length */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id)[32]; /*!< session identifier */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(master)[48]; /*!< the master secret */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert); /*!< peer X.509 cert chain */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+ /*! The digest of the peer's end-CRT. This must be kept to detect CRT
+ * changes during renegotiation, mitigating the triple handshake attack. */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_len);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_type);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_result); /*!< verification result */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket); /*!< RFC 5077 session ticket */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_len); /*!< session ticket length */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_lifetime); /*!< ticket lifetime hint */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+ /*! When a ticket is created by a TLS server as part of an established TLS
+ * session, the ticket creation time may need to be saved for the ticket
+ * module to be able to check the ticket age when the ticket is used.
+ * That's the purpose of this field.
+ * Before creating a new ticket, an Mbed TLS server set this field with
+ * its current time in milliseconds. This time may then be saved in the
+ * session ticket data by the session ticket writing function and
+ * recovered by the ticket parsing function later when the ticket is used.
+ * The ticket module may then use this time to compute the ticket age and
+ * determine if it has expired or not.
+ * The Mbed TLS implementations of the session ticket writing and parsing
+ * functions save and retrieve the ticket creation time as part of the
+ * session ticket data. The session ticket parsing function relies on
+ * the mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ticket_creation_time() API to get the
+ * ticket creation time from the session ticket data.
+ */
+ mbedtls_ms_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_creation_time);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_age_add); /*!< Randomly generated value used to obscure the age of the ticket */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_flags); /*!< Ticket flags */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key_len); /*!< resumption_key length */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key)[MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN];
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname); /*!< host name binded with tickets */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ char *ticket_alpn; /*!< ALPN negotiated in the session
+ during which the ticket was generated. */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ /*! Time in milliseconds when the last ticket was received. */
+ mbedtls_ms_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_reception_time);
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_early_data_size); /*!< maximum amount of early data in tickets */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac); /*!< flag for EtM activation */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+ mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(app_secrets);
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+ * Identifiers for PRFs used in various versions of TLS.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_NONE,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA384,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA256,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA384,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA256
+}
+mbedtls_tls_prf_types;
+
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS12_MASTER_SECRET = 0,
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_EARLY_SECRET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_EARLY_EXPORTER_SECRET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+} mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: Export key alongside random values for
+ * session identification, and PRF for
+ * implementation of TLS key exporters.
+ *
+ * \param p_expkey Context for the callback.
+ * \param type The type of the key that is being exported.
+ * \param secret The address of the buffer holding the secret
+ * that's being exporterd.
+ * \param secret_len The length of \p secret in bytes.
+ * \param client_random The client random bytes.
+ * \param server_random The server random bytes.
+ * \param tls_prf_type The identifier for the PRF used in the handshake
+ * to which the key belongs.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t(void *p_expkey,
+ mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type type,
+ const unsigned char *secret,
+ size_t secret_len,
+ const unsigned char client_random[32],
+ const unsigned char server_random[32],
+ mbedtls_tls_prf_types tls_prf_type);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: generic handshake callback
+ *
+ * \note Callbacks may use user_data funcs to set/get app user data.
+ * See \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p()
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n()
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p()
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n()
+ *
+ * \param ssl \c mbedtls_ssl_context on which the callback is run
+ *
+ * \return The return value of the callback is 0 if successful,
+ * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code, which will cause
+ * the handshake to be aborted.
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t)(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif
+
+/* A type for storing user data in a library structure.
+ *
+ * The representation of type may change in future versions of the library.
+ * Only the behaviors guaranteed by documented accessor functions are
+ * guaranteed to remain stable.
+ */
+typedef union {
+ uintptr_t n; /* typically a handle to an associated object */
+ void *p; /* typically a pointer to extra data */
+} mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t;
+
+/**
+ * SSL/TLS configuration to be shared between mbedtls_ssl_context structures.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_config {
+ /* Group items mostly by size. This helps to reduce memory wasted to
+ * padding. It also helps to keep smaller fields early in the structure,
+ * so that elements tend to be in the 128-element direct access window
+ * on Arm Thumb, which reduces the code size. */
+
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version); /*!< max. TLS version used */
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version); /*!< min. TLS version used */
+
+ /*
+ * Flags (could be bit-fields to save RAM, but separate bytes make
+ * the code smaller on architectures with an instruction for direct
+ * byte access).
+ */
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint); /*!< 0: client, 1: server */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transport); /*!< 0: stream (TLS), 1: datagram (DTLS) */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(authmode); /*!< MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_XXX */
+ /* needed even with renego disabled for LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(allow_legacy_renegotiation); /*!< MBEDTLS_LEGACY_XXX */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code); /*!< desired fragment length indicator
+ (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_XXX) */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac); /*!< negotiate encrypt-then-mac? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extended_ms); /*!< negotiate extended master secret? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(anti_replay); /*!< detect and prevent replay? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_renegotiation); /*!< disable renegotiation? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_tickets); /*!< use session tickets? */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(new_session_tickets_count); /*!< number of NewSessionTicket */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_req_ca_list); /*!< enable sending CA list in
+ Certificate Request messages? */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(respect_cli_pref); /*!< pick the ciphersuite according to
+ the client's preferences rather
+ than ours? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ignore_unexpected_cid); /*!< Should DTLS record with
+ * unexpected CID
+ * lead to failure? */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_mki_support); /* support having mki_value
+ in the use_srtp extension? */
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Pointers
+ */
+
+ /** Allowed ciphersuites for (D)TLS 1.2 (0-terminated) */
+ const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite_list);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+ /** Allowed TLS 1.3 key exchange modes. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls13_kex_modes);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+ /** Callback for printing debug output */
+ void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_dbg))(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_dbg); /*!< context for the debug function */
+
+ /** Callback for getting (pseudo-)random numbers */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_rng))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_rng); /*!< context for the RNG function */
+
+ /** Callback to retrieve a session from the cache */
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_cache);
+ /** Callback to store a session into the cache */
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_cache);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cache); /*!< context for cache callbacks */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION)
+ /** Callback for setting cert according to SNI extension */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_sni))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_sni); /*!< context for SNI callback */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+ /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy); /*!< context for X.509 verify calllback */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ /** Callback to retrieve PSK key from identity */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_psk))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_psk); /*!< context for PSK callback */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ /** Callback to create & write a cookie for ClientHello verification */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_write))(void *, unsigned char **, unsigned char *,
+ const unsigned char *, size_t);
+ /** Callback to verify validity of a ClientHello cookie */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_check))(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t,
+ const unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cookie); /*!< context for the cookie callbacks */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ /** Callback to create & write a session ticket */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_write))(void *, const mbedtls_ssl_session *,
+ unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, size_t *,
+ uint32_t *);
+ /** Callback to parse a session ticket into a session structure */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_parse))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_session *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ticket); /*!< context for the ticket callbacks */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cid_len); /*!< The length of CIDs for incoming DTLS records. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_profile); /*!< verification profile */
+ mbedtls_ssl_key_cert *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_cert); /*!< own certificate/key pair(s) */
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_chain); /*!< trusted CAs */
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_crl); /*!< trusted CAs CRLs */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ca_cb);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ca_cb);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_sign_start); /*!< start asynchronous signature operation */
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_decrypt_start); /*!< start asynchronous decryption operation */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_resume); /*!< resume asynchronous operation */
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_cancel); /*!< cancel asynchronous operation */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_async_config_data); /*!< Configuration data set by mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(). */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+ const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_hashes); /*!< allowed signature hashes */
+#endif
+ const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_algs); /*!< allowed signature algorithms */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+ const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(curve_list); /*!< allowed curves */
+#endif
+
+ const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(group_list); /*!< allowed IANA NamedGroups */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_P); /*!< prime modulus for DHM */
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_G); /*!< generator for DHM */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_opaque); /*!< PSA key slot holding opaque PSK. This field
+ * should only be set via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ * If either no PSK or a raw PSK have been
+ * configured, this has value \c 0.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk); /*!< The raw pre-shared key. This field should
+ * only be set via mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ * If either no PSK or an opaque PSK
+ * have been configured, this has value NULL. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_len); /*!< The length of the raw pre-shared key.
+ * This field should only be set via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ * Its value is non-zero if and only if
+ * \c psk is not \c NULL. */
+
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity); /*!< The PSK identity for PSK negotiation.
+ * This field should only be set via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ * This is set if and only if either
+ * \c psk or \c psk_opaque are set. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity_len);/*!< The length of PSK identity.
+ * This field should only be set via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ * Its value is non-zero if and only if
+ * \c psk is not \c NULL or \c psk_opaque
+ * is not \c 0. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_enabled); /*!< Early data enablement:
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED,
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ /* The maximum amount of 0-RTT data. RFC 8446 section 4.6.1 */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_early_data_size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+ const char **MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_list); /*!< ordered list of protocols */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+ /*! ordered list of supported srtp profile */
+ const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list);
+ /*! number of supported profiles */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+ /*
+ * Numerical settings (int)
+ */
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(read_timeout); /*!< timeout for mbedtls_ssl_read (ms) */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_min); /*!< initial value of the handshake
+ retransmission timeout (ms) */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_max); /*!< maximum value of the handshake
+ retransmission timeout (ms) */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_max_records); /*!< grace period for renegotiation */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_period)[8]; /*!< value of the record counters
+ that triggers renegotiation */
+#endif
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_limit); /*!< limit of records with a bad MAC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_min_bitlen); /*!< min. bit length of the DHM prime */
+#endif
+
+ /** User data pointer or handle.
+ *
+ * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not
+ * access it afterwards.
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb); /*!< certificate selection callback */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints);/*!< acceptable client cert issuers */
+#endif
+};
+
+struct mbedtls_ssl_context {
+ const mbedtls_ssl_config *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf); /*!< configuration information */
+
+ /*
+ * Miscellaneous
+ */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /*!< SSL handshake: current state */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_status); /*!< Initial, in progress, pending? */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_records_seen); /*!< Records since renego request, or with DTLS,
+ number of retransmissions of request if
+ renego_max_records is < 0 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum TLS version to be negotiated, then negotiated TLS version.
+ *
+ * It is initialized as the configured maximum TLS version to be
+ * negotiated by mbedtls_ssl_setup().
+ *
+ * When renegotiating or resuming a session, it is overwritten in the
+ * ClientHello writing preparation stage with the previously negotiated
+ * TLS version.
+ *
+ * On client side, it is updated to the TLS version selected by the server
+ * for the handshake when the ServerHello is received.
+ *
+ * On server side, it is updated to the TLS version the server selects for
+ * the handshake when the ClientHello is received.
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+ /**
+ * State of the negotiation and transfer of early data. Reset to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATE_IDLE when the context is reset.
+ */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_state);
+#endif
+
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_seen); /*!< records with a bad MAC received */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+ /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy); /*!< context for X.509 verify callback */
+#endif
+
+ mbedtls_ssl_send_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_send); /*!< Callback for network send */
+ mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv); /*!< Callback for network receive */
+ mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv_timeout);
+ /*!< Callback for network receive with timeout */
+
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_bio); /*!< context for I/O operations */
+
+ /*
+ * Session layer
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_in); /*!< current session data (in) */
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_out); /*!< current session data (out) */
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session); /*!< negotiated session data */
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_negotiate); /*!< session data in negotiation */
+
+ mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(handshake); /*!< params required only during
+ the handshake process */
+
+ /*
+ * Record layer transformations
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_in); /*!< current transform params (in)
+ * This is always a reference,
+ * never an owning pointer. */
+ mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_out); /*!< current transform params (out)
+ * This is always a reference,
+ * never an owning pointer. */
+ mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform); /*!< negotiated transform params
+ * This pointer owns the transform
+ * it references. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+ mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_negotiate); /*!< transform params in negotiation
+ * This pointer owns the transform
+ * it references. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+ /*! The application data transform in TLS 1.3.
+ * This pointer owns the transform it references. */
+ mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_application);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+ /*
+ * Timers
+ */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_timer); /*!< context for the timer callbacks */
+
+ mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_timer); /*!< set timer callback */
+ mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_timer); /*!< get timer callback */
+
+ /*
+ * Record layer (incoming data)
+ */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf); /*!< input buffer */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_ctr); /*!< 64-bit incoming message counter
+ TLS: maintained by us
+ DTLS: read from peer */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hdr); /*!< start of record header */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_cid); /*!< The start of the CID;
+ * (the end is marked by in_len). */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_len); /*!< two-bytes message length field */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_iv); /*!< ivlen-byte IV */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msg); /*!< message contents (in_iv+ivlen) */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_offt); /*!< read offset in application data */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msgtype); /*!< record header: message type */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msglen); /*!< record header: message length */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_left); /*!< amount of data read so far */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf_len); /*!< length of input buffer */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_epoch); /*!< DTLS epoch for incoming records */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_record_offset); /*!< offset of the next record in datagram
+ (equal to in_left if none) */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window_top); /*!< last validated record seq_num */
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window); /*!< bitmask for replay detection */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */
+
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hslen); /*!< current handshake message length,
+ including the handshake header */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nb_zero); /*!< # of 0-length encrypted messages */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keep_current_message); /*!< drop or reuse current message
+ on next call to record layer? */
+
+ /* The following three variables indicate if and, if yes,
+ * what kind of alert is pending to be sent.
+ */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(send_alert); /*!< Determines if a fatal alert
+ should be sent. Values:
+ - \c 0 , no alert is to be sent.
+ - \c 1 , alert is to be sent. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_type); /*!< Type of alert if send_alert
+ != 0 */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_reason); /*!< The error code to be returned
+ to the user once the fatal alert
+ has been sent. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_datagram_packing); /*!< Disable packing multiple records
+ * within a single datagram. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ /*
+ * One of:
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_NO_DISCARD
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_TRY_TO_DEPROTECT_AND_DISCARD
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISCARD
+ */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(discard_early_data_record);
+#endif
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total_early_data_size); /*!< Number of received/written early data bytes */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+ /*
+ * Record layer (outgoing data)
+ */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf); /*!< output buffer */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_ctr); /*!< 64-bit outgoing message counter */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_hdr); /*!< start of record header */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_cid); /*!< The start of the CID;
+ * (the end is marked by in_len). */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_len); /*!< two-bytes message length field */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_iv); /*!< ivlen-byte IV */
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msg); /*!< message contents (out_iv+ivlen) */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msgtype); /*!< record header: message type */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msglen); /*!< record header: message length */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_left); /*!< amount of data not yet written */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf_len); /*!< length of output buffer */
+#endif
+
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cur_out_ctr)[MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN]; /*!< Outgoing record sequence number. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mtu); /*!< path mtu, used to fragment outgoing messages */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+ /*
+ * User settings
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+ char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname); /*!< expected peer CN for verification
+ (and SNI if available) */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_chosen); /*!< negotiated protocol */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+ /*
+ * use_srtp extension
+ */
+ mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_info);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+ /*
+ * Information for DTLS hello verify
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id); /*!< transport-level ID of the client */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id_len); /*!< length of cli_id */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+ /*
+ * Secure renegotiation
+ */
+ /* needed to know when to send extension on server */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secure_renegotiation); /*!< does peer support legacy or
+ secure renegotiation */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_data_len); /*!< length of verify data stored */
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+ /* CID configuration to use in subsequent handshakes. */
+
+ /*! The next incoming CID, chosen by the user and applying to
+ * all subsequent handshakes. This may be different from the
+ * CID currently used in case the user has re-configured the CID
+ * after an initial handshake. */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid)[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX];
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid_len); /*!< The length of \c own_cid. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(negotiate_cid); /*!< This indicates whether the CID extension should
+ * be negotiated in the next handshake or not.
+ * Possible values are #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED
+ * and #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+ /** Callback to export key block and master secret */
+ mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_export_keys);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export_keys); /*!< context for key export callback */
+
+ /** User data pointer or handle.
+ *
+ * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not
+ * access it afterwards.
+ *
+ * \warning Serializing and restoring an SSL context with
+ * mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load()
+ * does not currently restore the user data.
+ */
+ mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the name of the ciphersuite associated with the
+ * given ID
+ *
+ * \param ciphersuite_id SSL ciphersuite ID
+ *
+ * \return a string containing the ciphersuite name
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_name(const int ciphersuite_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the ID of the ciphersuite associated with the
+ * given name
+ *
+ * \param ciphersuite_name SSL ciphersuite name
+ *
+ * \return the ID with the ciphersuite or 0 if not found
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id(const char *ciphersuite_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an SSL context
+ * Just makes the context ready for mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_free()
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_init(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set up an SSL context for use
+ *
+ * \note No copy of the configuration context is made, it can be
+ * shared by many mbedtls_ssl_context structures.
+ *
+ * \warning The conf structure will be accessed during the session.
+ * It must not be modified or freed as long as the session
+ * is active.
+ *
+ * \warning This function must be called exactly once per context.
+ * Calling mbedtls_ssl_setup again is not supported, even
+ * if no session is active.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param conf SSL configuration to use
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if
+ * memory allocation failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_setup(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Reset an already initialized SSL context for re-use
+ * while retaining application-set variables, function
+ * pointers and data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED or
+ MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_reset(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the current endpoint type
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param endpoint must be MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_endpoint(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int endpoint);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current endpoint type
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ *
+ * \return Endpoint type, either MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT
+ * or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_endpoint(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+ return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the transport type (TLS or DTLS).
+ * Default: TLS
+ *
+ * \note For DTLS, you must either provide a recv callback that
+ * doesn't block, or one that handles timeouts, see
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). You also need to provide timer
+ * callbacks with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param transport transport type:
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS,
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int transport);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the certificate verification mode
+ * Default: NONE on server, REQUIRED on client
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param authmode can be:
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE: peer certificate is not checked
+ * (default on server)
+ * (insecure on client)
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL: peer certificate is checked, however the
+ * handshake continues even if verification failed;
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() can be called after the
+ * handshake is complete.
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED: peer *must* present a valid certificate,
+ * handshake is aborted if verification failed.
+ * (default on client)
+ *
+ * \note On client, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED is the recommended mode.
+ * With MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL, the user needs to call mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() at
+ * the right time(s), which may not be obvious, while REQUIRED always perform
+ * the verification as soon as possible. For example, REQUIRED was protecting
+ * against the "triple handshake" attack even before it was found.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int authmode);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the early data mode
+ * Default: disabled on server and client
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param early_data_enabled can be:
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED:
+ * Early data functionality is disabled. This is the default on client and
+ * server.
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED:
+ * Early data functionality is enabled and may be negotiated in the handshake.
+ * Application using early data functionality needs to be aware that the
+ * security properties for early data (also refered to as 0-RTT data) are
+ * weaker than those for other kinds of TLS data. See the documentation of
+ * mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data() and mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data() for more
+ * information.
+ * When early data functionality is enabled on server and only in that case,
+ * the call to one of the APIs that trigger or resume an handshake sequence,
+ * namely mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_read() or mbedtls_ssl_write() may return with the error code
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA indicating that some early data have
+ * been received. To read the early data, call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ * before calling the original function again.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int early_data_enabled);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum amount of 0-RTT data in bytes
+ * Default: #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE
+ *
+ * This function sets the value of the max_early_data_size
+ * field of the early data indication extension included in
+ * the NewSessionTicket messages that the server may send.
+ *
+ * The value defines the maximum amount of 0-RTT data
+ * in bytes that a client will be allowed to send when using
+ * one of the tickets defined by the NewSessionTicket messages.
+ *
+ * \note When resuming a session using a ticket, if the server receives more
+ * early data than allowed for the ticket, it terminates the connection.
+ * The maximum amount of 0-RTT data should thus be large enough
+ * to allow a minimum of early data to be exchanged.
+ *
+ * \param[in] conf The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param[in] max_early_data_size The maximum amount of 0-RTT data.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface DOES NOT influence/limit the amount of early data
+ * that can be received through previously created and issued tickets,
+ * which clients may have stored.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_early_data_size(
+ mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t max_early_data_size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the verification callback (Optional).
+ *
+ * If set, the provided verify callback is called for each
+ * certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted
+ * root. For more information, please see the documentation of
+ * \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify().
+ *
+ * \note For per context callbacks and contexts, please use
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() instead.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use during CRT verification.
+ * \param p_vrfy The opaque context to be passed to the callback.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the random number generator callback
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param f_rng RNG function (mandatory)
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the debug callback
+ *
+ * The callback has the following argument:
+ * void * opaque context for the callback
+ * int debug level
+ * const char * file name
+ * int line number
+ * const char * message
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param f_dbg debug function
+ * \param p_dbg debug parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dbg(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ void (*f_dbg)(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *),
+ void *p_dbg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the SSL configuration structure associated
+ * with the given SSL context.
+ *
+ * \note The pointer returned by this function is guaranteed to
+ * remain valid until the context is freed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query.
+ * \return Pointer to the SSL configuration associated with \p ssl.
+ */
+static inline const mbedtls_ssl_config *mbedtls_ssl_context_get_config(
+ const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the underlying BIO callbacks for write, read and
+ * read-with-timeout.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param p_bio parameter (context) shared by BIO callbacks
+ * \param f_send write callback
+ * \param f_recv read callback
+ * \param f_recv_timeout blocking read callback with timeout.
+ *
+ * \note One of f_recv or f_recv_timeout can be NULL, in which case
+ * the other is used. If both are non-NULL, f_recv_timeout is
+ * used and f_recv is ignored (as if it were NULL).
+ *
+ * \note The two most common use cases are:
+ * - non-blocking I/O, f_recv != NULL, f_recv_timeout == NULL
+ * - blocking I/O, f_recv == NULL, f_recv_timeout != NULL
+ *
+ * \note For DTLS, you need to provide either a non-NULL
+ * f_recv_timeout callback, or a f_recv that doesn't block.
+ *
+ * \note See the documentations of \c mbedtls_ssl_send_t,
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_t and \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t for
+ * the conventions those callbacks must follow.
+ *
+ * \note On some platforms, net_sockets.c provides
+ * \c mbedtls_net_send(), \c mbedtls_net_recv() and
+ * \c mbedtls_net_recv_timeout() that are suitable to be used
+ * here.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ void *p_bio,
+ mbedtls_ssl_send_t *f_send,
+ mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *f_recv,
+ mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *f_recv_timeout);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Configure the use of the Connection ID (CID)
+ * extension in the next handshake.
+ *
+ * Reference: RFC 9146 (or draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05
+ * for legacy version)
+ *
+ * The DTLS CID extension allows the reliable association of
+ * DTLS records to DTLS connections across changes in the
+ * underlying transport (changed IP and Port metadata) by
+ * adding explicit connection identifiers (CIDs) to the
+ * headers of encrypted DTLS records. The desired CIDs are
+ * configured by the application layer and are exchanged in
+ * new `ClientHello` / `ServerHello` extensions during the
+ * handshake, where each side indicates the CID it wants the
+ * peer to use when writing encrypted messages. The CIDs are
+ * put to use once records get encrypted: the stack discards
+ * any incoming records that don't include the configured CID
+ * in their header, and adds the peer's requested CID to the
+ * headers of outgoing messages.
+ *
+ * This API enables or disables the use of the CID extension
+ * in the next handshake and sets the value of the CID to
+ * be used for incoming messages.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to configure. This must be initialized.
+ * \param enable This value determines whether the CID extension should
+ * be used or not. Possible values are:
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED to enable the use of the CID.
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (default) to disable the use
+ * of the CID.
+ * \param own_cid The address of the readable buffer holding the CID we want
+ * the peer to use when sending encrypted messages to us.
+ * This may be \c NULL if \p own_cid_len is \c 0.
+ * This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param own_cid_len The length of \p own_cid.
+ * This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note The value of \p own_cid_len must match the value of the
+ * \c len parameter passed to mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid()
+ * when configuring the ::mbedtls_ssl_config that \p ssl
+ * is bound to.
+ *
+ * \note This CID configuration applies to subsequent handshakes
+ * performed on the SSL context \p ssl, but does not trigger
+ * one. You still have to call `mbedtls_ssl_handshake()`
+ * (for the initial handshake) or `mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate()`
+ * (for a renegotiation handshake) explicitly after a
+ * successful call to this function to run the handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This call cannot guarantee that the use of the CID
+ * will be successfully negotiated in the next handshake,
+ * because the peer might not support it. Specifically:
+ * - On the Client, enabling the use of the CID through
+ * this call implies that the `ClientHello` in the next
+ * handshake will include the CID extension, thereby
+ * offering the use of the CID to the server. Only if
+ * the `ServerHello` contains the CID extension, too,
+ * the CID extension will actually be put to use.
+ * - On the Server, enabling the use of the CID through
+ * this call implies that the server will look for
+ * the CID extension in a `ClientHello` from the client,
+ * and, if present, reply with a CID extension in its
+ * `ServerHello`.
+ *
+ * \note To check whether the use of the CID was negotiated
+ * after the subsequent handshake has completed, please
+ * use the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid().
+ *
+ * \warning If the use of the CID extension is enabled in this call
+ * and the subsequent handshake negotiates its use, Mbed TLS
+ * will silently drop every packet whose CID does not match
+ * the CID configured in \p own_cid. It is the responsibility
+ * of the user to adapt the underlying transport to take care
+ * of CID-based demultiplexing before handing datagrams to
+ * Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success. In this case, the CID configuration
+ * applies to the next handshake.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ int enable,
+ unsigned char const *own_cid,
+ size_t own_cid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get information about our request for usage of the CID
+ * extension in the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query.
+ * \param enabled The address at which to store whether the CID extension
+ * is requested to be used or not. If the CID is
+ * requested, `*enabled` is set to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED; otherwise, it is set to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param own_cid The address of the buffer in which to store our own
+ * CID (if the CID extension is requested). This may be
+ * \c NULL in case the value of our CID isn't needed. If
+ * it is not \c NULL, \p own_cid_len must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param own_cid_len The address at which to store the size of our own CID
+ * (if the CID extension is requested). This is also the
+ * number of Bytes in \p own_cid that have been written.
+ * This may be \c NULL in case the length of our own CID
+ * isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p own_cid must be
+ * \c NULL, too.
+ *
+ *\note If we are requesting an empty CID this function sets
+ * `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (the rationale
+ * for this is that the resulting outcome is the
+ * same as if the CID extensions wasn't requested).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ int *enabled,
+ unsigned char own_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX],
+ size_t *own_cid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get information about the use of the CID extension
+ * in the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query.
+ * \param enabled The address at which to store whether the CID extension
+ * is currently in use or not. If the CID is in use,
+ * `*enabled` is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED;
+ * otherwise, it is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param peer_cid The address of the buffer in which to store the CID
+ * chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used).
+ * This may be \c NULL in case the value of peer CID
+ * isn't needed. If it is not \c NULL, \p peer_cid_len
+ * must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param peer_cid_len The address at which to store the size of the CID
+ * chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used).
+ * This is also the number of Bytes in \p peer_cid that
+ * have been written.
+ * This may be \c NULL in case the length of the peer CID
+ * isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p peer_cid must be
+ * \c NULL, too.
+ *
+ * \note This applies to the state of the CID negotiated in
+ * the last complete handshake. If a handshake is in
+ * progress, this function will attempt to complete
+ * the handshake first.
+ *
+ * \note If CID extensions have been exchanged but both client
+ * and server chose to use an empty CID, this function
+ * sets `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED
+ * (the rationale for this is that the resulting
+ * communication is the same as if the CID extensions
+ * hadn't been used).
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ int *enabled,
+ unsigned char peer_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX],
+ size_t *peer_cid_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Maximum Transport Unit (MTU).
+ * Special value: 0 means unset (no limit).
+ * This represents the maximum size of a datagram payload
+ * handled by the transport layer (usually UDP) as determined
+ * by the network link and stack. In practice, this controls
+ * the maximum size datagram the DTLS layer will pass to the
+ * \c f_send() callback set using \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ *
+ * \note The limit on datagram size is converted to a limit on
+ * record payload by subtracting the current overhead of
+ * encapsulation and encryption/authentication if any.
+ *
+ * \note This can be called at any point during the connection, for
+ * example when a Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU)
+ * estimate becomes available from other sources,
+ * such as lower (or higher) protocol layers.
+ *
+ * \note This setting only controls the size of the packets we send,
+ * and does not restrict the size of the datagrams we're
+ * willing to receive. Client-side, you can request the
+ * server to use smaller records with \c
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len().
+ *
+ * \note If both a MTU and a maximum fragment length have been
+ * configured (or negotiated with the peer), the resulting
+ * lower limit on record payload (see first note) is used.
+ *
+ * \note This can only be used to decrease the maximum size
+ * of datagrams (hence records, see first note) sent. It
+ * cannot be used to increase the maximum size of records over
+ * the limit set by #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN.
+ *
+ * \note Values lower than the current record layer expansion will
+ * result in an error when trying to send data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param mtu Value of the path MTU in bytes
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, uint16_t mtu);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set a connection-specific verification callback (optional).
+ *
+ * If set, the provided verify callback is called for each
+ * certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted
+ * root. For more information, please see the documentation of
+ * \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify().
+ *
+ * \note This call is analogous to mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() but
+ * binds the verification callback and context to an SSL context
+ * as opposed to an SSL configuration.
+ * If mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() and mbedtls_ssl_set_verify()
+ * are both used, mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() takes precedence.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to use.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use during CRT verification.
+ * \param p_vrfy The opaque context to be passed to the callback.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_verify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the timeout period for mbedtls_ssl_read()
+ * (Default: no timeout.)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ * \param timeout Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * Use 0 for no timeout (default).
+ *
+ * \note With blocking I/O, this will only work if a non-NULL
+ * \c f_recv_timeout was set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ * With non-blocking I/O, this will only work if timer
+ * callbacks were set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb().
+ *
+ * \note With non-blocking I/O, you may also skip this function
+ * altogether and handle timeouts at the application layer.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_read_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check whether a buffer contains a valid and authentic record
+ * that has not been seen before. (DTLS only).
+ *
+ * This function does not change the user-visible state
+ * of the SSL context. Its sole purpose is to provide
+ * an indication of the legitimacy of an incoming record.
+ *
+ * This can be useful e.g. in distributed server environments
+ * using the DTLS Connection ID feature, in which connections
+ * might need to be passed between service instances on a change
+ * of peer address, but where such disruptive operations should
+ * only happen after the validity of incoming records has been
+ * confirmed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to use.
+ * \param buf The address of the buffer holding the record to be checked.
+ * This must be a read/write buffer of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note This routine only checks whether the provided buffer begins
+ * with a valid and authentic record that has not been seen
+ * before, but does not check potential data following the
+ * initial record. In particular, it is possible to pass DTLS
+ * datagrams containing multiple records, in which case only
+ * the first record is checked.
+ *
+ * \note This function modifies the input buffer \p buf. If you need
+ * to preserve the original record, you have to maintain a copy.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the record is valid and authentic and has not been
+ * seen before.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if the check completed
+ * successfully but the record was found to be not authentic.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD if the check completed
+ * successfully but the record was found to be invalid for
+ * a reason different from authenticity checking.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD if the check completed
+ * successfully but the record was found to be unexpected
+ * in the state of the SSL context, including replayed records.
+ * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ * In this case, the SSL context becomes unusable and needs
+ * to be freed or reset before reuse.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_check_record(mbedtls_ssl_context const *ssl,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the timer callbacks (Mandatory for DTLS.)
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param p_timer parameter (context) shared by timer callbacks
+ * \param f_set_timer set timer callback
+ * \param f_get_timer get timer callback. Must return:
+ *
+ * \note See the documentation of \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t and
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t for the conventions this pair of
+ * callbacks must follow.
+ *
+ * \note On some platforms, timing.c provides
+ * \c mbedtls_timing_set_delay() and
+ * \c mbedtls_timing_get_delay() that are suitable for using
+ * here, except if using an event-driven style.
+ *
+ * \note See also the "DTLS tutorial" article in our knowledge base.
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/dtls-tutorial
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ void *p_timer,
+ mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *f_set_timer,
+ mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *f_get_timer);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the certificate selection callback (server-side only).
+ *
+ * If set, the callback is always called for each handshake,
+ * after `ClientHello` processing has finished.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_cert_cb The callback for selecting server certificate after
+ * `ClientHello` processing has finished.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t f_cert_cb)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb) = f_cert_cb;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: generate and write session ticket
+ *
+ * \note This describes what a callback implementation should do.
+ * This callback should generate an encrypted and
+ * authenticated ticket for the session and write it to the
+ * output buffer. Here, ticket means the opaque ticket part
+ * of the NewSessionTicket structure of RFC 5077.
+ *
+ * \param p_ticket Context for the callback
+ * \param session SSL session to be written in the ticket
+ * \param start Start of the output buffer
+ * \param end End of the output buffer
+ * \param tlen On exit, holds the length written
+ * \param lifetime On exit, holds the lifetime of the ticket in seconds
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or
+ * a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t(void *p_ticket,
+ const mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+ unsigned char *start,
+ const unsigned char *end,
+ size_t *tlen,
+ uint32_t *lifetime);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: parse and load session ticket
+ *
+ * \note This describes what a callback implementation should do.
+ * This callback should parse a session ticket as generated
+ * by the corresponding mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t function,
+ * and, if the ticket is authentic and valid, load the
+ * session.
+ *
+ * \note The implementation is allowed to modify the first len
+ * bytes of the input buffer, eg to use it as a temporary
+ * area for the decrypted ticket contents.
+ *
+ * \param p_ticket Context for the callback
+ * \param session SSL session to be loaded
+ * \param buf Start of the buffer containing the ticket
+ * \param len Length of the ticket.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if not authentic, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED if expired, or
+ * any other non-zero code for other failures.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t(void *p_ticket,
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Configure SSL session ticket callbacks (server only).
+ * (Default: none.)
+ *
+ * \note On server, session tickets are enabled by providing
+ * non-NULL callbacks.
+ *
+ * \note On client, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ * \param f_ticket_write Callback for writing a ticket
+ * \param f_ticket_parse Callback for parsing a ticket
+ * \param p_ticket Context shared by the two callbacks
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t *f_ticket_write,
+ mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t *f_ticket_parse,
+ void *p_ticket);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+/**
+ * \brief Get the creation time of a session ticket.
+ *
+ * \note See the documentation of \c ticket_creation_time for information about
+ * the intended usage of this function.
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session
+ * \param ticket_creation_time On exit, holds the ticket creation time in
+ * milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if an input is not valid.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ticket_creation_time(
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *session, mbedtls_ms_time_t *ticket_creation_time)
+{
+ if (session == NULL || ticket_creation_time == NULL ||
+ session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint) != MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER) {
+ return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA;
+ }
+
+ *ticket_creation_time = session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_creation_time);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the session-id buffer.
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return The address of the session-id buffer.
+ */
+static inline unsigned const char (*mbedtls_ssl_session_get_id(const mbedtls_ssl_session *
+ session))[32]
+{
+ return &session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the size of the session-id.
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return size_t size of session-id buffer.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_ssl_session_get_id_len(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+{
+ return session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id_len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the ciphersuite-id.
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return int represetation for ciphersuite.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ciphersuite_id(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+{
+ return session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Configure a key export callback.
+ * (Default: none.)
+ *
+ * This API can be used for two purposes:
+ * - Debugging: Use this API to e.g. generate an NSSKeylog
+ * file and use it to inspect encrypted traffic in tools
+ * such as Wireshark.
+ * - Application-specific export: Use this API to implement
+ * key exporters, e.g. for EAP-TLS or DTLS-SRTP.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to which the export
+ * callback should be attached.
+ * \param f_export_keys The callback for the key export.
+ * \param p_export_keys The opaque context pointer to be passed to the
+ * callback \p f_export_keys.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_export_keys_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *f_export_keys,
+ void *p_export_keys);
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to a pointer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility
+ * of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \param p The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(
+ mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ void *p)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to an integer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \param n The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(
+ mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ uintptr_t n)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as a pointer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(), or
+ * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \return The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p(
+ mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+ return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as an integer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(), or
+ * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \return The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n(
+ mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+ return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to a pointer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility
+ * of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to modify.
+ * \param p The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(
+ mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ void *p)
+{
+ ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to an integer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to modify.
+ * \param n The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(
+ mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ uintptr_t n)
+{
+ ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as a pointer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(), or
+ * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to modify.
+ * \return The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p(
+ mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as an integer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(), or
+ * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to modify.
+ * \return The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n(
+ mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n;
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+/**
+ * \brief Configure asynchronous private key operation callbacks.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ * \param f_async_sign Callback to start a signature operation. See
+ * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t
+ * for more information. This may be \c NULL if the
+ * external processor does not support any signature
+ * operation; in this case the private key object
+ * associated with the certificate will be used.
+ * \param f_async_decrypt Callback to start a decryption operation. See
+ * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t
+ * for more information. This may be \c NULL if the
+ * external processor does not support any decryption
+ * operation; in this case the private key object
+ * associated with the certificate will be used.
+ * \param f_async_resume Callback to resume an asynchronous operation. See
+ * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t
+ * for more information. This may not be \c NULL unless
+ * \p f_async_sign and \p f_async_decrypt are both
+ * \c NULL.
+ * \param f_async_cancel Callback to cancel an asynchronous operation. See
+ * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t
+ * for more information. This may be \c NULL if
+ * no cleanup is needed.
+ * \param config_data A pointer to configuration data which can be
+ * retrieved with
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(). The
+ * library stores this value without dereferencing it.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *f_async_sign,
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *f_async_decrypt,
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *f_async_resume,
+ mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *f_async_cancel,
+ void *config_data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the configuration data set by
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ * \return The configuration data set by
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb().
+ */
+void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context.
+ *
+ * \note This function may only be called while a handshake
+ * is in progress.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to access.
+ *
+ * \return The asynchronous operation user context that was last
+ * set during the current handshake. If
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() has not yet been
+ * called during the current handshake, this function returns
+ * \c NULL.
+ */
+void *mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context.
+ *
+ * \note This function may only be called while a handshake
+ * is in progress.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to access.
+ * \param ctx The new value of the asynchronous operation user context.
+ * Call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data() later during the
+ * same handshake to retrieve this value.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ void *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: generate a cookie
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context for the callback
+ * \param p Buffer to write to,
+ * must be updated to point right after the cookie
+ * \param end Pointer to one past the end of the output buffer
+ * \param info Client ID info that was passed to
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id()
+ * \param ilen Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \return The callback must return 0 on success,
+ * or a negative error code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t(void *ctx,
+ unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end,
+ const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Callback type: verify a cookie
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context for the callback
+ * \param cookie Cookie to verify
+ * \param clen Length of cookie
+ * \param info Client ID info that was passed to
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id()
+ * \param ilen Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \return The callback must return 0 if cookie is valid,
+ * or a negative error code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t(void *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *cookie, size_t clen,
+ const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Register callbacks for DTLS cookies
+ * (Server only. DTLS only.)
+ *
+ * Default: dummy callbacks that fail, in order to force you to
+ * register working callbacks (and initialize their context).
+ *
+ * To disable HelloVerifyRequest, register NULL callbacks.
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling hello verification allows your server to be used
+ * for amplification in DoS attacks against other hosts.
+ * Only disable if you known this can't happen in your
+ * particular environment.
+ *
+ * \note See comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() about handling
+ * the MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED that is expected
+ * on the first handshake attempt when this is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note This is also necessary to handle client reconnection from
+ * the same port as described in RFC 6347 section 4.2.8 (only
+ * the variant with cookies is supported currently). See
+ * comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_read() for details.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param f_cookie_write Cookie write callback
+ * \param f_cookie_check Cookie check callback
+ * \param p_cookie Context for both callbacks
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_cookies(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t *f_cookie_write,
+ mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t *f_cookie_check,
+ void *p_cookie);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set client's transport-level identification info.
+ * (Server only. DTLS only.)
+ *
+ * This is usually the IP address (and port), but could be
+ * anything identify the client depending on the underlying
+ * network stack. Used for HelloVerifyRequest with DTLS.
+ * This is *not* used to route the actual packets.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param info Transport-level info identifying the client (eg IP + port)
+ * \param ilen Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \note An internal copy is made, so the info buffer can be reused.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if used on client,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if out of memory.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const unsigned char *info,
+ size_t ilen);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable or disable anti-replay protection for DTLS.
+ * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ * Default: enabled.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param mode MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling this is a security risk unless the application
+ * protocol handles duplicated packets in a safe way. You
+ * should not disable this without careful consideration.
+ * However, if your application already detects duplicated
+ * packets and needs information about them to adjust its
+ * transmission strategy, then you'll want to disable this.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char mode);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a limit on the number of records with a bad MAC
+ * before terminating the connection.
+ * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ * Default: 0 (disabled).
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param limit Limit, or 0 to disable.
+ *
+ * \note If the limit is N, then the connection is terminated when
+ * the Nth non-authentic record is seen.
+ *
+ * \note Records with an invalid header are not counted, only the
+ * ones going through the authentication-decryption phase.
+ *
+ * \note This is a security trade-off related to the fact that it's
+ * often relatively easy for an active attacker to inject UDP
+ * datagrams. On one hand, setting a low limit here makes it
+ * easier for such an attacker to forcibly terminated a
+ * connection. On the other hand, a high limit or no limit
+ * might make us waste resources checking authentication on
+ * many bogus packets.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_badmac_limit(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned limit);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Allow or disallow packing of multiple handshake records
+ * within a single datagram.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to configure.
+ * \param allow_packing This determines whether datagram packing may
+ * be used or not. A value of \c 0 means that every
+ * record will be sent in a separate datagram; a
+ * value of \c 1 means that, if space permits,
+ * multiple handshake messages (including CCS) belonging to
+ * a single flight may be packed within a single datagram.
+ *
+ * \note This is enabled by default and should only be disabled
+ * for test purposes, or if datagram packing causes
+ * interoperability issues with peers that don't support it.
+ *
+ * \note Allowing datagram packing reduces the network load since
+ * there's less overhead if multiple messages share the same
+ * datagram. Also, it increases the handshake efficiency
+ * since messages belonging to a single datagram will not
+ * be reordered in transit, and so future message buffering
+ * or flight retransmission (if no buffering is used) as
+ * means to deal with reordering are needed less frequently.
+ *
+ * \note Application records are not affected by this option and
+ * are currently always sent in separate datagrams.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_datagram_packing(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned allow_packing);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set retransmit timeout values for the DTLS handshake.
+ * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param min Initial timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * Default: 1000 (1 second).
+ * \param max Maximum timeout value in milliseconds.
+ * Default: 60000 (60 seconds).
+ *
+ * \note Default values are from RFC 6347 section 4.2.4.1.
+ *
+ * \note The 'min' value should typically be slightly above the
+ * expected round-trip time to your peer, plus whatever time
+ * it takes for the peer to process the message. For example,
+ * if your RTT is about 600ms and you peer needs up to 1s to
+ * do the cryptographic operations in the handshake, then you
+ * should set 'min' slightly above 1600. Lower values of 'min'
+ * might cause spurious resends which waste network resources,
+ * while larger value of 'min' will increase overall latency
+ * on unreliable network links.
+ *
+ * \note The more unreliable your network connection is, the larger
+ * your max / min ratio needs to be in order to achieve
+ * reliable handshakes.
+ *
+ * \note Messages are retransmitted up to log2(ceil(max/min)) times.
+ * For example, if min = 1s and max = 5s, the retransmit plan
+ * goes: send ... 1s -> resend ... 2s -> resend ... 4s ->
+ * resend ... 5s -> give up and return a timeout error.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_handshake_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t min, uint32_t max);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the session cache callbacks (server-side only)
+ * If not set, no session resuming is done (except if session
+ * tickets are enabled too).
+ *
+ * The session cache has the responsibility to check for stale
+ * entries based on timeout. See RFC 5246 for recommendations.
+ *
+ * Warning: session.peer_cert is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer on
+ * connection shutdown, so do not cache the pointer! Either set
+ * it to NULL or make a full copy of the certificate.
+ *
+ * The get callback is called once during the initial handshake
+ * to enable session resuming. The get function has the
+ * following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+ * If a valid entry is found, it should fill the master of
+ * the session object with the cached values and return 0,
+ * return 1 otherwise. Optionally peer_cert can be set as well
+ * if it is properly present in cache entry.
+ *
+ * The set callback is called once during the initial handshake
+ * to enable session resuming after the entire handshake has
+ * been finished. The set function has the following parameters:
+ * (void *parameter, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session). The function
+ * should create a cache entry for future retrieval based on
+ * the data in the session structure and should keep in mind
+ * that the mbedtls_ssl_session object presented (and all its referenced
+ * data) is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer when the connection is
+ * terminated. It is recommended to add metadata to determine if
+ * an entry is still valid in the future. Return 0 if
+ * successfully cached, return 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param p_cache parameter (context) for both callbacks
+ * \param f_get_cache session get callback
+ * \param f_set_cache session set callback
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_cache(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ void *p_cache,
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *f_get_cache,
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *f_set_cache);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Load a session for session resumption.
+ *
+ * Sessions loaded through this call will be considered
+ * for session resumption in the next handshake.
+ *
+ * \note Even if this call succeeds, it is not guaranteed that
+ * the next handshake will indeed be shortened through the
+ * use of session resumption: The server is always free
+ * to reject any attempt for resumption and fall back to
+ * a full handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session
+ * resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption
+ * and ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3,
+ * sessions equate to tickets, and loading one session by
+ * calling this function will lead to its corresponding ticket
+ * being advertised as resumption PSK by the client. This
+ * depends on session tickets being enabled (see
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option) though.
+ * If session tickets are disabled, a call to this function
+ * with a TLS 1.3 session, will not have any effect on the next
+ * handshake for the SSL context \p ssl.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context representing the connection which should
+ * be attempted to be setup using session resumption. This
+ * must be initialized via mbedtls_ssl_init() and bound to
+ * an SSL configuration via mbedtls_ssl_setup(), but
+ * the handshake must not yet have been started.
+ * \param session The session to be considered for session resumption.
+ * This must be a session previously exported via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_session(), and potentially serialized and
+ * deserialized through mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_load() in the meantime.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the session
+ * could not be loaded because one session has already been
+ * loaded. This error is non-fatal, and has no observable
+ * effect on the SSL context or the session that was attempted
+ * to be loaded.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_session()
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_session_load()
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_session(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load serialized session data into a session structure.
+ * On client, this can be used for loading saved sessions
+ * before resuming them with mbedtls_ssl_set_session().
+ * On server, this can be used for alternative implementations
+ * of session cache or session tickets.
+ *
+ * \warning If a peer certificate chain is associated with the session,
+ * the serialized state will only contain the peer's
+ * end-entity certificate and the result of the chain
+ * verification (unless verification was disabled), but not
+ * the rest of the chain.
+ *
+ * \see mbedtls_ssl_session_save()
+ * \see mbedtls_ssl_set_session()
+ *
+ * \param session The session structure to be populated. It must have been
+ * initialised with mbedtls_ssl_session_init() but not
+ * populated yet.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the serialized session data. It must be a
+ * readable buffer of at least \p len bytes.
+ * \param len The size of the serialized data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data
+ * was generated in a different version or configuration of
+ * Mbed TLS.
+ * \return Another negative value for other kinds of errors (for
+ * example, unsupported features in the embedded certificate).
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_load(mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Save session structure as serialized data in a buffer.
+ * On client, this can be used for saving session data,
+ * potentially in non-volatile storage, for resuming later.
+ * On server, this can be used for alternative implementations
+ * of session cache or session tickets.
+ *
+ * \see mbedtls_ssl_session_load()
+ *
+ * \param session The session structure to be saved.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a
+ * writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c
+ * NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0.
+ * \param buf_len The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf.
+ * \param olen The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have
+ * been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ *
+ * \note \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of
+ * whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible
+ * to determine the necessary size by calling this function
+ * with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0.
+ *
+ * \note For TLS 1.3 sessions, this feature is supported only if the
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option is enabled,
+ * as in TLS 1.3 session resumption is possible only with
+ * tickets.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option is disabled
+ * and the session is a TLS 1.3 session.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_save(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buf_len,
+ size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the list of allowed ciphersuites and the preference
+ * order. First in the list has the highest preference.
+ *
+ * For TLS 1.2, the notion of ciphersuite determines both
+ * the key exchange mechanism and the suite of symmetric
+ * algorithms to be used during and after the handshake.
+ *
+ * For TLS 1.3 (in development), the notion of ciphersuite
+ * only determines the suite of symmetric algorithms to be
+ * used during and after the handshake, while key exchange
+ * mechanisms are configured separately.
+ *
+ * In Mbed TLS, ciphersuites for both TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3
+ * are configured via this function. For users of TLS 1.3,
+ * there will be separate API for the configuration of key
+ * exchange mechanisms.
+ *
+ * The list of ciphersuites passed to this function may
+ * contain a mixture of TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3 ciphersuite
+ * identifiers. This is useful if negotiation of TLS 1.3
+ * should be attempted, but a fallback to TLS 1.2 would
+ * be tolerated.
+ *
+ * \note By default, the server chooses its preferred
+ * ciphersuite among those that the client supports. If
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order() is called to prefer
+ * the client's preferences, the server instead chooses
+ * the client's preferred ciphersuite among those that
+ * the server supports.
+ *
+ * \warning The ciphersuites array \p ciphersuites is not copied.
+ * It must remain valid for the lifetime of the SSL
+ * configuration \p conf.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to modify.
+ * \param ciphersuites A 0-terminated list of IANA identifiers of supported
+ * ciphersuites, accessible through \c MBEDTLS_TLS_XXX
+ * and \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_XXX macros defined in
+ * ssl_ciphersuites.h.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const int *ciphersuites);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the supported key exchange modes for TLS 1.3 connections.
+ *
+ * In contrast to TLS 1.2, the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.3 does not
+ * include the choice of key exchange mechanism. It is therefore not
+ * covered by the API mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). See the
+ * documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites() for more
+ * information on the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * The present function is specific to TLS 1.3 and allows users to
+ * configure the set of supported key exchange mechanisms in TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration the change should apply to.
+ * \param kex_modes A bitwise combination of one or more of the following:
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK
+ * This flag enables pure-PSK key exchanges.
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL
+ * This flag enables combined PSK-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL
+ * This flag enables pure-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ * For convenience, the following pre-defined macros are
+ * available for combinations of the above:
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL
+ * Includes all of pure-PSK, PSK-ephemeral and pure-ephemeral.
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL
+ * Includes both pure-PSK and combined PSK-ephemeral
+ * key exchanges, but excludes pure-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL
+ * Includes both pure-ephemeral and combined PSK-ephemeral
+ * key exchanges.
+ *
+ * \note If a PSK-based key exchange mode shall be supported, applications
+ * must also use the APIs mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()
+ * to configure the PSKs to be used.
+ *
+ * \note If a pure-ephemeral key exchange mode shall be supported,
+ * server-side applications must also provide a certificate via
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert().
+ *
+ */
+
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const int kex_modes);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL 1
+/**
+ * \brief Specify the length of Connection IDs for incoming
+ * encrypted DTLS records, as well as the behaviour
+ * on unexpected CIDs.
+ *
+ * By default, the CID length is set to \c 0,
+ * and unexpected CIDs are silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to modify.
+ * \param len The length in Bytes of the CID fields in encrypted
+ * DTLS records using the CID mechanism. This must
+ * not be larger than #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX.
+ * \param ignore_other_cids This determines the stack's behaviour when
+ * receiving a record with an unexpected CID.
+ * Possible values are:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE
+ * In this case, the record is silently ignored.
+ * - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL
+ * In this case, the stack fails with the specific
+ * error code #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID.
+ *
+ * \note The CID specification allows implementations to either
+ * use a common length for all incoming connection IDs or
+ * allow variable-length incoming IDs. Mbed TLS currently
+ * requires a common length for all connections sharing the
+ * same SSL configuration; this allows simpler parsing of
+ * record headers.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p len
+ * is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, size_t len,
+ int ignore_other_cids);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the X.509 security profile used for verification
+ *
+ * \note The restrictions are enforced for all certificates in the
+ * chain. However, signatures in the handshake are not covered
+ * by this setting but by \b mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param profile Profile to use
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the data required to verify peer certificate
+ *
+ * \note See \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for notes regarding the
+ * parameters ca_chain (maps to trust_ca for that function)
+ * and ca_crl.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs)
+ * \param ca_crl trusted CA CRLs
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain,
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message
+ *
+ * \note If not set, subject distinguished names (DNs) are taken
+ * from \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain()
+ * or \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain())
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param crt crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs
+ * from which the client should select client peer certificate.
+ */
+static inline
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints) = crt;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the trusted certificate callback.
+ *
+ * This API allows to register the set of trusted certificates
+ * through a callback, instead of a linked list as configured
+ * by mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain().
+ *
+ * This is useful for example in contexts where a large number
+ * of CAs are used, and the inefficiency of maintaining them
+ * in a linked list cannot be tolerated. It is also useful when
+ * the set of trusted CAs needs to be modified frequently.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t` for
+ * more information.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_ca_cb The trusted certificate callback to use when verifying
+ * certificate chains.
+ * \param p_ca_cb The context to be passed to \p f_ca_cb (for example,
+ * a reference to a trusted CA database).
+ *
+ * \note This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain():
+ * Any call to this function overwrites the values set through
+ * earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb().
+ *
+ * \note This API is incompatible with CA indication in
+ * CertificateRequest messages: A server-side SSL context which
+ * is bound to an SSL configuration that uses a CA callback
+ * configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), and which requires
+ * client authentication, will send an empty CA list in the
+ * corresponding CertificateRequest message.
+ *
+ * \note This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain():
+ * If an SSL context is bound to an SSL configuration which uses
+ * CA callbacks configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), then
+ * calls to mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() have no effect.
+ *
+ * \note The use of this API disables the use of restartable ECC
+ * during X.509 CRT signature verification (but doesn't affect
+ * other uses).
+ *
+ * \warning This API is incompatible with the use of CRLs. Any call to
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb() unsets CRLs configured through
+ * earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain().
+ *
+ * \warning In multi-threaded environments, the callback \p f_ca_cb
+ * must be thread-safe, and it is the user's responsibility
+ * to guarantee this (for example through a mutex
+ * contained in the callback context pointed to by \p p_ca_cb).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t f_ca_cb,
+ void *p_ca_cb);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set own certificate chain and private key
+ *
+ * \note own_cert should contain in order from the bottom up your
+ * certificate chain. The top certificate (self-signed)
+ * can be omitted.
+ *
+ * \note On server, this function can be called multiple times to
+ * provision more than one cert/key pair (eg one ECDSA, one
+ * RSA with SHA-256, one RSA with SHA-1). An adequate
+ * certificate will be selected according to the client's
+ * advertised capabilities. In case multiple certificates are
+ * adequate, preference is given to the one set by the first
+ * call to this function, then second, etc.
+ *
+ * \note On client, only the first call has any effect. That is,
+ * only one client certificate can be provisioned. The
+ * server's preferences in its CertificateRequest message will
+ * be ignored and our only cert will be sent regardless of
+ * whether it matches those preferences - the server can then
+ * decide what it wants to do with it.
+ *
+ * \note The provided \p pk_key needs to match the public key in the
+ * first certificate in \p own_cert, or all handshakes using
+ * that certificate will fail. It is your responsibility
+ * to ensure that; this function will not perform any check.
+ * You may use mbedtls_pk_check_pair() in order to perform
+ * this check yourself, but be aware that this function can
+ * be computationally expensive on some key types.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param own_cert own public certificate chain
+ * \param pk_key own private key
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert,
+ mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief Configure pre-shared keys (PSKs) and their
+ * identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * Only one PSK can be registered, through either
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ * If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function
+ * fails, though this may change in future versions, which
+ * may add support for multiple PSKs.
+ *
+ * \note This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually
+ * want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead.
+ *
+ * \note A PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() in the PSK callback
+ * takes precedence over a PSK configured by this function.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the PSK with.
+ * \param psk The pointer to the pre-shared key to use.
+ * \param psk_len The length of the pre-shared key in bytes.
+ * \param psk_identity The pointer to the pre-shared key identity.
+ * \param psk_identity_len The length of the pre-shared key identity
+ * in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note The PSK and its identity are copied internally and
+ * hence need not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime
+ * of the SSL configuration.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs
+ * can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len,
+ const unsigned char *psk_identity, size_t psk_identity_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief Configure one or more opaque pre-shared keys (PSKs) and
+ * their identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * Only one PSK can be registered, through either
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ * If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function
+ * fails, though this may change in future versions, which
+ * may add support for multiple PSKs.
+ *
+ * \note This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually
+ * want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead.
+ *
+ * \note An opaque PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque() in
+ * the PSK callback takes precedence over an opaque PSK
+ * configured by this function.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the PSK with.
+ * \param psk The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK.
+ * Until \p conf is destroyed or this function is successfully
+ * called again, the key slot \p psk must be populated with a
+ * key of type PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy
+ * allows its use for the key derivation algorithm applied
+ * in the handshake.
+ * \param psk_identity The pointer to the pre-shared key identity.
+ * \param psk_identity_len The length of the pre-shared key identity
+ * in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note The PSK identity hint is copied internally and hence need
+ * not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime of the
+ * SSL configuration.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs
+ * can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact.
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk,
+ const unsigned char *psk_identity,
+ size_t psk_identity_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This should only be called inside the PSK callback,
+ * i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb().
+ *
+ * \note A PSK set by this function takes precedence over a PSK
+ * configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to configure a PSK for.
+ * \param psk The pointer to the pre-shared key.
+ * \param psk_len The length of the pre-shared key in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief Set an opaque pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This should only be called inside the PSK callback,
+ * i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb().
+ *
+ * \note An opaque PSK set by this function takes precedence over an
+ * opaque PSK configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to configure a PSK for.
+ * \param psk The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK.
+ * For the duration of the current handshake, the key slot
+ * must be populated with a key of type
+ * PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy allows its
+ * use for the key derivation algorithm
+ * applied in the handshake.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the PSK callback (server-side only).
+ *
+ * If set, the PSK callback is called for each
+ * handshake where a PSK-based ciphersuite was negotiated.
+ * The caller provides the identity received and wants to
+ * receive the actual PSK data and length.
+ *
+ * The callback has the following parameters:
+ * - \c void*: The opaque pointer \p p_psk.
+ * - \c mbedtls_ssl_context*: The SSL context to which
+ * the operation applies.
+ * - \c const unsigned char*: The PSK identity
+ * selected by the client.
+ * - \c size_t: The length of the PSK identity
+ * selected by the client.
+ *
+ * If a valid PSK identity is found, the callback should use
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() or
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque()
+ * on the SSL context to set the correct PSK and return \c 0.
+ * Any other return value will result in a denied PSK identity.
+ *
+ * \note A dynamic PSK (i.e. set by the PSK callback) takes
+ * precedence over a static PSK (i.e. set by
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()).
+ * This means that if you set a PSK callback using this
+ * function, you don't need to set a PSK using
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()).
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_psk The callback for selecting and setting the PSK based
+ * in the PSK identity chosen by the client.
+ * \param p_psk A pointer to an opaque structure to be passed to
+ * the callback, for example a PSK store.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int (*f_psk)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *,
+ size_t),
+ void *p_psk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values
+ * from big-endian binary presentations.
+ * (Default values: MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_[PG]_BIN)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param dhm_P Diffie-Hellman-Merkle modulus in big-endian binary form
+ * \param P_len Length of DHM modulus
+ * \param dhm_G Diffie-Hellman-Merkle generator in big-endian binary form
+ * \param G_len Length of DHM generator
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_bin(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const unsigned char *dhm_P, size_t P_len,
+ const unsigned char *dhm_G, size_t G_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values,
+ * read from existing context (server-side only)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param dhm_ctx Diffie-Hellman-Merkle context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_ctx(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm_ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the minimum length for Diffie-Hellman parameters.
+ * (Client-side only.)
+ * (Default: 1024 bits.)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param bitlen Minimum bit length of the DHM prime
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dhm_min_bitlen(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ unsigned int bitlen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the allowed curves in order of preference.
+ *
+ * On server: this only affects selection of the ECDHE curve;
+ * the curves used for ECDH and ECDSA are determined by the
+ * list of available certificates instead.
+ *
+ * On client: this affects the list of curves offered for any
+ * use. The server can override our preference order.
+ *
+ * Both sides: limits the set of curves accepted for use in
+ * ECDHE and in the peer's end-entity certificate.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups().
+ *
+ * \note This has no influence on which curves are allowed inside the
+ * certificate chains, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile()
+ * for that. For the end-entity certificate however, the key
+ * will be accepted only if it is allowed both by this list
+ * and by the cert profile.
+ *
+ * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ * (preferred curve first).
+ *
+ * \note The default list is the same set of curves that
+ * #mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default allows, plus
+ * ECDHE-only curves selected according to the same criteria.
+ * The order favors curves with the lowest resource usage.
+ *
+ * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list,
+ * for example if new curves are added to the library.
+ * New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ * from this list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in
+ * keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest
+ * resource usage.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param curves Ordered list of allowed curves,
+ * terminated by MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *curves);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the allowed groups in order of preference.
+ *
+ * On server: This only affects the choice of key agreement mechanism
+ *
+ * On client: this affects the list of groups offered for any
+ * use. The server can override our preference order.
+ *
+ * Both sides: limits the set of groups accepted for use in
+ * key sharing.
+ *
+ * \note This function replaces the deprecated mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(),
+ * which only allows ECP curves to be configured.
+ *
+ * \note The most recent invocation of either mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves()
+ * or mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups() nullifies all previous invocations
+ * of both.
+ *
+ * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ * (preferred group first).
+ *
+ * \note When this function is not called, a default list is used,
+ * consisting of all supported curves at 255 bits and above,
+ * and all supported finite fields at 2048 bits and above.
+ * The order favors groups with the lowest resource usage.
+ *
+ * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ * from the default list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in
+ * keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest
+ * resource usage.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param groups List of allowed groups ordered by preference, terminated by 0.
+ * Must contain valid IANA NamedGroup IDs (provided via either an integer
+ * or using MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_NAMED_GROUP_XXX macros).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const uint16_t *groups);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the allowed hashes for signatures during the handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This only affects which hashes are offered and can be used
+ * for signatures during the handshake. Hashes for message
+ * authentication and the TLS PRF are controlled by the
+ * ciphersuite, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). Hashes
+ * used for certificate signature are controlled by the
+ * verification profile, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile().
+ *
+ * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_algs().
+ *
+ * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ * (preferred hash first).
+ *
+ * \note By default, all supported hashes whose length is at least
+ * 256 bits are allowed. This is the same set as the default
+ * for certificate verification
+ * (#mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default).
+ * The preference order is currently unspecified and may
+ * change in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list,
+ * for example if new curves are added to the library.
+ * New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ * from this list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param hashes Ordered list of allowed signature hashes,
+ * terminated by \c MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const int *hashes);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED && MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Configure allowed signature algorithms for use in TLS
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param sig_algs List of allowed IANA values for TLS 1.3 signature algorithms,
+ * terminated by #MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE. The list must remain
+ * available throughout the lifetime of the conf object.
+ * - For TLS 1.3, values of \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_XXXX should be
+ * used.
+ * - For TLS 1.2, values should be given as
+ * "(HashAlgorithm << 8) | SignatureAlgorithm".
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_algs(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const uint16_t *sig_algs);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set or reset the hostname to check against the received
+ * server certificate. It sets the ServerName TLS extension,
+ * too, if that extension is enabled. (client-side only)
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param hostname the server hostname, may be NULL to clear hostname
+
+ * \note Maximum hostname length MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED on
+ * allocation failure, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ * too long input hostname.
+ *
+ * Hostname set to the one provided on success (cleared
+ * when NULL). On allocation failure hostname is cleared.
+ * On too long input failure, old hostname is unchanged.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const char *hostname);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the hostname that checked against the received
+ * server certificate. It is used to set the ServerName
+ * TLS extension, too, if that extension is enabled.
+ * (client-side only)
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return const pointer to the hostname value
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION)
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve SNI extension value for the current handshake.
+ * Available in \c f_cert_cb of \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(),
+ * this is the same value passed to \c f_sni callback of
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni() and may be used instead of
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni().
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param name_len pointer into which to store length of returned value.
+ * 0 if SNI extension is not present or not yet processed.
+ *
+ * \return const pointer to SNI extension value.
+ * - value is valid only when called in \c f_cert_cb
+ * registered with \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb().
+ * - value is NULL if SNI extension is not present.
+ * - value is not '\0'-terminated. Use \c name_len for len.
+ * - value must not be freed.
+ */
+const unsigned char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hs_sni(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ size_t *name_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set own certificate and key for the current handshake
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() but for use within
+ * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \note Passing null \c own_cert clears the certificate list for
+ * the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param own_cert own public certificate chain
+ * \param pk_key own private key
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert,
+ mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the data required to verify peer certificate for the
+ * current handshake
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() but for use within
+ * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs)
+ * \param ca_crl trusted CA CRLs
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain,
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints() but for use within
+ * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param crt crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs
+ * from which the client should select client peer certificate.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set authmode for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode() but for use within
+ * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param authmode MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ int authmode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set server side ServerName TLS extension callback
+ * (optional, server-side only).
+ *
+ * If set, the ServerName callback is called whenever the
+ * server receives a ServerName TLS extension from the client
+ * during a handshake. The ServerName callback has the
+ * following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ * const unsigned char *hostname, size_t len). If a suitable
+ * certificate is found, the callback must set the
+ * certificate(s) and key(s) to use with \c
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert() (can be called repeatedly),
+ * and may optionally adjust the CA and associated CRL with \c
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() as well as the client
+ * authentication mode with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(),
+ * then must return 0. If no matching name is found, the
+ * callback may return non-zero to abort the handshake.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param f_sni verification function
+ * \param p_sni verification parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int (*f_sni)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *,
+ size_t),
+ void *p_sni);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the EC J-PAKE password for current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note An internal copy is made, and destroyed as soon as the
+ * handshake is completed, or when the SSL context is reset or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * \note The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place
+ * to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ * Password cannot be empty (see RFC 8236).
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param pw EC J-PAKE password (pre-shared secret). It cannot be empty
+ * \param pw_len length of pw in bytes
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const unsigned char *pw,
+ size_t pw_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the EC J-PAKE opaque password for current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note The key must remain valid until the handshake is over.
+ *
+ * \note The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place
+ * to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param pwd EC J-PAKE opaque password
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t pwd);
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the supported Application Layer Protocols.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param protos Pointer to a NULL-terminated list of supported protocols,
+ * in decreasing preference order. The pointer to the list is
+ * recorded by the library for later reference as required, so
+ * the lifetime of the table must be at least as long as the
+ * lifetime of the SSL configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_alpn_protocols(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, const char **protos);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the name of the negotiated Application Layer Protocol.
+ * This function should be called after the handshake is
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return Protocol name, or NULL if no protocol was negotiated.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_alpn_protocol(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C)
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_srtp_profile_as_string(mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile profile)
+{
+ switch (profile) {
+ case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80:
+ return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80";
+ case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32:
+ return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32";
+ case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80:
+ return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80";
+ case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32:
+ return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32";
+ default: break;
+ }
+ return "";
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+/**
+ * \brief Manage support for mki(master key id) value
+ * in use_srtp extension.
+ * MKI is an optional part of SRTP used for key management
+ * and re-keying. See RFC3711 section 3.1 for details.
+ * The default value is
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED.
+ *
+ * \param conf The SSL configuration to manage mki support.
+ * \param support_mki_value Enable or disable mki usage. Values are
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED
+ * or #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_srtp_mki_value_supported(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int support_mki_value);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the supported DTLS-SRTP protection profiles.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param profiles Pointer to a List of MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET terminated
+ * supported protection profiles
+ * in decreasing preference order.
+ * The pointer to the list is recorded by the library
+ * for later reference as required, so the lifetime
+ * of the table must be at least as long as the lifetime
+ * of the SSL configuration structure.
+ * The list must not hold more than
+ * MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH elements
+ * (excluding the terminating MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET).
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the list of
+ * protection profiles is incorrect.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles
+ (mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *profiles);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the mki_value for the current DTLS-SRTP session.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context to use.
+ * \param mki_value The MKI value to set.
+ * \param mki_len The length of the MKI value.
+ *
+ * \note This function is relevant on client side only.
+ * The server discovers the mki value during handshake.
+ * A mki value set on server side using this function
+ * is ignored.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_dtls_srtp_set_mki_value(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned char *mki_value,
+ uint16_t mki_len);
+/**
+ * \brief Get the negotiated DTLS-SRTP information:
+ * Protection profile and MKI value.
+ *
+ * \warning This function must be called after the handshake is
+ * completed. The value returned by this function must
+ * not be trusted or acted upon before the handshake completes.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query.
+ * \param dtls_srtp_info The negotiated DTLS-SRTP information:
+ * - Protection profile in use.
+ * A direct mapping of the iana defined value for protection
+ * profile on an uint16_t.
+ http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml
+ * #MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET if the use of SRTP was not negotiated
+ * or peer's Hello packet was not parsed yet.
+ * - mki size and value( if size is > 0 ).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_get_dtls_srtp_negotiation_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info *dtls_srtp_info);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side
+ * and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ * See also the documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version().
+ *
+ * \note This ignores ciphersuites from higher versions.
+ *
+ * \note This function is deprecated and has been replaced by
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param major Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3)
+ * \param minor Minor version number
+ * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2,
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3)
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major,
+ int minor);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side
+ * and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ * \note After the handshake, you can call
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ * negotiated.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param tls_version TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version)
+ * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid)
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version) = tls_version;
+}
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the minimum accepted SSL/TLS protocol version
+ *
+ * \note By default, all supported versions are accepted.
+ * Future versions of the library may disable older
+ * protocol versions by default if they become deprecated.
+ *
+ * \note The following versions are supported (if enabled at
+ * compile time):
+ * - (D)TLS 1.2: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3,
+ * \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3
+ * - TLS 1.3: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3,
+ * \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4
+ *
+ * Note that the numbers in the constant names are the
+ * TLS internal protocol numbers, and the minor versions
+ * differ by one from the human-readable versions!
+ *
+ * \note Input outside of the SSL_MAX_XXXXX_VERSION and
+ * SSL_MIN_XXXXX_VERSION range is ignored.
+ *
+ * \note After the handshake, you can call
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ * negotiated.
+ *
+ * \note This function is deprecated and has been replaced by
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param major Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3)
+ * \param minor Minor version number
+ * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2,
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3)
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major,
+ int minor);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the minimum supported version sent from the client side
+ * and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ * \note After the handshake, you can call
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ * negotiated.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param tls_version TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version)
+ * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid)
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version)
+{
+ conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version) = tls_version;
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable or disable Encrypt-then-MAC
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED)
+ *
+ * \note This should always be enabled, it is a security
+ * improvement, and should not cause any interoperability
+ * issue (used only if the peer supports it too).
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param etm MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_encrypt_then_mac(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char etm);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable or disable Extended Master Secret negotiation.
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED)
+ *
+ * \note This should always be enabled, it is a security fix to the
+ * protocol, and should not cause any interoperability issue
+ * (used only if the peer supports it too).
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param ems MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_extended_master_secret(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char ems);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Whether to send a list of acceptable CAs in
+ * CertificateRequest messages.
+ * (Default: do send)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param cert_req_ca_list MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_req_ca_list(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ char cert_req_ca_list);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum fragment length to emit and/or negotiate.
+ * (Typical: the smaller of #MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN and
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, usually `2^14` bytes)
+ * (Server: set maximum fragment length to emit,
+ * usually negotiated by the client during handshake)
+ * (Client: set maximum fragment length to emit *and*
+ * negotiate with the server during handshake)
+ * (Default: #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE)
+ *
+ * \note On the client side, the maximum fragment length extension
+ * *will not* be used, unless the maximum fragment length has
+ * been set via this function to a value different than
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE.
+ *
+ * \note With TLS, this currently only affects ApplicationData (sent
+ * with \c mbedtls_ssl_read()), not handshake messages.
+ * With DTLS, this affects both ApplicationData and handshake.
+ *
+ * \note This sets the maximum length for a record's payload,
+ * excluding record overhead that will be added to it, see
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion().
+ *
+ * \note For DTLS, it is also possible to set a limit for the total
+ * size of datagrams passed to the transport layer, including
+ * record overhead, see \c mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param mfl_code Code for maximum fragment length (allowed values:
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024,
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned char mfl_code);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Pick the ciphersuites order according to the second parameter
+ * in the SSL Server module (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C).
+ * (Default, if never called: MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param order Server or client (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER
+ * or MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int order);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable / Disable session tickets (client only).
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED.)
+ *
+ * \note On server, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param use_tickets Enable or disable (MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int use_tickets);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS &&
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+/**
+ * \brief Number of NewSessionTicket messages for the server to send
+ * after handshake completion.
+ *
+ * \note The default value is
+ * \c MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS.
+ *
+ * \note In case of a session resumption, this setting only partially apply.
+ * At most one ticket is sent in that case to just renew the pool of
+ * tickets of the client. The rationale is to avoid the number of
+ * tickets on the server to become rapidly out of control when the
+ * server has the same configuration for all its connection instances.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param num_tickets Number of NewSessionTicket.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_new_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ uint16_t num_tickets);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS &&
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C &&
+ MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3*/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable / Disable renegotiation support for connection when
+ * initiated by peer
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED)
+ *
+ * \warning It is recommended to always disable renegotiation unless you
+ * know you need it and you know what you're doing. In the
+ * past, there have been several issues associated with
+ * renegotiation or a poor understanding of its properties.
+ *
+ * \note Server-side, enabling renegotiation also makes the server
+ * susceptible to a resource DoS by a malicious client.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param renegotiation Enable or disable (MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int renegotiation);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Prevent or allow legacy renegotiation.
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION)
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION allows connections to
+ * be established even if the peer does not support
+ * secure renegotiation, but does not allow renegotiation
+ * to take place if not secure.
+ * (Interoperable and secure option)
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION allows renegotiations
+ * with non-upgraded peers. Allowing legacy renegotiation
+ * makes the connection vulnerable to specific man in the
+ * middle attacks. (See RFC 5746)
+ * (Most interoperable and least secure option)
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE breaks off connections
+ * if peer does not support secure renegotiation. Results
+ * in interoperability issues with non-upgraded peers
+ * that do not support renegotiation altogether.
+ * (Most secure option, interoperability issues)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param allow_legacy Prevent or allow (SSL_NO_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION,
+ * SSL_ALLOW_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int allow_legacy);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief Enforce renegotiation requests.
+ * (Default: enforced, max_records = 16)
+ *
+ * When we request a renegotiation, the peer can comply or
+ * ignore the request. This function allows us to decide
+ * whether to enforce our renegotiation requests by closing
+ * the connection if the peer doesn't comply.
+ *
+ * However, records could already be in transit from the peer
+ * when the request is emitted. In order to increase
+ * reliability, we can accept a number of records before the
+ * expected handshake records.
+ *
+ * The optimal value is highly dependent on the specific usage
+ * scenario.
+ *
+ * \note With DTLS and server-initiated renegotiation, the
+ * HelloRequest is retransmitted every time mbedtls_ssl_read() times
+ * out or receives Application Data, until:
+ * - max_records records have beens seen, if it is >= 0, or
+ * - the number of retransmits that would happen during an
+ * actual handshake has been reached.
+ * Please remember the request might be lost a few times
+ * if you consider setting max_records to a really low value.
+ *
+ * \warning On client, the grace period can only happen during
+ * mbedtls_ssl_read(), as opposed to mbedtls_ssl_write() and mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate()
+ * which always behave as if max_record was 0. The reason is,
+ * if we receive application data from the server, we need a
+ * place to write it, which only happens during mbedtls_ssl_read().
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param max_records Use MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED if you don't want to
+ * enforce renegotiation, or a non-negative value to enforce
+ * it but allow for a grace period of max_records records.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_enforced(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int max_records);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set record counter threshold for periodic renegotiation.
+ * (Default: 2^48 - 1)
+ *
+ * Renegotiation is automatically triggered when a record
+ * counter (outgoing or incoming) crosses the defined
+ * threshold. The default value is meant to prevent the
+ * connection from being closed when the counter is about to
+ * reached its maximal value (it is not allowed to wrap).
+ *
+ * Lower values can be used to enforce policies such as "keys
+ * must be refreshed every N packets with cipher X".
+ *
+ * The renegotiation period can be disabled by setting
+ * conf->disable_renegotiation to
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note When the configured transport is
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM the maximum renegotiation
+ * period is 2^48 - 1, and for MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
+ * the maximum renegotiation period is 2^64 - 1.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration
+ * \param period The threshold value: a big-endian 64-bit number.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_period(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ const unsigned char period[8]);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if there is data already read from the
+ * underlying transport but not yet processed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if nothing's pending, 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \note This is different in purpose and behaviour from
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail in that it considers
+ * any kind of unprocessed data, not only unread
+ * application data. If \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes
+ * returns a non-zero value, this function will
+ * also signal pending data, but the converse does
+ * not hold. For example, in DTLS there might be
+ * further records waiting to be processed from
+ * the current underlying transport's datagram.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns 1 (data pending), this
+ * does not imply that a subsequent call to
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_read will provide any data;
+ * e.g., the unprocessed data might turn out
+ * to be an alert or a handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note This function is useful in the following situation:
+ * If the SSL/TLS module successfully returns from an
+ * operation - e.g. a handshake or an application record
+ * read - and you're awaiting incoming data next, you
+ * must not immediately idle on the underlying transport
+ * to have data ready, but you need to check the value
+ * of this function first. The reason is that the desired
+ * data might already be read but not yet processed.
+ * If, in contrast, a previous call to the SSL/TLS module
+ * returned MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, it is not necessary
+ * to call this function, as the latter error code entails
+ * that all internal data has been processed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_check_pending(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the number of application data bytes
+ * remaining to be read from the current record.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return How many bytes are available in the application
+ * data record read buffer.
+ *
+ * \note When working over a datagram transport, this is
+ * useful to detect the current datagram's boundary
+ * in case \c mbedtls_ssl_read has written the maximal
+ * amount of data fitting into the input buffer.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the result of the certificate verification
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to use.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the certificate verification was successful.
+ * \return \c -1u if the result is not available. This may happen
+ * e.g. if the handshake aborts early, or a verification
+ * callback returned a fatal error.
+ * \return A bitwise combination of \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX
+ * and \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX failure flags; see x509.h.
+ */
+uint32_t mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the id of the current ciphersuite
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return a ciphersuite id
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id_from_ssl(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the name of the current ciphersuite
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return a string containing the ciphersuite name
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the (D)TLS protocol version negotiated in the
+ * given connection.
+ *
+ * \note If you call this function too early during the initial
+ * handshake, before the two sides have agreed on a version,
+ * this function returns #MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query.
+ * \return The negotiated protocol version.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number(
+ const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the current TLS version
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return a string containing the TLS version
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_version(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the (maximum) number of bytes added by the record
+ * layer: header + encryption/MAC overhead (inc. padding)
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return Current maximum record expansion in bytes
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the current maximum outgoing record payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note The logic to determine the maximum outgoing record payload is
+ * version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as
+ * the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, extensions
+ * such as the max fragment length or record size limit extension if
+ * used, and for DTLS the path MTU as configured and current
+ * record expansion.
+ *
+ * \note With DTLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will return an error if
+ * called with a larger length value.
+ * With TLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will fragment the input if
+ * necessary and return the number of bytes written; it is up
+ * to the caller to call \c mbedtls_ssl_write() again in
+ * order to send the remaining bytes if any.
+ *
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload()
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion()
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return Current maximum payload for an outgoing record,
+ * or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the current maximum incoming record payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note The logic to determine the maximum incoming record payload is
+ * version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as
+ * the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN, extensions
+ * such as the max fragment length extension or record size limit
+ * extension if used, and the current record expansion.
+ *
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu()
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload()
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion()
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return Current maximum payload for an incoming record,
+ * or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Return the peer certificate from the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to use. This must be initialized and setup.
+ *
+ * \return The current peer certificate, if available.
+ * The returned certificate is owned by the SSL context and
+ * is valid only until the next call to the SSL API.
+ * \return \c NULL if no peer certificate is available. This might
+ * be because the chosen ciphersuite doesn't use CRTs
+ * (PSK-based ciphersuites, for example), or because
+ * #MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE has been disabled,
+ * allowing the stack to free the peer's CRT to save memory.
+ *
+ * \note For one-time inspection of the peer's certificate during
+ * the handshake, consider registering an X.509 CRT verification
+ * callback through mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() instead of calling
+ * this function. Using mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() also comes at
+ * the benefit of allowing you to influence the verification
+ * process, for example by masking expected and tolerated
+ * verification failures.
+ *
+ * \warning You must not use the pointer returned by this function
+ * after any further call to the SSL API, including
+ * mbedtls_ssl_read() and mbedtls_ssl_write(); this is
+ * because the pointer might change during renegotiation,
+ * which happens transparently to the user.
+ * If you want to use the certificate across API calls,
+ * you must make a copy.
+ */
+const mbedtls_x509_crt *mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Export a session in order to resume it later.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context representing the connection for which to
+ * to export a session structure for later resumption.
+ * \param session The target structure in which to store the exported session.
+ * This must have been initialized with mbedtls_ssl_session_init()
+ * but otherwise be unused.
+ *
+ * \note This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session
+ * resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption and
+ * ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3,
+ * sessions equate to tickets, and if session tickets are
+ * enabled (see #MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration
+ * option), this function exports the last received ticket and
+ * the exported session may be used to resume the TLS 1.3
+ * session. If session tickets are disabled, exported sessions
+ * cannot be used to resume a TLS 1.3 session.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful. In this case, \p session can be used for
+ * session resumption by passing it to mbedtls_ssl_set_session(),
+ * and serialized for storage via mbedtls_ssl_session_save().
+ * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_set_session()
+ * \sa mbedtls_ssl_session_save()
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_session(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform the SSL handshake
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ * transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ * operation is in progress (see
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ * must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ * in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED if DTLS is in use
+ * and the client did not demonstrate reachability yet - in
+ * this case you must stop using the context (see below).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ * defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ * received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ * and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ * enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ * documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ * to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ * the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning If this function returns something other than
+ * \c 0,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ * connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note If DTLS is in use, then you may choose to handle
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED specially for logging
+ * purposes, as it is an expected return value rather than an
+ * actual error, but you still need to reset/free the context.
+ *
+ * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS:
+ * If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram
+ * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed,
+ * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport
+ * signal a new event. This is not true for a successful handshake,
+ * in which case the datagram of the underlying transport that is
+ * currently being processed might or might not contain further
+ * DTLS records.
+ *
+ * \note If the context is configured to allow TLS 1.3, or if
+ * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_handshake(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief After calling mbedtls_ssl_handshake() to start the SSL
+ * handshake you can call this function to check whether the
+ * handshake is over for a given SSL context. This function
+ * should be also used to determine when to stop calling
+ * mbedtls_handshake_step() for that context.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if handshake is over, \c 0 if it is still ongoing.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+ return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) >= MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a single step of the SSL handshake
+ *
+ * \note The state of the context (ssl->state) will be at
+ * the next state after this function returns \c 0. Do not
+ * call this function if mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over()
+ * returns \c 1.
+ *
+ * \warning Whilst in the past you may have used direct access to the
+ * context state (ssl->state) in order to ascertain when to
+ * stop calling this function and although you can still do
+ * so with something like ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) or by
+ * defining MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS, this is now
+ * considered deprecated and could be broken in any future
+ * release. If you still find you have good reason for such
+ * direct access, then please do contact the team to explain
+ * this (raise an issue or post to the mailing list), so that
+ * we can add a solution to your problem that will be
+ * guaranteed to work in the future.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return See mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ *
+ * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA, you must stop using
+ * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it
+ * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before
+ * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection
+ * must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief Initiate an SSL renegotiation on the running connection.
+ * Client: perform the renegotiation right now.
+ * Server: request renegotiation, which will be performed
+ * during the next call to mbedtls_ssl_read() if honored by
+ * client.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or any mbedtls_ssl_handshake() return
+ * value except #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT that can't
+ * happen during a renegotiation.
+ *
+ * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using
+ * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it
+ * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before
+ * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection
+ * must be closed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read at most 'len' application data bytes
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param buf buffer that will hold the data
+ * \param len maximum number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return The (positive) number of bytes read if successful.
+ * \return \c 0 if the read end of the underlying transport was closed
+ * without sending a CloseNotify beforehand, which might happen
+ * because of various reasons (internal error of an underlying
+ * stack, non-conformant peer not sending a CloseNotify and
+ * such) - in this case you must stop using the context
+ * (see below).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY if the underlying
+ * transport is still functional, but the peer has
+ * acknowledged to not send anything anymore.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ * transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ * operation is in progress (see
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ * must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ * in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT if we're at the server
+ * side of a DTLS connection and the client is initiating a
+ * new connection using the same source port. See below.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ * defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ * received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ * and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ * enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ * documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ * to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ * the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning If this function returns something other than
+ * a positive value,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ * connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT
+ * (which can only happen server-side), it means that a client
+ * is initiating a new connection using the same source port.
+ * You can either treat that as a connection close and wait
+ * for the client to resend a ClientHello, or directly
+ * continue with \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the same
+ * context (as it has been reset internally). Either way, you
+ * must make sure this is seen by the application as a new
+ * connection: application state, if any, should be reset, and
+ * most importantly the identity of the client must be checked
+ * again. WARNING: not validating the identity of the client
+ * again, or not transmitting the new identity to the
+ * application layer, would allow authentication bypass!
+ *
+ * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS:
+ * - If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram
+ * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed,
+ * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport
+ * signal a new event.
+ * - This function may return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even if data was
+ * initially available on the underlying transport, as this data may have
+ * been only e.g. duplicated messages or a renegotiation request.
+ * Therefore, you must be prepared to receive MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even
+ * when reacting to an incoming-data event from the underlying transport.
+ * - On success, the datagram of the underlying transport that is currently
+ * being processed may contain further DTLS records. You should call
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_check_pending to check for remaining records.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_read(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes
+ *
+ * \warning This function will do partial writes in some cases. If the
+ * return value is non-negative but less than length, the
+ * function must be called again with updated arguments:
+ * buf + ret, len - ret (if ret is the return value) until
+ * it returns a value equal to the last 'len' argument.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param buf buffer holding the data
+ * \param len how many bytes must be written
+ *
+ * \return The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if
+ * successful (may be less than \p len).
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ * transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ * operation is in progress (see
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ * must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ * in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ * defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ * received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ * and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ * enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ * documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ * to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ * the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning If this function returns something other than
+ * a non-negative value,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ * connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE/READ,
+ * it must be called later with the *same* arguments,
+ * until it returns a value greater than or equal to 0. When
+ * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE there may be
+ * some partial data in the output buffer, however this is not
+ * yet sent.
+ *
+ * \note If the requested length is greater than the maximum
+ * fragment length (either the built-in limit or the one set
+ * or negotiated with the peer), then:
+ * - with TLS, less bytes than requested are written.
+ * - with DTLS, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA is returned.
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload() may be used to
+ * query the active maximum fragment length.
+ *
+ * \note Attempting to write 0 bytes will result in an empty TLS
+ * application record being sent.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_write(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Send an alert message
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param level The alert level of the message
+ * (MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING or MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL)
+ * \param message The alert message (SSL_ALERT_MSG_*)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using
+ * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or
+ * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it
+ * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_send_alert_message(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned char level,
+ unsigned char message);
+/**
+ * \brief Notify the peer that the connection is being closed
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using
+ * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or
+ * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it
+ * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Read at most 'len' bytes of early data
+ *
+ * \note This API is server specific.
+ *
+ * \warning Early data is defined in the TLS 1.3 specification, RFC 8446.
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE from section 2.3 of the specification:
+ *
+ * The security properties for 0-RTT data are weaker than
+ * those for other kinds of TLS data. Specifically:
+ * - This data is not forward secret, as it is encrypted
+ * solely under keys derived using the offered PSK.
+ * - There are no guarantees of non-replay between connections.
+ * Protection against replay for ordinary TLS 1.3 1-RTT data
+ * is provided via the server's Random value, but 0-RTT data
+ * does not depend on the ServerHello and therefore has
+ * weaker guarantees. This is especially relevant if the
+ * data is authenticated either with TLS client
+ * authentication or inside the application protocol. The
+ * same warnings apply to any use of the
+ * early_exporter_master_secret.
+ *
+ * \warning Mbed TLS does not implement any of the anti-replay defenses
+ * defined in section 8 of the TLS 1.3 specification:
+ * single-use of tickets or ClientHello recording within a
+ * given time window.
+ *
+ * \note This function is used in conjunction with
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_read() and mbedtls_ssl_write() to read early
+ * data when these functions return
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context, it must have been initialized and set up.
+ * \param buf buffer that will hold the data
+ * \param len maximum number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return The (positive) number of bytes read if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA if it is not
+ * possible to read early data for the SSL context \p ssl. Note
+ * that this function is intended to be called for an SSL
+ * context \p ssl only after a call to mbedtls_ssl_handshake(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_write() for \p ssl that has returned
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes while
+ * performing the handshake (early data).
+ *
+ * \warning Early data is defined in the TLS 1.3 specification, RFC 8446.
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE from section 2.3 of the specification:
+ *
+ * The security properties for 0-RTT data are weaker than
+ * those for other kinds of TLS data. Specifically:
+ * - This data is not forward secret, as it is encrypted
+ * solely under keys derived using the offered PSK.
+ * - There are no guarantees of non-replay between connections.
+ * Protection against replay for ordinary TLS 1.3 1-RTT data
+ * is provided via the server's Random value, but 0-RTT data
+ * does not depend on the ServerHello and therefore has
+ * weaker guarantees. This is especially relevant if the
+ * data is authenticated either with TLS client
+ * authentication or inside the application protocol. The
+ * same warnings apply to any use of the
+ * early_exporter_master_secret.
+ *
+ * \note This function behaves mainly as mbedtls_ssl_write(). The
+ * specification of mbedtls_ssl_write() relevant to TLS 1.3
+ * (thus not the parts specific to (D)TLS1.2) applies to this
+ * function and the present documentation is mainly restricted
+ * to the differences with mbedtls_ssl_write(). One noticeable
+ * difference though is that mbedtls_ssl_write() aims to
+ * complete the handshake before to write application data
+ * while mbedtls_ssl_write_early() aims to drive the handshake
+ * just past the point where it is not possible to send early
+ * data anymore.
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ * \param buf buffer holding the data
+ * \param len how many bytes must be written
+ *
+ * \return The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if
+ * successful (may be less than \p len).
+ *
+ * \return One additional specific error code compared to
+ * mbedtls_ssl_write():
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA.
+ *
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA is returned when it
+ * is not possible to write early data for the SSL context
+ * \p ssl.
+ *
+ * It may have been possible and it is not possible
+ * anymore because the client received the server Finished
+ * message, the server rejected early data or the maximum
+ * number of allowed early data for the PSK in use has been
+ * reached.
+ *
+ * It may never have been possible and will never be possible
+ * for the SSL context \p ssl because the use of early data
+ * is disabled for that context or more generally the context
+ * is not suitably configured to enable early data or the first
+ * call to the function was done while the handshake was
+ * already completed.
+ *
+ * It is not possible to write early data for the SSL context
+ * \p ssl and any subsequent call to this API will return this
+ * error code. But this does not preclude for using it with
+ * mbedtls_ssl_write(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake() and the handshake can be
+ * completed by calling one of these APIs.
+ *
+ * \note This function may write early data only if the SSL context
+ * has been configured for the handshake with a PSK for which
+ * early data is allowed.
+ *
+ * \note To maximize the number of early data that can be written in
+ * the course of the handshake, it is expected that this
+ * function starts the handshake for the SSL context \p ssl.
+ * But this is not mandatory.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not provide any information on whether
+ * the server has accepted or will accept early data or not.
+ * When it returns a positive value, it just means that it
+ * has written early data to the server. To know whether the
+ * server has accepted early data or not, you should call
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status() with the handshake
+ * completed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the status of the negotiation of the use of early data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to query
+ *
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called
+ * from the server-side.
+ *
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called
+ * prior to completion of the handshake.
+ *
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_INDICATED if the client
+ * has not indicated the use of early data to the server.
+ *
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED if the client has
+ * indicated the use of early data and the server has accepted
+ * it.
+ *
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED if the client has
+ * indicated the use of early data but the server has rejected
+ * it. In this situation, the client may want to re-send the
+ * early data it may have tried to send by calling
+ * mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data() as ordinary post-handshake
+ * application data by calling mbedtls_ssl_write().
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free referenced items in an SSL context and clear memory
+ *
+ * \param ssl SSL context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_free(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION)
+/**
+ * \brief Save an active connection as serialized data in a buffer.
+ * This allows the freeing or re-using of the SSL context
+ * while still picking up the connection later in a way that
+ * it entirely transparent to the peer.
+ *
+ * \see mbedtls_ssl_context_load()
+ *
+ * \note The serialized data only contains the data that is
+ * necessary to resume the connection: negotiated protocol
+ * options, session identifier, keys, etc.
+ * Loading a saved SSL context does not restore settings and
+ * state related to how the application accesses the context,
+ * such as configured callback functions, user data, pending
+ * incoming or outgoing data, etc.
+ *
+ * \note This feature is currently only available under certain
+ * conditions, see the documentation of the return value
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA for details.
+ *
+ * \note When this function succeeds, it calls
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on \p ssl which as a result is
+ * no longer associated with the connection that has been
+ * serialized. This avoids creating copies of the connection
+ * state. You're then free to either re-use the context
+ * structure for a different connection, or call
+ * mbedtls_ssl_free() on it. See the documentation of
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() for more details.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context to save. On success, it is no longer
+ * associated with the connection that has been serialized.
+ * \param buf The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a
+ * writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c
+ * NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0.
+ * \param buf_len The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf.
+ * \param olen The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have
+ * been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ *
+ * \note \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of
+ * whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible
+ * to determine the necessary size by calling this function
+ * with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0. However,
+ * the value of \p olen is only guaranteed to be correct when
+ * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL or
+ * \c 0. If the return value is different, then the value of
+ * \p olen is undefined.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed
+ * while resetting the context.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a handshake is in
+ * progress, or there is pending data for reading or sending,
+ * or the connection does not use DTLS 1.2 with an AEAD
+ * ciphersuite, or renegotiation is enabled.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_context_save(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buf_len,
+ size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load serialized connection data to an SSL context.
+ *
+ * \see mbedtls_ssl_context_save()
+ *
+ * \warning The same serialized data must never be loaded into more
+ * that one context. In order to ensure that, after
+ * successfully loading serialized data to an SSL context, you
+ * should immediately destroy or invalidate all copies of the
+ * serialized data that was loaded. Loading the same data in
+ * more than one context would cause severe security failures
+ * including but not limited to loss of confidentiality.
+ *
+ * \note Before calling this function, the SSL context must be
+ * prepared in one of the two following ways. The first way is
+ * to take a context freshly initialised with
+ * mbedtls_ssl_init() and call mbedtls_ssl_setup() on it with
+ * the same ::mbedtls_ssl_config structure that was used in
+ * the original connection. The second way is to
+ * call mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on a context that was
+ * previously prepared as above but used in the meantime.
+ * Either way, you must not use the context to perform a
+ * handshake between calling mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and calling this function. You
+ * may however call other setter functions in that time frame
+ * as indicated in the note below.
+ *
+ * \note Before or after calling this function successfully, you
+ * also need to configure some connection-specific callbacks
+ * and settings before you can use the connection again
+ * (unless they were already set before calling
+ * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and the values are suitable for
+ * the present connection). Specifically, you want to call
+ * at least mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(), and
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() or
+ * mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() if they were set originally.
+ * All other SSL setter functions
+ * are not necessary to call, either because they're only used
+ * in handshakes, or because the setting is already saved. You
+ * might choose to call them anyway, for example in order to
+ * share code between the cases of establishing a new
+ * connection and the case of loading an already-established
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \note If you have new information about the path MTU, you want to
+ * call mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu() after calling this function, as
+ * otherwise this function would overwrite your
+ * newly-configured value with the value that was active when
+ * the context was saved.
+ *
+ * \note When this function returns an error code, it calls
+ * mbedtls_ssl_free() on \p ssl. In this case, you need to
+ * prepare the context with the usual sequence starting with a
+ * call to mbedtls_ssl_init() if you want to use it again.
+ *
+ * \param ssl The SSL context structure to be populated. It must have
+ * been prepared as described in the note above.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the serialized connection data. It must
+ * be a readable buffer of at least \p len bytes.
+ * \param len The size of the serialized data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data
+ * comes from a different Mbed TLS version or build.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_context_load(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an SSL configuration context
+ * Just makes the context ready for
+ * mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() or mbedtls_ssl_config_free().
+ *
+ * \note You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() unless you
+ * manually set all of the relevant fields yourself.
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_config_init(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load reasonable default SSL configuration values.
+ * (You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_init() first.)
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ * \param endpoint MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ * \param transport MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS, or
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS
+ * \param preset a MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_XXX value
+ *
+ * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport() for notes on DTLS.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+ int endpoint, int transport, int preset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free an SSL configuration context
+ *
+ * \param conf SSL configuration context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_config_free(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize SSL session structure
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_session_init(mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free referenced items in an SSL session including the
+ * peer certificate and clear memory
+ *
+ * \note A session object can be freed even if the SSL context
+ * that was used to retrieve the session is still in use.
+ *
+ * \param session SSL session
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_session_free(mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief TLS-PRF function for key derivation.
+ *
+ * \param prf The tls_prf type function type to be used.
+ * \param secret Secret for the key derivation function.
+ * \param slen Length of the secret.
+ * \param label String label for the key derivation function,
+ * terminated with null character.
+ * \param random Random bytes.
+ * \param rlen Length of the random bytes buffer.
+ * \param dstbuf The buffer holding the derived key.
+ * \param dlen Length of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success. An SSL specific error on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_tls_prf(const mbedtls_tls_prf_types prf,
+ const unsigned char *secret, size_t slen,
+ const char *label,
+ const unsigned char *random, size_t rlen,
+ unsigned char *dstbuf, size_t dlen);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1307b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_cache.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL session cache implementation
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 86400 /*!< 1 day */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES 50 /*!< Maximum entries in cache */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context mbedtls_ssl_cache_context;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This structure is used for storing cache entries
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+ mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timestamp); /*!< entry timestamp */
+#endif
+
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id)[32]; /*!< session ID */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id_len);
+
+ unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session); /*!< serialized session */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_len);
+
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next); /*!< chain pointer */
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cache context
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context {
+ mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chain); /*!< start of the chain */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout); /*!< cache entry timeout */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_entries); /*!< maximum entries */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< mutex */
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize an SSL cache context
+ *
+ * \param cache SSL cache context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_init(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cache get callback implementation
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ * for the session to load.
+ * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ * \param session The address at which to store the session
+ * associated with \p session_id, if present.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND if there is
+ * no cache entry with specified session ID found, or
+ * any other negative error code for other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get(void *data,
+ unsigned char const *session_id,
+ size_t session_id_len,
+ mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cache set callback implementation
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ * associated to \p session.
+ * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ * \param session The session to store.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set(void *data,
+ unsigned char const *session_id,
+ size_t session_id_len,
+ const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Remove the cache entry by the session ID
+ * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ * associated to session.
+ * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success. This indicates the cache entry for
+ * the session with provided ID is removed or does not
+ * exist.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_remove(void *data,
+ unsigned char const *session_id,
+ size_t session_id_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the cache timeout
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (1 day))
+ *
+ * A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout.
+ *
+ * \param cache SSL cache context
+ * \param timeout cache entry timeout in seconds
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the cache timeout
+ *
+ * A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout.
+ *
+ * \param cache SSL cache context
+ *
+ * \return cache entry timeout in seconds
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache)
+{
+ return cache->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum number of cache entries
+ * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES (50))
+ *
+ * \param cache SSL cache context
+ * \param max cache entry maximum
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_max_entries(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int max);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free referenced items in a cache context and clear memory
+ *
+ * \param cache SSL cache context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_free(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_cache.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12d4462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_ciphersuites.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL Ciphersuites for Mbed TLS
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/pk.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Supported ciphersuites (Official IANA names)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5 0x01 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x02 /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2C /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2D /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2E /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x2F
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x33
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x35
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x39
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x3B /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x3C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 0x3D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x41
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x45
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x67 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 0x6B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x84
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x88
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x8C
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x8D
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x90
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x91
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x94
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x95
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x9C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x9D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x9E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x9F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xA8 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xA9 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xAA /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xAB /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xAC /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xAD /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xAE
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xAF
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB0 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB1 /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xB2
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xB3
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB4 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB5 /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xB6
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xB7
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB8 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB9 /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xBA /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xBE /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0xC0 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0xC4 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC001 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC004
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC005
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC006 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC009
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC00A
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC00B /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC00E
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC00F
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC010 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC013
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC014
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC023 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC024 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC025 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC026 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC027 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC028 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC029 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC02A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC02C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC02E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC030 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC031 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC032 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC035
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC036
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC037
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC038
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC039
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xC03A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xC03B
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC03C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC03D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC044 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC045 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC048 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC049 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC050 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC051 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC052 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC053 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC05C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC05D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC05E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC05F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC060 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC061 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC062 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC063 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC064 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC065 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC066 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC067 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC068 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC069 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC070 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC071 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC072
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC073
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC074
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC075
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC076
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC077
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC078
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC079
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC07A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC07B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC07C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC07D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC086 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC087 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC088 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC089 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC090 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC091 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC092 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC093 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC094
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC095
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC096
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC097
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC098
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC099
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC09A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC09B
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC09C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC09D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC09E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC09F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A0 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A1 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A2 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A3 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0A4 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0A5 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0A6 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0A7 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A8 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A9 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0AA /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0AB /**< TLS 1.2 */
+/* The last two are named with PSK_DHE in the RFC, which looks like a typo */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0AC /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0AD /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0AE /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0AF /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0FF /**< experimental */
+
+/* RFC 7905 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCA8 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCA9 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAA /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAB /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAC /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAD /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAE /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+/* RFC 8446, Appendix B.4 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x1301 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x1302 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0x1303 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_SHA256 0x1304 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256 0x1305 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+
+/* Reminder: update mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret when adding a new key exchange.
+ * Reminder: update MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__xxx below
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_NONE = 0,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA,
+ MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE,
+} mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t;
+
+/* Key exchanges using a certificate */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 which are using an ECDSA
+ * signature */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_ECDSA_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges allowing client certificate requests.
+ *
+ * Note: that's almost the same as MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+ * above, except RSA-PSK uses a server certificate but no client cert.
+ *
+ * Note: this difference is specific to TLS 1.2, as with TLS 1.3, things are
+ * more symmetrical: client certs and server certs are either both allowed
+ * (Ephemeral mode) or both disallowed (PSK and PKS-Ephemeral modes).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Helper to state that certificate-based client authentication through ECDSA
+ * is supported in TLS 1.2 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) && defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* ECDSA required for certificates in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ANY_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges involving server signature in ServerKeyExchange */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_SERVER_SIGNATURE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using ECDH */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges that don't involve ephemeral keys */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_NON_PFS_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges that involve ephemeral keys */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PFS_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using a PSK */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using DHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE*/
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 PSK key exchanges */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges with PSK */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchanges */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 key exchanges using ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) && \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 XXDH key exchanges: ECDH or ECDHE or FFDH */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED))
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* The handshake params structure has a set of fields called xxdh_psa which are used:
+ * - by TLS 1.2 with `USE_PSA` to do ECDH or ECDHE;
+ * - by TLS 1.3 to do ECDHE or FFDHE.
+ * The following macros can be used to guard their declaration and use.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_WEAK 0x01 /**< Weak ciphersuite flag */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_SHORT_TAG 0x02 /**< Short authentication tag,
+ eg for CCM_8 */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_NODTLS 0x04 /**< Can't be used with DTLS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief This structure is used for storing ciphersuite information
+ *
+ * \note members are defined using integral types instead of enums
+ * in order to pack structure and reduce memory usage by internal
+ * \c ciphersuite_definitions[]
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+ const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher); /* mbedtls_cipher_type_t */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac); /* mbedtls_md_type_t */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange); /* mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags);
+
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */
+ uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */
+};
+
+const int *mbedtls_ssl_list_ciphersuites(void);
+
+const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_string(const char *ciphersuite_name);
+const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_id(int ciphersuite_id);
+
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_name(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info)
+{
+ return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+}
+
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_id(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info)
+{
+ return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+}
+
+size_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_cipher_key_bitlen(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_ciphersuites.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71c258e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_cookie.h
+ *
+ * \brief DTLS cookie callbacks implementation
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT 60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Context for the default cookie functions.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_key); /*!< key id for the HMAC portion */
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_alg); /*!< key algorithm for the HMAC portion */
+#else
+ mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx); /*!< context for the HMAC portion */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+ unsigned long MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial); /*!< serial number for expiration */
+#endif
+ unsigned long MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout); /*!< timeout delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME,
+ or in number of tickets issued */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+} mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize cookie context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_init(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Setup cookie context (generate keys)
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_setup(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set expiration delay for cookies
+ * (Default MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT)
+ *
+ * \param ctx Cookie context
+ * \param delay Delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies
+ * issued in the meantime.
+ * 0 to disable expiration (NOT recommended)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx, unsigned long delay);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free cookie context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_free(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_cookie.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ee1400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_ticket.h
+ *
+ * \brief TLS server ticket callbacks implementation
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+/*
+ * This implementation of the session ticket callbacks includes key
+ * management, rotating the keys periodically in order to preserve forward
+ * secrecy, when MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME is defined.
+ */
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_MAX_KEY_BYTES 32 /*!< Max supported key length in bytes */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_BYTES 4 /*!< key name length in bytes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Information for session ticket protection
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key {
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name)[MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_BYTES];
+ /*!< random key identifier */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+ mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(generation_time); /*!< key generation timestamp (seconds) */
+#endif
+ /*! Lifetime of the key in seconds. This is also the lifetime of the
+ * tickets created under that key.
+ */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime);
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); /*!< context for auth enc/decryption */
+#else
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key); /*!< key used for auth enc/decryption */
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); /*!< algorithm of auth enc/decryption */
+ psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type); /*!< key type */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bits); /*!< key length in bits */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Context for session ticket handling functions
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context {
+ mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keys)[2]; /*!< ticket protection keys */
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(active); /*!< index of the currently active key */
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_lifetime); /*!< lifetime of tickets in seconds */
+
+ /** Callback for getting (pseudo-)random numbers */
+ int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_rng))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_rng); /*!< context for the RNG function */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+ mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a ticket context.
+ * (Just make it ready for mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup()
+ * or mbedtls_ssl_ticket_free().)
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to be initialized
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_ticket_init(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Prepare context to be actually used
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to be set up
+ * \param f_rng RNG callback function (mandatory)
+ * \param p_rng RNG callback context
+ * \param cipher AEAD cipher to use for ticket protection.
+ * Recommended value: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM.
+ * \param lifetime Tickets lifetime in seconds
+ * Recommended value: 86400 (one day).
+ *
+ * \note It is highly recommended to select a cipher that is at
+ * least as strong as the strongest ciphersuite
+ * supported. Usually that means a 256-bit key.
+ *
+ * \note It is recommended to pick a reasonable lifetime so as not
+ * to negate the benefits of forward secrecy.
+ *
+ * \note The TLS 1.3 specification states that ticket lifetime must
+ * be smaller than seven days. If ticket lifetime has been
+ * set to a value greater than seven days in this module then
+ * if the TLS 1.3 is configured to send tickets after the
+ * handshake it will fail the connection when trying to send
+ * the first ticket.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful,
+ * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng,
+ mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher,
+ uint32_t lifetime);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Rotate session ticket encryption key to new specified key.
+ * Provides for external control of session ticket encryption
+ * key rotation, e.g. for synchronization between different
+ * machines. If this function is not used, or if not called
+ * before ticket lifetime expires, then a new session ticket
+ * encryption key is generated internally in order to avoid
+ * unbounded session ticket encryption key lifetimes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to be set up
+ * \param name Session ticket encryption key name
+ * \param nlength Session ticket encryption key name length in bytes
+ * \param k Session ticket encryption key
+ * \param klength Session ticket encryption key length in bytes
+ * \param lifetime Tickets lifetime in seconds
+ * Recommended value: 86400 (one day).
+ *
+ * \note \c name and \c k are recommended to be cryptographically
+ * random data.
+ *
+ * \note \c nlength must match sizeof( ctx->name )
+ *
+ * \note \c klength must be sufficient for use by cipher specified
+ * to \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup
+ *
+ * \note It is recommended to pick a reasonable lifetime so as not
+ * to negate the benefits of forward secrecy.
+ *
+ * \note The TLS 1.3 specification states that ticket lifetime must
+ * be smaller than seven days. If ticket lifetime has been
+ * set to a value greater than seven days in this module then
+ * if the TLS 1.3 is configured to send tickets after the
+ * handshake it will fail the connection when trying to send
+ * the first ticket.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful,
+ * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_rotate(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *name, size_t nlength,
+ const unsigned char *k, size_t klength,
+ uint32_t lifetime);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Implementation of the ticket write callback
+ *
+ * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t for description
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Implementation of the ticket parse callback
+ *
+ * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t for description
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free a context's content and zeroize it.
+ *
+ * \param ctx Context to be cleaned up
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_ticket_free(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_ticket.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d50d04e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/**
+ * \file threading.h
+ *
+ * \brief Threading abstraction layer
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_THREADING_H
+#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x001C
+/** Locking / unlocking / free failed with error code. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_MUTEX_ERROR -0x001E
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD)
+#include <pthread.h>
+typedef struct mbedtls_threading_mutex_t {
+ pthread_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+
+ /* WARNING - state should only be accessed when holding the mutex lock in
+ * tests/src/threading_helpers.c, otherwise corruption can occur.
+ * state will be 0 after a failed init or a free, and nonzero after a
+ * successful init. This field is for testing only and thus not considered
+ * part of the public API of Mbed TLS and may change without notice.*/
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);
+
+} mbedtls_threading_mutex_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT)
+/* You should define the mbedtls_threading_mutex_t type in your header */
+#include "threading_alt.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set your alternate threading implementation function
+ * pointers and initialize global mutexes. If used, this
+ * function must be called once in the main thread before any
+ * other Mbed TLS function is called, and
+ * mbedtls_threading_free_alt() must be called once in the main
+ * thread after all other Mbed TLS functions.
+ *
+ * \note mutex_init() and mutex_free() don't return a status code.
+ * If mutex_init() fails, it should leave its argument (the
+ * mutex) in a state such that mutex_lock() will fail when
+ * called with this argument.
+ *
+ * \param mutex_init the init function implementation
+ * \param mutex_free the free function implementation
+ * \param mutex_lock the lock function implementation
+ * \param mutex_unlock the unlock function implementation
+ */
+void mbedtls_threading_set_alt(void (*mutex_init)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *),
+ void (*mutex_free)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *),
+ int (*mutex_lock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *),
+ int (*mutex_unlock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *));
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free global mutexes.
+ */
+void mbedtls_threading_free_alt(void);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/*
+ * The function pointers for mutex_init, mutex_free, mutex_ and mutex_unlock
+ *
+ * All these functions are expected to work or the result will be undefined.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_mutex_init)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern void (*mbedtls_mutex_free)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int (*mbedtls_mutex_lock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int (*mbedtls_mutex_unlock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex);
+
+/*
+ * Global mutexes
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_readdir_mutex;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT)
+/* This mutex may or may not be used in the default definition of
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(), but in order to determine that,
+ * we need to check POSIX features, hence modify _POSIX_C_SOURCE.
+ * With the current approach, this declaration is orphaned, lacking
+ * an accompanying definition, in case mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r()
+ * doesn't need it, but that's not a problem. */
+extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+/*
+ * A mutex used to make the PSA subsystem thread safe.
+ *
+ * key_slot_mutex protects the registered_readers and
+ * state variable for all key slots in &global_data.key_slots.
+ *
+ * This mutex must be held when any read from or write to a state or
+ * registered_readers field is performed, i.e. when calling functions:
+ * psa_key_slot_state_transition(), psa_register_read(), psa_unregister_read(),
+ * psa_key_slot_has_readers() and psa_wipe_key_slot(). */
+extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_key_slot_mutex;
+
+/*
+ * A mutex used to make the non-rng PSA global_data struct members thread safe.
+ *
+ * This mutex must be held when reading or writing to any of the PSA global_data
+ * structure members, other than the rng_state or rng struct. */
+extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_psa_globaldata_mutex;
+
+/*
+ * A mutex used to make the PSA global_data rng data thread safe.
+ *
+ * This mutex must be held when reading or writing to the PSA
+ * global_data rng_state or rng struct members. */
+extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_psa_rngdata_mutex;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* threading.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62ae102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/**
+ * \file timing.h
+ *
+ * \brief Portable interface to timeouts and to the CPU cycle counter
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_TIMING_H
+#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief timer structure
+ */
+struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time {
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opaque)[4];
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Context for mbedtls_timing_set/get_delay()
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_timing_delay_context {
+ struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timer);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(int_ms);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fin_ms);
+} mbedtls_timing_delay_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT */
+#include "timing_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT */
+
+/* Internal use */
+unsigned long mbedtls_timing_get_timer(struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time *val, int reset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a pair of delays to watch
+ * (See \c mbedtls_timing_get_delay().)
+ *
+ * \param data Pointer to timing data.
+ * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct.
+ * \param int_ms First (intermediate) delay in milliseconds.
+ * The effect if int_ms > fin_ms is unspecified.
+ * \param fin_ms Second (final) delay in milliseconds.
+ * Pass 0 to cancel the current delay.
+ *
+ * \note To set a single delay, either use \c mbedtls_timing_set_timer
+ * directly or use this function with int_ms == fin_ms.
+ */
+void mbedtls_timing_set_delay(void *data, uint32_t int_ms, uint32_t fin_ms);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the status of delays
+ * (Memory helper: number of delays passed.)
+ *
+ * \param data Pointer to timing data
+ * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct.
+ *
+ * \return -1 if cancelled (fin_ms = 0),
+ * 0 if none of the delays are passed,
+ * 1 if only the intermediate delay is passed,
+ * 2 if the final delay is passed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_timing_get_delay(void *data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the final timing delay
+ *
+ * \param data Pointer to timing data
+ * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct.
+ *
+ * \return Final timing delay in milliseconds.
+ */
+uint32_t mbedtls_timing_get_final_delay(
+ const mbedtls_timing_delay_context *data);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* timing.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..637f9d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/**
+ * \file version.h
+ *
+ * \brief Run-time version information
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+/*
+ * This set of run-time variables can be used to determine the version number of
+ * the Mbed TLS library used. Compile-time version defines for the same can be
+ * found in build_info.h
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_VERSION_H
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the version number.
+ *
+ * \return The constructed version number in the format
+ * MMNNPP00 (Major, Minor, Patch).
+ */
+unsigned int mbedtls_version_get_number(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the version string ("x.y.z").
+ *
+ * \param string The string that will receive the value.
+ * (Should be at least 9 bytes in size)
+ */
+void mbedtls_version_get_string(char *string);
+
+/**
+ * Get the full version string ("Mbed TLS x.y.z").
+ *
+ * \param string The string that will receive the value. The Mbed TLS version
+ * string will use 18 bytes AT MOST including a terminating
+ * null byte.
+ * (So the buffer should be at least 18 bytes to receive this
+ * version string).
+ */
+void mbedtls_version_get_string_full(char *string);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check if support for a feature was compiled into this
+ * Mbed TLS binary. This allows you to see at runtime if the
+ * library was for instance compiled with or without
+ * Multi-threading support.
+ *
+ * \note only checks against defines in the sections "System
+ * support", "Mbed TLS modules" and "Mbed TLS feature
+ * support" in mbedtls_config.h
+ *
+ * \param feature The string for the define to check (e.g. "MBEDTLS_AES_C")
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the feature is present,
+ * -1 if the feature is not present and
+ * -2 if support for feature checking as a whole was not
+ * compiled in.
+ */
+int mbedtls_version_check_feature(const char *feature);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_VERSION_C */
+
+#endif /* version.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..453f598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509.h
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/**
+ * \file x509.h
+ *
+ * \brief X.509 generic defines and structures
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_H
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/pk.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/rsa.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup x509_module
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA)
+/**
+ * Maximum number of intermediate CAs in a verification chain.
+ * That is, maximum length of the chain, excluding the end-entity certificate
+ * and the trusted root certificate.
+ *
+ * Set this to a low value to prevent an adversary from making you waste
+ * resources verifying an overlong certificate chain.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name X509 Error codes
+ * \{
+ */
+/** Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA hashing/encryption combination. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x2080
+/** Requested OID is unknown. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_OID -0x2100
+/** The CRT/CRL/CSR format is invalid, e.g. different type expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_FORMAT -0x2180
+/** The CRT/CRL/CSR version element is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_VERSION -0x2200
+/** The serial tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_SERIAL -0x2280
+/** The algorithm tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_ALG -0x2300
+/** The name tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_NAME -0x2380
+/** The date tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_DATE -0x2400
+/** The signature tag or value invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_SIGNATURE -0x2480
+/** The extension tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_EXTENSIONS -0x2500
+/** CRT/CRL/CSR has an unsupported version number. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_VERSION -0x2580
+/** Signature algorithm (oid) is unsupported. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_SIG_ALG -0x2600
+/** Signature algorithms do not match. (see \c ::mbedtls_x509_crt sig_oid) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_SIG_MISMATCH -0x2680
+/** Certificate verification failed, e.g. CRL, CA or signature check failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED -0x2700
+/** Format not recognized as DER or PEM. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -0x2780
+/** Input invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x2800
+/** Allocation of memory failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED -0x2880
+/** Read/write of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x2900
+/** Destination buffer is too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x2980
+/** A fatal error occurred, eg the chain is too long or the vrfy callback failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FATAL_ERROR -0x3000
+/** \} name X509 Error codes */
+
+/**
+ * \name X509 Verify codes
+ * \{
+ */
+/* Reminder: update x509_crt_verify_strings[] in library/x509_crt.c */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED 0x01 /**< The certificate validity has expired. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED 0x02 /**< The certificate has been revoked (is on a CRL). */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH 0x04 /**< The certificate Common Name (CN) does not match with the expected CN. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED 0x08 /**< The certificate is not correctly signed by the trusted CA. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED 0x10 /**< The CRL is not correctly signed by the trusted CA. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED 0x20 /**< The CRL is expired. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING 0x40 /**< Certificate was missing. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY 0x80 /**< Certificate verification was skipped. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER 0x0100 /**< Other reason (can be used by verify callback) */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE 0x0200 /**< The certificate validity starts in the future. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE 0x0400 /**< The CRL is from the future */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE 0x0800 /**< Usage does not match the keyUsage extension. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE 0x1000 /**< Usage does not match the extendedKeyUsage extension. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE 0x2000 /**< Usage does not match the nsCertType extension. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD 0x4000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable hash. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK 0x8000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA). */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY 0x010000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short). */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD 0x020000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable hash. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK 0x040000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA). */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY 0x080000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short). */
+
+/** \} name X509 Verify codes */
+/** \} addtogroup x509_module */
+
+/*
+ * X.509 v3 Subject Alternative Name types.
+ * otherName [0] OtherName,
+ * rfc822Name [1] IA5String,
+ * dNSName [2] IA5String,
+ * x400Address [3] ORAddress,
+ * directoryName [4] Name,
+ * ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName,
+ * uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String,
+ * iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING,
+ * registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_OTHER_NAME 0
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_RFC822_NAME 1
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_DNS_NAME 2
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_X400_ADDRESS_NAME 3
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_DIRECTORY_NAME 4
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_EDI_PARTY_NAME 5
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_UNIFORM_RESOURCE_IDENTIFIER 6
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_IP_ADDRESS 7
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_REGISTERED_ID 8
+
+/*
+ * X.509 v3 Key Usage Extension flags
+ * Reminder: update mbedtls_x509_info_key_usage() when adding new flags.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE (0x80) /* bit 0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_NON_REPUDIATION (0x40) /* bit 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT (0x20) /* bit 2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT (0x10) /* bit 3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_AGREEMENT (0x08) /* bit 4 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN (0x04) /* bit 5 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_CRL_SIGN (0x02) /* bit 6 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY (0x01) /* bit 7 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY (0x8000) /* bit 8 */
+
+/*
+ * Netscape certificate types
+ * (http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/tech-notes/tn3.html)
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT (0x80) /* bit 0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_SERVER (0x40) /* bit 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL (0x20) /* bit 2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_OBJECT_SIGNING (0x10) /* bit 3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_RESERVED (0x08) /* bit 4 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CA (0x04) /* bit 5 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL_CA (0x02) /* bit 6 */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_OBJECT_SIGNING_CA (0x01) /* bit 7 */
+
+/*
+ * X.509 extension types
+ *
+ * Comments refer to the status for using certificates. Status can be
+ * different for writing certificates or reading CRLs or CSRs.
+ *
+ * Those are defined in oid.h as oid.c needs them in a data structure. Since
+ * these were previously defined here, let's have aliases for compatibility.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME /* Supported (DNS) */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS /* Supported */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE
+
+/*
+ * Storage format identifiers
+ * Recognized formats: PEM and DER
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_FORMAT_DER 1
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_FORMAT_PEM 2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_DN_NAME_SIZE 256 /**< Maximum value size of a DN entry */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup x509_module
+ * \{ */
+
+/**
+ * \name Structures for parsing X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRs
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER.
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_buf mbedtls_x509_buf;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN1 bit strings.
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_bitstring mbedtls_x509_bitstring;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN1 named information objects.
+ * It allows for Relative Distinguished Names (e.g. cn=localhost,ou=code,etc.).
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_named_data mbedtls_x509_name;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_sequence mbedtls_x509_sequence;
+
+/*
+ * Container for the fields of the Authority Key Identifier object
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_authority {
+ mbedtls_x509_buf keyIdentifier;
+ mbedtls_x509_sequence authorityCertIssuer;
+ mbedtls_x509_buf authorityCertSerialNumber;
+ mbedtls_x509_buf raw;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_authority;
+
+/** Container for date and time (precision in seconds). */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_time {
+ int year, mon, day; /**< Date. */
+ int hour, min, sec; /**< Time. */
+}
+mbedtls_x509_time;
+
+/**
+ * From RFC 5280 section 4.2.1.6:
+ * OtherName ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
+ * value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id }
+ *
+ * Future versions of the library may add new fields to this structure or
+ * to its embedded union and structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_san_other_name {
+ /**
+ * The type_id is an OID as defined in RFC 5280.
+ * To check the value of the type id, you should use
+ * \p MBEDTLS_OID_CMP with a known OID mbedtls_x509_buf.
+ */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf type_id; /**< The type id. */
+ union {
+ /**
+ * From RFC 4108 section 5:
+ * HardwareModuleName ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * hwType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
+ * hwSerialNum OCTET STRING }
+ */
+ struct {
+ mbedtls_x509_buf oid; /**< The object identifier. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf val; /**< The named value. */
+ }
+ hardware_module_name;
+ }
+ value;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_san_other_name;
+
+/**
+ * A structure for holding the parsed Subject Alternative Name,
+ * according to type.
+ *
+ * Future versions of the library may add new fields to this structure or
+ * to its embedded union and structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name {
+ int type; /**< The SAN type, value of MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_XXX. */
+ union {
+ mbedtls_x509_san_other_name other_name;
+ mbedtls_x509_name directory_name;
+ mbedtls_x509_buf unstructured_name; /**< The buffer for the unstructured types. rfc822Name, dnsName and uniformResourceIdentifier are currently supported. */
+ }
+ san; /**< A union of the supported SAN types */
+}
+mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name;
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_san_list {
+ mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name node;
+ struct mbedtls_x509_san_list *next;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_san_list;
+
+/** \} name Structures for parsing X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRs */
+/** \} addtogroup x509_module */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Store the certificate DN in printable form into buf;
+ * no more than size characters will be written.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param dn The X509 name to represent
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_dn_gets(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_x509_name *dn);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert the certificate DN string \p name into
+ * a linked list of mbedtls_x509_name (equivalent to
+ * mbedtls_asn1_named_data).
+ *
+ * \note This function allocates a linked list, and places the head
+ * pointer in \p head. This list must later be freed by a
+ * call to mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list().
+ *
+ * \param[out] head Address in which to store the pointer to the head of the
+ * allocated list of mbedtls_x509_name
+ * \param[in] name The string representation of a DN to convert
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_string_to_names(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the next relative DN in an X509 name.
+ *
+ * \note Intended use is to compare function result to dn->next
+ * in order to detect boundaries of multi-valued RDNs.
+ *
+ * \param dn Current node in the X509 name
+ *
+ * \return Pointer to the first attribute-value pair of the
+ * next RDN in sequence, or NULL if end is reached.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_x509_name *mbedtls_x509_dn_get_next(
+ mbedtls_x509_name *dn)
+{
+ while (dn->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_merged) && dn->next != NULL) {
+ dn = dn->next;
+ }
+ return dn->next;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Store the certificate serial in printable form into buf;
+ * no more than size characters will be written.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param serial The X509 serial to represent
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_serial_gets(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_x509_buf *serial);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Compare pair of mbedtls_x509_time.
+ *
+ * \param t1 mbedtls_x509_time to compare
+ * \param t2 mbedtls_x509_time to compare
+ *
+ * \return < 0 if t1 is before t2
+ * 0 if t1 equals t2
+ * > 0 if t1 is after t2
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_time_cmp(const mbedtls_x509_time *t1, const mbedtls_x509_time *t2);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+/**
+ * \brief Fill mbedtls_x509_time with provided mbedtls_time_t.
+ *
+ * \param tt mbedtls_time_t to convert
+ * \param now mbedtls_x509_time to fill with converted mbedtls_time_t
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success
+ * \return A non-zero return value on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_time_gmtime(mbedtls_time_t tt, mbedtls_x509_time *now);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check a given mbedtls_x509_time against the system time
+ * and tell if it's in the past.
+ *
+ * \note Intended usage is "if( is_past( valid_to ) ) ERROR".
+ * Hence the return value of 1 if on internal errors.
+ *
+ * \param to mbedtls_x509_time to check
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the given time is in the past or an error occurred,
+ * 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_time_is_past(const mbedtls_x509_time *to);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check a given mbedtls_x509_time against the system time
+ * and tell if it's in the future.
+ *
+ * \note Intended usage is "if( is_future( valid_from ) ) ERROR".
+ * Hence the return value of 1 if on internal errors.
+ *
+ * \param from mbedtls_x509_time to check
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the given time is in the future or an error occurred,
+ * 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_time_is_future(const mbedtls_x509_time *from);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses an item in the SubjectAlternativeNames
+ * extension. Please note that this function might allocate
+ * additional memory for a subject alternative name, thus
+ * mbedtls_x509_free_subject_alt_name has to be called
+ * to dispose of this additional memory afterwards.
+ *
+ * \param san_buf The buffer holding the raw data item of the subject
+ * alternative name.
+ * \param san The target structure to populate with the parsed presentation
+ * of the subject alternative name encoded in \p san_buf.
+ *
+ * \note Supported GeneralName types, as defined in RFC 5280:
+ * "rfc822Name", "dnsName", "directoryName",
+ * "uniformResourceIdentifier" and "hardware_module_name"
+ * of type "otherName", as defined in RFC 4108.
+ *
+ * \note This function should be called on a single raw data of
+ * subject alternative name. For example, after successful
+ * certificate parsing, one must iterate on every item in the
+ * \c crt->subject_alt_names sequence, and pass it to
+ * this function.
+ *
+ * \warning The target structure contains pointers to the raw data of the
+ * parsed certificate, and its lifetime is restricted by the
+ * lifetime of the certificate.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for an unsupported
+ * SAN type.
+ * \return Another negative value for any other failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name(const mbedtls_x509_buf *san_buf,
+ mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name *san);
+/**
+ * \brief Unallocate all data related to subject alternative name
+ *
+ * \param san SAN structure - extra memory owned by this structure will be freed
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_free_subject_alt_name(mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name *san);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function parses a CN string as an IP address.
+ *
+ * \param cn The CN string to parse. CN string MUST be null-terminated.
+ * \param dst The target buffer to populate with the binary IP address.
+ * The buffer MUST be 16 bytes to save IPv6, and should be
+ * 4-byte aligned if the result will be used as struct in_addr.
+ * e.g. uint32_t dst[4]
+ *
+ * \note \p cn is parsed as an IPv6 address if string contains ':',
+ * else \p cn is parsed as an IPv4 address.
+ *
+ * \return Length of binary IP address; num bytes written to target.
+ * \return \c 0 on failure to parse CN string as an IP address.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_cn_inet_pton(const char *cn, void *dst);
+
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAFE_SNPRINTF \
+ do { \
+ if (ret < 0 || (size_t) ret >= n) \
+ return MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; \
+ \
+ n -= (size_t) ret; \
+ p += (size_t) ret; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6625a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/**
+ * \file x509_crl.h
+ *
+ * \brief X.509 certificate revocation list parsing
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/x509.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup x509_module
+ * \{ */
+
+/**
+ * \name Structures and functions for parsing CRLs
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Certificate revocation list entry.
+ * Contains the CA-specific serial numbers and revocation dates.
+ *
+ * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify
+ * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying
+ * those fields or the data that those fields points to is unspecified.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crl_entry {
+ /** Direct access to the whole entry inside the containing buffer. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf raw;
+ /** The serial number of the revoked certificate. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf serial;
+ /** The revocation date of this entry. */
+ mbedtls_x509_time revocation_date;
+ /** Direct access to the list of CRL entry extensions
+ * (an ASN.1 constructed sequence).
+ *
+ * If there are no extensions, `entry_ext.len == 0` and
+ * `entry_ext.p == NULL`. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf entry_ext;
+
+ /** Next element in the linked list of entries.
+ * \p NULL indicates the end of the list.
+ * Do not modify this field directly. */
+ struct mbedtls_x509_crl_entry *next;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_crl_entry;
+
+/**
+ * Certificate revocation list structure.
+ * Every CRL may have multiple entries.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crl {
+ mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw certificate data (DER). */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf tbs; /**< The raw certificate body (DER). The part that is To Be Signed. */
+
+ int version; /**< CRL version (1=v1, 2=v2) */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid; /**< CRL signature type identifier */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_raw; /**< The raw issuer data (DER). */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_name issuer; /**< The parsed issuer data (named information object). */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_time this_update;
+ mbedtls_x509_time next_update;
+
+ mbedtls_x509_crl_entry entry; /**< The CRL entries containing the certificate revocation times for this CA. */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf crl_ext;
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_oid2);
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */
+ mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */
+
+ /** Next element in the linked list of CRL.
+ * \p NULL indicates the end of the list.
+ * Do not modify this field directly. */
+ struct mbedtls_x509_crl *next;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_crl;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a DER-encoded CRL and append it to the chained list
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain points to the start of the chain
+ * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data in DER format
+ * \param buflen size of the buffer
+ * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+/**
+ * \brief Parse one or more CRLs and append them to the chained list
+ *
+ * \note Multiple CRLs are accepted only if using PEM format
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain points to the start of the chain
+ * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data in PEM or DER format
+ * \param buflen size of the buffer
+ * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief Load one or more CRLs and append them to the chained list
+ *
+ * \note Multiple CRLs are accepted only if using PEM format
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain points to the start of the chain
+ * \param path filename to read the CRLs from (in PEM or DER encoding)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+/**
+ * \brief Returns an informational string about the CRL.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param prefix A line prefix
+ * \param crl The X509 CRL to represent
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crl_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crl *crl);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a CRL (chain)
+ *
+ * \param crl CRL chain to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crl_init(mbedtls_x509_crl *crl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unallocate all CRL data
+ *
+ * \param crl CRL chain to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crl_free(mbedtls_x509_crl *crl);
+
+/** \} name Structures and functions for parsing CRLs */
+/** \} addtogroup x509_module */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_x509_crl.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ce0d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+/**
+ * \file x509_crt.h
+ *
+ * \brief X.509 certificate parsing and writing
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_H
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/x509.h"
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crl.h"
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup x509_module
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name Structures and functions for parsing and writing X.509 certificates
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Container for an X.509 certificate. The certificate may be chained.
+ *
+ * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify
+ * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying
+ * those fields or the data that those fields points to is unspecified.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crt {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_buffer); /**< Indicates if \c raw is owned
+ * by the structure or not. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw certificate data (DER). */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf tbs; /**< The raw certificate body (DER). The part that is To Be Signed. */
+
+ int version; /**< The X.509 version. (1=v1, 2=v2, 3=v3) */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf serial; /**< Unique id for certificate issued by a specific CA. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid; /**< Signature algorithm, e.g. sha1RSA */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_raw; /**< The raw issuer data (DER). Used for quick comparison. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf subject_raw; /**< The raw subject data (DER). Used for quick comparison. */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_name issuer; /**< The parsed issuer data (named information object). */
+ mbedtls_x509_name subject; /**< The parsed subject data (named information object). */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_time valid_from; /**< Start time of certificate validity. */
+ mbedtls_x509_time valid_to; /**< End time of certificate validity. */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf pk_raw;
+ mbedtls_pk_context pk; /**< Container for the public key context. */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_id; /**< Optional X.509 v2/v3 issuer unique identifier. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf subject_id; /**< Optional X.509 v2/v3 subject unique identifier. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf v3_ext; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extensions. */
+ mbedtls_x509_sequence subject_alt_names; /**< Optional list of raw entries of Subject Alternative Names extension. These can be later parsed by mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name. */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf subject_key_id; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extension subject key identifier. */
+ mbedtls_x509_authority authority_key_id; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extension authority key identifier. */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_sequence certificate_policies; /**< Optional list of certificate policies (Only anyPolicy is printed and enforced, however the rest of the policies are still listed). */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types); /**< Bit string containing detected and parsed extensions */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_istrue); /**< Optional Basic Constraint extension value: 1 if this certificate belongs to a CA, 0 otherwise. */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_pathlen); /**< Optional Basic Constraint extension value: The maximum path length to the root certificate. Path length is 1 higher than RFC 5280 'meaning', so 1+ */
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_usage); /**< Optional key usage extension value: See the values in x509.h */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_sequence ext_key_usage; /**< Optional list of extended key usage OIDs. */
+
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ns_cert_type); /**< Optional Netscape certificate type extension value: See the values in x509.h */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); /**< Signature: hash of the tbs part signed with the private key. */
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */
+ mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */
+
+ /** Next certificate in the linked list that constitutes the CA chain.
+ * \p NULL indicates the end of the list.
+ * Do not modify this field directly. */
+ struct mbedtls_x509_crt *next;
+}
+mbedtls_x509_crt;
+
+/**
+ * Build flag from an algorithm/curve identifier (pk, md, ecp)
+ * Since 0 is always XXX_NONE, ignore it.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG(id) (1 << ((id) - 1))
+
+/**
+ * Security profile for certificate verification.
+ *
+ * All lists are bitfields, built by ORing flags from MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG().
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure are part of the public API and can be
+ * manipulated directly by applications. Future versions of the library may
+ * add extra fields or reorder existing fields.
+ *
+ * You can create custom profiles by starting from a copy of
+ * an existing profile, such as mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default or
+ * mbedtls_x509_ctr_profile_none and then tune it to your needs.
+ *
+ * For example to allow SHA-224 in addition to the default:
+ *
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_profile my_profile = mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default;
+ * my_profile.allowed_mds |= MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224 );
+ *
+ * Or to allow only RSA-3072+ with SHA-256:
+ *
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_profile my_profile = mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_none;
+ * my_profile.allowed_mds = MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 );
+ * my_profile.allowed_pks = MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_PK_RSA );
+ * my_profile.rsa_min_bitlen = 3072;
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crt_profile {
+ uint32_t allowed_mds; /**< MDs for signatures */
+ uint32_t allowed_pks; /**< PK algs for public keys;
+ * this applies to all certificates
+ * in the provided chain. */
+ uint32_t allowed_curves; /**< Elliptic curves for ECDSA */
+ uint32_t rsa_min_bitlen; /**< Minimum size for RSA keys */
+}
+mbedtls_x509_crt_profile;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_1 0
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_2 1
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3 2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN 20
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN 15
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN)
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN 512
+#endif
+
+/* This macro unfolds to the concatenation of macro invocations
+ * X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO( error code,
+ * error code as string,
+ * human readable description )
+ * where X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO is defined by the user.
+ * See x509_crt.c for an example of how to use this. */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO_LIST \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED", \
+ "The certificate validity has expired") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED", \
+ "The certificate has been revoked (is on a CRL)") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH", \
+ "The certificate Common Name (CN) does not match with the expected CN") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED", \
+ "The certificate is not correctly signed by the trusted CA") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED", \
+ "The CRL is not correctly signed by the trusted CA") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED", \
+ "The CRL is expired") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING", \
+ "Certificate was missing") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY", \
+ "Certificate verification was skipped") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER", \
+ "Other reason (can be used by verify callback)") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE", \
+ "The certificate validity starts in the future") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE", \
+ "The CRL is from the future") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE", \
+ "Usage does not match the keyUsage extension") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE", \
+ "Usage does not match the extendedKeyUsage extension") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE", \
+ "Usage does not match the nsCertType extension") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD", \
+ "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable hash.") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK", \
+ "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA).") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY", \
+ "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short).") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD", \
+ "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable hash.") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK", \
+ "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA).") \
+ X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY, \
+ "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY", \
+ "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short).")
+
+/**
+ * Container for writing a certificate (CRT)
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509write_cert {
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version);
+ unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN];
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial_len);
+ mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject_key);
+ mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer_key);
+ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject);
+ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg);
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(not_before)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN + 1];
+ char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(not_after)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN + 1];
+ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extensions);
+}
+mbedtls_x509write_cert;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set Subject Alternative Name
+ *
+ * \param ctx Certificate context to use
+ * \param san_list List of SAN values
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note "dnsName", "uniformResourceIdentifier", "IP address",
+ * "otherName", and "DirectoryName", as defined in RFC 5280,
+ * are supported.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_alternative_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_x509_san_list *san_list);
+
+/**
+ * Item in a verification chain: cert and flags for it
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crt);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags);
+} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item;
+
+/**
+ * Max size of verification chain: end-entity + intermediates + trusted root
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE (MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA + 2)
+
+/**
+ * Verification chain as built by \c mbedtls_crt_verify_chain()
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(items)[MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE];
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+ /* This stores the list of potential trusted signers obtained from
+ * the CA callback used for the CRT verification, if configured.
+ * We must track it somewhere because the callback passes its
+ * ownership to the caller. */
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(trust_ca_cb_result);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Context for resuming X.509 verify operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /* for check_signature() */
+ mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk);
+
+ /* for find_parent_in() */
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(parent); /* non-null iff parent_in in progress */
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fallback_parent);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fallback_signature_is_good);
+
+ /* for find_parent() */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(parent_is_trusted); /* -1 if find_parent is not in progress */
+
+ /* for verify_chain() */
+ enum {
+ x509_crt_rs_none,
+ x509_crt_rs_find_parent,
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_progress); /* none if no operation is in progress */
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(self_cnt);
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver_chain);
+
+} mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
+typedef void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * Default security profile. Should provide a good balance between security
+ * and compatibility with current deployments.
+ *
+ * This profile permits:
+ * - SHA2 hashes with at least 256 bits: SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512.
+ * - Elliptic curves with 255 bits and above except secp256k1.
+ * - RSA with 2048 bits and above.
+ *
+ * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this profile, for example if
+ * new algorithms are added to the library. New minor versions of Mbed TLS will
+ * not reduce this profile unless serious security concerns require it.
+ */
+extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default;
+
+/**
+ * Expected next default profile. Recommended for new deployments.
+ * Currently targets a 128-bit security level, except for allowing RSA-2048.
+ * This profile may change at any time.
+ */
+extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_next;
+
+/**
+ * NSA Suite B profile.
+ */
+extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_suiteb;
+
+/**
+ * Empty profile that allows nothing. Useful as a basis for constructing
+ * custom profiles.
+ */
+extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_none;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it
+ * to the end of the provided chained list.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to.
+ * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point
+ * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_init().
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the DER encoded certificate.
+ * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \note This function makes an internal copy of the CRT buffer
+ * \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed or reused
+ * after this call returns. To avoid duplicating the CRT
+ * buffer (at the cost of stricter lifetime constraints),
+ * use mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy() instead.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type of certificate extension callbacks.
+ *
+ * Callbacks of this type are passed to and used by the
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() routine when
+ * it encounters either an unsupported extension or a
+ * "certificate policies" extension containing any
+ * unsupported certificate policies.
+ * Future versions of the library may invoke the callback
+ * in other cases, if and when the need arises.
+ *
+ * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback.
+ * \param crt The certificate being parsed.
+ * \param oid The OID of the extension.
+ * \param critical Whether the extension is critical.
+ * \param p Pointer to the start of the extension value
+ * (the content of the OCTET STRING).
+ * \param end End of extension value.
+ *
+ * \note The callback must fail and return a negative error code
+ * if it can not parse or does not support the extension.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() also fails.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a non critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() simply skips
+ * the extension and continues parsing.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_x509_crt_ext_cb_t)(void *p_ctx,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt const *crt,
+ mbedtls_x509_buf const *oid,
+ int critical,
+ const unsigned char *p,
+ const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it
+ * to the end of the provided chained list.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to.
+ * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point
+ * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_init().
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the DER encoded certificate.
+ * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf.
+ * \param make_copy When not zero this function makes an internal copy of the
+ * CRT buffer \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed
+ * or reused after this call returns.
+ * When zero this function avoids duplicating the CRT buffer
+ * by taking temporary ownership thereof until the CRT
+ * is destroyed (like mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy())
+ * \param cb A callback invoked for every unsupported certificate
+ * extension.
+ * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback.
+ *
+ * \note This call is functionally equivalent to
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(), and/or
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy()
+ * but it calls the callback with every unsupported
+ * certificate extension and additionally the
+ * "certificate policies" extension if it contains any
+ * unsupported certificate policies.
+ * The callback must return a negative error code if it
+ * does not know how to handle such an extension.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() also fails.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a non critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() simply skips
+ * the extension and continues parsing.
+ * Future versions of the library may invoke the callback
+ * in other cases, if and when the need arises.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen,
+ int make_copy,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_ext_cb_t cb,
+ void *p_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it
+ * to the end of the provided chained list. This is a
+ * variant of mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der() which takes
+ * temporary ownership of the CRT buffer until the CRT
+ * is destroyed.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to.
+ * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point
+ * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_init().
+ * \param buf The address of the readable buffer holding the DER encoded
+ * certificate to use. On success, this buffer must be
+ * retained and not be changed for the lifetime of the
+ * CRT chain \p chain, that is, until \p chain is destroyed
+ * through a call to mbedtls_x509_crt_free().
+ * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \note This call is functionally equivalent to
+ * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(), but it avoids creating a
+ * copy of the input buffer at the cost of stronger lifetime
+ * constraints. This is useful in constrained environments
+ * where duplication of the CRT cannot be tolerated.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain,
+ const unsigned char *buf,
+ size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Parse one DER-encoded or one or more concatenated PEM-encoded
+ * certificates and add them to the chained list.
+ *
+ * For CRTs in PEM encoding, the function parses permissively:
+ * if at least one certificate can be parsed, the function
+ * returns the number of certificates for which parsing failed
+ * (hence \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully).
+ * If no certificate could be parsed, the function returns
+ * the first (negative) error encountered during parsing.
+ *
+ * PEM encoded certificates may be interleaved by other data
+ * such as human readable descriptions of their content, as
+ * long as the certificates are enclosed in the PEM specific
+ * '-----{BEGIN/END} CERTIFICATE-----' delimiters.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain The chain to which to add the parsed certificates.
+ * \param buf The buffer holding the certificate data in PEM or DER format.
+ * For certificates in PEM encoding, this may be a concatenation
+ * of multiple certificates; for DER encoding, the buffer must
+ * comprise exactly one certificate.
+ * \param buflen The size of \p buf, including the terminating \c NULL byte
+ * in case of PEM encoded data.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully.
+ * \return The (positive) number of certificates that couldn't
+ * be parsed if parsing was partly successful (see above).
+ * \return A negative X509 or PEM error code otherwise.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief Load one or more certificates and add them
+ * to the chained list. Parses permissively. If some
+ * certificates can be parsed, the result is the number
+ * of failed certificates it encountered. If none complete
+ * correctly, the first error is returned.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param chain points to the start of the chain
+ * \param path filename to read the certificates from
+ *
+ * \return 0 if all certificates parsed successfully, a positive number
+ * if partly successful or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load one or more certificate files from a path and add them
+ * to the chained list. Parses permissively. If some
+ * certificates can be parsed, the result is the number
+ * of failed certificates it encountered. If none complete
+ * correctly, the first error is returned.
+ *
+ * \param chain points to the start of the chain
+ * \param path directory / folder to read the certificate files from
+ *
+ * \return 0 if all certificates parsed successfully, a positive number
+ * if partly successful or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_path(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const char *path);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+/**
+ * \brief Returns an informational string about the
+ * certificate.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param prefix A line prefix
+ * \param crt The X509 certificate to represent
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns an informational string about the
+ * verification status of a certificate.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param prefix A line prefix
+ * \param flags Verification flags created by mbedtls_x509_crt_verify()
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix,
+ uint32_t flags);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify a chain of certificates.
+ *
+ * The verify callback is a user-supplied callback that
+ * can clear / modify / add flags for a certificate. If set,
+ * the verification callback is called for each
+ * certificate in the chain (from the trust-ca down to the
+ * presented crt). The parameters for the callback are:
+ * (void *parameter, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int certificate_depth,
+ * int *flags). With the flags representing current flags for
+ * that specific certificate and the certificate depth from
+ * the bottom (Peer cert depth = 0).
+ *
+ * All flags left after returning from the callback
+ * are also returned to the application. The function should
+ * return 0 for anything (including invalid certificates)
+ * other than fatal error, as a non-zero return code
+ * immediately aborts the verification process. For fatal
+ * errors, a specific error code should be used (different
+ * from MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED which should not
+ * be returned at this point), or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FATAL_ERROR
+ * can be used if no better code is available.
+ *
+ * \note In case verification failed, the results can be displayed
+ * using \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_info()
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile() with the
+ * default security profile.
+ *
+ * \note It is your responsibility to provide up-to-date CRLs for
+ * all trusted CAs. If no CRL is provided for the CA that was
+ * used to sign the certificate, CRL verification is skipped
+ * silently, that is *without* setting any flag.
+ *
+ * \note The \c trust_ca list can contain two types of certificates:
+ * (1) those of trusted root CAs, so that certificates
+ * chaining up to those CAs will be trusted, and (2)
+ * self-signed end-entity certificates to be trusted (for
+ * specific peers you know) - in that case, the self-signed
+ * certificate doesn't need to have the CA bit set.
+ *
+ * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified.
+ * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs.
+ * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs.
+ * \param cn The expected Common Name. This will be checked to be
+ * present in the certificate's subjectAltNames extension or,
+ * if this extension is absent, as a CN component in its
+ * Subject name. DNS names and IP addresses are fully
+ * supported, while the URI subtype is partially supported:
+ * only exact matching, without any normalization procedures
+ * described in 7.4 of RFC5280, will result in a positive
+ * URI verification.
+ * This may be \c NULL if the CN need not be verified.
+ * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification.
+ * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is
+ * set to (uint32_t) -1.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation
+ * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information.
+ * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the chain is valid with respect to the
+ * passed CN, CAs, CRLs and security profile.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED in case the
+ * certificate chain verification failed. In this case,
+ * \c *flags will have one or more
+ * \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX
+ * flags set.
+ * \return Another negative error code in case of a fatal error
+ * encountered during the verification process.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca,
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl,
+ const char *cn, uint32_t *flags,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify a chain of certificates with respect to
+ * a configurable security profile.
+ *
+ * \note Same as \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(), but with explicit
+ * security profile.
+ *
+ * \note The restrictions on keys (RSA minimum size, allowed curves
+ * for ECDSA) apply to all certificates: trusted root,
+ * intermediate CAs if any, and end entity certificate.
+ *
+ * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified.
+ * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs.
+ * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs.
+ * \param profile The security profile to use for the verification.
+ * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the
+ * CN need not be verified.
+ * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification.
+ * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is
+ * set to (uint32_t) -1.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation
+ * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information.
+ * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if the chain is valid with respect to the
+ * passed CN, CAs, CRLs and security profile.
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED in case the
+ * certificate chain verification failed. In this case,
+ * \c *flags will have one or more
+ * \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX
+ * flags set.
+ * \return Another negative error code in case of a fatal error
+ * encountered during the verification process.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca,
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile,
+ const char *cn, uint32_t *flags,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile()
+ *
+ * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile()
+ * but can return early and restart according to the limit
+ * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified.
+ * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs.
+ * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs.
+ * \param profile The security profile to use for the verification.
+ * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the
+ * CN need not be verified.
+ * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification.
+ * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is
+ * set to (uint32_t) -1.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation
+ * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information.
+ * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy.
+ * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be set to \c NULL
+ * to disable restartable ECC.
+ *
+ * \return See \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile(), or
+ * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_restartable(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca,
+ mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile,
+ const char *cn, uint32_t *flags,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type of trusted certificate callbacks.
+ *
+ * Callbacks of this type are passed to and used by the CRT
+ * verification routine mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()
+ * when looking for trusted signers of a given certificate.
+ *
+ * On success, the callback returns a list of trusted
+ * certificates to be considered as potential signers
+ * for the input certificate.
+ *
+ * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback.
+ * \param child The certificate for which to search a potential signer.
+ * This will point to a readable certificate.
+ * \param candidate_cas The address at which to store the address of the first
+ * entry in the generated linked list of candidate signers.
+ * This will not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note The callback must only return a non-zero value on a
+ * fatal error. If, in contrast, the search for a potential
+ * signer completes without a single candidate, the
+ * callback must return \c 0 and set \c *candidate_cas
+ * to \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success. In this case, \c *candidate_cas points
+ * to a heap-allocated linked list of instances of
+ * ::mbedtls_x509_crt, and ownership of this list is passed
+ * to the caller.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t)(void *p_ctx,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt const *child,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt **candidate_cas);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+/**
+ * \brief Version of \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile() which
+ * uses a callback to acquire the list of trusted CA
+ * certificates.
+ *
+ * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified.
+ * \param f_ca_cb The callback to be used to query for potential signers
+ * of a given child certificate. See the documentation of
+ * ::mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t for more information.
+ * \param p_ca_cb The opaque context to be passed to \p f_ca_cb.
+ * \param profile The security profile for the verification.
+ * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the
+ * CN need not be verified.
+ * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification.
+ * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is
+ * set to (uint32_t) -1.
+ * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation
+ * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information.
+ * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy.
+ *
+ * \return See \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile().
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t f_ca_cb,
+ void *p_ca_cb,
+ const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile,
+ const char *cn, uint32_t *flags,
+ int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+ void *p_vrfy);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check usage of certificate against keyUsage extension.
+ *
+ * \param crt Leaf certificate used.
+ * \param usage Intended usage(s) (eg MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT
+ * before using the certificate to perform an RSA key
+ * exchange).
+ *
+ * \note Except for decipherOnly and encipherOnly, a bit set in the
+ * usage argument means this bit MUST be set in the
+ * certificate. For decipherOnly and encipherOnly, it means
+ * that bit MAY be set.
+ *
+ * \return 0 is these uses of the certificate are allowed,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keyUsage extension
+ * is present but does not match the usage argument.
+ *
+ * \note You should only call this function on leaf certificates, on
+ * (intermediate) CAs the keyUsage extension is automatically
+ * checked by \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify().
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_check_key_usage(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ unsigned int usage);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Check usage of certificate against extendedKeyUsage.
+ *
+ * \param crt Leaf certificate used.
+ * \param usage_oid Intended usage (eg MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH or
+ * MBEDTLS_OID_CLIENT_AUTH).
+ * \param usage_len Length of usage_oid (eg given by MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE()).
+ *
+ * \return 0 if this use of the certificate is allowed,
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if not.
+ *
+ * \note Usually only makes sense on leaf certificates.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_check_extended_key_usage(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt,
+ const char *usage_oid,
+ size_t usage_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Verify the certificate revocation status
+ *
+ * \param crt a certificate to be verified
+ * \param crl the CRL to verify against
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the certificate is revoked, 0 otherwise
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_is_revoked(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, const mbedtls_x509_crl *crl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a certificate (chain)
+ *
+ * \param crt Certificate chain to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crt_init(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unallocate all certificate data
+ *
+ * \param crt Certificate chain to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crt_free(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a restart context
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_init(mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the components of a restart context
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_free(mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Query certificate for given extension type
+ *
+ * \param[in] ctx Certificate context to be queried, must not be \c NULL
+ * \param ext_type Extension type being queried for, must be a valid
+ * extension type. Must be one of the MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_XXX
+ * values
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the given extension type is not present,
+ * non-zero otherwise
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_x509_crt_has_ext_type(const mbedtls_x509_crt *ctx,
+ int ext_type)
+{
+ return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types) & ext_type;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Access the ca_istrue field
+ *
+ * \param[in] crt Certificate to be queried, must not be \c NULL
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if this a CA certificate \c 0 otherwise.
+ * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_EXTENSIONS if the certificate does not contain
+ * the Optional Basic Constraint extension.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_crt_get_ca_istrue(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+
+/** \} name Structures and functions for parsing and writing X.509 certificates */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a CRT writing context
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_init(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the version for a Certificate
+ * Default: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param version version to set (MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_1, MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_2 or
+ * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3)
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_version(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, int version);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the serial number for a Certificate.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ * future version of the library. Please use
+ * mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial_raw() instead.
+ *
+ * \note Even though the MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C guard looks redundant since
+ * X509 depends on PK and PK depends on BIGNUM, this emphasizes
+ * a direct dependency between X509 and BIGNUM which is going
+ * to be deprecated in the future.
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param serial serial number to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial(
+ mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, const mbedtls_mpi *serial);
+#endif // MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C && !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the serial number for a Certificate.
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param serial A raw array of bytes containing the serial number in big
+ * endian format
+ * \param serial_len Length of valid bytes (expressed in bytes) in \p serial
+ * input buffer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or
+ * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the provided input buffer
+ * is too big (longer than MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN)
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial_raw(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ unsigned char *serial, size_t serial_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the validity period for a Certificate
+ * Timestamps should be in string format for UTC timezone
+ * i.e. "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
+ * e.g. "20131231235959" for December 31st 2013
+ * at 23:59:59
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param not_before not_before timestamp
+ * \param not_after not_after timestamp
+ *
+ * \return 0 if timestamp was parsed successfully, or
+ * a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_validity(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, const char *not_before,
+ const char *not_after);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the issuer name for a Certificate
+ * Issuer names should contain a comma-separated list
+ * of OID types and values:
+ * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS CA"
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param issuer_name issuer name to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if issuer name was parsed successfully, or
+ * a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ const char *issuer_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the subject name for a Certificate
+ * Subject names should contain a comma-separated list
+ * of OID types and values:
+ * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS Server 1"
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param subject_name subject name to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if subject name was parsed successfully, or
+ * a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ const char *subject_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the subject public key for the certificate
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param key public key to include
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the issuer key used for signing the certificate
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param key private key to sign with
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_key(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the MD algorithm to use for the signature
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param md_alg MD algorithm to use
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_md_alg(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generic function to add to or replace an extension in the
+ * CRT
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param oid OID of the extension
+ * \param oid_len length of the OID
+ * \param critical if the extension is critical (per the RFC's definition)
+ * \param val value of the extension OCTET STRING
+ * \param val_len length of the value data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_extension(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+ int critical,
+ const unsigned char *val, size_t val_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the basicConstraints extension for a CRT
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param is_ca is this a CA certificate
+ * \param max_pathlen maximum length of certificate chains below this
+ * certificate (only for CA certificates, -1 is
+ * unlimited)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_basic_constraints(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ int is_ca, int max_pathlen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the subjectKeyIdentifier extension for a CRT
+ * Requires that mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key() has been
+ * called before
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key_identifier(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the authorityKeyIdentifier extension for a CRT
+ * Requires that mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_key() has been
+ * called before
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_authority_key_identifier(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1 */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Key Usage Extension flags
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE | MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param key_usage key usage flags to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ unsigned int key_usage);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Extended Key Usage Extension
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param exts extended key usage extensions to set, a sequence of
+ * MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID objects
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_ext_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_asn1_sequence *exts);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Netscape Cert Type flags
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT | MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to use
+ * \param ns_cert_type Netscape Cert Type flags to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_ns_cert_type(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx,
+ unsigned char ns_cert_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the contents of a CRT write context
+ *
+ * \param ctx CRT context to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_crt_free(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a built up certificate to a X509 DER structure
+ * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ * return value to determine where you should start
+ * using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx certificate to write away
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ * error code
+ *
+ * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_der(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a built up certificate to a X509 PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx certificate to write away
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ *
+ * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_crt_pem(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C */
+
+/** \} addtogroup x509_module */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_x509_crt.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c31c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/**
+ * \file x509_csr.h
+ *
+ * \brief X.509 certificate signing request parsing and writing
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_H
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/x509.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup x509_module
+ * \{ */
+
+/**
+ * \name Structures and functions for X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR)
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Certificate Signing Request (CSR) structure.
+ *
+ * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify
+ * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying
+ * those fields or the data that those fields point to is unspecified.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509_csr {
+ mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw CSR data (DER). */
+ mbedtls_x509_buf cri; /**< The raw CertificateRequestInfo body (DER). */
+
+ int version; /**< CSR version (1=v1). */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf subject_raw; /**< The raw subject data (DER). */
+ mbedtls_x509_name subject; /**< The parsed subject data (named information object). */
+
+ mbedtls_pk_context pk; /**< Container for the public key context. */
+
+ unsigned int key_usage; /**< Optional key usage extension value: See the values in x509.h */
+ unsigned char ns_cert_type; /**< Optional Netscape certificate type extension value: See the values in x509.h */
+ mbedtls_x509_sequence subject_alt_names; /**< Optional list of raw entries of Subject Alternative Names extension. These can be later parsed by mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name. */
+
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types); /**< Bit string containing detected and parsed extensions */
+
+ mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid;
+ mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */
+ mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */
+ void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */
+}
+mbedtls_x509_csr;
+
+/**
+ * Container for writing a CSR
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_x509write_csr {
+ mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key);
+ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg);
+ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extensions);
+}
+mbedtls_x509write_csr;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) in DER format
+ *
+ * \note Any unsupported requested extensions are silently
+ * ignored, unless the critical flag is set, in which case
+ * the CSR is rejected.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR context to fill
+ * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data
+ * \param buflen size of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type of certificate extension callbacks.
+ *
+ * Callbacks of this type are passed to and used by the
+ * mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der_with_ext_cb() routine when
+ * it encounters either an unsupported extension.
+ * Future versions of the library may invoke the callback
+ * in other cases, if and when the need arises.
+ *
+ * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback.
+ * \param csr The CSR being parsed.
+ * \param oid The OID of the extension.
+ * \param critical Whether the extension is critical.
+ * \param p Pointer to the start of the extension value
+ * (the content of the OCTET STRING).
+ * \param end End of extension value.
+ *
+ * \note The callback must fail and return a negative error code
+ * if it can not parse or does not support the extension.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der_with_ext_cb() also fails.
+ * When the callback fails to parse a non critical extension
+ * mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der_with_ext_cb() simply skips
+ * the extension and continues parsing.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 on success.
+ * \return A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_x509_csr_ext_cb_t)(void *p_ctx,
+ mbedtls_x509_csr const *csr,
+ mbedtls_x509_buf const *oid,
+ int critical,
+ const unsigned char *p,
+ const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) in DER format
+ *
+ * \note Any unsupported requested extensions are silently
+ * ignored, unless the critical flag is set, in which case
+ * the result of the callback function decides whether
+ * CSR is rejected.
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR context to fill
+ * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data
+ * \param buflen size of the buffer
+ * \param cb A callback invoked for every unsupported certificate
+ * extension.
+ * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der_with_ext_cb(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr,
+ const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen,
+ mbedtls_x509_csr_ext_cb_t cb,
+ void *p_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), DER or PEM format
+ *
+ * \note See notes for \c mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der()
+ *
+ * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ * subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR context to fill
+ * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data
+ * \param buflen size of the buffer
+ * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data)
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
+ *
+ * \note See notes for \c mbedtls_x509_csr_parse()
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR context to fill
+ * \param path filename to read the CSR from
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+/**
+ * \brief Returns an informational string about the
+ * CSR.
+ *
+ * \param buf Buffer to write to
+ * \param size Maximum size of buffer
+ * \param prefix A line prefix
+ * \param csr The X509 CSR to represent
+ *
+ * \return The length of the string written (not including the
+ * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509_csr_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix,
+ const mbedtls_x509_csr *csr);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a CSR
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_csr_init(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unallocate all CSR data
+ *
+ * \param csr CSR to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509_csr_free(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C */
+
+/** \} name Structures and functions for X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR) */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a CSR context
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_csr_init(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the subject name for a CSR
+ * Subject names should contain a comma-separated list
+ * of OID types and values:
+ * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS Server 1"
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param subject_name subject name to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if subject name was parsed successfully, or
+ * a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_subject_name(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx,
+ const char *subject_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the key for a CSR (public key will be included,
+ * private key used to sign the CSR when writing it)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param key Asymmetric key to include
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_key(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the MD algorithm to use for the signature
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param md_alg MD algorithm to use
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_md_alg(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Key Usage Extension flags
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE | MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param key_usage key usage flags to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note The <code>decipherOnly</code> flag from the Key Usage
+ * extension is represented by bit 8 (i.e.
+ * <code>0x8000</code>), which cannot typically be represented
+ * in an unsigned char. Therefore, the flag
+ * <code>decipherOnly</code> (i.e.
+ * #MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY) cannot be set using this
+ * function.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char key_usage);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set Subject Alternative Name
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param san_list List of SAN values
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note Only "dnsName", "uniformResourceIdentifier" and "otherName",
+ * as defined in RFC 5280, are supported.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_subject_alternative_name(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx,
+ const mbedtls_x509_san_list *san_list);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the Netscape Cert Type flags
+ * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT | MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL)
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param ns_cert_type Netscape Cert Type flags to set
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_ns_cert_type(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx,
+ unsigned char ns_cert_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generic function to add to or replace an extension in the
+ * CSR
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to use
+ * \param oid OID of the extension
+ * \param oid_len length of the OID
+ * \param critical Set to 1 to mark the extension as critical, 0 otherwise.
+ * \param val value of the extension OCTET STRING
+ * \param val_len length of the value data
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_extension(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx,
+ const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+ int critical,
+ const unsigned char *val, size_t val_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free the contents of a CSR context
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR context to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_x509write_csr_free(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Write a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a
+ * DER structure
+ * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ * return value to determine where you should start
+ * using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR to write away
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ * error code
+ *
+ * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_der(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Write a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a
+ * PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx CSR to write away
+ * \param buf buffer to write to
+ * \param size size of the buffer
+ * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ *
+ * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_x509write_csr_pem(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size,
+ int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+ void *p_rng);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C */
+
+/** \} addtogroup x509_module */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_x509_csr.h */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/build_info.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/build_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee6cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/build_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/build_info.h
+ *
+ * \brief Build-time PSA configuration info
+ *
+ * Include this file if you need to depend on the
+ * configuration options defined in mbedtls_config.h or MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+ * in PSA cryptography core specific files.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7083bd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4835 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto.h
+ * \brief Platform Security Architecture cryptography module
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_H
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE
+#else
+#include "crypto_platform.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__
+/* This __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ block contains mock definitions for things that
+ * must be defined in the crypto_platform.h header. These mock definitions
+ * are present in this file as a convenience to generate pretty-printed
+ * documentation that includes those definitions. */
+
+/** \defgroup platform Implementation-specific definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**@}*/
+#endif /* __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The file "crypto_types.h" declares types that encode errors,
+ * algorithms, key types, policies, etc. */
+#include "crypto_types.h"
+
+/** \defgroup version API version
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The major version of this implementation of the PSA Crypto API
+ */
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_API_VERSION_MAJOR 1
+
+/**
+ * The minor version of this implementation of the PSA Crypto API
+ */
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_API_VERSION_MINOR 0
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/* The file "crypto_values.h" declares macros to build and analyze values
+ * of integral types defined in "crypto_types.h". */
+#include "crypto_values.h"
+
+/** \defgroup initialization Library initialization
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Library initialization.
+ *
+ * Applications must call this function before calling any other
+ * function in this module.
+ *
+ * Applications may call this function more than once. Once a call
+ * succeeds, subsequent calls are guaranteed to succeed.
+ *
+ * If the application calls other functions before calling psa_crypto_init(),
+ * the behavior is undefined. Implementations are encouraged to either perform
+ * the operation as if the library had been initialized or to return
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE or some other applicable error. In particular,
+ * implementations should not return a success status if the lack of
+ * initialization may have security implications, for example due to improper
+ * seeding of the random number generator.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_init(void);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \addtogroup attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \def PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a key attribute structure
+ * of type #psa_key_attributes_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for a key attributes structure.
+ */
+static psa_key_attributes_t psa_key_attributes_init(void);
+
+/** Declare a key as persistent and set its key identifier.
+ *
+ * If the attribute structure currently declares the key as volatile (which
+ * is the default content of an attribute structure), this function sets
+ * the lifetime attribute to #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT.
+ *
+ * This function does not access storage, it merely stores the given
+ * value in the structure.
+ * The persistent key will be written to storage when the attribute
+ * structure is passed to a key creation function such as
+ * psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), psa_generate_key_ext(),
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key(), psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext()
+ * or psa_copy_key().
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param key The persistent identifier for the key.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+
+#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+/** Set the owner identifier of a key.
+ *
+ * When key identifiers encode key owner identifiers, psa_set_key_id() does
+ * not allow to define in key attributes the owner of volatile keys as
+ * psa_set_key_id() enforces the key to be persistent.
+ *
+ * This function allows to set in key attributes the owner identifier of a
+ * key. It is intended to be used for volatile keys. For persistent keys,
+ * it is recommended to use the PSA Cryptography API psa_set_key_id() to define
+ * the owner of a key.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param owner The key owner identifier.
+ */
+static void mbedtls_set_key_owner_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner);
+#endif
+
+/** Set the location of a persistent key.
+ *
+ * To make a key persistent, you must give it a persistent key identifier
+ * with psa_set_key_id(). By default, a key that has a persistent identifier
+ * is stored in the default storage area identifier by
+ * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT. Call this function to choose a storage
+ * area, or to explicitly declare the key as volatile.
+ *
+ * This function does not access storage, it merely stores the given
+ * value in the structure.
+ * The persistent key will be written to storage when the attribute
+ * structure is passed to a key creation function such as
+ * psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), psa_generate_key_ext(),
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key(), psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext()
+ * or psa_copy_key().
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param lifetime The lifetime for the key.
+ * If this is #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE, the
+ * key will be volatile, and the key identifier
+ * attribute is reset to 0.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_lifetime(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime);
+
+/** Retrieve the key identifier from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The persistent identifier stored in the attribute structure.
+ * This value is unspecified if the attribute structure declares
+ * the key as volatile.
+ */
+static mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_get_key_id(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Retrieve the lifetime from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The lifetime value stored in the attribute structure.
+ */
+static psa_key_lifetime_t psa_get_key_lifetime(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Declare usage flags for a key.
+ *
+ * Usage flags are part of a key's usage policy. They encode what
+ * kind of operations are permitted on the key. For more details,
+ * refer to the documentation of the type #psa_key_usage_t.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any usage flags
+ * previously set in \p attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param usage_flags The usage flags to write.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_usage_flags(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_usage_t usage_flags);
+
+/** Retrieve the usage flags from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The usage flags stored in the attribute structure.
+ */
+static psa_key_usage_t psa_get_key_usage_flags(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Declare the permitted algorithm policy for a key.
+ *
+ * The permitted algorithm policy of a key encodes which algorithm or
+ * algorithms are permitted to be used with this key. The following
+ * algorithm policies are supported:
+ * - 0 does not allow any cryptographic operation with the key. The key
+ * may be used for non-cryptographic actions such as exporting (if
+ * permitted by the usage flags).
+ * - An algorithm value permits this particular algorithm.
+ * - An algorithm wildcard built from #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH allows the specified
+ * signature scheme with any hash algorithm.
+ * - An algorithm built from #PSA_ALG_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_MAC allows
+ * any MAC algorithm from the same base class (e.g. CMAC) which
+ * generates/verifies a MAC length greater than or equal to the length
+ * encoded in the wildcard algorithm.
+ * - An algorithm built from #PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_TAG
+ * allows any AEAD algorithm from the same base class (e.g. CCM) which
+ * generates/verifies a tag length greater than or equal to the length
+ * encoded in the wildcard algorithm.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any algorithm policy
+ * previously set in \p attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param alg The permitted algorithm policy to write.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_algorithm(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+
+/** Retrieve the algorithm policy from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The algorithm stored in the attribute structure.
+ */
+static psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_algorithm(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Declare the type of a key.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any key type
+ * previously set in \p attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param type The key type to write.
+ * If this is 0, the key type in \p attributes
+ * becomes unspecified.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_type(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_type_t type);
+
+
+/** Declare the size of a key.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any key size previously set in \p attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param bits The key size in bits.
+ * If this is 0, the key size in \p attributes
+ * becomes unspecified. Keys of size 0 are
+ * not supported.
+ */
+static void psa_set_key_bits(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ size_t bits);
+
+/** Retrieve the key type from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The key type stored in the attribute structure.
+ */
+static psa_key_type_t psa_get_key_type(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Retrieve the key size from key attributes.
+ *
+ * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external
+ * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro,
+ * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The key size stored in the attribute structure, in bits.
+ */
+static size_t psa_get_key_bits(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Retrieve the attributes of a key.
+ *
+ * This function first resets the attribute structure as with
+ * psa_reset_key_attributes(). It then copies the attributes of
+ * the given key into the given attribute structure.
+ *
+ * \note This function may allocate memory or other resources.
+ * Once you have called this function on an attribute structure,
+ * you must call psa_reset_key_attributes() to free these resources.
+ *
+ * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to query.
+ * \param[in,out] attributes On success, the attributes of the key.
+ * On failure, equivalent to a
+ * freshly-initialized structure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_get_key_attributes(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/** Reset a key attribute structure to a freshly initialized state.
+ *
+ * You must initialize the attribute structure as described in the
+ * documentation of the type #psa_key_attributes_t before calling this
+ * function. Once the structure has been initialized, you may call this
+ * function at any time.
+ *
+ * This function frees any auxiliary resources that the structure
+ * may contain.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] attributes The attribute structure to reset.
+ */
+void psa_reset_key_attributes(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup key_management Key management
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Remove non-essential copies of key material from memory.
+ *
+ * If the key identifier designates a volatile key, this functions does not do
+ * anything and returns successfully.
+ *
+ * If the key identifier designates a persistent key, then this function will
+ * free all resources associated with the key in volatile memory. The key
+ * data in persistent storage is not affected and the key can still be used.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to purge.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The key material will have been removed from memory if it is not
+ * currently required.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not a valid key identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_purge_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+
+/** Make a copy of a key.
+ *
+ * Copy key material from one location to another.
+ *
+ * This function is primarily useful to copy a key from one location
+ * to another, since it populates a key using the material from
+ * another key which may have a different lifetime.
+ *
+ * This function may be used to share a key with a different party,
+ * subject to implementation-defined restrictions on key sharing.
+ *
+ * The policy on the source key must have the usage flag
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY set.
+ * This flag is sufficient to permit the copy if the key has the lifetime
+ * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE or #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT.
+ * Some secure elements do not provide a way to copy a key without
+ * making it extractable from the secure element. If a key is located
+ * in such a secure element, then the key must have both usage flags
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY and #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT in order to make
+ * a copy of the key outside the secure element.
+ *
+ * The resulting key may only be used in a way that conforms to
+ * both the policy of the original key and the policy specified in
+ * the \p attributes parameter:
+ * - The usage flags on the resulting key are the bitwise-and of the
+ * usage flags on the source policy and the usage flags in \p attributes.
+ * - If both allow the same algorithm or wildcard-based
+ * algorithm policy, the resulting key has the same algorithm policy.
+ * - If either of the policies allows an algorithm and the other policy
+ * allows a wildcard-based algorithm policy that includes this algorithm,
+ * the resulting key allows the same algorithm.
+ * - If the policies do not allow any algorithm in common, this function
+ * fails with the status #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ *
+ * The effect of this function on implementation-defined attributes is
+ * implementation-defined.
+ *
+ * \param source_key The key to copy. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY. If a private or secret key is
+ * being copied outside of a secure element it must
+ * also allow #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT.
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * They are used as follows:
+ * - The key type and size may be 0. If either is
+ * nonzero, it must match the corresponding
+ * attribute of the source key.
+ * - The key location (the lifetime and, for
+ * persistent keys, the key identifier) is
+ * used directly.
+ * - The policy constraints (usage flags and
+ * algorithm policy) are combined from
+ * the source key and \p attributes so that
+ * both sets of restrictions apply, as
+ * described in the documentation of this function.
+ * \param[out] target_key On success, an identifier for the newly created
+ * key. For persistent keys, this is the key
+ * identifier defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * \p source_key is invalid.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The lifetime or identifier in \p attributes are invalid, or
+ * the policy constraints on the source and specified in
+ * \p attributes are incompatible, or
+ * \p attributes specifies a key type or key size
+ * which does not match the attributes of the source key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The source key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY usage flag, or
+ * the source key is not exportable and its lifetime does not
+ * allow copying it to the target's lifetime.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_copy_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t source_key,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *target_key);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy a key.
+ *
+ * This function destroys a key from both volatile
+ * memory and, if applicable, non-volatile storage. Implementations shall
+ * make a best effort to ensure that the key material cannot be recovered.
+ *
+ * This function also erases any metadata such as policies and frees
+ * resources associated with the key.
+ *
+ * If a key is currently in use in a multipart operation, then destroying the
+ * key will cause the multipart operation to fail.
+ *
+ * \warning We can only guarantee that the the key material will
+ * eventually be wiped from memory. With threading enabled
+ * and during concurrent execution, copies of the key material may
+ * still exist until all threads have finished using the key.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to erase. If this is \c 0, do nothing and
+ * return #PSA_SUCCESS.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * \p key was a valid identifier and the key material that it
+ * referred to has been erased. Alternatively, \p key is \c 0.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key cannot be erased because it is
+ * read-only, either due to a policy or due to physical restrictions.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * \p key is not a valid identifier nor \c 0.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE
+ * There was a failure in communication with the cryptoprocessor.
+ * The key material may still be present in the cryptoprocessor.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID
+ * This error is typically a result of either storage corruption on a
+ * cleartext storage backend, or an attempt to read data that was
+ * written by an incompatible version of the library.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The storage is corrupted. Implementations shall make a best effort
+ * to erase key material even in this stage, however applications
+ * should be aware that it may be impossible to guarantee that the
+ * key material is not recoverable in such cases.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED
+ * An unexpected condition which is not a storage corruption or
+ * a communication failure occurred. The cryptoprocessor may have
+ * been compromised.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_destroy_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup import_export Key import and export
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Import a key in binary format.
+ *
+ * This function supports any output from psa_export_key(). Refer to the
+ * documentation of psa_export_public_key() for the format of public keys
+ * and to the documentation of psa_export_key() for the format for
+ * other key types.
+ *
+ * The key data determines the key size. The attributes may optionally
+ * specify a key size; in this case it must match the size determined
+ * from the key data. A key size of 0 in \p attributes indicates that
+ * the key size is solely determined by the key data.
+ *
+ * Implementations must reject an attempt to import a key of size 0.
+ *
+ * This specification supports a single format for each key type.
+ * Implementations may support other formats as long as the standard
+ * format is supported. Implementations that support other formats
+ * should ensure that the formats are clearly unambiguous so as to
+ * minimize the risk that an invalid input is accidentally interpreted
+ * according to a different format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * The key size is always determined from the
+ * \p data buffer.
+ * If the key size in \p attributes is nonzero,
+ * it must be equal to the size from \p data.
+ * \param[out] key On success, an identifier to the newly created key.
+ * For persistent keys, this is the key identifier
+ * defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ * \param[in] data Buffer containing the key data. The content of this
+ * buffer is interpreted according to the type declared
+ * in \p attributes.
+ * All implementations must support at least the format
+ * described in the documentation
+ * of psa_export_key() or psa_export_public_key() for
+ * the chosen type. Implementations may allow other
+ * formats, but should be conservative: implementations
+ * should err on the side of rejecting content if it
+ * may be erroneous (e.g. wrong type or truncated data).
+ * \param data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata
+ * have been saved to persistent storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The key type or key size is not supported, either by the
+ * implementation in general or in this particular persistent location.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The key attributes, as a whole, are invalid, or
+ * the key data is not correctly formatted, or
+ * the size in \p attributes is nonzero and does not match the size
+ * of the key data.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_import_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ const uint8_t *data,
+ size_t data_length,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export a key in binary format.
+ *
+ * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to
+ * create an equivalent object.
+ *
+ * If the implementation of psa_import_key() supports other formats
+ * beyond the format specified here, the output from psa_export_key()
+ * must use the representation specified here, not the original
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * For standard key types, the output format is as follows:
+ *
+ * - For symmetric keys (including MAC keys), the format is the
+ * raw bytes of the key.
+ * - For DES, the key data consists of 8 bytes. The parity bits must be
+ * correct.
+ * - For Triple-DES, the format is the concatenation of the
+ * two or three DES keys.
+ * - For RSA key pairs (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR), the format
+ * is the non-encrypted DER encoding of the representation defined by
+ * PKCS\#1 (RFC 8017) as `RSAPrivateKey`, version 0.
+ * ```
+ * RSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * version INTEGER, -- must be 0
+ * modulus INTEGER, -- n
+ * publicExponent INTEGER, -- e
+ * privateExponent INTEGER, -- d
+ * prime1 INTEGER, -- p
+ * prime2 INTEGER, -- q
+ * exponent1 INTEGER, -- d mod (p-1)
+ * exponent2 INTEGER, -- d mod (q-1)
+ * coefficient INTEGER, -- (inverse of q) mod p
+ * }
+ * ```
+ * - For elliptic curve key pairs (key types for which
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR is true), the format is
+ * a representation of the private value as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string
+ * where `m` is the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size
+ * of the order of the curve's coordinate field. This byte string is
+ * in little-endian order for Montgomery curves (curve types
+ * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_CURVEXXX`), and in big-endian order for Weierstrass
+ * curves (curve types `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECTXXX`, `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECPXXX`
+ * and `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_PXXX`).
+ * For Weierstrass curves, this is the content of the `privateKey` field of
+ * the `ECPrivateKey` format defined by RFC 5915. For Montgomery curves,
+ * the format is defined by RFC 7748, and output is masked according to §5.
+ * For twisted Edwards curves, the private key is as defined by RFC 8032
+ * (a 32-byte string for Edwards25519, a 57-byte string for Edwards448).
+ * - For Diffie-Hellman key exchange key pairs (key types for which
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR is true), the
+ * format is the representation of the private key `x` as a big-endian byte
+ * string. The length of the byte string is the private key size in bytes
+ * (leading zeroes are not stripped).
+ * - For public keys (key types for which #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_PUBLIC_KEY is
+ * true), the format is the same as for psa_export_public_key().
+ *
+ * The policy on the key must have the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT set.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to export. It must allow the
+ * usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT, unless it is a public
+ * key.
+ * \param[out] data Buffer where the key data is to be written.
+ * \param data_size Size of the \p data buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] data_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the key data.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT flag.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p data buffer is too small. You can determine a
+ * sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c type, \c bits)
+ * where \c type is the key type
+ * and \c bits is the key size in bits.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_export_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ uint8_t *data,
+ size_t data_size,
+ size_t *data_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Export a public key or the public part of a key pair in binary format.
+ *
+ * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to
+ * create an object that is equivalent to the public key.
+ *
+ * This specification supports a single format for each key type.
+ * Implementations may support other formats as long as the standard
+ * format is supported. Implementations that support other formats
+ * should ensure that the formats are clearly unambiguous so as to
+ * minimize the risk that an invalid input is accidentally interpreted
+ * according to a different format.
+ *
+ * For standard key types, the output format is as follows:
+ * - For RSA public keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY), the DER encoding of
+ * the representation defined by RFC 3279 &sect;2.3.1 as `RSAPublicKey`.
+ * ```
+ * RSAPublicKey ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * modulus INTEGER, -- n
+ * publicExponent INTEGER } -- e
+ * ```
+ * - For elliptic curve keys on a twisted Edwards curve (key types for which
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY is true and #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_GET_FAMILY
+ * returns #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS), the public key is as defined
+ * by RFC 8032
+ * (a 32-byte string for Edwards25519, a 57-byte string for Edwards448).
+ * - For other elliptic curve public keys (key types for which
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY is true), the format is the uncompressed
+ * representation defined by SEC1 &sect;2.3.3 as the content of an ECPoint.
+ * Let `m` be the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size of
+ * `q` for a curve over `F_q`. The representation consists of:
+ * - The byte 0x04;
+ * - `x_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian;
+ * - `y_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian.
+ * - For Diffie-Hellman key exchange public keys (key types for which
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_PUBLIC_KEY is true),
+ * the format is the representation of the public key `y = g^x mod p` as a
+ * big-endian byte string. The length of the byte string is the length of the
+ * base prime `p` in bytes.
+ *
+ * Exporting a public key object or the public part of a key pair is
+ * always permitted, regardless of the key's usage flags.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to export.
+ * \param[out] data Buffer where the key data is to be written.
+ * \param data_size Size of the \p data buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] data_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the key data.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The key is neither a public key nor a key pair.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p data buffer is too small. You can determine a
+ * sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(#PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(\c type), \c bits)
+ * where \c type is the key type
+ * and \c bits is the key size in bits.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_export_public_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ uint8_t *data,
+ size_t data_size,
+ size_t *data_length);
+
+
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup hash Message digests
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Calculate the hash (digest) of a message.
+ *
+ * \note To verify the hash of a message against an
+ * expected value, use psa_hash_compare() instead.
+ *
+ * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to hash.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] hash Buffer where the hash is to be written.
+ * \param hash_size Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] hash_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the hash value. This is always
+ * #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\p alg).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a hash algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * \p hash_size is too small
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_compute(psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_size,
+ size_t *hash_length);
+
+/** Calculate the hash (digest) of a message and compare it with a
+ * reference value.
+ *
+ * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to hash.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] hash Buffer containing the expected hash value.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The expected hash is identical to the actual hash of the input.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The hash of the message was calculated successfully, but it
+ * differs from the expected hash.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a hash algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p input_length or \p hash_length do not match the hash size for \p alg
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_compare(psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_length);
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for multipart hash operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a hash operation object, the application must
+ * initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_hash_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_hash_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_hash_operation_t operation = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_hash_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_hash_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_hash_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_hash_operation_s psa_hash_operation_t;
+
+/** \def PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a hash operation object
+ * of type #psa_hash_operation_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for a hash operation object.
+ */
+static psa_hash_operation_t psa_hash_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Set up a multipart hash operation.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to calculate a hash (message digest)
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_hash_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_hash_setup() to specify the algorithm.
+ * -# Call psa_hash_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message each time. The hash that is calculated is the hash
+ * of the concatenation of these messages in order.
+ * -# To calculate the hash, call psa_hash_finish().
+ * To compare the hash with an expected value, call psa_hash_verify().
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_hash_setup(), the
+ * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_hash_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_hash_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_hash_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A successful call to psa_hash_finish() or psa_hash_verify().
+ * - A call to psa_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_hash_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not a supported hash algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p alg is not a hash algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_setup(psa_hash_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Add a message fragment to a multipart hash operation.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to hash.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_update(psa_hash_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length);
+
+/** Finish the calculation of the hash of a message.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function.
+ * This function calculates the hash of the message formed by concatenating
+ * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_hash_update().
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \warning Applications should not call this function if they expect
+ * a specific value for the hash. Call psa_hash_verify() instead.
+ * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as
+ * hash values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky
+ * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information
+ * about the hashed data which could allow an attacker to guess
+ * a valid hash and thereby bypass security controls.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation.
+ * \param[out] hash Buffer where the hash is to be written.
+ * \param hash_size Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] hash_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the hash value. This is always
+ * #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg) where \c alg is the
+ * hash algorithm that is calculated.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p hash buffer is too small. You can determine a
+ * sufficient buffer size by calling #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg)
+ * where \c alg is the hash algorithm that is calculated.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_finish(psa_hash_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_size,
+ size_t *hash_length);
+
+/** Finish the calculation of the hash of a message and compare it with
+ * an expected value.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function.
+ * This function calculates the hash of the message formed by concatenating
+ * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_hash_update(). It then
+ * compares the calculated hash with the expected hash passed as a
+ * parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the
+ * comparison between the actual hash and the expected hash is performed
+ * in constant time.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation.
+ * \param[in] hash Buffer containing the expected hash value.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The expected hash is identical to the actual hash of the message.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The hash of the message was calculated successfully, but it
+ * differs from the expected hash.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_verify(psa_hash_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_length);
+
+/** Abort a hash operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the
+ * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object
+ * can be reused for another operation by calling
+ * psa_hash_setup() again.
+ *
+ * You may call this function any time after the operation object has
+ * been initialized by one of the methods described in #psa_hash_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, calling psa_hash_abort() after the operation has been
+ * terminated by a call to psa_hash_abort(), psa_hash_finish() or
+ * psa_hash_verify() is safe and has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized hash operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_abort(psa_hash_operation_t *operation);
+
+/** Clone a hash operation.
+ *
+ * This function copies the state of an ongoing hash operation to
+ * a new operation object. In other words, this function is equivalent
+ * to calling psa_hash_setup() on \p target_operation with the same
+ * algorithm that \p source_operation was set up for, then
+ * psa_hash_update() on \p target_operation with the same input that
+ * that was passed to \p source_operation. After this function returns, the
+ * two objects are independent, i.e. subsequent calls involving one of
+ * the objects do not affect the other object.
+ *
+ * \param[in] source_operation The active hash operation to clone.
+ * \param[in,out] target_operation The operation object to set up.
+ * It must be initialized but not active.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The \p source_operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the \p target_operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_hash_clone(const psa_hash_operation_t *source_operation,
+ psa_hash_operation_t *target_operation);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup MAC Message authentication codes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Calculate the MAC (message authentication code) of a message.
+ *
+ * \note To verify the MAC of a message against an
+ * expected value, use psa_mac_verify() instead.
+ * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as
+ * MAC values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky
+ * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information
+ * about the MAC value which could allow an attacker to guess
+ * a valid MAC and thereby bypass security controls.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It
+ * must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE.
+ * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input message.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] mac Buffer where the MAC value is to be written.
+ * \param mac_size Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] mac_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the MAC value.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * \p mac_size is too small
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The key could not be retrieved from storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_compute(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *mac,
+ size_t mac_size,
+ size_t *mac_length);
+
+/** Calculate the MAC of a message and compare it with a reference value.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It
+ * must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE.
+ * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input message.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] mac Buffer containing the expected MAC value.
+ * \param mac_length Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The expected MAC is identical to the actual MAC of the input.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The MAC of the message was calculated successfully, but it
+ * differs from the expected value.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The key could not be retrieved from storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_verify(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *mac,
+ size_t mac_length);
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for multipart MAC operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a MAC operation object, the application must
+ * initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_mac_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_mac_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_mac_operation_t operation = PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_mac_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_mac_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_mac_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_mac_operation_s psa_mac_operation_t;
+
+/** \def PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a MAC operation object of type
+ * #psa_mac_operation_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for a MAC operation object.
+ */
+static psa_mac_operation_t psa_mac_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Set up a multipart MAC calculation operation.
+ *
+ * This function sets up the calculation of the MAC
+ * (message authentication code) of a byte string.
+ * To verify the MAC of a message against an
+ * expected value, use psa_mac_verify_setup() instead.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to calculate a MAC is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_mac_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_mac_sign_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# Call psa_mac_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message each time. The MAC that is calculated is the MAC
+ * of the concatenation of these messages in order.
+ * -# At the end of the message, call psa_mac_sign_finish() to finish
+ * calculating the MAC value and retrieve it.
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_mac_sign_setup(), the
+ * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_mac_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_mac_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_mac_sign_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation through one of the following methods:
+ * - A successful call to psa_mac_sign_finish().
+ * - A call to psa_mac_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_mac_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It
+ * must remain valid until the operation terminates.
+ * It must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE.
+ * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The key could not be retrieved from storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_sign_setup(psa_mac_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Set up a multipart MAC verification operation.
+ *
+ * This function sets up the verification of the MAC
+ * (message authentication code) of a byte string against an expected value.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to verify a MAC is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_mac_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_mac_verify_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# Call psa_mac_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message each time. The MAC that is calculated is the MAC
+ * of the concatenation of these messages in order.
+ * -# At the end of the message, call psa_mac_verify_finish() to finish
+ * calculating the actual MAC of the message and verify it against
+ * the expected value.
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_mac_verify_setup(), the
+ * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_mac_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_mac_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_mac_verify_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation through one of the following methods:
+ * - A successful call to psa_mac_verify_finish().
+ * - A call to psa_mac_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_mac_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It
+ * must remain valid until the operation terminates.
+ * It must allow the usage
+ * PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE.
+ * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c key is not compatible with \c alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \c alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The key could not be retrieved from storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_verify_setup(psa_mac_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Add a message fragment to a multipart MAC operation.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_mac_sign_setup() or psa_mac_verify_setup()
+ * before calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to add to
+ * the MAC calculation.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_update(psa_mac_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length);
+
+/** Finish the calculation of the MAC of a message.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_mac_sign_setup() before calling this function.
+ * This function calculates the MAC of the message formed by concatenating
+ * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_mac_update().
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort().
+ *
+ * \warning Applications should not call this function if they expect
+ * a specific value for the MAC. Call psa_mac_verify_finish() instead.
+ * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as
+ * MAC values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky
+ * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information
+ * about the MAC value which could allow an attacker to guess
+ * a valid MAC and thereby bypass security controls.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation.
+ * \param[out] mac Buffer where the MAC value is to be written.
+ * \param mac_size Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] mac_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the MAC value. This is always
+ * #PSA_MAC_LENGTH(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and
+ * bit-size respectively of the key and \c alg is the
+ * MAC algorithm that is calculated.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p mac buffer is too small. You can determine a
+ * sufficient buffer size by calling PSA_MAC_LENGTH().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active mac sign
+ * operation), or the library has not been previously initialized
+ * by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_sign_finish(psa_mac_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *mac,
+ size_t mac_size,
+ size_t *mac_length);
+
+/** Finish the calculation of the MAC of a message and compare it with
+ * an expected value.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_mac_verify_setup() before calling this function.
+ * This function calculates the MAC of the message formed by concatenating
+ * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_mac_update(). It then
+ * compares the calculated MAC with the expected MAC passed as a
+ * parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort().
+ *
+ * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the
+ * comparison between the actual MAC and the expected MAC is performed
+ * in constant time.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation.
+ * \param[in] mac Buffer containing the expected MAC value.
+ * \param mac_length Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The expected MAC is identical to the actual MAC of the message.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The MAC of the message was calculated successfully, but it
+ * differs from the expected MAC.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active mac verify
+ * operation), or the library has not been previously initialized
+ * by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_verify_finish(psa_mac_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *mac,
+ size_t mac_length);
+
+/** Abort a MAC operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the
+ * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object
+ * can be reused for another operation by calling
+ * psa_mac_sign_setup() or psa_mac_verify_setup() again.
+ *
+ * You may call this function any time after the operation object has
+ * been initialized by one of the methods described in #psa_mac_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, calling psa_mac_abort() after the operation has been
+ * terminated by a call to psa_mac_abort(), psa_mac_sign_finish() or
+ * psa_mac_verify_finish() is safe and has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized MAC operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_mac_abort(psa_mac_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup cipher Symmetric ciphers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Encrypt a message using a symmetric cipher.
+ *
+ * This function encrypts a message with a random IV (initialization
+ * vector). Use the multipart operation interface with a
+ * #psa_cipher_operation_t object to provide other forms of IV.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT.
+ * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to encrypt.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written.
+ * The output contains the IV followed by
+ * the ciphertext proper.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** Decrypt a message using a symmetric cipher.
+ *
+ * This function decrypts a message encrypted with a symmetric cipher.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must remain valid until the operation
+ * terminates. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to decrypt.
+ * This consists of the IV followed by the
+ * ciphertext proper.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the plaintext is to be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for multipart cipher operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a cipher operation object, the application
+ * must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_cipher_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_cipher_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_cipher_operation_t operation = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_cipher_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_cipher_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_cipher_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_cipher_operation_s psa_cipher_operation_t;
+
+/** \def PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a cipher operation object of
+ * type #psa_cipher_operation_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for a cipher operation object.
+ */
+static psa_cipher_operation_t psa_cipher_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Set the key for a multipart symmetric encryption operation.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to encrypt a message with a symmetric cipher
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_cipher_operation_t, e.g.
+ * #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# Call either psa_cipher_generate_iv() or psa_cipher_set_iv() to
+ * generate or set the IV (initialization vector). You should use
+ * psa_cipher_generate_iv() unless the protocol you are implementing
+ * requires a specific IV value.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message each time.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_cipher_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_cipher_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A successful call to psa_cipher_finish().
+ * - A call to psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_cipher_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must remain valid until the operation
+ * terminates. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT.
+ * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Set the key for a multipart symmetric decryption operation.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to decrypt a message with a symmetric cipher
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_cipher_operation_t, e.g.
+ * #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_set_iv() with the IV (initialization vector) for the
+ * decryption. If the IV is prepended to the ciphertext, you can call
+ * psa_cipher_update() on a buffer containing the IV followed by the
+ * beginning of the message.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message each time.
+ * -# Call psa_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_cipher_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_cipher_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A successful call to psa_cipher_finish().
+ * - A call to psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_cipher_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must remain valid until the operation
+ * terminates. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Generate an IV for a symmetric encryption operation.
+ *
+ * This function generates a random IV (initialization vector), nonce
+ * or initial counter value for the encryption operation as appropriate
+ * for the chosen algorithm, key type and key size.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() before
+ * calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation.
+ * \param[out] iv Buffer where the generated IV is to be written.
+ * \param iv_size Size of the \p iv buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] iv_length On success, the number of bytes of the
+ * generated IV.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p iv buffer is too small.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with no IV set),
+ * or the library has not been previously initialized
+ * by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_generate_iv(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *iv,
+ size_t iv_size,
+ size_t *iv_length);
+
+/** Set the IV for a symmetric encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * This function sets the IV (initialization vector), nonce
+ * or initial counter value for the encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() before
+ * calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \note When encrypting, applications should use psa_cipher_generate_iv()
+ * instead of this function, unless implementing a protocol that requires
+ * a non-random IV.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation.
+ * \param[in] iv Buffer containing the IV to use.
+ * \param iv_length Size of the IV in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The size of \p iv is not acceptable for the chosen algorithm,
+ * or the chosen algorithm does not use an IV.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active cipher
+ * encrypt operation, with no IV set), or the library has not been
+ * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_set_iv(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *iv,
+ size_t iv_length);
+
+/** Encrypt or decrypt a message fragment in an active cipher operation.
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, you must:
+ * 1. Call either psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or psa_cipher_decrypt_setup().
+ * The choice of setup function determines whether this function
+ * encrypts or decrypts its input.
+ * 2. If the algorithm requires an IV, call psa_cipher_generate_iv()
+ * (recommended when encrypting) or psa_cipher_set_iv().
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to
+ * encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with an IV set
+ * if required for the algorithm), or the library has not been
+ * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_update(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** Finish encrypting or decrypting a message in a cipher operation.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or
+ * psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() before calling this function. The choice
+ * of setup function determines whether this function encrypts or
+ * decrypts its input.
+ *
+ * This function finishes the encryption or decryption of the message
+ * formed by concatenating the inputs passed to preceding calls to
+ * psa_cipher_update().
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The total input size passed to this operation is not valid for
+ * this particular algorithm. For example, the algorithm is a based
+ * on block cipher and requires a whole number of blocks, but the
+ * total input size is not a multiple of the block size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING
+ * This is a decryption operation for an algorithm that includes
+ * padding, and the ciphertext does not contain valid padding.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with an IV set
+ * if required for the algorithm), or the library has not been
+ * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_finish(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** Abort a cipher operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the
+ * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object
+ * can be reused for another operation by calling
+ * psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() again.
+ *
+ * You may call this function any time after the operation object has
+ * been initialized as described in #psa_cipher_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, calling psa_cipher_abort() after the operation has been
+ * terminated by a call to psa_cipher_abort() or psa_cipher_finish()
+ * is safe and has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized cipher operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_cipher_abort(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup aead Authenticated encryption with associated data (AEAD)
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Process an authenticated encryption operation.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the
+ * operation. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT.
+ * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] nonce Nonce or IV to use.
+ * \param nonce_length Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] additional_data Additional data that will be authenticated
+ * but not encrypted.
+ * \param additional_data_length Size of \p additional_data in bytes.
+ * \param[in] plaintext Data that will be authenticated and
+ * encrypted.
+ * \param plaintext_length Size of \p plaintext in bytes.
+ * \param[out] ciphertext Output buffer for the authenticated and
+ * encrypted data. The additional data is not
+ * part of this output. For algorithms where the
+ * encrypted data and the authentication tag
+ * are defined as separate outputs, the
+ * authentication tag is appended to the
+ * encrypted data.
+ * \param ciphertext_size Size of the \p ciphertext buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - A sufficient output size is
+ * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type,
+ * \p alg, \p plaintext_length) where
+ * \c key_type is the type of \p key.
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p
+ * plaintext_length) evaluates to the maximum
+ * ciphertext size of any supported AEAD
+ * encryption.
+ * \param[out] ciphertext_length On success, the size of the output
+ * in the \p ciphertext buffer.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * \p ciphertext_size is too small.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \p alg,
+ * \p plaintext_length) or
+ * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p plaintext_length) can be used to
+ * determine the required buffer size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *nonce,
+ size_t nonce_length,
+ const uint8_t *additional_data,
+ size_t additional_data_length,
+ const uint8_t *plaintext,
+ size_t plaintext_length,
+ uint8_t *ciphertext,
+ size_t ciphertext_size,
+ size_t *ciphertext_length);
+
+/** Process an authenticated decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the
+ * operation. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param[in] nonce Nonce or IV to use.
+ * \param nonce_length Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] additional_data Additional data that has been authenticated
+ * but not encrypted.
+ * \param additional_data_length Size of \p additional_data in bytes.
+ * \param[in] ciphertext Data that has been authenticated and
+ * encrypted. For algorithms where the
+ * encrypted data and the authentication tag
+ * are defined as separate inputs, the buffer
+ * must contain the encrypted data followed
+ * by the authentication tag.
+ * \param ciphertext_length Size of \p ciphertext in bytes.
+ * \param[out] plaintext Output buffer for the decrypted data.
+ * \param plaintext_size Size of the \p plaintext buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - A sufficient output size is
+ * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type,
+ * \p alg, \p ciphertext_length) where
+ * \c key_type is the type of \p key.
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p
+ * ciphertext_length) evaluates to the maximum
+ * plaintext size of any supported AEAD
+ * decryption.
+ * \param[out] plaintext_length On success, the size of the output
+ * in the \p plaintext buffer.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The ciphertext is not authentic.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * \p plaintext_size is too small.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \p alg,
+ * \p ciphertext_length) or
+ * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p ciphertext_length) can be used
+ * to determine the required buffer size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *nonce,
+ size_t nonce_length,
+ const uint8_t *additional_data,
+ size_t additional_data_length,
+ const uint8_t *ciphertext,
+ size_t ciphertext_length,
+ uint8_t *plaintext,
+ size_t plaintext_size,
+ size_t *plaintext_length);
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for multipart AEAD operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on an AEAD operation object, the application
+ * must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_aead_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_aead_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_aead_operation_t operation = PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_aead_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_aead_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_aead_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_aead_operation_s psa_aead_operation_t;
+
+/** \def PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for an AEAD operation object of
+ * type #psa_aead_operation_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for an AEAD operation object.
+ */
+static psa_aead_operation_t psa_aead_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Set the key for a multipart authenticated encryption operation.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to encrypt a message with authentication
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_aead_operation_t, e.g.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# If needed, call psa_aead_set_lengths() to specify the length of the
+ * inputs to the subsequent calls to psa_aead_update_ad() and
+ * psa_aead_update(). See the documentation of psa_aead_set_lengths()
+ * for details.
+ * -# Call either psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce() to
+ * generate or set the nonce. You should use
+ * psa_aead_generate_nonce() unless the protocol you are implementing
+ * requires a specific nonce value.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_update_ad() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the non-encrypted additional authenticated data each time.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the message to encrypt each time.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_finish().
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_aead_encrypt_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_aead_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_aead_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_aead_encrypt_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A successful call to psa_aead_finish().
+ * - A call to psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_aead_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must remain valid until the operation
+ * terminates. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT.
+ * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_encrypt_setup(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Set the key for a multipart authenticated decryption operation.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to decrypt a message with authentication
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_aead_operation_t, e.g.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_decrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key.
+ * -# If needed, call psa_aead_set_lengths() to specify the length of the
+ * inputs to the subsequent calls to psa_aead_update_ad() and
+ * psa_aead_update(). See the documentation of psa_aead_set_lengths()
+ * for details.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_set_nonce() with the nonce for the decryption.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_update_ad() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the non-encrypted additional authenticated data each time.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment
+ * of the ciphertext to decrypt each time.
+ * -# Call psa_aead_verify().
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_aead_decrypt_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_aead_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_aead_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_aead_decrypt_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A successful call to psa_aead_verify().
+ * - A call to psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized as per the documentation for
+ * #psa_aead_operation_t and not yet in use.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must remain valid until the operation
+ * terminates. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not compatible with \p alg.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or the
+ * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_decrypt_setup(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Generate a random nonce for an authenticated encryption operation.
+ *
+ * This function generates a random nonce for the authenticated encryption
+ * operation with an appropriate size for the chosen algorithm, key type
+ * and key size.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() before
+ * calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[out] nonce Buffer where the generated nonce is to be
+ * written.
+ * \param nonce_size Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] nonce_length On success, the number of bytes of the
+ * generated nonce.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p nonce buffer is too small.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active aead encrypt
+ * operation, with no nonce set), or the library has not been
+ * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_generate_nonce(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *nonce,
+ size_t nonce_size,
+ size_t *nonce_length);
+
+/** Set the nonce for an authenticated encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * This function sets the nonce for the authenticated
+ * encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ * The application must call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or
+ * psa_aead_decrypt_setup() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \note When encrypting, applications should use psa_aead_generate_nonce()
+ * instead of this function, unless implementing a protocol that requires
+ * a non-random IV.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[in] nonce Buffer containing the nonce to use.
+ * \param nonce_length Size of the nonce in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The size of \p nonce is not acceptable for the chosen algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with no nonce
+ * set), or the library has not been previously initialized
+ * by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_set_nonce(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *nonce,
+ size_t nonce_length);
+
+/** Declare the lengths of the message and additional data for AEAD.
+ *
+ * The application must call this function before calling
+ * psa_aead_update_ad() or psa_aead_update() if the algorithm for
+ * the operation requires it. If the algorithm does not require it,
+ * calling this function is optional, but if this function is called
+ * then the implementation must enforce the lengths.
+ *
+ * You may call this function before or after setting the nonce with
+ * psa_aead_set_nonce() or psa_aead_generate_nonce().
+ *
+ * - For #PSA_ALG_CCM, calling this function is required.
+ * - For the other AEAD algorithms defined in this specification, calling
+ * this function is not required.
+ * - For vendor-defined algorithm, refer to the vendor documentation.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param ad_length Size of the non-encrypted additional
+ * authenticated data in bytes.
+ * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext to encrypt in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * At least one of the lengths is not acceptable for the chosen
+ * algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and
+ * psa_aead_update_ad() and psa_aead_update() must not have been
+ * called yet), or the library has not been previously initialized
+ * by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_set_lengths(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ size_t ad_length,
+ size_t plaintext_length);
+
+/** Pass additional data to an active AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * Additional data is authenticated, but not encrypted.
+ *
+ * You may call this function multiple times to pass successive fragments
+ * of the additional data. You may not call this function after passing
+ * data to encrypt or decrypt with psa_aead_update().
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, you must:
+ * 1. Call either psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup().
+ * 2. Set the nonce with psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce().
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting, until psa_aead_verify() has returned #PSA_SUCCESS,
+ * there is no guarantee that the input is valid. Therefore, until
+ * you have called psa_aead_verify() and it has returned #PSA_SUCCESS,
+ * treat the input as untrusted and prepare to undo any action that
+ * depends on the input if psa_aead_verify() returns an error status.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the fragment of
+ * additional data.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The total input length overflows the additional data length that
+ * was previously specified with psa_aead_set_lengths().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, have a nonce
+ * set, have lengths set if required by the algorithm, and
+ * psa_aead_update() must not have been called yet), or the library
+ * has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_update_ad(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length);
+
+/** Encrypt or decrypt a message fragment in an active AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, you must:
+ * 1. Call either psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup().
+ * The choice of setup function determines whether this function
+ * encrypts or decrypts its input.
+ * 2. Set the nonce with psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce().
+ * 3. Call psa_aead_update_ad() to pass all the additional data.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \warning When decrypting, until psa_aead_verify() has returned #PSA_SUCCESS,
+ * there is no guarantee that the input is valid. Therefore, until
+ * you have called psa_aead_verify() and it has returned #PSA_SUCCESS:
+ * - Do not use the output in any way other than storing it in a
+ * confidential location. If you take any action that depends
+ * on the tentative decrypted data, this action will need to be
+ * undone if the input turns out not to be valid. Furthermore,
+ * if an adversary can observe that this action took place
+ * (for example through timing), they may be able to use this
+ * fact as an oracle to decrypt any message encrypted with the
+ * same key.
+ * - In particular, do not copy the output anywhere but to a
+ * memory or storage space that you have exclusive access to.
+ *
+ * This function does not require the input to be aligned to any
+ * particular block boundary. If the implementation can only process
+ * a whole block at a time, it must consume all the input provided, but
+ * it may delay the end of the corresponding output until a subsequent
+ * call to psa_aead_update(), psa_aead_finish() or psa_aead_verify()
+ * provides sufficient input. The amount of data that can be delayed
+ * in this way is bounded by #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to
+ * encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - A sufficient output size is
+ * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type,
+ * \c alg, \p input_length) where
+ * \c key_type is the type of key and \c alg is
+ * the algorithm that were used to set up the
+ * operation.
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p
+ * input_length) evaluates to the maximum
+ * output size of any supported AEAD
+ * algorithm.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg, \p input_length) or
+ * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length) can be used to
+ * determine the required buffer size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is
+ * less than the additional data length that was previously
+ * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or
+ * the total input length overflows the plaintext length that
+ * was previously specified with psa_aead_set_lengths().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, have a nonce
+ * set, and have lengths set if required by the algorithm), or the
+ * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_update(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** Finish encrypting a message in an AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * The operation must have been set up with psa_aead_encrypt_setup().
+ *
+ * This function finishes the authentication of the additional data
+ * formed by concatenating the inputs passed to preceding calls to
+ * psa_aead_update_ad() with the plaintext formed by concatenating the
+ * inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_aead_update().
+ *
+ * This function has two output buffers:
+ * - \p ciphertext contains trailing ciphertext that was buffered from
+ * preceding calls to psa_aead_update().
+ * - \p tag contains the authentication tag.
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[out] ciphertext Buffer where the last part of the ciphertext
+ * is to be written.
+ * \param ciphertext_size Size of the \p ciphertext buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - A sufficient output size is
+ * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type,
+ * \c alg) where \c key_type is the type of key
+ * and \c alg is the algorithm that were used to
+ * set up the operation.
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE evaluates to
+ * the maximum output size of any supported AEAD
+ * algorithm.
+ * \param[out] ciphertext_length On success, the number of bytes of
+ * returned ciphertext.
+ * \param[out] tag Buffer where the authentication tag is
+ * to be written.
+ * \param tag_size Size of the \p tag buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - The exact tag size is #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\c
+ * key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg) where
+ * \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and
+ * bit-size of the key, and \c alg is the
+ * algorithm that were used in the call to
+ * psa_aead_encrypt_setup().
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the
+ * maximum tag size of any supported AEAD
+ * algorithm.
+ * \param[out] tag_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned tag.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p ciphertext or \p tag buffer is too small.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg) or
+ * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE can be used to determine the
+ * required \p ciphertext buffer size. #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\c key_type,
+ * \c key_bits, \c alg) or #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE can be used to
+ * determine the required \p tag buffer size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is
+ * less than the additional data length that was previously
+ * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or
+ * the total length of input to psa_aead_update() so far is
+ * less than the plaintext length that was previously
+ * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active encryption
+ * operation with a nonce set), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_finish(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *ciphertext,
+ size_t ciphertext_size,
+ size_t *ciphertext_length,
+ uint8_t *tag,
+ size_t tag_size,
+ size_t *tag_length);
+
+/** Finish authenticating and decrypting a message in an AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * The operation must have been set up with psa_aead_decrypt_setup().
+ *
+ * This function finishes the authenticated decryption of the message
+ * components:
+ *
+ * - The additional data consisting of the concatenation of the inputs
+ * passed to preceding calls to psa_aead_update_ad().
+ * - The ciphertext consisting of the concatenation of the inputs passed to
+ * preceding calls to psa_aead_update().
+ * - The tag passed to this function call.
+ *
+ * If the authentication tag is correct, this function outputs any remaining
+ * plaintext and reports success. If the authentication tag is not correct,
+ * this function returns #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE.
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort().
+ *
+ * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the
+ * comparison between the actual tag and the expected tag is performed
+ * in constant time.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation.
+ * \param[out] plaintext Buffer where the last part of the plaintext
+ * is to be written. This is the remaining data
+ * from previous calls to psa_aead_update()
+ * that could not be processed until the end
+ * of the input.
+ * \param plaintext_size Size of the \p plaintext buffer in bytes.
+ * This must be appropriate for the selected algorithm and key:
+ * - A sufficient output size is
+ * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type,
+ * \c alg) where \c key_type is the type of key
+ * and \c alg is the algorithm that were used to
+ * set up the operation.
+ * - #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE evaluates to
+ * the maximum output size of any supported AEAD
+ * algorithm.
+ * \param[out] plaintext_length On success, the number of bytes of
+ * returned plaintext.
+ * \param[in] tag Buffer containing the authentication tag.
+ * \param tag_length Size of the \p tag buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The calculations were successful, but the authentication tag is
+ * not correct.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p plaintext buffer is too small.
+ * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg) or
+ * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE can be used to determine the
+ * required buffer size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is
+ * less than the additional data length that was previously
+ * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or
+ * the total length of input to psa_aead_update() so far is
+ * less than the plaintext length that was previously
+ * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active decryption
+ * operation with a nonce set), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_verify(psa_aead_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *plaintext,
+ size_t plaintext_size,
+ size_t *plaintext_length,
+ const uint8_t *tag,
+ size_t tag_length);
+
+/** Abort an AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the
+ * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object
+ * can be reused for another operation by calling
+ * psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup() again.
+ *
+ * You may call this function any time after the operation object has
+ * been initialized as described in #psa_aead_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, calling psa_aead_abort() after the operation has been
+ * terminated by a call to psa_aead_abort(), psa_aead_finish() or
+ * psa_aead_verify() is safe and has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized AEAD operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_aead_abort(psa_aead_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup asymmetric Asymmetric cryptography
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sign a message with a private key. For hash-and-sign algorithms,
+ * this includes the hashing step.
+ *
+ * \note To perform a multi-part hash-and-sign signature algorithm, first use
+ * a multi-part hash operation and then pass the resulting hash to
+ * psa_sign_hash(). PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(\p alg) can be used to determine the
+ * hash algorithm to use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE.
+ * \param[in] alg An asymmetric signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with the type of
+ * \p key.
+ * \param[in] input The input message to sign.
+ * \param[in] input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written.
+ * \param[in] signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. This
+ * must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - The required signature size is
+ * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and
+ * bit-size respectively of key.
+ * - #PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the
+ * maximum signature size of any supported
+ * signature algorithm.
+ * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes that make up
+ * the returned signature value.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE flag,
+ * or it does not permit the requested algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can
+ * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of \p key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_sign_message(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ uint8_t *signature,
+ size_t signature_size,
+ size_t *signature_length);
+
+/** \brief Verify the signature of a message with a public key, using
+ * a hash-and-sign verification algorithm.
+ *
+ * \note To perform a multi-part hash-and-sign signature verification
+ * algorithm, first use a multi-part hash operation to hash the message
+ * and then pass the resulting hash to psa_verify_hash().
+ * PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(\p alg) can be used to determine the hash algorithm
+ * to use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be a public key or an asymmetric key
+ * pair. The key must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE.
+ * \param[in] alg An asymmetric signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with the type of
+ * \p key.
+ * \param[in] input The message whose signature is to be verified.
+ * \param[in] input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify.
+ * \param[in] signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE flag,
+ * or it does not permit the requested algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed signature
+ * is not a valid signature.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_verify_message(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *signature,
+ size_t signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sign a hash or short message with a private key.
+ *
+ * Note that to perform a hash-and-sign signature algorithm, you must
+ * first calculate the hash by calling psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update()
+ * and psa_hash_finish(), or alternatively by calling psa_hash_compute().
+ * Then pass the resulting hash as the \p hash
+ * parameter to this function. You can use #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(\p alg)
+ * to determine the hash algorithm to use.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH.
+ * \param alg A signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with
+ * the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] hash The hash or message to sign.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written.
+ * \param signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned signature value.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can
+ * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of \p key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_sign_hash(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_length,
+ uint8_t *signature,
+ size_t signature_size,
+ size_t *signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Verify the signature of a hash or short message using a public key.
+ *
+ * Note that to perform a hash-and-sign signature algorithm, you must
+ * first calculate the hash by calling psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update()
+ * and psa_hash_finish(), or alternatively by calling psa_hash_compute().
+ * Then pass the resulting hash as the \p hash
+ * parameter to this function. You can use #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(\p alg)
+ * to determine the hash algorithm to use.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It
+ * must be a public key or an asymmetric key pair. The
+ * key must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH.
+ * \param alg A signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with
+ * the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] hash The hash or message whose signature is to be
+ * verified.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify.
+ * \param signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The signature is valid.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed
+ * signature is not a valid signature.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_verify_hash(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *hash,
+ size_t hash_length,
+ const uint8_t *signature,
+ size_t signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Encrypt a short message with a public key.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be a public key or an asymmetric key
+ * pair. It must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT.
+ * \param alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is
+ * compatible with the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] input The message to encrypt.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] salt A salt or label, if supported by the
+ * encryption algorithm.
+ * If the algorithm does not support a
+ * salt, pass \c NULL.
+ * If the algorithm supports an optional
+ * salt and you do not want to pass a salt,
+ * pass \c NULL.
+ *
+ * - For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is
+ * supported.
+ * \param salt_length Size of the \p salt buffer in bytes.
+ * If \p salt is \c NULL, pass 0.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the encrypted message is to
+ * be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. You can
+ * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of \p key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_asymmetric_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *salt,
+ size_t salt_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Decrypt a short message with a private key.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be an asymmetric key pair. It must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ * \param alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is
+ * compatible with the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] input The message to decrypt.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] salt A salt or label, if supported by the
+ * encryption algorithm.
+ * If the algorithm does not support a
+ * salt, pass \c NULL.
+ * If the algorithm supports an optional
+ * salt and you do not want to pass a salt,
+ * pass \c NULL.
+ *
+ * - For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is
+ * supported.
+ * \param salt_length Size of the \p salt buffer in bytes.
+ * If \p salt is \c NULL, pass 0.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the decrypted message is to
+ * be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \c output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. You can
+ * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of \p key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_asymmetric_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *salt,
+ size_t salt_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup key_derivation Key derivation and pseudorandom generation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for key derivation operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a key derivation operation object, the
+ * application must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation = PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_key_derivation_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_key_derivation_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice.
+ */
+typedef struct psa_key_derivation_s psa_key_derivation_operation_t;
+
+/** \def PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT
+ *
+ * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a key derivation operation
+ * object of type #psa_key_derivation_operation_t.
+ */
+
+/** Return an initial value for a key derivation operation object.
+ */
+static psa_key_derivation_operation_t psa_key_derivation_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Set up a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * A key derivation algorithm takes some inputs and uses them to generate
+ * a byte stream in a deterministic way.
+ * This byte stream can be used to produce keys and other
+ * cryptographic material.
+ *
+ * To derive a key:
+ * -# Start with an initialized object of type #psa_key_derivation_operation_t.
+ * -# Call psa_key_derivation_setup() to select the algorithm.
+ * -# Provide the inputs for the key derivation by calling
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() or psa_key_derivation_input_key()
+ * as appropriate. Which inputs are needed, in what order, and whether
+ * they may be keys and if so of what type depends on the algorithm.
+ * -# Optionally set the operation's maximum capacity with
+ * psa_key_derivation_set_capacity(). You may do this before, in the middle
+ * of or after providing inputs. For some algorithms, this step is mandatory
+ * because the output depends on the maximum capacity.
+ * -# To derive a key, call psa_key_derivation_output_key() or
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext().
+ * To derive a byte string for a different purpose, call
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes().
+ * Successive calls to these functions use successive output bytes
+ * calculated by the key derivation algorithm.
+ * -# Clean up the key derivation operation object with
+ * psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error, the key derivation operation object is
+ * not changed.
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_key_derivation_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * Implementations must reject an attempt to derive a key of size 0.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object
+ * to set up. It must
+ * have been initialized but not set up yet.
+ * \param alg The key derivation algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c alg is not a key derivation algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \c alg is not supported or is not a key derivation algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_setup(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg);
+
+/** Retrieve the current capacity of a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * The capacity of a key derivation is the maximum number of bytes that it can
+ * return. When you get *N* bytes of output from a key derivation operation,
+ * this reduces its capacity by *N*.
+ *
+ * \param[in] operation The operation to query.
+ * \param[out] capacity On success, the capacity of the operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_get_capacity(
+ const psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ size_t *capacity);
+
+/** Set the maximum capacity of a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * The capacity of a key derivation operation is the maximum number of bytes
+ * that the key derivation operation can return from this point onwards.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to modify.
+ * \param capacity The new capacity of the operation.
+ * It must be less or equal to the operation's
+ * current capacity.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p capacity is larger than the operation's current capacity.
+ * In this case, the operation object remains valid and its capacity
+ * remains unchanged.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or the
+ * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_set_capacity(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ size_t capacity);
+
+/** Use the maximum possible capacity for a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * Use this value as the capacity argument when setting up a key derivation
+ * to indicate that the operation should have the maximum possible capacity.
+ * The value of the maximum possible capacity depends on the key derivation
+ * algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_UNLIMITED_CAPACITY ((size_t) (-1))
+
+/** Provide an input for key derivation or key agreement.
+ *
+ * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm.
+ * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement
+ * algorithm for information.
+ *
+ * This function passes direct inputs, which is usually correct for
+ * non-secret inputs. To pass a secret input, which should be in a key
+ * object, call psa_key_derivation_input_key() instead of this function.
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual step types
+ * (`PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx` values of type ::psa_key_derivation_step_t)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use.
+ * It must have been set up with
+ * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not
+ * have produced any output yet.
+ * \param step Which step the input data is for.
+ * \param[in] data Input data to use.
+ * \param data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or
+ * \c step does not allow direct inputs.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_bytes(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_derivation_step_t step,
+ const uint8_t *data,
+ size_t data_length);
+
+/** Provide a numeric input for key derivation or key agreement.
+ *
+ * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm.
+ * However, when an algorithm requires a particular order, numeric inputs
+ * usually come first as they tend to be configuration parameters.
+ * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement
+ * algorithm for information.
+ *
+ * This function is used for inputs which are fixed-size non-negative
+ * integers.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use.
+ * It must have been set up with
+ * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not
+ * have produced any output yet.
+ * \param step Which step the input data is for.
+ * \param[in] value The value of the numeric input.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or
+ * \c step does not allow numeric inputs.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_integer(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_derivation_step_t step,
+ uint64_t value);
+
+/** Provide an input for key derivation in the form of a key.
+ *
+ * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm.
+ * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement
+ * algorithm for information.
+ *
+ * This function obtains input from a key object, which is usually correct for
+ * secret inputs or for non-secret personalization strings kept in the key
+ * store. To pass a non-secret parameter which is not in the key store,
+ * call psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() instead of this function.
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual step types
+ * (`PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx` values of type ::psa_key_derivation_step_t)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use.
+ * It must have been set up with
+ * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not
+ * have produced any output yet.
+ * \param step Which step the input data is for.
+ * \param key Identifier of the key. It must have an
+ * appropriate type for step and must allow the
+ * usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE or
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION (see note)
+ * and the algorithm used by the operation.
+ *
+ * \note Once all inputs steps are completed, the operations will allow:
+ * - psa_key_derivation_output_bytes() if each input was either a direct input
+ * or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE set;
+ * - psa_key_derivation_output_key() or psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext()
+ * if the input for step
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD
+ * was from a key slot with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE and each other input was
+ * either a direct input or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE set;
+ * - psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() if each input was either a direct input
+ * or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION set;
+ * - psa_key_derivation_verify_key() under the same conditions as
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes().
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key allows neither #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE nor
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION, or it doesn't allow this
+ * algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or
+ * \c step does not allow key inputs of the given type
+ * or does not allow key inputs at all.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_key(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_derivation_step_t step,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+
+/** Perform a key agreement and use the shared secret as input to a key
+ * derivation.
+ *
+ * A key agreement algorithm takes two inputs: a private key \p private_key
+ * a public key \p peer_key.
+ * The result of this function is passed as input to a key derivation.
+ * The output of this key derivation can be extracted by reading from the
+ * resulting operation to produce keys and other cryptographic material.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use.
+ * It must have been set up with
+ * psa_key_derivation_setup() with a
+ * key agreement and derivation algorithm
+ * \c alg (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(\c alg) is true
+ * and #PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(\c alg)
+ * is false).
+ * The operation must be ready for an
+ * input of the type given by \p step.
+ * \param step Which step the input data is for.
+ * \param private_key Identifier of the private key to use. It must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * \param[in] peer_key Public key of the peer. The peer key must be in the
+ * same format that psa_import_key() accepts for the
+ * public key type corresponding to the type of
+ * private_key. That is, this function performs the
+ * equivalent of
+ * #psa_import_key(...,
+ * `peer_key`, `peer_key_length`) where
+ * with key attributes indicating the public key
+ * type corresponding to the type of `private_key`.
+ * For example, for EC keys, this means that peer_key
+ * is interpreted as a point on the curve that the
+ * private key is on. The standard formats for public
+ * keys are documented in the documentation of
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ * \param peer_key_length Size of \p peer_key in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \c private_key is not compatible with \c alg,
+ * or \p peer_key is not valid for \c alg or not compatible with
+ * \c private_key, or \c step does not allow an input resulting
+ * from a key agreement.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \c alg is not supported or is not a key derivation algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid for this key agreement \p step,
+ * or the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_key_agreement(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_derivation_step_t step,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t private_key,
+ const uint8_t *peer_key,
+ size_t peer_key_length);
+
+/** Read some data from a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and
+ * return those bytes.
+ * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this
+ * function destructively reads the requested number of bytes from the
+ * stream.
+ * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status other than
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output will be written.
+ * \param output_length Number of bytes to output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * One of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA
+ * The operation's capacity was less than
+ * \p output_length bytes. Note that in this case,
+ * no output is written to the output buffer.
+ * The operation's capacity is set to 0, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will not
+ * succeed, even with a smaller output buffer.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed
+ * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_length);
+
+/** Derive a key from an ongoing key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm
+ * and uses those bytes to generate a key deterministically.
+ * The key's location, usage policy, type and size are taken from
+ * \p attributes.
+ *
+ * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this
+ * function destructively reads as many bytes as required from the
+ * stream.
+ * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status other than
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * How much output is produced and consumed from the operation, and how
+ * the key is derived, depends on the key type and on the key size
+ * (denoted \c bits below):
+ *
+ * - For key types for which the key is an arbitrary sequence of bytes
+ * of a given size, this function is functionally equivalent to
+ * calling #psa_key_derivation_output_bytes
+ * and passing the resulting output to #psa_import_key.
+ * However, this function has a security benefit:
+ * if the implementation provides an isolation boundary then
+ * the key material is not exposed outside the isolation boundary.
+ * As a consequence, for these key types, this function always consumes
+ * exactly (\c bits / 8) bytes from the operation.
+ * The following key types defined in this specification follow this scheme:
+ *
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES;
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ARIA;
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA;
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE;
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_HMAC;
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH.
+ *
+ * - For ECC keys on a Montgomery elliptic curve
+ * (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(\c curve) where \c curve designates a
+ * Montgomery curve), this function always draws a byte string whose
+ * length is determined by the curve, and sets the mandatory bits
+ * accordingly. That is:
+ *
+ * - Curve25519 (#PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY, 255 bits): draw a 32-byte
+ * string and process it as specified in RFC 7748 &sect;5.
+ * - Curve448 (#PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY, 448 bits): draw a 56-byte
+ * string and process it as specified in RFC 7748 &sect;5.
+ *
+ * - For key types for which the key is represented by a single sequence of
+ * \c bits bits with constraints as to which bit sequences are acceptable,
+ * this function draws a byte string of length (\c bits / 8) bytes rounded
+ * up to the nearest whole number of bytes. If the resulting byte string
+ * is acceptable, it becomes the key, otherwise the drawn bytes are discarded.
+ * This process is repeated until an acceptable byte string is drawn.
+ * The byte string drawn from the operation is interpreted as specified
+ * for the output produced by psa_export_key().
+ * The following key types defined in this specification follow this scheme:
+ *
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DES.
+ * Force-set the parity bits, but discard forbidden weak keys.
+ * For 2-key and 3-key triple-DES, the three keys are generated
+ * successively (for example, for 3-key triple-DES,
+ * if the first 8 bytes specify a weak key and the next 8 bytes do not,
+ * discard the first 8 bytes, use the next 8 bytes as the first key,
+ * and continue reading output from the operation to derive the other
+ * two keys).
+ * - Finite-field Diffie-Hellman keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(\c group)
+ * where \c group designates any Diffie-Hellman group) and
+ * ECC keys on a Weierstrass elliptic curve
+ * (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(\c curve) where \c curve designates a
+ * Weierstrass curve).
+ * For these key types, interpret the byte string as integer
+ * in big-endian order. Discard it if it is not in the range
+ * [0, *N* - 2] where *N* is the boundary of the private key domain
+ * (the prime *p* for Diffie-Hellman, the subprime *q* for DSA,
+ * or the order of the curve's base point for ECC).
+ * Add 1 to the resulting integer and use this as the private key *x*.
+ * This method allows compliance to NIST standards, specifically
+ * the methods titled "key-pair generation by testing candidates"
+ * in NIST SP 800-56A &sect;5.6.1.1.4 for Diffie-Hellman,
+ * in FIPS 186-4 &sect;B.1.2 for DSA, and
+ * in NIST SP 800-56A &sect;5.6.1.2.2 or
+ * FIPS 186-4 &sect;B.4.2 for elliptic curve keys.
+ *
+ * - For other key types, including #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR,
+ * the way in which the operation output is consumed is
+ * implementation-defined.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the data that is read is discarded from the operation.
+ * The operation's capacity is decreased by the number of bytes read.
+ *
+ * For algorithms that take an input step #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET,
+ * the input to that step must be provided with psa_key_derivation_input_key().
+ * Future versions of this specification may include additional restrictions
+ * on the derived key based on the attributes and strength of the secret key.
+ *
+ * \note This function is equivalent to calling
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext()
+ * with the production parameters #PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT
+ * and `params_data_length == 0` (i.e. `params->data` is empty).
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * If the key type to be created is
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH then the algorithm in
+ * the policy must be the same as in the current
+ * operation.
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from.
+ * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created
+ * key. For persistent keys, this is the key
+ * identifier defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata
+ * have been saved to persistent storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA
+ * There was not enough data to create the desired key.
+ * Note that in this case, no output is written to the output buffer.
+ * The operation's capacity is set to 0, thus subsequent calls to
+ * this function will not succeed, even with a smaller output buffer.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The key type or key size is not supported, either by the
+ * implementation in general or in this particular location.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The provided key attributes are not valid for the operation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input was not provided through a
+ * key; or one of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed
+ * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_output_key(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key);
+
+/** Derive a key from an ongoing key derivation operation with custom
+ * production parameters.
+ *
+ * See the description of psa_key_derivation_out_key() for the operation of
+ * this function with the default production parameters.
+ * Mbed TLS currently does not currently support any non-default production
+ * parameters.
+ *
+ * \note This function is experimental and may change in future minor
+ * versions of Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * If the key type to be created is
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH then the algorithm in
+ * the policy must be the same as in the current
+ * operation.
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from.
+ * \param[in] params Customization parameters for the key derivation.
+ * When this is #PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT
+ * with \p params_data_length = 0,
+ * this function is equivalent to
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key().
+ * Mbed TLS currently only supports the default
+ * production parameters, i.e.
+ * #PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT,
+ * for all key types.
+ * \param params_data_length
+ * Length of `params->data` in bytes.
+ * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created
+ * key. For persistent keys, this is the key
+ * identifier defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata
+ * have been saved to persistent storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA
+ * There was not enough data to create the desired key.
+ * Note that in this case, no output is written to the output buffer.
+ * The operation's capacity is set to 0, thus subsequent calls to
+ * this function will not succeed, even with a smaller output buffer.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The key type or key size is not supported, either by the
+ * implementation in general or in this particular location.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The provided key attributes are not valid for the operation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input was not provided through a
+ * key; or one of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed
+ * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ const psa_key_production_parameters_t *params,
+ size_t params_data_length,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key);
+
+/** Compare output data from a key derivation operation to an expected value.
+ *
+ * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and
+ * compares those bytes to an expected value in constant time.
+ * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this
+ * function destructively reads the expected number of bytes from the
+ * stream before comparing them.
+ * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read.
+ *
+ * This is functionally equivalent to the following code:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(operation, tmp, output_length);
+ * if (memcmp(output, tmp, output_length) != 0)
+ * return PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE;
+ * \endcode
+ * except (1) it works even if the key's policy does not allow outputting the
+ * bytes, and (2) the comparison will be done in constant time.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status other than
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE,
+ * the operation enters an error state and must be aborted by calling
+ * psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from.
+ * \param[in] expected_output Buffer containing the expected derivation output.
+ * \param output_length Length of the expected output; this is also the
+ * number of bytes that will be read.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The output was read successfully, but it differs from the expected
+ * output.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * One of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA
+ * The operation's capacity was less than
+ * \p output_length bytes. Note that in this case,
+ * the operation's capacity is set to 0, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will not
+ * succeed, even with a smaller expected output.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed
+ * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *expected_output,
+ size_t output_length);
+
+/** Compare output data from a key derivation operation to an expected value
+ * stored in a key object.
+ *
+ * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and
+ * compares those bytes to an expected value, provided as key of type
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH.
+ * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this
+ * function destructively reads the number of bytes corresponding to the
+ * length of the expected value from the stream before comparing them.
+ * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read.
+ *
+ * This is functionally equivalent to exporting the key and calling
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() on the result, except that it
+ * works even if the key cannot be exported.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status other than
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE,
+ * the operation enters an error state and must be aborted by calling
+ * psa_key_derivation_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from.
+ * \param[in] expected A key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH
+ * containing the expected output. Its policy must
+ * include the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION flag
+ * and the permitted algorithm must match the
+ * operation. The value of this key was likely
+ * computed by a previous call to
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key() or
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext().
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The output was read successfully, but if differs from the expected
+ * output.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * The key passed as the expected value does not exist.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The key passed as the expected value has an invalid type.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key passed as the expected value does not allow this usage or
+ * this algorithm; or one of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't
+ * allow #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA
+ * The operation's capacity was less than
+ * the length of the expected value. In this case,
+ * the operation's capacity is set to 0, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will not
+ * succeed, even with a smaller expected output.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed
+ * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously
+ * initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_verify_key(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_id_t expected);
+
+/** Abort a key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the \c
+ * operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be reused
+ * for another operation by calling psa_key_derivation_setup() again.
+ *
+ * This function may be called at any time after the operation
+ * object has been initialized as described in #psa_key_derivation_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, it is valid to call psa_key_derivation_abort() twice, or to
+ * call psa_key_derivation_abort() on an operation that has not been set up.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation to abort.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_abort(
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation);
+
+/** Perform a key agreement and return the raw shared secret.
+ *
+ * \warning The raw result of a key agreement algorithm such as finite-field
+ * Diffie-Hellman or elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman has biases and should
+ * not be used directly as key material. It should instead be passed as
+ * input to a key derivation algorithm. To chain a key agreement with
+ * a key derivation, use psa_key_derivation_key_agreement() and other
+ * functions from the key derivation interface.
+ *
+ * \param alg The key agreement algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(\p alg)
+ * is true).
+ * \param private_key Identifier of the private key to use. It must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ * \param[in] peer_key Public key of the peer. It must be
+ * in the same format that psa_import_key()
+ * accepts. The standard formats for public
+ * keys are documented in the documentation
+ * of psa_export_public_key().
+ * \param peer_key_length Size of \p peer_key in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the decrypted message is to
+ * be written.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \c output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p alg is not a key agreement algorithm, or
+ * \p private_key is not compatible with \p alg,
+ * or \p peer_key is not valid for \p alg or not compatible with
+ * \p private_key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * \p output_size is too small
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p alg is not a supported key agreement algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_raw_key_agreement(psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t private_key,
+ const uint8_t *peer_key,
+ size_t peer_key_length,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup random Random generation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate random bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning This function **can** fail! Callers MUST check the return status
+ * and MUST NOT use the content of the output buffer if the return
+ * status is not #PSA_SUCCESS.
+ *
+ * \note To generate a key, use psa_generate_key() instead.
+ *
+ * \param[out] output Output buffer for the generated data.
+ * \param output_size Number of bytes to generate and output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_generate_random(uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate a key or key pair.
+ *
+ * The key is generated randomly.
+ * Its location, usage policy, type and size are taken from \p attributes.
+ *
+ * Implementations must reject an attempt to generate a key of size 0.
+ *
+ * The following type-specific considerations apply:
+ * - For RSA keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR),
+ * the public exponent is 65537.
+ * The modulus is a product of two probabilistic primes
+ * between 2^{n-1} and 2^n where n is the bit size specified in the
+ * attributes.
+ *
+ * \note This function is equivalent to calling psa_generate_key_ext()
+ * with the production parameters #PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT
+ * and `params_data_length == 0` (i.e. `params->data` is empty).
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created
+ * key. For persistent keys, this is the key
+ * identifier defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata
+ * have been saved to persistent storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_generate_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Generate a key or key pair using custom production parameters.
+ *
+ * See the description of psa_generate_key() for the operation of this
+ * function with the default production parameters. In addition, this function
+ * supports the following production customizations, described in more detail
+ * in the documentation of ::psa_key_production_parameters_t:
+ *
+ * - RSA keys: generation with a custom public exponent.
+ *
+ * \note This function is experimental and may change in future minor
+ * versions of Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key.
+ * \param[in] params Customization parameters for the key generation.
+ * When this is #PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT
+ * with \p params_data_length = 0,
+ * this function is equivalent to
+ * psa_generate_key().
+ * \param params_data_length
+ * Length of `params->data` in bytes.
+ * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created
+ * key. For persistent keys, this is the key
+ * identifier defined in \p attributes.
+ * \c 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata
+ * have been saved to persistent storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is
+ * already a persistent key with the given identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_generate_key_ext(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ const psa_key_production_parameters_t *params,
+ size_t params_data_length,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup interruptible_hash Interruptible sign/verify hash
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for interruptible hash
+ * signing operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a sign hash operation object, the
+ * application must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer
+ * #PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation =
+ * PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function
+ * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init() to the structure, for
+ * example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t;
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for interruptible hash
+ * verification operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a sign hash operation object, the
+ * application must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer
+ * #PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation =
+ * PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init() to the structure, for
+ * example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum number of ops allowed to be
+ * executed by an interruptible function in a
+ * single call.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note The time taken to execute a single op is
+ * implementation specific and depends on
+ * software, hardware, the algorithm, key type and
+ * curve chosen. Even within a single operation,
+ * successive ops can take differing amounts of
+ * time. The only guarantee is that lower values
+ * for \p max_ops means functions will block for a
+ * lesser maximum amount of time. The functions
+ * \c psa_sign_interruptible_get_num_ops() and
+ * \c psa_verify_interruptible_get_num_ops() are
+ * provided to help with tuning this value.
+ *
+ * \note This value defaults to
+ * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED, which
+ * means the whole operation will be done in one
+ * go, regardless of the number of ops required.
+ *
+ * \note If more ops are needed to complete a
+ * computation, #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE will be
+ * returned by the function performing the
+ * computation. It is then the caller's
+ * responsibility to either call again with the
+ * same operation context until it returns 0 or an
+ * error code; or to call the relevant abort
+ * function if the answer is no longer required.
+ *
+ * \note The interpretation of \p max_ops is also
+ * implementation defined. On a hard real time
+ * system, this can indicate a hard deadline, as a
+ * real-time system needs a guarantee of not
+ * spending more than X time, however care must be
+ * taken in such an implementation to avoid the
+ * situation whereby calls just return, not being
+ * able to do any actual work within the allotted
+ * time. On a non-real-time system, the
+ * implementation can be more relaxed, but again
+ * whether this number should be interpreted as as
+ * hard or soft limit or even whether a less than
+ * or equals as regards to ops executed in a
+ * single call is implementation defined.
+ *
+ * \note For keys in local storage when no accelerator
+ * driver applies, please see also the
+ * documentation for \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(),
+ * which is the internal implementation in these
+ * cases.
+ *
+ * \warning With implementations that interpret this number
+ * as a hard limit, setting this number too small
+ * may result in an infinite loop, whereby each
+ * call results in immediate return with no ops
+ * done (as there is not enough time to execute
+ * any), and thus no result will ever be achieved.
+ *
+ * \note This only applies to functions whose
+ * documentation mentions they may return
+ * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE.
+ *
+ * \param max_ops The maximum number of ops to be executed in a
+ * single call. This can be a number from 0 to
+ * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED, where 0
+ * is the least amount of work done per call.
+ */
+void psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(uint32_t max_ops);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the maximum number of ops allowed to be
+ * executed by an interruptible function in a
+ * single call. This will return the last
+ * value set by
+ * \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() or
+ * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED if
+ * that function has never been called.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \return Maximum number of ops allowed to be
+ * executed by an interruptible function in a
+ * single call.
+ */
+uint32_t psa_interruptible_get_max_ops(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of ops that a hash signing
+ * operation has taken so far. If the operation
+ * has completed, then this will represent the
+ * number of ops required for the entire
+ * operation. After initialization or calling
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_abort() on
+ * the operation, a value of 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * \note This interface is guaranteed re-entrant and
+ * thus may be called from driver code.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * This is a helper provided to help you tune the
+ * value passed to \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops().
+ *
+ * \param operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t
+ * to use. This must be initialized first.
+ *
+ * \return Number of ops that the operation has taken so
+ * far.
+ */
+uint32_t psa_sign_hash_get_num_ops(
+ const psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of ops that a hash verification
+ * operation has taken so far. If the operation
+ * has completed, then this will represent the
+ * number of ops required for the entire
+ * operation. After initialization or calling \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_abort() on the
+ * operation, a value of 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * This is a helper provided to help you tune the
+ * value passed to \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops().
+ *
+ * \param operation The \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t to
+ * use. This must be initialized first.
+ *
+ * \return Number of ops that the operation has taken so
+ * far.
+ */
+uint32_t psa_verify_hash_get_num_ops(
+ const psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Start signing a hash or short message with a
+ * private key, in an interruptible manner.
+ *
+ * \see \c psa_sign_hash_complete()
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function combined with \c
+ * psa_sign_hash_complete() is equivalent to
+ * \c psa_sign_hash() but
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_complete() can return early and
+ * resume according to the limit set with \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the
+ * maximum time spent in a function call.
+ *
+ * \note Users should call \c psa_sign_hash_complete()
+ * repeatedly on the same context after a
+ * successful call to this function until \c
+ * psa_sign_hash_complete() either returns 0 or an
+ * error. \c psa_sign_hash_complete() will return
+ * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work
+ * to do. Alternatively users can call
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_abort() at any point if they no
+ * longer want the result.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns an error status, the
+ * operation enters an error state and must be
+ * aborted by calling \c psa_sign_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t
+ * to use. This must be initialized first.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must
+ * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH.
+ * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with
+ * the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] hash The hash or message to sign.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation started successfully - call \c psa_sign_hash_complete()
+ * with the same context to complete the operation
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH flag, or it does
+ * not permit the requested algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * An operation has previously been started on this context, and is
+ * still in progress.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_start(
+ psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *hash, size_t hash_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Continue and eventually complete the action of
+ * signing a hash or short message with a private
+ * key, in an interruptible manner.
+ *
+ * \see \c psa_sign_hash_start()
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function combined with \c
+ * psa_sign_hash_start() is equivalent to
+ * \c psa_sign_hash() but this function can return
+ * early and resume according to the limit set with
+ * \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the
+ * maximum time spent in a function call.
+ *
+ * \note Users should call this function on the same
+ * operation object repeatedly until it either
+ * returns 0 or an error. This function will return
+ * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work
+ * to do. Alternatively users can call
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_abort() at any point if they no
+ * longer want the result.
+ *
+ * \note When this function returns successfully, the
+ * operation becomes inactive. If this function
+ * returns an error status, the operation enters an
+ * error state and must be aborted by calling
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t
+ * to use. This must be initialized first, and have
+ * had \c psa_sign_hash_start() called with it
+ * first.
+ *
+ * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written.
+ * \param signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. This
+ * must be appropriate for the selected
+ * algorithm and key:
+ * - The required signature size is
+ * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c
+ * key_bits, \c alg) where \c key_type and \c
+ * key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of key.
+ * - #PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the
+ * maximum signature size of any supported
+ * signature algorithm.
+ * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes that make up
+ * the returned signature value.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Operation completed successfully
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE
+ * Operation was interrupted due to the setting of \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). There is still work to be done.
+ * Call this function again with the same operation object.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can
+ * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling
+ * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg)
+ * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size
+ * respectively of \c key.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * An operation was not previously started on this context via
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_start().
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has either not been previously initialized by
+ * psa_crypto_init() or you did not previously call
+ * psa_sign_hash_start() with this operation object. It is
+ * implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize results in
+ * this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_complete(
+ psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation,
+ uint8_t *signature, size_t signature_size,
+ size_t *signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Abort a sign hash operation.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function is the only function that clears
+ * the number of ops completed as part of the
+ * operation. Please ensure you copy this value via
+ * \c psa_sign_hash_get_num_ops() if required
+ * before calling.
+ *
+ * \note Aborting an operation frees all associated
+ * resources except for the \p operation structure
+ * itself. Once aborted, the operation object can
+ * be reused for another operation by calling \c
+ * psa_sign_hash_start() again.
+ *
+ * \note You may call this function any time after the
+ * operation object has been initialized. In
+ * particular, calling \c psa_sign_hash_abort()
+ * after the operation has already been terminated
+ * by a call to \c psa_sign_hash_abort() or
+ * psa_sign_hash_complete() is safe.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized sign hash operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation was aborted successfully.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_abort(
+ psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Start reading and verifying a hash or short
+ * message, in an interruptible manner.
+ *
+ * \see \c psa_verify_hash_complete()
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function combined with \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_complete() is equivalent to
+ * \c psa_verify_hash() but \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_complete() can return early and
+ * resume according to the limit set with \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the
+ * maximum time spent in a function.
+ *
+ * \note Users should call \c psa_verify_hash_complete()
+ * repeatedly on the same operation object after a
+ * successful call to this function until \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_complete() either returns 0 or
+ * an error. \c psa_verify_hash_complete() will
+ * return #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is
+ * more work to do. Alternatively users can call
+ * \c psa_verify_hash_abort() at any point if they
+ * no longer want the result.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns an error status, the
+ * operation enters an error state and must be
+ * aborted by calling \c psa_verify_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t
+ * to use. This must be initialized first.
+ *
+ * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation.
+ * The key must allow the usage
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH.
+ * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX
+ * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg)
+ * is true), that is compatible with
+ * the type of \p key.
+ * \param[in] hash The hash whose signature is to be verified.
+ * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[in] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify.
+ * \param signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation started successfully - please call \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_complete() with the same context to complete the
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Another operation has already been started on this context, and is
+ * still in progress.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH flag, or it does
+ * not permit the requested algorithm.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_start(
+ psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *hash, size_t hash_length,
+ const uint8_t *signature, size_t signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Continue and eventually complete the action of
+ * reading and verifying a hash or short message
+ * signed with a private key, in an interruptible
+ * manner.
+ *
+ * \see \c psa_verify_hash_start()
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change
+ * at any point. It is not bound by the usual
+ * interface stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function combined with \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_start() is equivalent to
+ * \c psa_verify_hash() but this function can
+ * return early and resume according to the limit
+ * set with \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to
+ * reduce the maximum time spent in a function
+ * call.
+ *
+ * \note Users should call this function on the same
+ * operation object repeatedly until it either
+ * returns 0 or an error. This function will return
+ * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work
+ * to do. Alternatively users can call
+ * \c psa_verify_hash_abort() at any point if they
+ * no longer want the result.
+ *
+ * \note When this function returns successfully, the
+ * operation becomes inactive. If this function
+ * returns an error status, the operation enters an
+ * error state and must be aborted by calling
+ * \c psa_verify_hash_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t
+ * to use. This must be initialized first, and have
+ * had \c psa_verify_hash_start() called with it
+ * first.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Operation completed successfully, and the passed signature is valid.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE
+ * Operation was interrupted due to the setting of \c
+ * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). There is still work to be done.
+ * Call this function again with the same operation object.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed
+ * signature is not a valid signature.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * An operation was not previously started on this context via
+ * \c psa_verify_hash_start().
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has either not been previously initialized by
+ * psa_crypto_init() or you did not previously call
+ * psa_verify_hash_start() on this object. It is
+ * implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize results in
+ * this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_complete(
+ psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Abort a verify hash operation.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change at
+ * any point. It is not bound by the usual interface
+ * stability promises.
+ *
+ * \note This function is the only function that clears the
+ * number of ops completed as part of the operation.
+ * Please ensure you copy this value via
+ * \c psa_verify_hash_get_num_ops() if required
+ * before calling.
+ *
+ * \note Aborting an operation frees all associated
+ * resources except for the operation structure
+ * itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be
+ * reused for another operation by calling \c
+ * psa_verify_hash_start() again.
+ *
+ * \note You may call this function any time after the
+ * operation object has been initialized.
+ * In particular, calling \c psa_verify_hash_abort()
+ * after the operation has already been terminated by
+ * a call to \c psa_verify_hash_abort() or
+ * psa_verify_hash_complete() is safe.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Initialized verify hash operation.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation was aborted successfully.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_abort(
+ psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation);
+
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* The file "crypto_sizes.h" contains definitions for size calculation
+ * macros whose definitions are implementation-specific. */
+#include "crypto_sizes.h"
+
+/* The file "crypto_struct.h" contains definitions for
+ * implementation-specific structs that are declared above. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE
+#else
+#include "crypto_struct.h"
+#endif
+
+/* The file "crypto_extra.h" contains vendor-specific definitions. This
+ * can include vendor-defined algorithms, extra functions, etc. */
+#include "crypto_extra.h"
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63fb29e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: enable always-on features
+ *
+ * Always enable certain features which require a negligible amount of code
+ * to implement, to avoid some edge cases in the configuration combinatorics.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H
+
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA 1
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63afc0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration for key pair types.
+ *
+ * See docs/proposed/psa-conditional-inclusion-c.md.
+ * - Support non-basic operations in a keypair type implicitly enables basic
+ * support for that keypair type.
+ * - Support for a keypair type implicitly enables the corresponding public
+ * key type.
+ * - Basic support for a keypair type implicilty enables import/export support
+ * for that keypair type. Warning: this is implementation-specific (mainly
+ * for the benefit of testing) and may change in the future!
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * ANYTHING -> BASIC
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \
+ defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * BASIC -> corresponding PUBLIC
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * BASIC -> IMPORT+EXPORT
+ *
+ * (Implementation-specific, may change in the future.)
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+/* Even though KEY_PAIR symbols' feature several level of support (BASIC, IMPORT,
+ * EXPORT, GENERATE, DERIVE) we're not planning to have support only for BASIC
+ * without IMPORT/EXPORT since these last 2 features are strongly used in tests.
+ * In general it is allowed to include more feature than what is strictly
+ * requested.
+ * As a consequence IMPORT and EXPORT features will be automatically enabled
+ * as soon as the BASIC one is. */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..332b622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: enable quasi-synonyms
+ *
+ * When two features require almost the same code, we automatically enable
+ * both when either one is requested, to reduce the combinatorics of
+ * possible configurations.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* De facto synonyms */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY
+#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW
+#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT
+#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c14f5dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+ * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers
+ * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer.
+ * This file contains the context structures of those algorithms which need to
+ * rely on other algorithms, i.e. are 'composite' algorithms.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The
+ * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the
+ * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/cmac.h"
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM)
+#include "mbedtls/gcm.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM)
+#include "mbedtls/ccm.h"
+#endif
+#include "mbedtls/chachapoly.h"
+
+/*
+ * MAC multi-part operation definitions.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+typedef struct {
+ /** The HMAC algorithm in use */
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ /** The hash context. */
+ struct psa_hash_operation_s hash_ctx;
+ /** The HMAC part of the context. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opad)[PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE];
+} mbedtls_psa_hmac_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HMAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT, { 0 } }
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC */
+
+typedef struct {
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ union {
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_psa_hmac_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC */
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+} mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } }
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD 1
+#endif
+
+/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS AEAD implementation. */
+typedef struct {
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type);
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_encrypt) : 1;
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tag_length);
+
+ union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Enable easier initializing of the union. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM)
+ mbedtls_ccm_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ccm);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM)
+ mbedtls_gcm_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(gcm);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+ mbedtls_chachapoly_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chachapoly);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */
+
+ } ctx;
+
+} mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecdsa.h"
+
+/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS interruptible sign hash implementation. */
+typedef struct {
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_ctx);
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops);
+
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(coordinate_bytes);
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash)[PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)];
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_length);
+
+#else
+ /* Make the struct non-empty if algs not supported. */
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy);
+
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) ||
+ * defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) &&
+ * defined( MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE ) */
+} mbedtls_psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t;
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 }, { 0 }, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#endif
+
+/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS interruptible verify hash
+ * implementation.*/
+typedef struct {
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+ mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_ctx);
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops);
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash)[PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)];
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_length);
+
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(r);
+ mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s);
+
+#else
+ /* Make the struct non-empty if algs not supported. */
+ unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy);
+
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) ||
+ * defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) &&
+ * defined( MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE ) */
+
+} mbedtls_psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t;
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_VERIFY_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 }, { 0 }, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 }, \
+ { 0 } }
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_VERIFY_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#endif
+
+
+/* EC-JPAKE operation definitions */
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecjpake.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Note: the format for mbedtls_ecjpake_read/write function has an extra
+ * length byte for each step, plus an extra 3 bytes for ECParameters in the
+ * server's 2nd round. */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_JPAKE_BUFFER_SIZE ((3 + 1 + 65 + 1 + 65 + 1 + 32) * 2)
+
+typedef struct {
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_len);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE)
+ mbedtls_ecjpake_role MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(role);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer[MBEDTLS_PSA_JPAKE_BUFFER_SIZE]);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer_length);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer_offset);
+#endif
+ /* Context structure for the Mbed TLS EC-JPAKE implementation. */
+ union {
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE)
+ mbedtls_ecjpake_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(jpake);
+#endif
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+
+} mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 } }
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b91ae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers
+ * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer.
+ * This file contains the context structures of key derivation algorithms
+ * which need to rely on other algorithms.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The
+ * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the
+ * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info_length);
+#if PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE > 0xff
+#error "PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE does not fit in uint8_t"
+#endif
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(offset_in_block);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number);
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) : 2;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info_set) : 1;
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prk)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
+ struct psa_mac_operation_s MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac);
+} psa_hkdf_key_derivation_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF ||
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT ||
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(data)[PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE];
+} psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+typedef enum {
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_INIT, /* no input provided */
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_SEED_SET, /* seed has been set */
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_OTHER_KEY_SET, /* other key has been set - optional */
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_KEY_SET, /* key has been set */
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_LABEL_SET, /* label has been set */
+ PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_OUTPUT /* output has been started */
+} psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_state_t;
+
+typedef struct psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_s {
+#if PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE > 0xff
+#error "PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE does not fit in uint8_t"
+#endif
+
+ /* Indicates how many bytes in the current HMAC block have
+ * not yet been read by the user. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(left_in_block);
+
+ /* The 1-based number of the block. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number);
+
+ psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_state_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);
+
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secret);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secret_length);
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(seed);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(seed_length);
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(label);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(label_length);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(other_secret);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(other_secret_length);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Ai)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
+
+ /* `HMAC_hash( prk, A( i ) + seed )` in the notation of RFC 5246, Sect. 5. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
+} psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) ||
+ * MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2)
+typedef enum {
+ PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_INIT, /* no input provided */
+ PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_INPUT_COST_SET, /* input cost has been set */
+ PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_SALT_SET, /* salt has been set */
+ PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_PASSWORD_SET, /* password has been set */
+ PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_OUTPUT /* output has been started */
+} psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_state_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_state_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);
+ uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(input_cost);
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(salt);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(salt_length);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password)[PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE];
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_length);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bytes_used);
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number);
+} psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_t;
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2 */
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ab4d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers
+ * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer.
+ * This file contains the context structures of those algorithms which do not
+ * rely on other algorithms, i.e. are 'primitive' algorithms.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The
+ * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the
+ * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h>
+
+/*
+ * Hash multi-part operation definitions.
+ */
+
+#include "mbedtls/md5.h"
+#include "mbedtls/ripemd160.h"
+#include "mbedtls/sha1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/sha256.h"
+#include "mbedtls/sha512.h"
+#include "mbedtls/sha3.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5)
+ mbedtls_md5_context md5;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+ mbedtls_ripemd160_context ripemd160;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1)
+ mbedtls_sha1_context sha1;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224)
+ mbedtls_sha256_context sha256;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384)
+ mbedtls_sha512_context sha512;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512)
+ mbedtls_sha3_context sha3;
+#endif
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+} mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } }
+
+/*
+ * Cipher multi-part operation definitions.
+ */
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER 1
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* Context structure for the Mbed TLS cipher implementation. */
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_length);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_length);
+ union {
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy);
+ mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher);
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+} mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_compat.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_compat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a226c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_compat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_compat.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: Backward compatibility aliases
+ *
+ * This header declares alternative names for macro and functions.
+ * New application code should not use these names.
+ * These names may be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * To support both openless APIs and psa_open_key() temporarily, define
+ * psa_key_handle_t to be equal to mbedtls_svc_key_id_t. Do not mark the
+ * type and its utility macros and functions deprecated yet. This will be done
+ * in a subsequent phase.
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_key_handle_t;
+
+#define PSA_KEY_HANDLE_INIT MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT
+
+/** Check whether a handle is null.
+ *
+ * \param handle Handle
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the handle is null, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int psa_key_handle_is_null(psa_key_handle_t handle)
+{
+ return mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(handle);
+}
+
+/** Open a handle to an existing persistent key.
+ *
+ * Open a handle to a persistent key. A key is persistent if it was created
+ * with a lifetime other than #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE. A persistent key
+ * always has a nonzero key identifier, set with psa_set_key_id() when
+ * creating the key. Implementations may provide additional pre-provisioned
+ * keys that can be opened with psa_open_key(). Such keys have an application
+ * key identifier in the vendor range, as documented in the description of
+ * #psa_key_id_t.
+ *
+ * The application must eventually close the handle with psa_close_key() or
+ * psa_destroy_key() to release associated resources. If the application dies
+ * without calling one of these functions, the implementation should perform
+ * the equivalent of a call to psa_close_key().
+ *
+ * Some implementations permit an application to open the same key multiple
+ * times. If this is successful, each call to psa_open_key() will return a
+ * different key handle.
+ *
+ * \note This API is not part of the PSA Cryptography API Release 1.0.0
+ * specification. It was defined in the 1.0 Beta 3 version of the
+ * specification but was removed in the 1.0.0 released version. This API is
+ * kept for the time being to not break applications relying on it. It is not
+ * deprecated yet but will be in the near future.
+ *
+ * \note Applications that rely on opening a key multiple times will not be
+ * portable to implementations that only permit a single key handle to be
+ * opened. See also :ref:\`key-handles\`.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param key The persistent identifier of the key.
+ * \param[out] handle On success, a handle to the key.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success. The application can now use the value of `*handle`
+ * to access the key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY
+ * The implementation does not have sufficient resources to open the
+ * key. This can be due to reaching an implementation limit on the
+ * number of open keys, the number of open key handles, or available
+ * memory.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+ * There is no persistent key with key identifier \p key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p key is not a valid persistent key identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The specified key exists, but the application does not have the
+ * permission to access it. Note that this specification does not
+ * define any way to create such a key, but it may be possible
+ * through implementation-specific means.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_open_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key,
+ psa_key_handle_t *handle);
+
+/** Close a key handle.
+ *
+ * If the handle designates a volatile key, this will destroy the key material
+ * and free all associated resources, just like psa_destroy_key().
+ *
+ * If this is the last open handle to a persistent key, then closing the handle
+ * will free all resources associated with the key in volatile memory. The key
+ * data in persistent storage is not affected and can be opened again later
+ * with a call to psa_open_key().
+ *
+ * Closing the key handle makes the handle invalid, and the key handle
+ * must not be used again by the application.
+ *
+ * \note This API is not part of the PSA Cryptography API Release 1.0.0
+ * specification. It was defined in the 1.0 Beta 3 version of the
+ * specification but was removed in the 1.0.0 released version. This API is
+ * kept for the time being to not break applications relying on it. It is not
+ * deprecated yet but will be in the near future.
+ *
+ * \note If the key handle was used to set up an active
+ * :ref:\`multipart operation <multipart-operations>\`, then closing the
+ * key handle can cause the multipart operation to fail. Applications should
+ * maintain the key handle until after the multipart operation has finished.
+ *
+ * \param handle The key handle to close.
+ * If this is \c 0, do nothing and return \c PSA_SUCCESS.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * \p handle was a valid handle or \c 0. It is now closed.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * \p handle is not a valid handle nor \c 0.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_close_key(psa_key_handle_t handle);
+
+/** \addtogroup attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/** Custom Diffie-Hellman group.
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS does not support custom DH groups.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This value is not useful, so this macro will be removed in
+ * a future version of the library.
+ */
+#define PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM \
+ ((psa_dh_family_t) MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(0x7e))
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set domain parameters for a key.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Mbed TLS no longer supports any domain parameters.
+ * This function only does the equivalent of
+ * psa_set_key_type() and will be removed in a future version
+ * of the library.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] attributes Attribute structure where \p type will be set.
+ * \param type Key type (a \c PSA_KEY_TYPE_XXX value).
+ * \param[in] data Ignored.
+ * \param data_length Must be 0.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ */
+static inline psa_status_t MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED psa_set_key_domain_parameters(
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_type_t type, const uint8_t *data, size_t data_length)
+{
+ (void) data;
+ if (data_length != 0) {
+ return PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+ }
+ psa_set_key_type(attributes, type);
+ return PSA_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get domain parameters for a key.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Mbed TLS no longer supports any domain parameters.
+ * This function alwaya has an empty output and will be
+ * removed in a future version of the library.
+
+ * \param[in] attributes Ignored.
+ * \param[out] data Ignored.
+ * \param data_size Ignored.
+ * \param[out] data_length Set to 0.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+static inline psa_status_t MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED psa_get_key_domain_parameters(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t data_size, size_t *data_length)
+{
+ (void) attributes;
+ (void) data;
+ (void) data_size;
+ *data_length = 0;
+ return PSA_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/** Safe output buffer size for psa_get_key_domain_parameters().
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \
+ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(1u)
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_config.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36e937a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_config.h
+ * \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines)
+ *
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+/**
+ * When #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled in mbedtls_config.h,
+ * this file determines which cryptographic mechanisms are enabled
+ * through the PSA Cryptography API (\c psa_xxx() functions).
+ *
+ * To enable a cryptographic mechanism, uncomment the definition of
+ * the corresponding \c PSA_WANT_xxx preprocessor symbol.
+ * To disable a cryptographic mechanism, comment out the definition of
+ * the corresponding \c PSA_WANT_xxx preprocessor symbol.
+ * The names of cryptographic mechanisms correspond to values
+ * defined in psa/crypto_values.h, with the prefix \c PSA_WANT_ instead
+ * of \c PSA_.
+ *
+ * Note that many cryptographic mechanisms involve two symbols: one for
+ * the key type (\c PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx) and one for the algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx). Mechanisms with additional parameters may involve
+ * additional symbols.
+ */
+#else
+/**
+ * When \c MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled in mbedtls_config.h,
+ * this file is not used, and cryptographic mechanisms are supported
+ * through the PSA API if and only if they are supported through the
+ * mbedtls_xxx API.
+ */
+#endif
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H
+
+/*
+ * CBC-MAC is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS.
+ */
+//#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+
+/* XTS is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS.
+ * Note: when adding support, also adjust include/mbedtls/config_psa.h */
+//#define PSA_WANT_ALG_XTS 1
+
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+/*
+ * SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API in Mbed TLS
+ * (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541). Thus, do not enable it by
+ * default.
+ */
+//#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+/* For secp256r1, consider enabling #MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED
+ * (see the description in mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h for details). */
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR 1 /* Deprecated */
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA 1
+//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR 1 /* Deprecated */
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+
+/*
+ * The following symbols extend and deprecate the legacy
+ * PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR ones. They include the usage of that key in
+ * the name's suffix. "_USE" is the most generic and it can be used to describe
+ * a generic suport, whereas other ones add more features on top of that and
+ * they are more specific.
+ */
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 /* Not supported */
+
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 /* Not supported */
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc11d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_driver_common.h
+ * \brief Definitions for all PSA crypto drivers
+ *
+ * This file contains common definitions shared by all PSA crypto drivers.
+ * Do not include it directly: instead, include the header file(s) for
+ * the type(s) of driver that you are implementing. For example, if
+ * you are writing a dynamically registered driver for a secure element,
+ * include `psa/crypto_se_driver.h`.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the PSA Crypto Driver Model, containing functions for
+ * driver developers to implement to enable hardware to be called in a
+ * standardized way by a PSA Cryptographic API implementation. The functions
+ * comprising the driver model, which driver authors implement, are not
+ * intended to be called by application developers.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Include type definitions (psa_status_t, psa_algorithm_t,
+ * psa_key_type_t, etc.) and macros to build and analyze values
+ * of these types. */
+#include "crypto_types.h"
+#include "crypto_values.h"
+/* Include size definitions which are used to size some arrays in operation
+ * structures. */
+#include <psa/crypto_sizes.h>
+
+/** For encrypt-decrypt functions, whether the operation is an encryption
+ * or a decryption. */
+typedef enum {
+ PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_DECRYPT,
+ PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_ENCRYPT
+} psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t;
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d717c51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+ * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper
+ * interface. This file contains the context structures for 'composite'
+ * operations, i.e. those operations which need to make use of other operations
+ * from the primitives (crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h)
+ *
+ * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic
+ * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h
+ * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H
+
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */
+#include "psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were
+ * declared during the autogeneration process. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1)
+#include <libtestdriver1/include/psa/crypto.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \
+ defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC)
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t;
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT
+#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT
+
+#else
+typedef mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t;
+typedef mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT
+#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \
+ defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD)
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT
+#else
+typedef mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \
+ defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE)
+
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t;
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT
+#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT
+
+#else
+typedef mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t;
+typedef mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT
+#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE */
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST */
+
+/* Define the context to be used for an operation that is executed through the
+ * PSA Driver wrapper layer as the union of all possible driver's contexts.
+ *
+ * The union members are the driver's context structures, and the member names
+ * are formatted as `'drivername'_ctx`. This allows for procedural generation
+ * of both this file and the content of psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h */
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx;
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx;
+#endif
+} psa_driver_mac_context_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx;
+#endif
+} psa_driver_aead_context_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+} psa_driver_sign_hash_interruptible_context_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+} psa_driver_verify_hash_interruptible_context_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx;
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx;
+#endif
+} psa_driver_pake_context_t;
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H */
+/* End of automatically generated file. */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2119051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper
+ * interface. This file contains the context structures for key derivation
+ * operations.
+ *
+ * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic
+ * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h
+ * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H
+
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */
+#include "psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were
+ * declared during the autogeneration process. */
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+ psa_hkdf_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hkdf);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) || \
+ defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+ psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls12_prf);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+ psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls12_ecjpake_to_pms);
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2)
+ psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pbkdf2);
+#endif
+} psa_driver_key_derivation_context_t;
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H */
+/* End of automatically generated file. */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c90a5fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper
+ * interface. This file contains the context structures for 'primitive'
+ * operations, i.e. those operations which do not rely on other contexts.
+ *
+ * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and
+ * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the
+ * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic
+ * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h
+ * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects.
+ */
+/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H
+
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */
+#include "psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h"
+
+/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were
+ * declared during the autogeneration process. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1)
+#include <libtestdriver1/include/psa/crypto.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \
+ defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER)
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT
+#else
+typedef mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 &&
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \
+ defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH)
+typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_HASH_OPERATION_INIT \
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT
+#else
+typedef mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_HASH_OPERATION_INIT \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 &&
+ LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH */
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int initialised : 1;
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t ctx;
+} mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_cipher_operation_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \
+ { 0, MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT }
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST */
+
+/* Define the context to be used for an operation that is executed through the
+ * PSA Driver wrapper layer as the union of all possible driver's contexts.
+ *
+ * The union members are the driver's context structures, and the member names
+ * are formatted as `'drivername'_ctx`. This allows for procedural generation
+ * of both this file and the content of psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h */
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t test_driver_ctx;
+#endif
+} psa_driver_hash_context_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */
+ mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t mbedtls_ctx;
+#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST)
+ mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx;
+ mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_cipher_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx;
+#endif
+} psa_driver_cipher_context_t;
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H */
+/* End of automatically generated file. */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_extra.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_extra.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ed1f6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_extra.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1883 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_extra.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS vendor extensions
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * This file is reserved for vendor-specific definitions.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "crypto_types.h"
+#include "crypto_compat.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* UID for secure storage seed */
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID 0xFFFFFF52
+
+/* See mbedtls_config.h for definition */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT 32
+#endif
+
+/** \addtogroup attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Declare the enrollment algorithm for a key.
+ *
+ * An operation on a key may indifferently use the algorithm set with
+ * psa_set_key_algorithm() or with this function.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param alg2 A second algorithm that the key may be used
+ * for, in addition to the algorithm set with
+ * psa_set_key_algorithm().
+ *
+ * \warning Setting an enrollment algorithm is not recommended, because
+ * using the same key with different algorithms can allow some
+ * attacks based on arithmetic relations between different
+ * computations made with the same key, or can escalate harmless
+ * side channels into exploitable ones. Use this function only
+ * if it is necessary to support a protocol for which it has been
+ * verified that the usage of the key with multiple algorithms
+ * is safe.
+ */
+static inline void psa_set_key_enrollment_algorithm(
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg2)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2) = alg2;
+}
+
+/** Retrieve the enrollment algorithm policy from key attributes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The enrollment algorithm stored in the attribute structure.
+ */
+static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_enrollment_algorithm(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2);
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+
+/** Retrieve the slot number where a key is stored.
+ *
+ * A slot number is only defined for keys that are stored in a secure
+ * element.
+ *
+ * This information is only useful if the secure element is not entirely
+ * managed through the PSA Cryptography API. It is up to the secure
+ * element driver to decide how PSA slot numbers map to any other interface
+ * that the secure element may have.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query.
+ * \param[out] slot_number On success, the slot number containing the key.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The key is located in a secure element, and \p *slot_number
+ * indicates the slot number that contains it.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The caller is not permitted to query the slot number.
+ * Mbed TLS currently does not return this error.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The key is not located in a secure element.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_get_key_slot_number(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t *slot_number);
+
+/** Choose the slot number where a key is stored.
+ *
+ * This function declares a slot number in the specified attribute
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * A slot number is only meaningful for keys that are stored in a secure
+ * element. It is up to the secure element driver to decide how PSA slot
+ * numbers map to any other interface that the secure element may have.
+ *
+ * \note Setting a slot number in key attributes for a key creation can
+ * cause the following errors when creating the key:
+ * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the selected secure element does
+ * not support choosing a specific slot number.
+ * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED if the caller is not permitted to
+ * choose slot numbers in general or to choose this specific slot.
+ * - #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT if the chosen slot number is not
+ * valid in general or not valid for this specific key.
+ * - #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS if there is already a key in the
+ * selected slot.
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ * \param slot_number The slot number to set.
+ */
+static inline void psa_set_key_slot_number(
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t slot_number)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(has_slot_number) = 1;
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(slot_number) = slot_number;
+}
+
+/** Remove the slot number attribute from a key attribute structure.
+ *
+ * This function undoes the action of psa_set_key_slot_number().
+ *
+ * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to.
+ */
+static inline void psa_clear_key_slot_number(
+ psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(has_slot_number) = 0;
+}
+
+/** Register a key that is already present in a secure element.
+ *
+ * The key must be located in a secure element designated by the
+ * lifetime field in \p attributes, in the slot set with
+ * psa_set_key_slot_number() in the attribute structure.
+ * This function makes the key available through the key identifier
+ * specified in \p attributes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] attributes The attributes of the existing key.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The key was successfully registered.
+ * Note that depending on the design of the driver, this may or may
+ * not guarantee that a key actually exists in the designated slot
+ * and is compatible with the specified attributes.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * There is already a key with the identifier specified in
+ * \p attributes.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The secure element driver for the specified lifetime does not
+ * support registering a key.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The identifier in \p attributes is invalid, namely the identifier is
+ * not in the user range, or
+ * \p attributes specifies a lifetime which is not located
+ * in a secure element, or no slot number is specified in \p attributes,
+ * or the specified slot number is not valid.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The caller is not authorized to register the specified key slot.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_register_se_key(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief Library deinitialization.
+ *
+ * This function clears all data associated with the PSA layer,
+ * including the whole key store.
+ * This function is not thread safe, it wipes every key slot regardless of
+ * state and reader count. It should only be called when no slot is in use.
+ *
+ * This is an Mbed TLS extension.
+ */
+void mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(void);
+
+/** \brief Statistics about
+ * resource consumption related to the PSA keystore.
+ *
+ * \note The content of this structure is not part of the stable API and ABI
+ * of Mbed TLS and may change arbitrarily from version to version.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_psa_stats_s {
+ /** Number of slots containing key material for a volatile key. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(volatile_slots);
+ /** Number of slots containing key material for a key which is in
+ * internal persistent storage. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_slots);
+ /** Number of slots containing a reference to a key in a
+ * secure element. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(external_slots);
+ /** Number of slots which are occupied, but do not contain
+ * key material yet. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(half_filled_slots);
+ /** Number of slots that contain cache data. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cache_slots);
+ /** Number of slots that are not used for anything. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(empty_slots);
+ /** Number of slots that are locked. */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(locked_slots);
+ /** Largest key id value among open keys in internal persistent storage. */
+ psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_open_internal_key_id);
+ /** Largest key id value among open keys in secure elements. */
+ psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_open_external_key_id);
+} mbedtls_psa_stats_t;
+
+/** \brief Get statistics about
+ * resource consumption related to the PSA keystore.
+ *
+ * \note When Mbed TLS is built as part of a service, with isolation
+ * between the application and the keystore, the service may or
+ * may not expose this function.
+ */
+void mbedtls_psa_get_stats(mbedtls_psa_stats_t *stats);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Inject an initial entropy seed for the random generator into
+ * secure storage.
+ *
+ * This function injects data to be used as a seed for the random generator
+ * used by the PSA Crypto implementation. On devices that lack a trusted
+ * entropy source (preferably a hardware random number generator),
+ * the Mbed PSA Crypto implementation uses this value to seed its
+ * random generator.
+ *
+ * On devices without a trusted entropy source, this function must be
+ * called exactly once in the lifetime of the device. On devices with
+ * a trusted entropy source, calling this function is optional.
+ * In all cases, this function may only be called before calling any
+ * other function in the PSA Crypto API, including psa_crypto_init().
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, it populates a file in
+ * persistent storage. Once the file has been created, this function
+ * can no longer succeed.
+ *
+ * If any error occurs, this function does not change the system state.
+ * You can call this function again after correcting the reason for the
+ * error if possible.
+ *
+ * \warning This function **can** fail! Callers MUST check the return status.
+ *
+ * \warning If you use this function, you should use it as part of a
+ * factory provisioning process. The value of the injected seed
+ * is critical to the security of the device. It must be
+ * *secret*, *unpredictable* and (statistically) *unique per device*.
+ * You should be generate it randomly using a cryptographically
+ * secure random generator seeded from trusted entropy sources.
+ * You should transmit it securely to the device and ensure
+ * that its value is not leaked or stored anywhere beyond the
+ * needs of transmitting it from the point of generation to
+ * the call of this function, and erase all copies of the value
+ * once this function returns.
+ *
+ * This is an Mbed TLS extension.
+ *
+ * \note This function is only available on the following platforms:
+ * * If the compile-time option MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is enabled.
+ * Note that you must provide compatible implementations of
+ * mbedtls_nv_seed_read and mbedtls_nv_seed_write.
+ * * In a client-server integration of PSA Cryptography, on the client side,
+ * if the server supports this feature.
+ * \param[in] seed Buffer containing the seed value to inject.
+ * \param[in] seed_size Size of the \p seed buffer.
+ * The size of the seed in bytes must be greater
+ * or equal to both #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE
+ * and the value of \c MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_PLATFORM
+ * in `library/entropy_poll.h` in the Mbed TLS source
+ * code.
+ * It must be less or equal to
+ * #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The seed value was injected successfully. The random generator
+ * of the PSA Crypto implementation is now ready for use.
+ * You may now call psa_crypto_init() and use the PSA Crypto
+ * implementation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p seed_size is out of range.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * There was a failure reading or writing from storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The library has already been initialized. It is no longer
+ * possible to call this function.
+ */
+psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_inject_entropy(const uint8_t *seed,
+ size_t seed_size);
+
+/** \addtogroup crypto_types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** DSA public key.
+ *
+ * The import and export format is the
+ * representation of the public key `y = g^x mod p` as a big-endian byte
+ * string. The length of the byte string is the length of the base prime `p`
+ * in bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4002)
+
+/** DSA key pair (private and public key).
+ *
+ * The import and export format is the
+ * representation of the private key `x` as a big-endian byte string. The
+ * length of the byte string is the private key size in bytes (leading zeroes
+ * are not stripped).
+ *
+ * Deterministic DSA key derivation with psa_generate_derived_key follows
+ * FIPS 186-4 &sect;B.1.2: interpret the byte string as integer
+ * in big-endian order. Discard it if it is not in the range
+ * [0, *N* - 2] where *N* is the boundary of the private key domain
+ * (the prime *p* for Diffie-Hellman, the subprime *q* for DSA,
+ * or the order of the curve's base point for ECC).
+ * Add 1 to the resulting integer and use this as the private key *x*.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7002)
+
+/** Whether a key type is a DSA key (pair or public-only). */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DSA(type) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000400)
+/** DSA signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the signature scheme defined by FIPS 186-4,
+ * with a random per-message secret number (*k*).
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding DSA signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_DSA(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000500)
+#define PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG
+/** Deterministic DSA signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the deterministic variant defined by RFC 6979 of
+ * the signature scheme defined by FIPS 186-4.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding DSA signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK & ~PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) == \
+ PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) != 0)
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_DETERMINISTIC_DSA(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) && PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg))
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RANDOMIZED_DSA(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) && !PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg))
+
+
+/* We need to expand the sample definition of this macro from
+ * the API definition. */
+#undef PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg)
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \addtogroup attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** PAKE operation stages. */
+#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_SETUP 0
+#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_COLLECT_INPUTS 1
+#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_COMPUTATION 2
+
+/**@}*/
+
+
+/** \defgroup psa_external_rng External random generator
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG)
+/** External random generator function, implemented by the platform.
+ *
+ * When the compile-time option #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG is enabled,
+ * this function replaces Mbed TLS's entropy and DRBG modules for all
+ * random generation triggered via PSA crypto interfaces.
+ *
+ * \note This random generator must deliver random numbers with cryptographic
+ * quality and high performance. It must supply unpredictable numbers
+ * with a uniform distribution. The implementation of this function
+ * is responsible for ensuring that the random generator is seeded
+ * with sufficient entropy. If you have a hardware TRNG which is slow
+ * or delivers non-uniform output, declare it as an entropy source
+ * with mbedtls_entropy_add_source() instead of enabling this option.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] context Pointer to the random generator context.
+ * This is all-bits-zero on the first call
+ * and preserved between successive calls.
+ * \param[out] output Output buffer. On success, this buffer
+ * contains random data with a uniform
+ * distribution.
+ * \param output_size The size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, set this value to \p output_size.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success. The output buffer contains \p output_size bytes of
+ * cryptographic-quality random data, and \c *output_length is
+ * set to \p output_size.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY
+ * The random generator requires extra entropy and there is no
+ * way to obtain entropy under current environment conditions.
+ * This error should not happen under normal circumstances since
+ * this function is responsible for obtaining as much entropy as
+ * it needs. However implementations of this function may return
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY if there is no way to obtain
+ * entropy without blocking indefinitely.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE
+ * A failure of the random generator hardware that isn't covered
+ * by #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY.
+ */
+psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_external_get_random(
+ mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t *context,
+ uint8_t *output, size_t output_size, size_t *output_length);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup psa_builtin_keys Built-in keys
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** The minimum value for a key identifier that is built into the
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * The range of key identifiers from #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN
+ * to #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX within the range from
+ * #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN and #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX and must not intersect
+ * with any other set of implementation-chosen key identifiers.
+ *
+ * This value is part of the library's ABI since changing it would invalidate
+ * the values of built-in key identifiers in applications.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fff0000)
+
+/** The maximum value for a key identifier that is built into the
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * See #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fffefff)
+
+/** A slot number identifying a key in a driver.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are used to identify built-in keys.
+ */
+typedef uint64_t psa_drv_slot_number_t;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS)
+/** Test whether a key identifier belongs to the builtin key range.
+ *
+ * \param key_id Key identifier to test.
+ *
+ * \retval 1
+ * The key identifier is a builtin key identifier.
+ * \retval 0
+ * The key identifier is not a builtin key identifier.
+ */
+static inline int psa_key_id_is_builtin(psa_key_id_t key_id)
+{
+ return (key_id >= MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN) &&
+ (key_id <= MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX);
+}
+
+/** Platform function to obtain the location and slot number of a built-in key.
+ *
+ * An application-specific implementation of this function must be provided if
+ * #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS is enabled. This would typically be provided
+ * as part of a platform's system image.
+ *
+ * #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(\p key_id) needs to be in the range from
+ * #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN to #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX.
+ *
+ * In a multi-application configuration
+ * (\c MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER is defined),
+ * this function should check that #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(\p key_id)
+ * is allowed to use the given key.
+ *
+ * \param key_id The key ID for which to retrieve the
+ * location and slot attributes.
+ * \param[out] lifetime On success, the lifetime associated with the key
+ * corresponding to \p key_id. Lifetime is a
+ * combination of which driver contains the key,
+ * and with what persistence level the key is
+ * intended to be used. If the platform
+ * implementation does not contain specific
+ * information about the intended key persistence
+ * level, the persistence level may be reported as
+ * #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT.
+ * \param[out] slot_number On success, the slot number known to the driver
+ * registered at the lifetime location reported
+ * through \p lifetime which corresponds to the
+ * requested built-in key.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The requested key identifier designates a built-in key.
+ * In a multi-application configuration, the requested owner
+ * is allowed to access it.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+ * The requested key identifier is not a built-in key which is known
+ * to this function. If a key exists in the key storage with this
+ * identifier, the data from the storage will be used.
+ * \return (any other error)
+ * Any other error is propagated to the function that requested the key.
+ * Common errors include:
+ * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED: the key exists but the requested owner
+ * is not allowed to access it.
+ */
+psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_platform_get_builtin_key(
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id,
+ psa_key_lifetime_t *lifetime,
+ psa_drv_slot_number_t *slot_number);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** \addtogroup crypto_types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0a000000)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a password-authenticated key exchange (PAKE)
+ * algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE)
+
+/** The Password-authenticated key exchange by juggling (J-PAKE) algorithm.
+ *
+ * This is J-PAKE as defined by RFC 8236, instantiated with the following
+ * parameters:
+ *
+ * - The group can be either an elliptic curve or defined over a finite field.
+ * - Schnorr NIZK proof as defined by RFC 8235 and using the same group as the
+ * J-PAKE algorithm.
+ * - A cryptographic hash function.
+ *
+ * To select these parameters and set up the cipher suite, call these functions
+ * in any order:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm(cipher_suite, PSA_ALG_JPAKE);
+ * psa_pake_cs_set_primitive(cipher_suite,
+ * PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(type, family, bits));
+ * psa_pake_cs_set_hash(cipher_suite, hash);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * For more information on how to set a specific curve or field, refer to the
+ * documentation of the individual \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants.
+ *
+ * After initializing a J-PAKE operation, call
+ *
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_setup(operation, cipher_suite);
+ * psa_pake_set_user(operation, ...);
+ * psa_pake_set_peer(operation, ...);
+ * psa_pake_set_password_key(operation, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The password is provided as a key. This can be the password text itself,
+ * in an agreed character encoding, or some value derived from the password
+ * as required by a higher level protocol.
+ *
+ * (The implementation converts the key material to a number as described in
+ * Section 2.3.8 of _SEC 1: Elliptic Curve Cryptography_
+ * (https://www.secg.org/sec1-v2.pdf), before reducing it modulo \c q. Here
+ * \c q is order of the group defined by the primitive set in the cipher suite.
+ * The \c psa_pake_set_password_key() function returns an error if the result
+ * of the reduction is 0.)
+ *
+ * The key exchange flow for J-PAKE is as follows:
+ * -# To get the first round data that needs to be sent to the peer, call
+ * \code
+ * // Get g1
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Get the ZKP public key for x1
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Get the ZKP proof for x1
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * // Get g2
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Get the ZKP public key for x2
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Get the ZKP proof for x2
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ * -# To provide the first round data received from the peer to the operation,
+ * call
+ * \code
+ * // Set g3
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Set the ZKP public key for x3
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Set the ZKP proof for x3
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * // Set g4
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Set the ZKP public key for x4
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Set the ZKP proof for x4
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ * -# To get the second round data that needs to be sent to the peer, call
+ * \code
+ * // Get A
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Get ZKP public key for x2*s
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Get ZKP proof for x2*s
+ * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ * -# To provide the second round data received from the peer to the operation,
+ * call
+ * \code
+ * // Set B
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...);
+ * // Set ZKP public key for x4*s
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...);
+ * // Set ZKP proof for x4*s
+ * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ * -# To access the shared secret call
+ * \code
+ * // Get Ka=Kb=K
+ * psa_pake_get_implicit_key()
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * For more information consult the documentation of the individual
+ * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants.
+ *
+ * At this point there is a cryptographic guarantee that only the authenticated
+ * party who used the same password is able to compute the key. But there is no
+ * guarantee that the peer is the party it claims to be and was able to do so.
+ *
+ * That is, the authentication is only implicit (the peer is not authenticated
+ * at this point, and no action should be taken that assume that they are - like
+ * for example accessing restricted files).
+ *
+ * To make the authentication explicit there are various methods, see Section 5
+ * of RFC 8236 for two examples.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_JPAKE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0a000100)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** \defgroup pake Password-authenticated key exchange (PAKE)
+ *
+ * This is a proposed PAKE interface for the PSA Crypto API. It is not part of
+ * the official PSA Crypto API yet.
+ *
+ * \note The content of this section is not part of the stable API and ABI
+ * of Mbed TLS and may change arbitrarily from version to version.
+ * Same holds for the corresponding macros #PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE and
+ * #PSA_ALG_JPAKE.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Encoding of the application role of PAKE
+ *
+ * Encodes the application's role in the algorithm is being executed. For more
+ * information see the documentation of individual \c PSA_PAKE_ROLE_XXX
+ * constants.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_pake_role_t;
+
+/** Encoding of input and output indicators for PAKE.
+ *
+ * Some PAKE algorithms need to exchange more data than just a single key share.
+ * This type is for encoding additional input and output data for such
+ * algorithms.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_pake_step_t;
+
+/** Encoding of the type of the PAKE's primitive.
+ *
+ * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff.
+ * Vendors who define additional types must use an encoding in this range.
+ *
+ * For more information see the documentation of individual
+ * \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_pake_primitive_type_t;
+
+/** \brief Encoding of the family of the primitive associated with the PAKE.
+ *
+ * For more information see the documentation of individual
+ * \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_pake_family_t;
+
+/** \brief Encoding of the primitive associated with the PAKE.
+ *
+ * For more information see the documentation of the #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE macro.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_pake_primitive_t;
+
+/** A value to indicate no role in a PAKE algorithm.
+ * This value can be used in a call to psa_pake_set_role() for symmetric PAKE
+ * algorithms which do not assign roles.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_NONE ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x00)
+
+/** The first peer in a balanced PAKE.
+ *
+ * Although balanced PAKE algorithms are symmetric, some of them needs an
+ * ordering of peers for the transcript calculations. If the algorithm does not
+ * need this, both #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST and #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND are
+ * accepted.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x01)
+
+/** The second peer in a balanced PAKE.
+ *
+ * Although balanced PAKE algorithms are symmetric, some of them needs an
+ * ordering of peers for the transcript calculations. If the algorithm does not
+ * need this, either #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST or #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND are
+ * accepted.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x02)
+
+/** The client in an augmented PAKE.
+ *
+ * Augmented PAKE algorithms need to differentiate between client and server.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_CLIENT ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x11)
+
+/** The server in an augmented PAKE.
+ *
+ * Augmented PAKE algorithms need to differentiate between client and server.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SERVER ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x12)
+
+/** The PAKE primitive type indicating the use of elliptic curves.
+ *
+ * The values of the \c family and \c bits fields of the cipher suite identify a
+ * specific elliptic curve, using the same mapping that is used for ECC
+ * (::psa_ecc_family_t) keys.
+ *
+ * (Here \c family means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_family() and
+ * \c bits means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_bits().)
+ *
+ * Input and output during the operation can involve group elements and scalar
+ * values:
+ * -# The format for group elements is the same as for public keys on the
+ * specific curve would be. For more information, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ * -# The format for scalars is the same as for private keys on the specific
+ * curve would be. For more information, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_key().
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC ((psa_pake_primitive_type_t) 0x01)
+
+/** The PAKE primitive type indicating the use of Diffie-Hellman groups.
+ *
+ * The values of the \c family and \c bits fields of the cipher suite identify
+ * a specific Diffie-Hellman group, using the same mapping that is used for
+ * Diffie-Hellman (::psa_dh_family_t) keys.
+ *
+ * (Here \c family means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_family() and
+ * \c bits means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_bits().)
+ *
+ * Input and output during the operation can involve group elements and scalar
+ * values:
+ * -# The format for group elements is the same as for public keys on the
+ * specific group would be. For more information, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ * -# The format for scalars is the same as for private keys on the specific
+ * group would be. For more information, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_key().
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_DH ((psa_pake_primitive_type_t) 0x02)
+
+/** Construct a PAKE primitive from type, family and bit-size.
+ *
+ * \param pake_type The type of the primitive
+ * (value of type ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t).
+ * \param pake_family The family of the primitive
+ * (the type and interpretation of this parameter depends
+ * on \p pake_type, for more information consult the
+ * documentation of individual ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t
+ * constants).
+ * \param pake_bits The bit-size of the primitive
+ * (Value of type \c size_t. The interpretation
+ * of this parameter depends on \p pake_family, for more
+ * information consult the documentation of individual
+ * ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t constants).
+ *
+ * \return The constructed primitive value of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t.
+ * Return 0 if the requested primitive can't be encoded as
+ * ::psa_pake_primitive_t.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(pake_type, pake_family, pake_bits) \
+ ((pake_bits & 0xFFFF) != pake_bits) ? 0 : \
+ ((psa_pake_primitive_t) (((pake_type) << 24 | \
+ (pake_family) << 16) | (pake_bits)))
+
+/** The key share being sent to or received from the peer.
+ *
+ * The format for both input and output at this step is the same as for public
+ * keys on the group determined by the primitive (::psa_pake_primitive_t) would
+ * be.
+ *
+ * For more information on the format, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ *
+ * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the
+ * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x01)
+
+/** A Schnorr NIZKP public key.
+ *
+ * This is the ephemeral public key in the Schnorr Non-Interactive
+ * Zero-Knowledge Proof (the value denoted by the letter 'V' in RFC 8235).
+ *
+ * The format for both input and output at this step is the same as for public
+ * keys on the group determined by the primitive (::psa_pake_primitive_t) would
+ * be.
+ *
+ * For more information on the format, consult the documentation of
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ *
+ * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the
+ * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x02)
+
+/** A Schnorr NIZKP proof.
+ *
+ * This is the proof in the Schnorr Non-Interactive Zero-Knowledge Proof (the
+ * value denoted by the letter 'r' in RFC 8235).
+ *
+ * Both for input and output, the value at this step is an integer less than
+ * the order of the group selected in the cipher suite. The format depends on
+ * the group as well:
+ *
+ * - For Montgomery curves, the encoding is little endian.
+ * - For everything else the encoding is big endian (see Section 2.3.8 of
+ * _SEC 1: Elliptic Curve Cryptography_ at https://www.secg.org/sec1-v2.pdf).
+ *
+ * In both cases leading zeroes are allowed as long as the length in bytes does
+ * not exceed the byte length of the group order.
+ *
+ * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the
+ * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x03)
+
+/** The type of the data structure for PAKE cipher suites.
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice.
+ */
+typedef struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s psa_pake_cipher_suite_t;
+
+/** Return an initial value for a PAKE cipher suite object.
+ */
+static psa_pake_cipher_suite_t psa_pake_cipher_suite_init(void);
+
+/** Retrieve the PAKE algorithm from a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The PAKE algorithm stored in the cipher suite structure.
+ */
+static psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_algorithm(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Declare the PAKE algorithm for the cipher suite.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any PAKE algorithm
+ * previously set in \p cipher_suite.
+ *
+ * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to.
+ * \param algorithm The PAKE algorithm to write.
+ * (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type ::psa_algorithm_t
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true.)
+ * If this is 0, the PAKE algorithm in
+ * \p cipher_suite becomes unspecified.
+ */
+static void psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm);
+
+/** Retrieve the primitive from a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The primitive stored in the cipher suite structure.
+ */
+static psa_pake_primitive_t psa_pake_cs_get_primitive(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Declare the primitive for a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any primitive previously set in \p cipher_suite.
+ *
+ * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to.
+ * \param primitive The primitive to write. If this is 0, the
+ * primitive type in \p cipher_suite becomes
+ * unspecified.
+ */
+static void psa_pake_cs_set_primitive(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_pake_primitive_t primitive);
+
+/** Retrieve the PAKE family from a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The PAKE family stored in the cipher suite structure.
+ */
+static psa_pake_family_t psa_pake_cs_get_family(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Retrieve the PAKE primitive bit-size from a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The PAKE primitive bit-size stored in the cipher suite structure.
+ */
+static uint16_t psa_pake_cs_get_bits(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Retrieve the hash algorithm from a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query.
+ *
+ * \return The hash algorithm stored in the cipher suite structure. The return
+ * value is 0 if the PAKE is not parametrised by a hash algorithm or if
+ * the hash algorithm is not set.
+ */
+static psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_hash(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Declare the hash algorithm for a PAKE cipher suite.
+ *
+ * This function overwrites any hash algorithm
+ * previously set in \p cipher_suite.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to.
+ * \param hash The hash involved in the cipher suite.
+ * (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type ::psa_algorithm_t
+ * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\c alg) is true.)
+ * If this is 0, the hash algorithm in
+ * \p cipher_suite becomes unspecified.
+ */
+static void psa_pake_cs_set_hash(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_algorithm_t hash);
+
+/** The type of the state data structure for PAKE operations.
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a PAKE operation object, the application
+ * must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_operation_t operation;
+ * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_operation_t operation = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_operation_t operation = PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_pake_operation_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_pake_operation_t operation;
+ * operation = psa_pake_operation_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not
+ * make any assumptions about the content of this structure.
+ * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */
+typedef struct psa_pake_operation_s psa_pake_operation_t;
+
+/** The type of input values for PAKE operations. */
+typedef struct psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_s psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t;
+
+/** The type of computation stage for J-PAKE operations. */
+typedef struct psa_jpake_computation_stage_s psa_jpake_computation_stage_t;
+
+/** Return an initial value for a PAKE operation object.
+ */
+static psa_pake_operation_t psa_pake_operation_init(void);
+
+/** Get the length of the password in bytes from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] password_len Password length.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Password hasn't been set yet.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_password_len(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ size_t *password_len);
+
+/** Get the password from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] buffer Return buffer for password.
+ * \param buffer_size Size of the return buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] buffer_length Actual size of the password in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Password hasn't been set yet.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_password(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ uint8_t *buffer, size_t buffer_size, size_t *buffer_length);
+
+/** Get the length of the user id in bytes from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] user_len User id length.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * User id hasn't been set yet.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_user_len(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ size_t *user_len);
+
+/** Get the length of the peer id in bytes from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] peer_len Peer id length.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Peer id hasn't been set yet.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_peer_len(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ size_t *peer_len);
+
+/** Get the user id from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] user_id User id.
+ * \param user_id_size Size of \p user_id in bytes.
+ * \param[out] user_id_len Size of the user id in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * User id hasn't been set yet.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p user_id is too small.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_user(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ uint8_t *user_id, size_t user_id_size, size_t *user_id_len);
+
+/** Get the peer id from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] peer_id Peer id.
+ * \param peer_id_size Size of \p peer_id in bytes.
+ * \param[out] peer_id_length Size of the peer id in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Peer id hasn't been set yet.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p peer_id is too small.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_peer(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ uint8_t *peer_id, size_t peer_id_size, size_t *peer_id_length);
+
+/** Get the cipher suite from given inputs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs.
+ * \param[out] cipher_suite Return buffer for role.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Cipher_suite hasn't been set yet.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_cipher_suite(
+ const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs,
+ psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Set the session information for a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * The sequence of operations to set up a password-authenticated key exchange
+ * is as follows:
+ * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions
+ * listed here.
+ * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the
+ * documentation for #psa_pake_operation_t, e.g.
+ * #PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT.
+ * -# Call psa_pake_setup() to specify the cipher suite.
+ * -# Call \c psa_pake_set_xxx() functions on the operation to complete the
+ * setup. The exact sequence of \c psa_pake_set_xxx() functions that needs
+ * to be called depends on the algorithm in use.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * A typical sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key
+ * exchange:
+ * -# Call psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...) to get the
+ * key share that needs to be sent to the peer.
+ * -# Call psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...) to provide
+ * the key share that was received from the peer.
+ * -# Depending on the algorithm additional calls to psa_pake_output() and
+ * psa_pake_input() might be necessary.
+ * -# Call psa_pake_get_implicit_key() for accessing the shared secret.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_pake_setup(),
+ * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_pake_abort(). The
+ * application may call psa_pake_abort() at any time after the operation
+ * has been initialized.
+ *
+ * After a successful call to psa_pake_setup(), the application must
+ * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an
+ * operation:
+ * - A call to psa_pake_abort().
+ * - A successful call to psa_pake_get_implicit_key().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have
+ * been initialized but not set up yet.
+ * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite to use. (A cipher suite fully
+ * characterizes a PAKE algorithm and determines
+ * the algorithm as well.)
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The algorithm in \p cipher_suite is not a PAKE algorithm, or the
+ * PAKE primitive in \p cipher_suite is not compatible with the
+ * PAKE algorithm, or the hash algorithm in \p cipher_suite is invalid
+ * or not compatible with the PAKE algorithm and primitive.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The algorithm in \p cipher_suite is not a supported PAKE algorithm,
+ * or the PAKE primitive in \p cipher_suite is not supported or not
+ * compatible with the PAKE algorithm, or the hash algorithm in
+ * \p cipher_suite is not supported or not compatible with the PAKE
+ * algorithm and primitive.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_setup(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite);
+
+/** Set the password for a password-authenticated key exchange from key ID.
+ *
+ * Call this function when the password, or a value derived from the password,
+ * is already present in the key store.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the password for. It
+ * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and
+ * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor
+ * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must
+ * be on operation for which the password hasn't
+ * been set yet (psa_pake_set_password_key()
+ * hasn't been called yet).
+ * \param password Identifier of the key holding the password or a
+ * value derived from the password (eg. by a
+ * memory-hard function). It must remain valid
+ * until the operation terminates. It must be of
+ * type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD or
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH. It has to allow
+ * the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * \p password is not a valid key identifier.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE flag, or it does not
+ * permit the \p operation's algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The key type for \p password is not #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD or
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH, or \p password is not compatible with
+ * the \p operation's cipher suite.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The key type or key size of \p password is not supported with the
+ * \p operation's cipher suite.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must have been set up.), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_set_password_key(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t password);
+
+/** Set the user ID for a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * Call this function to set the user ID. For PAKE algorithms that associate a
+ * user identifier with each side of the session you need to call
+ * psa_pake_set_peer() as well. For PAKE algorithms that associate a single
+ * user identifier with the session, call psa_pake_set_user() only.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the user ID for. It
+ * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and
+ * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor
+ * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must
+ * be on operation for which the user ID hasn't
+ * been set (psa_pake_set_user() hasn't been
+ * called yet).
+ * \param[in] user_id The user ID to authenticate with.
+ * \param user_id_len Size of the \p user_id buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p user_id is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm and cipher
+ * suite.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The value of \p user_id is not supported by the implementation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_set_user(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *user_id,
+ size_t user_id_len);
+
+/** Set the peer ID for a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * Call this function in addition to psa_pake_set_user() for PAKE algorithms
+ * that associate a user identifier with each side of the session. For PAKE
+ * algorithms that associate a single user identifier with the session, call
+ * psa_pake_set_user() only.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the peer ID for. It
+ * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and
+ * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor
+ * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must
+ * be on operation for which the peer ID hasn't
+ * been set (psa_pake_set_peer() hasn't been
+ * called yet).
+ * \param[in] peer_id The peer's ID to authenticate.
+ * \param peer_id_len Size of the \p peer_id buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p peer_id is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm and cipher
+ * suite.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The algorithm doesn't associate a second identity with the session.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * Calling psa_pake_set_peer() is invalid with the \p operation's
+ * algorithm, the operation state is not valid, or the library has not
+ * been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_set_peer(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ const uint8_t *peer_id,
+ size_t peer_id_len);
+
+/** Set the application role for a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * Not all PAKE algorithms need to differentiate the communicating entities.
+ * It is optional to call this function for PAKEs that don't require a role
+ * to be specified. For such PAKEs the application role parameter is ignored,
+ * or #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_NONE can be passed as \c role.
+ *
+ * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX`
+ * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true)
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to specify the
+ * application's role for. It must have been set up
+ * by psa_pake_setup() and not yet in use (neither
+ * psa_pake_output() nor psa_pake_input() has been
+ * called yet). It must be on operation for which
+ * the application's role hasn't been specified
+ * (psa_pake_set_role() hasn't been called yet).
+ * \param role A value of type ::psa_pake_role_t indicating the
+ * application's role in the PAKE the algorithm
+ * that is being set up. For more information see
+ * the documentation of \c PSA_PAKE_ROLE_XXX
+ * constants.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The \p role is not a valid PAKE role in the \p operation’s algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * The \p role for this algorithm is not supported or is not valid.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid, or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_set_role(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_pake_role_t role);
+
+/** Get output for a step of a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * Depending on the algorithm being executed, you might need to call this
+ * function several times or you might not need to call this at all.
+ *
+ * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key
+ * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of
+ * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type
+ * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_pake_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation.
+ * \param step The step of the algorithm for which the output is
+ * requested.
+ * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written in the
+ * format appropriate for this \p step. Refer to
+ * the documentation of the individual
+ * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants for more
+ * information.
+ * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. This must
+ * be at least #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c alg, \c
+ * primitive, \p output_step) where \c alg and
+ * \p primitive are the PAKE algorithm and primitive
+ * in the operation's cipher suite, and \p step is
+ * the output step.
+ *
+ * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes of the returned
+ * output.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ * The size of the \p output buffer is too small.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p step is not supported with the operation's algorithm.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and fully set
+ * up, and this call must conform to the algorithm's requirements
+ * for ordering of input and output steps), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_output(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_pake_step_t step,
+ uint8_t *output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *output_length);
+
+/** Provide input for a step of a password-authenticated key exchange.
+ *
+ * Depending on the algorithm being executed, you might need to call this
+ * function several times or you might not need to call this at all.
+ *
+ * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key
+ * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of
+ * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type
+ * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error
+ * state and must be aborted by calling psa_pake_abort().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation.
+ * \param step The step for which the input is provided.
+ * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input in the format
+ * appropriate for this \p step. Refer to the
+ * documentation of the individual
+ * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants for more
+ * information.
+ * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The verification fails for a #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF input step.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p input_length is not compatible with the \p operation’s algorithm,
+ * or the \p input is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm,
+ * cipher suite or \p step.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * \p step p is not supported with the \p operation's algorithm, or the
+ * \p input is not supported for the \p operation's algorithm, cipher
+ * suite or \p step.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and fully set
+ * up, and this call must conform to the algorithm's requirements
+ * for ordering of input and output steps), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_input(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_pake_step_t step,
+ const uint8_t *input,
+ size_t input_length);
+
+/** Get implicitly confirmed shared secret from a PAKE.
+ *
+ * At this point there is a cryptographic guarantee that only the authenticated
+ * party who used the same password is able to compute the key. But there is no
+ * guarantee that the peer is the party it claims to be and was able to do so.
+ *
+ * That is, the authentication is only implicit. Since the peer is not
+ * authenticated yet, no action should be taken yet that assumes that the peer
+ * is who it claims to be. For example, do not access restricted files on the
+ * peer's behalf until an explicit authentication has succeeded.
+ *
+ * This function can be called after the key exchange phase of the operation
+ * has completed. It imports the shared secret output of the PAKE into the
+ * provided derivation operation. The input step
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is used when placing the shared key
+ * material in the key derivation operation.
+ *
+ * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key
+ * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of
+ * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type
+ * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * When this function returns successfully, \p operation becomes inactive.
+ * If this function returns an error status, both \p operation
+ * and \c key_derivation operations enter an error state and must be aborted by
+ * calling psa_pake_abort() and psa_key_derivation_abort() respectively.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation.
+ * \param[out] output A key derivation operation that is ready
+ * for an input step of type
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is not compatible with the
+ * algorithm in the \p output key derivation operation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * Input from a PAKE is not supported by the algorithm in the \p output
+ * key derivation operation.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The PAKE operation state is not valid (it must be active, but beyond
+ * that validity is specific to the algorithm), or
+ * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(),
+ * or the state of \p output is not valid for
+ * the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET step. This can happen if the
+ * step is out of order or the application has done this step already
+ * and it may not be repeated.
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_get_implicit_key(psa_pake_operation_t *operation,
+ psa_key_derivation_operation_t *output);
+
+/** Abort a PAKE operation.
+ *
+ * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the \c
+ * operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be reused
+ * for another operation by calling psa_pake_setup() again.
+ *
+ * This function may be called at any time after the operation
+ * object has been initialized as described in #psa_pake_operation_t.
+ *
+ * In particular, calling psa_pake_abort() after the operation has been
+ * terminated by a call to psa_pake_abort() or psa_pake_get_implicit_key()
+ * is safe and has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] operation The operation to abort.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init().
+ * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize
+ * results in this error code.
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_pake_abort(psa_pake_operation_t *operation);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_pake_output().
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_pake_output() will not fail due to an insufficient output buffer
+ * size. The actual size of the output might be smaller in any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE
+ *
+ * \param alg A PAKE algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param primitive A primitive of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param output_step A value of type ::psa_pake_step_t that is valid for the
+ * algorithm \p alg.
+ * \return A sufficient output buffer size for the specified
+ * PAKE algorithm, primitive, and output step. If the
+ * PAKE algorithm, primitive, or output step is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(alg, primitive, output_step) \
+ (alg == PSA_ALG_JPAKE && \
+ primitive == PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC, \
+ PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1, 256) ? \
+ ( \
+ output_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ? 65 : \
+ output_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ? 65 : \
+ 32 \
+ ) : \
+ 0)
+
+/** A sufficient input buffer size for psa_pake_input().
+ *
+ * The value returned by this macro is guaranteed to be large enough for any
+ * valid input to psa_pake_input() in an operation with the specified
+ * parameters.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_PAKE_INPUT_MAX_SIZE
+ *
+ * \param alg A PAKE algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param primitive A primitive of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param input_step A value of type ::psa_pake_step_t that is valid for the
+ * algorithm \p alg.
+ * \return A sufficient input buffer size for the specified
+ * input, cipher suite and algorithm. If the cipher suite,
+ * the input type or PAKE algorithm is not recognized, or
+ * the parameters are incompatible, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE(alg, primitive, input_step) \
+ (alg == PSA_ALG_JPAKE && \
+ primitive == PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC, \
+ PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1, 256) ? \
+ ( \
+ input_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ? 65 : \
+ input_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ? 65 : \
+ 32 \
+ ) : \
+ 0)
+
+/** Output buffer size for psa_pake_output() for any of the supported PAKE
+ * algorithm and primitive suites and output step.
+ *
+ * This macro must expand to a compile-time constant integer.
+ *
+ * The value of this macro must be at least as large as the largest value
+ * returned by PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE()
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p alg, \p primitive, \p output_step).
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE 65
+
+/** Input buffer size for psa_pake_input() for any of the supported PAKE
+ * algorithm and primitive suites and input step.
+ *
+ * This macro must expand to a compile-time constant integer.
+ *
+ * The value of this macro must be at least as large as the largest value
+ * returned by PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE()
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE(\p alg, \p primitive, \p output_step).
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_INPUT_MAX_SIZE 65
+
+/** Returns a suitable initializer for a PAKE cipher suite object of type
+ * psa_pake_cipher_suite_t.
+ */
+#define PSA_PAKE_CIPHER_SUITE_INIT { PSA_ALG_NONE, 0, 0, 0, PSA_ALG_NONE }
+
+/** Returns a suitable initializer for a PAKE operation object of type
+ * psa_pake_operation_t.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, PSA_ALG_NONE, 0, PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_SETUP, \
+ { 0 }, { { 0 } } }
+#endif
+
+struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s {
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm;
+ psa_pake_primitive_type_t type;
+ psa_pake_family_t family;
+ uint16_t bits;
+ psa_algorithm_t hash;
+};
+
+static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_algorithm(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite)
+{
+ return cipher_suite->algorithm;
+}
+
+static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm(
+ psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm)
+{
+ if (!PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(algorithm)) {
+ cipher_suite->algorithm = 0;
+ } else {
+ cipher_suite->algorithm = algorithm;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline psa_pake_primitive_t psa_pake_cs_get_primitive(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite)
+{
+ return PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(cipher_suite->type, cipher_suite->family,
+ cipher_suite->bits);
+}
+
+static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_primitive(
+ psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_pake_primitive_t primitive)
+{
+ cipher_suite->type = (psa_pake_primitive_type_t) (primitive >> 24);
+ cipher_suite->family = (psa_pake_family_t) (0xFF & (primitive >> 16));
+ cipher_suite->bits = (uint16_t) (0xFFFF & primitive);
+}
+
+static inline psa_pake_family_t psa_pake_cs_get_family(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite)
+{
+ return cipher_suite->family;
+}
+
+static inline uint16_t psa_pake_cs_get_bits(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite)
+{
+ return cipher_suite->bits;
+}
+
+static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_hash(
+ const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite)
+{
+ return cipher_suite->hash;
+}
+
+static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_hash(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite,
+ psa_algorithm_t hash)
+{
+ if (!PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(hash)) {
+ cipher_suite->hash = 0;
+ } else {
+ cipher_suite->hash = hash;
+ }
+}
+
+struct psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_s {
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_len);
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_len);
+ uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_len);
+ psa_key_attributes_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(attributes);
+ psa_pake_cipher_suite_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_suite);
+};
+
+typedef enum psa_crypto_driver_pake_step {
+ PSA_JPAKE_STEP_INVALID = 0, /* Invalid step */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 1, /* Round 1: input/output key share (for ephemeral private key X1).*/
+ PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 2, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X1 key */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 3, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X1 key */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 4, /* Round 1: input/output key share (for ephemeral private key X2).*/
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 5, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X2 key */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 6, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X2 key */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 7, /* Round 2: output X2S key (our key) */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 8, /* Round 2: output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X2S key (our key) */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 9, /* Round 2: output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X2S key (our key) */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 10, /* Round 2: input X4S key (from peer) */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 11, /* Round 2: input Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X4S key (from peer) */
+ PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 12 /* Round 2: input Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X4S key (from peer) */
+} psa_crypto_driver_pake_step_t;
+
+typedef enum psa_jpake_round {
+ PSA_JPAKE_FIRST = 0,
+ PSA_JPAKE_SECOND = 1,
+ PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED = 2
+} psa_jpake_round_t;
+
+typedef enum psa_jpake_io_mode {
+ PSA_JPAKE_INPUT = 0,
+ PSA_JPAKE_OUTPUT = 1
+} psa_jpake_io_mode_t;
+
+struct psa_jpake_computation_stage_s {
+ /* The J-PAKE round we are currently on */
+ psa_jpake_round_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(round);
+ /* The 'mode' we are currently in (inputting or outputting) */
+ psa_jpake_io_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(io_mode);
+ /* The number of completed inputs so far this round */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(inputs);
+ /* The number of completed outputs so far this round */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(outputs);
+ /* The next expected step (KEY_SHARE, ZK_PUBLIC or ZK_PROOF) */
+ psa_pake_step_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(step);
+};
+
+#define PSA_JPAKE_EXPECTED_INPUTS(round) ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED ? 0 : \
+ ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FIRST ? 2 : 1))
+#define PSA_JPAKE_EXPECTED_OUTPUTS(round) ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED ? 0 : \
+ ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FIRST ? 2 : 1))
+
+struct psa_pake_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+ /* Algorithm of the PAKE operation */
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ /* A primitive of type compatible with algorithm */
+ psa_pake_primitive_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(primitive);
+ /* Stage of the PAKE operation: waiting for the setup, collecting inputs
+ * or computing. */
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(stage);
+ /* Holds computation stage of the PAKE algorithms. */
+ union {
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy);
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+ psa_jpake_computation_stage_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(jpake);
+#endif
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(computation_stage);
+ union {
+ psa_driver_pake_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+ psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(inputs);
+ } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(data);
+#endif
+};
+
+static inline struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s psa_pake_cipher_suite_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s v = PSA_PAKE_CIPHER_SUITE_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+static inline struct psa_pake_operation_s psa_pake_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_pake_operation_s v = PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7df3614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_legacy.h
+ *
+ * \brief Add temporary suppport for deprecated symbols before they are
+ * removed from the library.
+ *
+ * PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR and MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR
+ * symbols are deprecated.
+ * New symols add a suffix to that base name in order to clearly state what is
+ * the expected use for the key (use, import, export, generate, derive).
+ * Here we define some backward compatibility support for uses stil using
+ * the legacy symbols.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_platform.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a871ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_platform.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS platform definitions
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * This file contains platform-dependent type definitions.
+ *
+ * In implementations with isolation between the application and the
+ * cryptography module, implementers should take care to ensure that
+ * the definitions that are exposed to applications match what the
+ * module implements.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+/*
+ * Include the build-time configuration information header. Here, we do not
+ * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which
+ * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the
+ * TF-PSA-Crypto repository which has a different build system and
+ * configuration.
+ */
+#include "psa/build_info.h"
+
+/* PSA requires several types which C99 provides in stdint.h. */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER)
+
+/* Building for the PSA Crypto service on a PSA platform, a key owner is a PSA
+ * partition identifier.
+ *
+ * The function psa_its_identifier_of_slot() in psa_crypto_storage.c that
+ * translates a key identifier to a key storage file name assumes that
+ * mbedtls_key_owner_id_t is a 32-bit integer. This function thus needs
+ * reworking if mbedtls_key_owner_id_t is not defined as a 32-bit integer
+ * here anymore.
+ */
+typedef int32_t mbedtls_key_owner_id_t;
+
+/** Compare two key owner identifiers.
+ *
+ * \param id1 First key owner identifier.
+ * \param id2 Second key owner identifier.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the two key owner identifiers are equal, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_key_owner_id_equal(mbedtls_key_owner_id_t id1,
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_t id2)
+{
+ return id1 == id2;
+}
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */
+
+/*
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM is defined, the code is being built for SPM
+ * (Secure Partition Manager) integration which separates the code into two
+ * parts: NSPE (Non-Secure Processing Environment) and SPE (Secure Processing
+ * Environment). When building for the SPE, an additional header file should be
+ * included.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM)
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_SECURE 1
+#include "crypto_spe.h"
+#endif // MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG)
+/** The type of the context passed to mbedtls_psa_external_get_random().
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS initializes the context to all-bits-zero before calling
+ * mbedtls_psa_external_get_random() for the first time.
+ *
+ * The definition of this type in the Mbed TLS source code is for
+ * demonstration purposes. Implementers of mbedtls_psa_external_get_random()
+ * are expected to replace it with a custom definition.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uintptr_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opaque)[2];
+} mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+/** The type of the client handle used in context structures
+ *
+ * When a client view of the multipart context structures is required,
+ * this handle is used to keep a mapping with the service side of the
+ * context which contains the actual data.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ce14bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1383 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_se_driver.h
+ * \brief PSA external cryptoprocessor driver module
+ *
+ * This header declares types and function signatures for cryptography
+ * drivers that access key material via opaque references.
+ * This is meant for cryptoprocessors that have a separate key storage from the
+ * space in which the PSA Crypto implementation runs, typically secure
+ * elements (SEs).
+ *
+ * This file is part of the PSA Crypto Driver HAL (hardware abstraction layer),
+ * containing functions for driver developers to implement to enable hardware
+ * to be called in a standardized way by a PSA Cryptography API
+ * implementation. The functions comprising the driver HAL, which driver
+ * authors implement, are not intended to be called by application developers.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "crypto_driver_common.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \defgroup se_init Secure element driver initialization
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** \brief Driver context structure
+ *
+ * Driver functions receive a pointer to this structure.
+ * Each registered driver has one instance of this structure.
+ *
+ * Implementations must include the fields specified here and
+ * may include other fields.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** A read-only pointer to the driver's persistent data.
+ *
+ * Drivers typically use this persistent data to keep track of
+ * which slot numbers are available. This is only a guideline:
+ * drivers may use the persistent data for any purpose, keeping
+ * in mind the restrictions on when the persistent data is saved
+ * to storage: the persistent data is only saved after calling
+ * certain functions that receive a writable pointer to the
+ * persistent data.
+ *
+ * The core allocates a memory buffer for the persistent data.
+ * The pointer is guaranteed to be suitably aligned for any data type,
+ * like a pointer returned by `malloc` (but the core can use any
+ * method to allocate the buffer, not necessarily `malloc`).
+ *
+ * The size of this buffer is in the \c persistent_data_size field of
+ * this structure.
+ *
+ * Before the driver is initialized for the first time, the content of
+ * the persistent data is all-bits-zero. After a driver upgrade, if the
+ * size of the persistent data has increased, the original data is padded
+ * on the right with zeros; if the size has decreased, the original data
+ * is truncated to the new size.
+ *
+ * This pointer is to read-only data. Only a few driver functions are
+ * allowed to modify the persistent data. These functions receive a
+ * writable pointer. These functions are:
+ * - psa_drv_se_t::p_init
+ * - psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate
+ * - psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy
+ *
+ * The PSA Cryptography core saves the persistent data from one
+ * session to the next. It does this before returning from API functions
+ * that call a driver method that is allowed to modify the persistent
+ * data, specifically:
+ * - psa_crypto_init() causes a call to psa_drv_se_t::p_init, and may call
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy to complete an action
+ * that was interrupted by a power failure.
+ * - Key creation functions cause a call to
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate, and may cause a call to
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy in case an error occurs.
+ * - psa_destroy_key() causes a call to
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy.
+ */
+ const void *const MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data);
+
+ /** The size of \c persistent_data in bytes.
+ *
+ * This is always equal to the value of the `persistent_data_size` field
+ * of the ::psa_drv_se_t structure when the driver is registered.
+ */
+ const size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data_size);
+
+ /** Driver transient data.
+ *
+ * The core initializes this value to 0 and does not read or modify it
+ * afterwards. The driver may store whatever it wants in this field.
+ */
+ uintptr_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transient_data);
+} psa_drv_se_context_t;
+
+/** \brief A driver initialization function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data
+ * that allows writing.
+ * \param location The location value for which this driver
+ * is registered. The driver will be invoked
+ * for all keys whose lifetime is in this
+ * location.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The driver is operational.
+ * The core will update the persistent data in storage.
+ * \return
+ * Any other return value prevents the driver from being used in
+ * this session.
+ * The core will NOT update the persistent data in storage.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_init_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *persistent_data,
+ psa_key_location_t location);
+
+#if defined(__DOXYGEN_ONLY__) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+/* Mbed TLS with secure element support enabled defines this type in
+ * crypto_types.h because it is also visible to applications through an
+ * implementation-specific extension.
+ * For the PSA Cryptography specification, this type is only visible
+ * via crypto_se_driver.h. */
+/** An internal designation of a key slot between the core part of the
+ * PSA Crypto implementation and the driver. The meaning of this value
+ * is driver-dependent. */
+typedef uint64_t psa_key_slot_number_t;
+#endif /* __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ || !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_mac Secure Element Message Authentication Codes
+ * Generation and authentication of Message Authentication Codes (MACs) using
+ * a secure element can be done either as a single function call (via the
+ * `psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t` or `psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t` functions), or in
+ * parts using the following sequence:
+ * - `psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t`
+ * - `psa_drv_se_mac_update_t`
+ * - `psa_drv_se_mac_update_t`
+ * - ...
+ * - `psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t` or `psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t`
+ *
+ * If a previously started secure element MAC operation needs to be terminated,
+ * it should be done so by the `psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t`. Failure to do so may
+ * result in allocated resources not being freed or in other undefined
+ * behavior.
+ */
+/**@{*/
+/** \brief A function that starts a secure element MAC operation for a PSA
+ * Crypto Driver implementation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that will contain the
+ * hardware-specific MAC context
+ * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the
+ * operation
+ * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used to underly the MAC
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *op_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm);
+
+/** \brief A function that continues a previously started secure element MAC
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the
+ * previously-established MAC operation to be
+ * updated
+ * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be appended
+ * to the MAC operation
+ * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of the input message buffer
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_update_t)(void *op_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_length);
+
+/** \brief a function that completes a previously started secure element MAC
+ * operation by returning the resulting MAC.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the
+ * previously started MAC operation to be
+ * finished
+ * \param[out] p_mac A buffer where the generated MAC will be
+ * placed
+ * \param[in] mac_size The size in bytes of the buffer that has been
+ * allocated for the `output` buffer
+ * \param[out] p_mac_length After completion, will contain the number of
+ * bytes placed in the `p_mac` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t)(void *op_context,
+ uint8_t *p_mac,
+ size_t mac_size,
+ size_t *p_mac_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that completes a previously started secure element MAC
+ * operation by comparing the resulting MAC against a provided value
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the previously
+ * started MAC operation to be finished
+ * \param[in] p_mac The MAC value against which the resulting MAC
+ * will be compared against
+ * \param[in] mac_length The size in bytes of the value stored in `p_mac`
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation completed successfully and the MACs matched each
+ * other
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The operation completed successfully, but the calculated MAC did
+ * not match the provided MAC
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t)(void *op_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_mac,
+ size_t mac_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that aborts a previous started secure element MAC
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the previously
+ * started MAC operation to be aborted
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t)(void *op_context);
+
+/** \brief A function that performs a secure element MAC operation in one
+ * command and returns the calculated MAC
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be MACed
+ * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of `p_input`
+ * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used
+ * \param[in] alg The algorithm to be used to underlie the MAC
+ * operation
+ * \param[out] p_mac A buffer where the generated MAC will be
+ * placed
+ * \param[in] mac_size The size in bytes of the `p_mac` buffer
+ * \param[out] p_mac_length After completion, will contain the number of
+ * bytes placed in the `output` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ uint8_t *p_mac,
+ size_t mac_size,
+ size_t *p_mac_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that performs a secure element MAC operation in one
+ * command and compares the resulting MAC against a provided value
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be MACed
+ * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of `input`
+ * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used
+ * \param[in] alg The algorithm to be used to underlie the MAC
+ * operation
+ * \param[in] p_mac The MAC value against which the resulting MAC will
+ * be compared against
+ * \param[in] mac_length The size in bytes of `mac`
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The operation completed successfully and the MACs matched each
+ * other
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE
+ * The operation completed successfully, but the calculated MAC did
+ * not match the provided MAC
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *p_mac,
+ size_t mac_length);
+
+/** \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to
+ * perform secure element MAC operations
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate the table as appropriate
+ * upon startup.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented (such as
+ * `psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t`), it should be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * Driver implementers should ensure that they implement all of the functions
+ * that make sense for their hardware, and that they provide a full solution
+ * (for example, if they support `p_setup`, they should also support
+ * `p_update` and at least one of `p_finish` or `p_finish_verify`).
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /**The size in bytes of the hardware-specific secure element MAC context
+ * structure
+ */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size);
+ /** Function that performs a MAC setup operation
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup);
+ /** Function that performs a MAC update operation
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_update_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_update);
+ /** Function that completes a MAC operation
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish);
+ /** Function that completes a MAC operation with a verify check
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish_verify);
+ /** Function that aborts a previously started MAC operation
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_abort);
+ /** Function that performs a MAC operation in one call
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_mac);
+ /** Function that performs a MAC and verify operation in one call
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_mac_verify);
+} psa_drv_se_mac_t;
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_cipher Secure Element Symmetric Ciphers
+ *
+ * Encryption and Decryption using secure element keys in block modes other
+ * than ECB must be done in multiple parts, using the following flow:
+ * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t`
+ * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t` (optional depending upon block mode)
+ * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t`
+ * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t`
+ * - ...
+ * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t`
+ *
+ * If a previously started secure element Cipher operation needs to be
+ * terminated, it should be done so by the `psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t`. Failure
+ * to do so may result in allocated resources not being freed or in other
+ * undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * In situations where a PSA Cryptographic API implementation is using a block
+ * mode not-supported by the underlying hardware or driver, it can construct
+ * the block mode itself, while calling the `psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t` function
+ * for the cipher operations.
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** \brief A function that provides the cipher setup function for a
+ * secure element driver
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that will contain the
+ * hardware-specific cipher context.
+ * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the
+ * operation
+ * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used in the cipher
+ * operation
+ * \param[in] direction Indicates whether the operation is an encrypt
+ * or decrypt
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *op_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm,
+ psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t direction);
+
+/** \brief A function that sets the initialization vector (if
+ * necessary) for a secure element cipher operation
+ *
+ * Rationale: The `psa_se_cipher_*` operation in the PSA Cryptographic API has
+ * two IV functions: one to set the IV, and one to generate it internally. The
+ * generate function is not necessary for the drivers to implement as the PSA
+ * Crypto implementation can do the generation using its RNG features.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that contains the previously set up
+ * hardware-specific cipher context
+ * \param[in] p_iv A buffer containing the initialization vector
+ * \param[in] iv_length The size (in bytes) of the `p_iv` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t)(void *op_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_iv,
+ size_t iv_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that continues a previously started secure element cipher
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the
+ * previously started cipher operation
+ * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the data to be
+ * encrypted/decrypted
+ * \param[in] input_size The size in bytes of the buffer pointed to
+ * by `p_input`
+ * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the
+ * output will be placed
+ * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the
+ * `p_output` buffer
+ * \param[out] p_output_length After completion, will contain the number
+ * of bytes placed in the `p_output` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t)(void *op_context,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_size,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *p_output_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that completes a previously started secure element cipher
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the
+ * previously started cipher operation
+ * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the output
+ * will be placed
+ * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the `p_output`
+ * buffer
+ * \param[out] p_output_length After completion, will contain the number of
+ * bytes placed in the `p_output` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t)(void *op_context,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *p_output_length);
+
+/** \brief A function that aborts a previously started secure element cipher
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the
+ * previously started cipher operation
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t)(void *op_context);
+
+/** \brief A function that performs the ECB block mode for secure element
+ * cipher operations
+ *
+ * Note: this function should only be used with implementations that do not
+ * provide a needed higher-level operation.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the operation
+ * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used in the cipher operation
+ * \param[in] direction Indicates whether the operation is an encrypt or
+ * decrypt
+ * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the data to be
+ * encrypted/decrypted
+ * \param[in] input_size The size in bytes of the buffer pointed to by
+ * `p_input`
+ * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the output
+ * will be placed
+ * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the `p_output`
+ * buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm,
+ psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t direction,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_size,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement
+ * cipher operations using secure elements.
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as
+ * appropriate upon startup or at build time.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented (such as
+ * `psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t`), it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** The size in bytes of the hardware-specific secure element cipher
+ * context structure
+ */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size);
+ /** Function that performs a cipher setup operation */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup);
+ /** Function that sets a cipher IV (if necessary) */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_set_iv);
+ /** Function that performs a cipher update operation */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_update);
+ /** Function that completes a cipher operation */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish);
+ /** Function that aborts a cipher operation */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_abort);
+ /** Function that performs ECB mode for a cipher operation
+ * (Danger: ECB mode should not be used directly by clients of the PSA
+ * Crypto Client API)
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ecb);
+} psa_drv_se_cipher_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_asymmetric Secure Element Asymmetric Cryptography
+ *
+ * Since the amount of data that can (or should) be encrypted or signed using
+ * asymmetric keys is limited by the key size, asymmetric key operations using
+ * keys in a secure element must be done in single function calls.
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that signs a hash or short message with a private key in
+ * a secure element
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of an asymmetric key pair
+ * \param[in] alg A signature algorithm that is compatible
+ * with the type of `key`
+ * \param[in] p_hash The hash to sign
+ * \param[in] hash_length Size of the `p_hash` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_signature Buffer where the signature is to be written
+ * \param[in] signature_size Size of the `p_signature` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_signature_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned signature value
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_sign_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *p_hash,
+ size_t hash_length,
+ uint8_t *p_signature,
+ size_t signature_size,
+ size_t *p_signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that verifies the signature a hash or short message using
+ * an asymmetric public key in a secure element
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of a public key or an asymmetric key
+ * pair
+ * \param[in] alg A signature algorithm that is compatible with
+ * the type of `key`
+ * \param[in] p_hash The hash whose signature is to be verified
+ * \param[in] hash_length Size of the `p_hash` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_signature Buffer containing the signature to verify
+ * \param[in] signature_length Size of the `p_signature` buffer in bytes
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The signature is valid.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_verify_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *p_hash,
+ size_t hash_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_signature,
+ size_t signature_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that encrypts a short message with an asymmetric public
+ * key in a secure element
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of a public key or an asymmetric key
+ * pair
+ * \param[in] alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is
+ * compatible with the type of `key`
+ * \param[in] p_input The message to encrypt
+ * \param[in] input_length Size of the `p_input` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_salt A salt or label, if supported by the
+ * encryption algorithm
+ * If the algorithm does not support a
+ * salt, pass `NULL`.
+ * If the algorithm supports an optional
+ * salt and you do not want to pass a salt,
+ * pass `NULL`.
+ * For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is
+ * supported.
+ * \param[in] salt_length Size of the `p_salt` buffer in bytes
+ * If `p_salt` is `NULL`, pass 0.
+ * \param[out] p_output Buffer where the encrypted message is to
+ * be written
+ * \param[in] output_size Size of the `p_output` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_output_length On success, the number of bytes that make up
+ * the returned output
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_encrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_salt,
+ size_t salt_length,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *p_output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that decrypts a short message with an asymmetric private
+ * key in a secure element.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of an asymmetric key pair
+ * \param[in] alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is
+ * compatible with the type of `key`
+ * \param[in] p_input The message to decrypt
+ * \param[in] input_length Size of the `p_input` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_salt A salt or label, if supported by the
+ * encryption algorithm
+ * If the algorithm does not support a
+ * salt, pass `NULL`.
+ * If the algorithm supports an optional
+ * salt and you do not want to pass a salt,
+ * pass `NULL`.
+ * For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is
+ * supported.
+ * \param[in] salt_length Size of the `p_salt` buffer in bytes
+ * If `p_salt` is `NULL`, pass 0.
+ * \param[out] p_output Buffer where the decrypted message is to
+ * be written
+ * \param[in] output_size Size of the `p_output` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_output_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the returned output
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_decrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg,
+ const uint8_t *p_input,
+ size_t input_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_salt,
+ size_t salt_length,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *p_output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement
+ * asymmetric cryptographic operations using secure elements.
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as
+ * appropriate upon startup or at build time.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** Function that performs an asymmetric sign operation */
+ psa_drv_se_asymmetric_sign_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_sign);
+ /** Function that performs an asymmetric verify operation */
+ psa_drv_se_asymmetric_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_verify);
+ /** Function that performs an asymmetric encrypt operation */
+ psa_drv_se_asymmetric_encrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_encrypt);
+ /** Function that performs an asymmetric decrypt operation */
+ psa_drv_se_asymmetric_decrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_decrypt);
+} psa_drv_se_asymmetric_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_aead Secure Element Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data
+ * Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data (AEAD) operations with secure
+ * elements must be done in one function call. While this creates a burden for
+ * implementers as there must be sufficient space in memory for the entire
+ * message, it prevents decrypted data from being made available before the
+ * authentication operation is complete and the data is known to be authentic.
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** \brief A function that performs a secure element authenticated encryption
+ * operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Slot containing the key to use.
+ * \param[in] algorithm The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(`alg`) is true)
+ * \param[in] p_nonce Nonce or IV to use
+ * \param[in] nonce_length Size of the `p_nonce` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_additional_data Additional data that will be
+ * authenticated but not encrypted
+ * \param[in] additional_data_length Size of `p_additional_data` in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_plaintext Data that will be authenticated and
+ * encrypted
+ * \param[in] plaintext_length Size of `p_plaintext` in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_ciphertext Output buffer for the authenticated and
+ * encrypted data. The additional data is
+ * not part of this output. For algorithms
+ * where the encrypted data and the
+ * authentication tag are defined as
+ * separate outputs, the authentication
+ * tag is appended to the encrypted data.
+ * \param[in] ciphertext_size Size of the `p_ciphertext` buffer in
+ * bytes
+ * \param[out] p_ciphertext_length On success, the size of the output in
+ * the `p_ciphertext` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_aead_encrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm,
+ const uint8_t *p_nonce,
+ size_t nonce_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_additional_data,
+ size_t additional_data_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_plaintext,
+ size_t plaintext_length,
+ uint8_t *p_ciphertext,
+ size_t ciphertext_size,
+ size_t *p_ciphertext_length);
+
+/** A function that performs a secure element authenticated decryption operation
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Slot containing the key to use
+ * \param[in] algorithm The AEAD algorithm to compute
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(`alg`) is true)
+ * \param[in] p_nonce Nonce or IV to use
+ * \param[in] nonce_length Size of the `p_nonce` buffer in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_additional_data Additional data that has been
+ * authenticated but not encrypted
+ * \param[in] additional_data_length Size of `p_additional_data` in bytes
+ * \param[in] p_ciphertext Data that has been authenticated and
+ * encrypted.
+ * For algorithms where the encrypted data
+ * and the authentication tag are defined
+ * as separate inputs, the buffer must
+ * contain the encrypted data followed by
+ * the authentication tag.
+ * \param[in] ciphertext_length Size of `p_ciphertext` in bytes
+ * \param[out] p_plaintext Output buffer for the decrypted data
+ * \param[in] plaintext_size Size of the `p_plaintext` buffer in
+ * bytes
+ * \param[out] p_plaintext_length On success, the size of the output in
+ * the `p_plaintext` buffer
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_aead_decrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ psa_algorithm_t algorithm,
+ const uint8_t *p_nonce,
+ size_t nonce_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_additional_data,
+ size_t additional_data_length,
+ const uint8_t *p_ciphertext,
+ size_t ciphertext_length,
+ uint8_t *p_plaintext,
+ size_t plaintext_size,
+ size_t *p_plaintext_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement
+ * secure element Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data operations
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as
+ * appropriate upon startup.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** Function that performs the AEAD encrypt operation */
+ psa_drv_se_aead_encrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_encrypt);
+ /** Function that performs the AEAD decrypt operation */
+ psa_drv_se_aead_decrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_decrypt);
+} psa_drv_se_aead_t;
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_key_management Secure Element Key Management
+ * Currently, key management is limited to importing keys in the clear,
+ * destroying keys, and exporting keys in the clear.
+ * Whether a key may be exported is determined by the key policies in place
+ * on the key slot.
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** An enumeration indicating how a key is created.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ PSA_KEY_CREATION_IMPORT, /**< During psa_import_key() */
+ PSA_KEY_CREATION_GENERATE, /**< During psa_generate_key() */
+ PSA_KEY_CREATION_DERIVE, /**< During psa_key_derivation_output_key() */
+ PSA_KEY_CREATION_COPY, /**< During psa_copy_key() */
+
+#ifndef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__
+ /** A key is being registered with mbedtls_psa_register_se_key().
+ *
+ * The core only passes this value to
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_validate_slot_number, not to
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate. The call to
+ * `p_validate_slot_number` is not followed by any other call to the
+ * driver: the key is considered successfully registered if the call to
+ * `p_validate_slot_number` succeeds, or if `p_validate_slot_number` is
+ * null.
+ *
+ * With this creation method, the driver must return #PSA_SUCCESS if
+ * the given attributes are compatible with the existing key in the slot,
+ * and #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST if the driver can determine that there
+ * is no key with the specified slot number.
+ *
+ * This is an Mbed TLS extension.
+ */
+ PSA_KEY_CREATION_REGISTER,
+#endif
+} psa_key_creation_method_t;
+
+/** \brief A function that allocates a slot for a key.
+ *
+ * To create a key in a specific slot in a secure element, the core
+ * first calls this function to determine a valid slot number,
+ * then calls a function to create the key material in that slot.
+ * In nominal conditions (that is, if no error occurs),
+ * the effect of a call to a key creation function in the PSA Cryptography
+ * API with a lifetime that places the key in a secure element is the
+ * following:
+ * -# The core calls psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate
+ * (or in some implementations
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_validate_slot_number). The driver
+ * selects (or validates) a suitable slot number given the key attributes
+ * and the state of the secure element.
+ * -# The core calls a key creation function in the driver.
+ *
+ * The key creation functions in the PSA Cryptography API are:
+ * - psa_import_key(), which causes
+ * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_IMPORT
+ * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_import.
+ * - psa_generate_key(), which causes
+ * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_GENERATE
+ * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_import.
+ * - psa_key_derivation_output_key(), which causes
+ * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_DERIVE
+ * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t::p_derive.
+ * - psa_copy_key(), which causes
+ * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_COPY
+ * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_export.
+ *
+ * In case of errors, other behaviors are possible.
+ * - If the PSA Cryptography subsystem dies after the first step,
+ * for example because the device has lost power abruptly,
+ * the second step may never happen, or may happen after a reset
+ * and re-initialization. Alternatively, after a reset and
+ * re-initialization, the core may call
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy on the slot number that
+ * was allocated (or validated) instead of calling a key creation function.
+ * - If an error occurs, the core may call
+ * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy on the slot number that
+ * was allocated (or validated) instead of calling a key creation function.
+ *
+ * Errors and system resets also have an impact on the driver's persistent
+ * data. If a reset happens before the overall key creation process is
+ * completed (before or after the second step above), it is unspecified
+ * whether the persistent data after the reset is identical to what it
+ * was before or after the call to `p_allocate` (or `p_validate_slot_number`).
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data
+ * that allows writing.
+ * \param[in] attributes Attributes of the key.
+ * \param method The way in which the key is being created.
+ * \param[out] key_slot Slot where the key will be stored.
+ * This must be a valid slot for a key of the
+ * chosen type. It must be unoccupied.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ * The core will record \c *key_slot as the key slot where the key
+ * is stored and will update the persistent data in storage.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t)(
+ psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *persistent_data,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_creation_method_t method,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t *key_slot);
+
+/** \brief A function that determines whether a slot number is valid
+ * for a key.
+ *
+ * To create a key in a specific slot in a secure element, the core
+ * first calls this function to validate the choice of slot number,
+ * then calls a function to create the key material in that slot.
+ * See the documentation of #psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t for more details.
+ *
+ * As of the PSA Cryptography API specification version 1.0, there is no way
+ * for applications to trigger a call to this function. However some
+ * implementations offer the capability to create or declare a key in
+ * a specific slot via implementation-specific means, generally for the
+ * sake of initial device provisioning or onboarding. Such a mechanism may
+ * be added to a future version of the PSA Cryptography API specification.
+ *
+ * This function may update the driver's persistent data through
+ * \p persistent_data. The core will save the updated persistent data at the
+ * end of the key creation process. See the description of
+ * ::psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t for more information.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data
+ * that allows writing.
+ * \param[in] attributes Attributes of the key.
+ * \param method The way in which the key is being created.
+ * \param[in] key_slot Slot where the key is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The given slot number is valid for a key with the given
+ * attributes.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * The given slot number is not valid for a key with the
+ * given attributes. This includes the case where the slot
+ * number is not valid at all.
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * There is already a key with the specified slot number.
+ * Drivers may choose to return this error from the key
+ * creation function instead.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_validate_slot_number_t)(
+ psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *persistent_data,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_creation_method_t method,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot);
+
+/** \brief A function that imports a key into a secure element in binary format
+ *
+ * This function can support any output from psa_export_key(). Refer to the
+ * documentation of psa_export_key() for the format for each key type.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param key_slot Slot where the key will be stored.
+ * This must be a valid slot for a key of the
+ * chosen type. It must be unoccupied.
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attributes, including the lifetime,
+ * the key type and the usage policy.
+ * Drivers should not access the key size stored
+ * in the attributes: it may not match the
+ * data passed in \p data.
+ * Drivers can call psa_get_key_lifetime(),
+ * psa_get_key_type(),
+ * psa_get_key_usage_flags() and
+ * psa_get_key_algorithm() to access this
+ * information.
+ * \param[in] data Buffer containing the key data.
+ * \param[in] data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] bits On success, the key size in bits. The driver
+ * must determine this value after parsing the
+ * key according to the key type.
+ * This value is not used if the function fails.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * Success.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_import_key_t)(
+ psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ const uint8_t *data,
+ size_t data_length,
+ size_t *bits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that destroys a secure element key and restore the slot to
+ * its default state
+ *
+ * This function destroys the content of the key from a secure element.
+ * Implementations shall make a best effort to ensure that any previous content
+ * of the slot is unrecoverable.
+ *
+ * This function returns the specified slot to its default state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data
+ * that allows writing.
+ * \param key_slot The key slot to erase.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The slot's content, if any, has been erased.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_destroy_key_t)(
+ psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *persistent_data,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that exports a secure element key in binary format
+ *
+ * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to
+ * create an equivalent object.
+ *
+ * If a key is created with `psa_import_key()` and then exported with
+ * this function, it is not guaranteed that the resulting data is
+ * identical: the implementation may choose a different representation
+ * of the same key if the format permits it.
+ *
+ * This function should generate output in the same format that
+ * `psa_export_key()` does. Refer to the
+ * documentation of `psa_export_key()` for the format for each key type.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in] key Slot whose content is to be exported. This must
+ * be an occupied key slot.
+ * \param[out] p_data Buffer where the key data is to be written.
+ * \param[in] data_size Size of the `p_data` buffer in bytes.
+ * \param[out] p_data_length On success, the number of bytes
+ * that make up the key data.
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription
+ * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_export_key_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key,
+ uint8_t *p_data,
+ size_t data_size,
+ size_t *p_data_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A function that generates a symmetric or asymmetric key on a secure
+ * element
+ *
+ * If the key type \c type recorded in \p attributes
+ * is asymmetric (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ASYMMETRIC(\c type) = 1),
+ * the driver may export the public key at the time of generation,
+ * in the format documented for psa_export_public_key() by writing it
+ * to the \p pubkey buffer.
+ * This is optional, intended for secure elements that output the
+ * public key at generation time and that cannot export the public key
+ * later. Drivers that do not need this feature should leave
+ * \p *pubkey_length set to 0 and should
+ * implement the psa_drv_key_management_t::p_export_public function.
+ * Some implementations do not support this feature, in which case
+ * \p pubkey is \c NULL and \p pubkey_size is 0.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param key_slot Slot where the key will be stored.
+ * This must be a valid slot for a key of the
+ * chosen type. It must be unoccupied.
+ * \param[in] attributes The key attributes, including the lifetime,
+ * the key type and size, and the usage policy.
+ * Drivers can call psa_get_key_lifetime(),
+ * psa_get_key_type(), psa_get_key_bits(),
+ * psa_get_key_usage_flags() and
+ * psa_get_key_algorithm() to access this
+ * information.
+ * \param[out] pubkey A buffer where the driver can write the
+ * public key, when generating an asymmetric
+ * key pair.
+ * This is \c NULL when generating a symmetric
+ * key or if the core does not support
+ * exporting the public key at generation time.
+ * \param pubkey_size The size of the `pubkey` buffer in bytes.
+ * This is 0 when generating a symmetric
+ * key or if the core does not support
+ * exporting the public key at generation time.
+ * \param[out] pubkey_length On entry, this is always 0.
+ * On success, the number of bytes written to
+ * \p pubkey. If this is 0 or unchanged on return,
+ * the core will not read the \p pubkey buffer,
+ * and will instead call the driver's
+ * psa_drv_key_management_t::p_export_public
+ * function to export the public key when needed.
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_generate_key_t)(
+ psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot,
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ uint8_t *pubkey, size_t pubkey_size, size_t *pubkey_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to for secure
+ * element key management
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as
+ * appropriate upon startup or at build time.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** Function that allocates a slot for a key. */
+ psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_allocate);
+ /** Function that checks the validity of a slot for a key. */
+ psa_drv_se_validate_slot_number_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_validate_slot_number);
+ /** Function that performs a key import operation */
+ psa_drv_se_import_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_import);
+ /** Function that performs a generation */
+ psa_drv_se_generate_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_generate);
+ /** Function that performs a key destroy operation */
+ psa_drv_se_destroy_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_destroy);
+ /** Function that performs a key export operation */
+ psa_drv_se_export_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export);
+ /** Function that performs a public key export operation */
+ psa_drv_se_export_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export_public);
+} psa_drv_se_key_management_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup driver_derivation Secure Element Key Derivation and Agreement
+ * Key derivation is the process of generating new key material using an
+ * existing key and additional parameters, iterating through a basic
+ * cryptographic function, such as a hash.
+ * Key agreement is a part of cryptographic protocols that allows two parties
+ * to agree on the same key value, but starting from different original key
+ * material.
+ * The flows are similar, and the PSA Crypto Driver Model uses the same functions
+ * for both of the flows.
+ *
+ * There are two different final functions for the flows,
+ * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive` and `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export`.
+ * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive` is used when the key material should be
+ * placed in a slot on the hardware and not exposed to the caller.
+ * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export` is used when the key material should be
+ * returned to the PSA Cryptographic API implementation.
+ *
+ * Different key derivation algorithms require a different number of inputs.
+ * Instead of having an API that takes as input variable length arrays, which
+ * can be problematic to manage on embedded platforms, the inputs are passed
+ * to the driver via a function, `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral`, that
+ * is called multiple times with different `collateral_id`s. Thus, for a key
+ * derivation algorithm that required 3 parameter inputs, the flow would look
+ * something like:
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~{.c}
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup(kdf_algorithm, source_key, dest_key_size_bytes);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_0,
+ * p_collateral_0,
+ * collateral_0_size);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_1,
+ * p_collateral_1,
+ * collateral_1_size);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_2,
+ * p_collateral_2,
+ * collateral_2_size);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive();
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+ *
+ * key agreement example:
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~{.c}
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup(alg, source_key. dest_key_size_bytes);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(DHE_PUBKEY, p_pubkey, pubkey_size);
+ * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export(p_session_key,
+ * session_key_size,
+ * &session_key_length);
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** \brief A function that Sets up a secure element key derivation operation by
+ * specifying the algorithm and the source key sot
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure.
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any
+ * context information for the implementation
+ * \param[in] kdf_alg The algorithm to be used for the key derivation
+ * \param[in] source_key The key to be used as the source material for
+ * the key derivation
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context,
+ void *op_context,
+ psa_algorithm_t kdf_alg,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t source_key);
+
+/** \brief A function that provides collateral (parameters) needed for a secure
+ * element key derivation or key agreement operation
+ *
+ * Since many key derivation algorithms require multiple parameters, it is
+ * expected that this function may be called multiple times for the same
+ * operation, each with a different algorithm-specific `collateral_id`
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any
+ * context information for the implementation
+ * \param[in] collateral_id An ID for the collateral being provided
+ * \param[in] p_collateral A buffer containing the collateral data
+ * \param[in] collateral_size The size in bytes of the collateral
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral_t)(void *op_context,
+ uint32_t collateral_id,
+ const uint8_t *p_collateral,
+ size_t collateral_size);
+
+/** \brief A function that performs the final secure element key derivation
+ * step and place the generated key material in a slot
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any
+ * context information for the implementation
+ * \param[in] dest_key The slot where the generated key material
+ * should be placed
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive_t)(void *op_context,
+ psa_key_slot_number_t dest_key);
+
+/** \brief A function that performs the final step of a secure element key
+ * agreement and place the generated key material in a buffer
+ *
+ * \param[out] p_output Buffer in which to place the generated key
+ * material
+ * \param[in] output_size The size in bytes of `p_output`
+ * \param[out] p_output_length Upon success, contains the number of bytes of
+ * key material placed in `p_output`
+ *
+ * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription
+ */
+typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export_t)(void *op_context,
+ uint8_t *p_output,
+ size_t output_size,
+ size_t *p_output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to for secure
+ * element key derivation and agreement
+ *
+ * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as
+ * appropriate upon startup.
+ *
+ * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** The driver-specific size of the key derivation context */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size);
+ /** Function that performs a key derivation setup */
+ psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup);
+ /** Function that sets key derivation collateral */
+ psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_collateral);
+ /** Function that performs a final key derivation step */
+ psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_derive);
+ /** Function that performs a final key derivation or agreement and
+ * exports the key */
+ psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export);
+} psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup se_registration Secure element driver registration
+ */
+/**@{*/
+
+/** A structure containing pointers to all the entry points of a
+ * secure element driver.
+ *
+ * Future versions of this specification may add extra substructures at
+ * the end of this structure.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** The version of the driver HAL that this driver implements.
+ * This is a protection against loading driver binaries built against
+ * a different version of this specification.
+ * Use #PSA_DRV_SE_HAL_VERSION.
+ */
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hal_version);
+
+ /** The size of the driver's persistent data in bytes.
+ *
+ * This can be 0 if the driver does not need persistent data.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of psa_drv_se_context_t::persistent_data
+ * for more information about why and how a driver can use
+ * persistent data.
+ */
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data_size);
+
+ /** The driver initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function is called once during the initialization of the
+ * PSA Cryptography subsystem, before any other function of the
+ * driver is called. If this function returns a failure status,
+ * the driver will be unusable, at least until the next system reset.
+ *
+ * If this field is \c NULL, it is equivalent to a function that does
+ * nothing and returns #PSA_SUCCESS.
+ */
+ psa_drv_se_init_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_init);
+
+ const psa_drv_se_key_management_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_management);
+ const psa_drv_se_mac_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac);
+ const psa_drv_se_cipher_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher);
+ const psa_drv_se_aead_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aead);
+ const psa_drv_se_asymmetric_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asymmetric);
+ const psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(derivation);
+} psa_drv_se_t;
+
+/** The current version of the secure element driver HAL.
+ */
+/* 0.0.0 patchlevel 5 */
+#define PSA_DRV_SE_HAL_VERSION 0x00000005
+
+/** Register an external cryptoprocessor (secure element) driver.
+ *
+ * This function is only intended to be used by driver code, not by
+ * application code. In implementations with separation between the
+ * PSA cryptography module and applications, this function should
+ * only be available to callers that run in the same memory space as
+ * the cryptography module, and should not be exposed to applications
+ * running in a different memory space.
+ *
+ * This function may be called before psa_crypto_init(). It is
+ * implementation-defined whether this function may be called
+ * after psa_crypto_init().
+ *
+ * \note Implementations store metadata about keys including the lifetime
+ * value, which contains the driver's location indicator. Therefore,
+ * from one instantiation of the PSA Cryptography
+ * library to the next one, if there is a key in storage with a certain
+ * lifetime value, you must always register the same driver (or an
+ * updated version that communicates with the same secure element)
+ * with the same location value.
+ *
+ * \param location The location value through which this driver will
+ * be exposed to applications.
+ * This driver will be used for all keys such that
+ * `location == #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION( lifetime )`.
+ * The value #PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE is reserved
+ * and may not be used for drivers. Implementations
+ * may reserve other values.
+ * \param[in] methods The method table of the driver. This structure must
+ * remain valid for as long as the cryptography
+ * module keeps running. It is typically a global
+ * constant.
+ *
+ * \return #PSA_SUCCESS
+ * The driver was successfully registered. Applications can now
+ * use \p location to access keys through the methods passed to
+ * this function.
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE
+ * This function was called after the initialization of the
+ * cryptography module, and this implementation does not support
+ * driver registration at this stage.
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS
+ * There is already a registered driver for this value of \p location.
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ * \p location is a reserved value.
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * `methods->hal_version` is not supported by this implementation.
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * \return #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT
+ */
+psa_status_t psa_register_se_driver(
+ psa_key_location_t location,
+ const psa_drv_se_t *methods);
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..635ee98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_sizes.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS buffer size macros
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * This file contains the definitions of macros that are useful to
+ * compute buffer sizes. The signatures and semantics of these macros
+ * are standardized, but the definitions are not, because they depend on
+ * the available algorithms and, in some cases, on permitted tolerances
+ * on buffer sizes.
+ *
+ * In implementations with isolation between the application and the
+ * cryptography module, implementers should take care to ensure that
+ * the definitions that are exposed to applications match what the
+ * module implements.
+ *
+ * Macros that compute sizes whose values do not depend on the
+ * implementation are in crypto.h.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H
+
+/*
+ * Include the build-time configuration information header. Here, we do not
+ * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which
+ * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the
+ * TF-PSA-Crypto repository which has a different build system and
+ * configuration.
+ */
+#include "psa/build_info.h"
+
+#define PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) (((bits) + 7u) / 8u)
+#define PSA_BYTES_TO_BITS(bytes) ((bytes) * 8u)
+#define PSA_MAX_OF_THREE(a, b, c) ((a) <= (b) ? (b) <= (c) ? \
+ (c) : (b) : (a) <= (c) ? (c) : (a))
+
+#define PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(block_size, length) \
+ (((length) + (block_size) - 1) / (block_size) * (block_size))
+
+/** The size of the output of psa_hash_finish(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * This is also the hash size that psa_hash_verify() expects.
+ *
+ * \param alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true), or an HMAC algorithm
+ * (#PSA_ALG_HMAC(\c hash_alg) where \c hash_alg is a
+ * hash algorithm).
+ *
+ * \return The hash size for the specified hash algorithm.
+ * If the hash algorithm is not recognized, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_HASH_LENGTH(alg) \
+ ( \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_MD5 ? 16u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ? 20u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ? 20u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ? 28u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ? 32u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ? 48u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ? 28u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ? 32u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ? 28u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ? 32u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ? 48u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ? 64u : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** The input block size of a hash algorithm, in bytes.
+ *
+ * Hash algorithms process their input data in blocks. Hash operations will
+ * retain any partial blocks until they have enough input to fill the block or
+ * until the operation is finished.
+ * This affects the output from psa_hash_suspend().
+ *
+ * \param alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The block size in bytes for the specified hash algorithm.
+ * If the hash algorithm is not recognized, return 0.
+ * An implementation can return either 0 or the correct size for a
+ * hash algorithm that it recognizes, but does not support.
+ */
+#define PSA_HASH_BLOCK_LENGTH(alg) \
+ ( \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_MD5 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ? 64u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ? 128u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ? 128u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ? 128u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ? 128u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ? 144u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ? 136u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ? 104u : \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ? 72u : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** \def PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+ *
+ * Maximum size of a hash.
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value
+ * is the maximum size of a hash in bytes.
+ */
+/* Note: for HMAC-SHA-3, the block size is 144 bytes for HMAC-SHA3-224,
+ * 136 bytes for HMAC-SHA3-256, 104 bytes for SHA3-384, 72 bytes for
+ * HMAC-SHA3-512. */
+/* Note: PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE,
+ * see the note on MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE for details. */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 144u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 136u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 128u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 128u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 104u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 72u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u
+#else /* SHA-1 or smaller */
+#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 48u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 32u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 28u
+#else /* SHA-1 or smaller */
+#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 20u
+#endif
+
+/** \def PSA_MAC_MAX_SIZE
+ *
+ * Maximum size of a MAC.
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value
+ * is the maximum size of a MAC in bytes.
+ */
+/* All non-HMAC MACs have a maximum size that's smaller than the
+ * minimum possible value of PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE in this implementation. */
+/* Note that the encoding of truncated MAC algorithms limits this value
+ * to 64 bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_MAC_MAX_SIZE PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+
+/** The length of a tag for an AEAD algorithm, in bytes.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to store the
+ * tag output from psa_aead_finish().
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \param key_type The type of the AEAD key.
+ * \param key_bits The size of the AEAD key in bits.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The tag length for the specified algorithm and key.
+ * If the AEAD algorithm does not have an identified
+ * tag that can be distinguished from the rest of
+ * the ciphertext, return 0.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(key_type, key_bits, alg) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \
+ ((void) (key_bits), 0u))
+
+/** The maximum tag size for all supported AEAD algorithms, in bytes.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg).
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE 16u
+
+/* The maximum size of an RSA key on this implementation, in bits.
+ * This is a vendor-specific macro.
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS does not set a hard limit on the size of RSA keys: any key
+ * whose parameters fit in a bignum is accepted. However large keys can
+ * induce a large memory usage and long computation times. Unlike other
+ * auxiliary macros in this file and in crypto.h, which reflect how the
+ * library is configured, this macro defines how the library is
+ * configured. This implementation refuses to import or generate an
+ * RSA key whose size is larger than the value defined here.
+ *
+ * Note that an implementation may set different size limits for different
+ * operations, and does not need to accept all key sizes up to the limit. */
+#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS 4096u
+
+/* The minimum size of an RSA key on this implementation, in bits.
+ * This is a vendor-specific macro.
+ *
+ * Limits RSA key generation to a minimum due to avoid accidental misuse.
+ * This value cannot be less than 128 bits.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_GENERATE_MIN_KEY_BITS MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS
+#else
+#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_GENERATE_MIN_KEY_BITS 1024
+#endif
+
+/* The maximum size of an DH key on this implementation, in bits.
+ * This is a vendor-specific macro.*/
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 8192u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 6144u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 4096u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 3072u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 2048u
+#else
+#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 0u
+#endif
+
+/* The maximum size of an ECC key on this implementation, in bits.
+ * This is a vendor-specific macro. */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 521u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 512u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 448u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 384u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 384u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 255u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 224u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 224u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 192u
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 192u
+#else
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 0u
+#endif
+
+/** This macro returns the maximum supported length of the PSK for the
+ * TLS-1.2 PSK-to-MS key derivation
+ * (#PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(\c hash_alg)).
+ *
+ * The maximum supported length does not depend on the chosen hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Quoting RFC 4279, Sect 5.3:
+ * TLS implementations supporting these ciphersuites MUST support
+ * arbitrary PSK identities up to 128 octets in length, and arbitrary
+ * PSKs up to 64 octets in length. Supporting longer identities and
+ * keys is RECOMMENDED.
+ *
+ * Therefore, no implementation should define a value smaller than 64
+ * for #PSA_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_PSK_MAX_SIZE.
+ */
+#define PSA_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_PSK_MAX_SIZE 128u
+
+/* The expected size of input passed to psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_input,
+ * which is expected to work with P-256 curve only. */
+#define PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_INPUT_SIZE 65u
+
+/* The size of a serialized K.X coordinate to be used in
+ * psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_input. This function only accepts the P-256
+ * curve. */
+#define PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE 32u
+
+/* The maximum number of iterations for PBKDF2 on this implementation, in bits.
+ * This is a vendor-specific macro. This can be configured if necessary */
+#define PSA_VENDOR_PBKDF2_MAX_ITERATIONS 0xffffffffU
+
+/** The maximum size of a block cipher. */
+#define PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE 16u
+
+/** The size of the output of psa_mac_sign_finish(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * This is also the MAC size that psa_mac_verify_finish() expects.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type The type of the MAC key.
+ * \param key_bits The size of the MAC key in bits.
+ * \param alg A MAC algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The MAC size for the specified algorithm with
+ * the specified key parameters.
+ * \return 0 if the MAC algorithm is not recognized.
+ * \return Either 0 or the correct size for a MAC algorithm that
+ * the implementation recognizes, but does not support.
+ * \return Unspecified if the key parameters are not consistent
+ * with the algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_MAC_LENGTH(key_type, key_bits, alg) \
+ ((alg) & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK ? PSA_MAC_TRUNCATED_LENGTH(alg) : \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_HMAC(alg) ? PSA_HASH_LENGTH(PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg)) : \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_BLOCK_CIPHER_MAC(alg) ? PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \
+ ((void) (key_type), (void) (key_bits), 0u))
+
+/** The maximum size of the output of psa_aead_encrypt(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_aead_encrypt() will not fail due to an
+ * insufficient buffer size. Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of
+ * the ciphertext may be smaller.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p plaintext_length).
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return The AEAD ciphertext size for the specified
+ * algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, plaintext_length) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \
+ (plaintext_length) + PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_encrypt(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_aead_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are
+ * compile-time constants.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg,
+ * \p plaintext_length).
+ *
+ * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output buffer size for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(plaintext_length) \
+ ((plaintext_length) + PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE)
+
+
+/** The maximum size of the output of psa_aead_decrypt(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_aead_decrypt() will not fail due to an
+ * insufficient buffer size. Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of
+ * the plaintext may be smaller.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p ciphertext_length).
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param ciphertext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return The AEAD ciphertext size for the specified
+ * algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, ciphertext_length) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \
+ (ciphertext_length) > PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) ? \
+ (ciphertext_length) - PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_decrypt(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_aead_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are
+ * compile-time constants.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg,
+ * \p ciphertext_length).
+ *
+ * \param ciphertext_length Size of the ciphertext in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output buffer size for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(ciphertext_length) \
+ (ciphertext_length)
+
+/** The default nonce size for an AEAD algorithm, in bytes.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to
+ * store the nonce output from #psa_aead_generate_nonce().
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_NONCE_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \note This is not the maximum size of nonce supported as input to
+ * #psa_aead_set_nonce(), #psa_aead_encrypt() or #psa_aead_decrypt(),
+ * just the default size that is generated by #psa_aead_generate_nonce().
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with
+ * algorithm \p alg.
+ *
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The default nonce size for the specified key type and algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not recognized,
+ * or the parameters are incompatible, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) \
+ (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) == 16 ? \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_CCM) ? 13u : \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_GCM) ? 12u : \
+ 0u : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 && \
+ MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) ? 12u : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** The maximum default nonce size among all supported pairs of key types and
+ * AEAD algorithms, in bytes.
+ *
+ * This is equal to or greater than any value that #PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH()
+ * may return.
+ *
+ * \note This is not the maximum size of nonce supported as input to
+ * #psa_aead_set_nonce(), #psa_aead_encrypt() or #psa_aead_decrypt(),
+ * just the largest size that may be generated by
+ * #psa_aead_generate_nonce().
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_NONCE_MAX_SIZE 13u
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_update().
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_aead_update() will not fail due to an
+ * insufficient buffer size. The actual size of the output may be smaller
+ * in any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length).
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output buffer size for the specified
+ * algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+/* For all the AEAD modes defined in this specification, it is possible
+ * to emit output without delay. However, hardware may not always be
+ * capable of this. So for modes based on a block cipher, allow the
+ * implementation to delay the output until it has a full block. */
+#define PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), (input_length)) : \
+ (input_length) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_update(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_aead_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \
+ (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, (input_length)))
+
+/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_aead_finish().
+ *
+ * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_aead_finish() will not fail due to an
+ * insufficient ciphertext buffer size. The actual size of the output may
+ * be smaller in any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is
+ compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for the
+ * specified algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_aead_finish(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg).
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE)
+
+/** A sufficient plaintext buffer size for psa_aead_verify().
+ *
+ * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_aead_verify() will not fail due to an
+ * insufficient plaintext buffer size. The actual size of the output may
+ * be smaller in any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is
+ * compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ * \param alg An AEAD algorithm
+ * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient plaintext buffer size for the
+ * specified algorithm.
+ * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \
+ (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient plaintext buffer size for psa_aead_verify(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and AEAD algorithms.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg).
+ */
+#define PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE)
+
+#define PSA_RSA_MINIMUM_PADDING_SIZE(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) ? \
+ 2u * PSA_HASH_LENGTH(PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_GET_HASH(alg)) + 1u : \
+ 11u /*PKCS#1v1.5*/)
+
+/**
+ * \brief ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size
+ *
+ * \param curve_bits Curve size in bits.
+ * \return Signature size in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument is one.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(curve_bits) \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(curve_bits) * 2u)
+
+/** Sufficient signature buffer size for psa_sign_hash().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a signature using a key
+ * of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm.
+ * Note that the actual size of the signature may be smaller
+ * (some algorithms produce a variable-size signature).
+ *
+ * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a
+ * key pair type or a public key type).
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ * \param alg The signature algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_sign_hash() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported,
+ * return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid, the
+ * return value is unspecified.
+ */
+#define PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? ((void) alg, PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(key_type) ? PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ ((void) alg, 0u))
+
+#define PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+
+/** \def PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+ *
+ * Maximum size of an asymmetric signature.
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value
+ * is the maximum size of a signature in bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE 1
+
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \
+ (PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE > PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#endif
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)) && \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+
+/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_encrypt().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a ciphertext produced using
+ * a key of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm.
+ * Note that the actual size of the ciphertext may be smaller, depending
+ * on the algorithm.
+ *
+ * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a
+ * key pair type or a public key type).
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ * \param alg The asymmetric encryption algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_asymmetric_encrypt() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported,
+ * return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid, the
+ * return value is unspecified.
+ */
+#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? \
+ ((void) alg, PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_encrypt(), for any
+ * supported asymmetric encryption.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg).
+ */
+/* This macro assumes that RSA is the only supported asymmetric encryption. */
+#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS))
+
+/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_decrypt().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a plaintext produced using
+ * a key of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm.
+ * Note that the actual size of the plaintext may be smaller, depending
+ * on the algorithm.
+ *
+ * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a
+ * key pair type or a public key type).
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ * \param alg The asymmetric encryption algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_asymmetric_decrypt() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported,
+ * return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid, the
+ * return value is unspecified.
+ */
+#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? \
+ PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) - PSA_RSA_MINIMUM_PADDING_SIZE(alg) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_decrypt(), for any
+ * supported asymmetric decryption.
+ *
+ * This macro assumes that RSA is the only supported asymmetric encryption.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg).
+ */
+#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS))
+
+/* Maximum size of the ASN.1 encoding of an INTEGER with the specified
+ * number of bits.
+ *
+ * This definition assumes that bits <= 2^19 - 9 so that the length field
+ * is at most 3 bytes. The length of the encoding is the length of the
+ * bit string padded to a whole number of bytes plus:
+ * - 1 type byte;
+ * - 1 to 3 length bytes;
+ * - 0 to 1 bytes of leading 0 due to the sign bit.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(bits) \
+ ((bits) / 8u + 5u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an RSA public key.
+ * Assumes that the public exponent is less than 2^32.
+ *
+ * RSAPublicKey ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * modulus INTEGER, -- n
+ * publicExponent INTEGER } -- e
+ *
+ * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead;
+ * - n : INTEGER;
+ * - 7 bytes for the public exponent.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) + 11u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an RSA key pair.
+ * Assumes that the public exponent is less than 2^32 and that the size
+ * difference between the two primes is at most 1 bit.
+ *
+ * RSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * version Version, -- 0
+ * modulus INTEGER, -- N-bit
+ * publicExponent INTEGER, -- 32-bit
+ * privateExponent INTEGER, -- N-bit
+ * prime1 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit
+ * prime2 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit
+ * exponent1 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit
+ * exponent2 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit
+ * coefficient INTEGER, -- N/2-bit
+ * }
+ *
+ * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead;
+ * - 3 bytes of version;
+ * - 7 half-size INTEGERs plus 2 full-size INTEGERs,
+ * overapproximated as 9 half-size INTEGERS;
+ * - 7 bytes for the public exponent.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (9u * PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE((key_bits) / 2u + 1u) + 14u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of a DSA public key.
+ *
+ * SubjectPublicKeyInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
+ * subjectPublicKey BIT STRING } -- contains DSAPublicKey
+ * AlgorithmIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
+ * parameters Dss-Params } -- SEQUENCE of 3 INTEGERs
+ * DSAPublicKey ::= INTEGER -- public key, Y
+ *
+ * - 3 * 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead;
+ * - 1 + 1 + 7 bytes of algorithm (DSA OID);
+ * - 4 bytes of BIT STRING overhead;
+ * - 3 full-size INTEGERs (p, g, y);
+ * - 1 + 1 + 32 bytes for 1 sub-size INTEGER (q <= 256 bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) * 3u + 59u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of a DSA key pair.
+ *
+ * DSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE {
+ * version Version, -- 0
+ * prime INTEGER, -- p
+ * subprime INTEGER, -- q
+ * generator INTEGER, -- g
+ * public INTEGER, -- y
+ * private INTEGER, -- x
+ * }
+ *
+ * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead;
+ * - 3 bytes of version;
+ * - 3 full-size INTEGERs (p, g, y);
+ * - 2 * (1 + 1 + 32) bytes for 2 sub-size INTEGERs (q, x <= 256 bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) * 3u + 75u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an ECC public key.
+ *
+ * The representation of an ECC public key is:
+ * - The byte 0x04;
+ * - `x_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian;
+ * - `y_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian;
+ * - where m is the bit size associated with the curve.
+ *
+ * - 1 byte + 2 * point size.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (2u * PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) + 1u)
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an ECC key pair.
+ *
+ * An ECC key pair is represented by the secret value.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits))
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an DH key pair.
+ *
+ * An DH key pair is represented by the secret value.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits))
+
+/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an DH public key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits))
+
+/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_export_key() or
+ * psa_export_public_key().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are
+ * compile-time constants.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * The following code illustrates how to allocate enough memory to export
+ * a key by querying the key type and size at runtime.
+ * \code{c}
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ * psa_status_t status;
+ * status = psa_get_key_attributes(key, &attributes);
+ * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...);
+ * psa_key_type_t key_type = psa_get_key_type(&attributes);
+ * size_t key_bits = psa_get_key_bits(&attributes);
+ * size_t buffer_size = PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits);
+ * psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
+ * uint8_t *buffer = malloc(buffer_size);
+ * if (buffer == NULL) handle_error(...);
+ * size_t buffer_length;
+ * status = psa_export_key(key, buffer, buffer_size, &buffer_length);
+ * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param key_type A supported key type.
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_export_key() or psa_export_public_key() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported,
+ * return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid, the return value is unspecified.
+ */
+#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_UNSTRUCTURED(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_KEY_PAIR ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_export_public_key().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are
+ * compile-time constants.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * The following code illustrates how to allocate enough memory to export
+ * a public key by querying the key type and size at runtime.
+ * \code{c}
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ * psa_status_t status;
+ * status = psa_get_key_attributes(key, &attributes);
+ * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...);
+ * psa_key_type_t key_type = psa_get_key_type(&attributes);
+ * size_t key_bits = psa_get_key_bits(&attributes);
+ * size_t buffer_size = PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits);
+ * psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
+ * uint8_t *buffer = malloc(buffer_size);
+ * if (buffer == NULL) handle_error(...);
+ * size_t buffer_length;
+ * status = psa_export_public_key(key, buffer, buffer_size, &buffer_length);
+ * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param key_type A public key or key pair key type.
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_export_public_key() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not
+ * supported, return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid,
+ * the return value is unspecified.
+ *
+ * If the parameters are valid and supported,
+ * return the same result as
+ * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(
+ * \p #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(\p key_type),
+ * \p key_bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** Sufficient buffer size for exporting any asymmetric key pair.
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is
+ * a sufficient buffer size when calling psa_export_key() to export any
+ * asymmetric key pair, regardless of the exact key type and key size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE 1
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+
+/** Sufficient buffer size for exporting any asymmetric public key.
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is
+ * a sufficient buffer size when calling psa_export_key() or
+ * psa_export_public_key() to export any asymmetric public key,
+ * regardless of the exact key type and key size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE 1
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+ (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \
+ PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \
+ PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+
+/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_raw_key_agreement().
+ *
+ * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are
+ * compile-time constants.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A supported key type.
+ * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits.
+ *
+ * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return
+ * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that
+ * psa_raw_key_agreement() will not fail with
+ * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ * If the parameters are a valid combination that
+ * is not supported, return either a sensible size or 0.
+ * If the parameters are not valid,
+ * the return value is unspecified.
+ */
+#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \
+ ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(key_type) || \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR(key_type)) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : 0u)
+
+/** Maximum size of the output from psa_raw_key_agreement().
+ *
+ * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is the
+ * maximum size of the output any raw key agreement algorithm, in bytes.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits).
+ */
+#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE 1
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) && \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) && \
+ (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE)
+#undef PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE
+#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS)
+#endif
+
+/** The default IV size for a cipher algorithm, in bytes.
+ *
+ * The IV that is generated as part of a call to #psa_cipher_encrypt() is always
+ * the default IV length for the algorithm.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to
+ * store the IV output from #psa_cipher_generate_iv() when using
+ * a multi-part cipher operation.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm \p alg.
+ *
+ * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The default IV size for the specified key type and algorithm.
+ * If the algorithm does not use an IV, return 0.
+ * If the key type or cipher algorithm is not recognized,
+ * or the parameters are incompatible, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH(key_type, alg) \
+ (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) > 1 && \
+ ((alg) == PSA_ALG_CTR || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_CFB || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_OFB || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_XTS || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) ? PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \
+ (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 && \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER ? 12u : \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG ? 13u : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** The maximum IV size for all supported cipher algorithms, in bytes.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH().
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE 16u
+
+/** The maximum size of the output of psa_cipher_encrypt(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ * Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of the output might be smaller.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length).
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or
+ * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain
+ * side effects.
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm
+ * alg.
+ * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and
+ * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \
+ (alg == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ? \
+ (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) != 0 ? \
+ PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), \
+ (input_length) + 1u) + \
+ PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH((key_type), (alg)) : 0u) : \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ (input_length) + PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH((key_type), (alg)) : \
+ 0u))
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_encrypt(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and cipher algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \
+ (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, \
+ (input_length) + 1u) + \
+ PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE)
+
+/** The maximum size of the output of psa_cipher_decrypt(), in bytes.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ * Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of the output might be smaller.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm
+ * alg.
+ * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and
+ * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible,
+ * return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) && \
+ ((key_type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ? \
+ (input_length) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_decrypt(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and cipher algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \
+ (input_length)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_update().
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ * The actual size of the output might be smaller in any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm
+ * alg.
+ * \param alg A cipher algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and
+ * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) != 0 ? \
+ (((alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING || \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) ? \
+ PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), \
+ input_length) : \
+ (input_length)) : 0u) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_update(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and cipher algorithms.
+ *
+ * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed
+ * that psa_cipher_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length).
+ *
+ * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \
+ (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, input_length))
+
+/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is
+ * guaranteed that psa_cipher_finish() will not fail due to an insufficient
+ * ciphertext buffer size. The actual size of the output might be smaller in
+ * any given call.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE().
+ *
+ * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm
+ * alg.
+ * \param alg A cipher algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true).
+ * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and
+ * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not
+ * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, return 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \
+ (alg == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ? \
+ PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \
+ 0u) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_cipher_finish(), for any of the
+ * supported key types and cipher algorithms.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg).
+ */
+#define PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \
+ (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE)
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_struct.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_struct.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3913551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_struct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_struct.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS structured type implementations
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h.
+ *
+ * This file contains the definitions of some data structures with
+ * implementation-specific definitions.
+ *
+ * In implementations with isolation between the application and the
+ * cryptography module, it is expected that the front-end and the back-end
+ * would have different versions of this file.
+ *
+ * <h3>Design notes about multipart operation structures</h3>
+ *
+ * For multipart operations without driver delegation support, each multipart
+ * operation structure contains a `psa_algorithm_t alg` field which indicates
+ * which specific algorithm the structure is for. When the structure is not in
+ * use, `alg` is 0. Most of the structure consists of a union which is
+ * discriminated by `alg`.
+ *
+ * For multipart operations with driver delegation support, each multipart
+ * operation structure contains an `unsigned int id` field indicating which
+ * driver got assigned to do the operation. When the structure is not in use,
+ * 'id' is 0. The structure contains also a driver context which is the union
+ * of the contexts of all drivers able to handle the type of multipart
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * Note that when `alg` or `id` is 0, the content of other fields is undefined.
+ * In particular, it is not guaranteed that a freshly-initialized structure
+ * is all-zero: we initialize structures to something like `{0, 0}`, which
+ * is only guaranteed to initializes the first member of the union;
+ * GCC and Clang initialize the whole structure to 0 (at the time of writing),
+ * but MSVC and CompCert don't.
+ *
+ * In Mbed TLS, multipart operation structures live independently from
+ * the key. This allows Mbed TLS to free the key objects when destroying
+ * a key slot. If a multipart operation needs to remember the key after
+ * the setup function returns, the operation structure needs to contain a
+ * copy of the key.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Include the build-time configuration information header. Here, we do not
+ * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which
+ * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the
+ * TF-PSA-Crypto repository which has a different build system and
+ * configuration.
+ */
+#include "psa/build_info.h"
+
+/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the primitive
+ * algorithms. */
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h"
+
+struct psa_hash_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_driver_wrappers.h.
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. the driver context is not active, in use). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+ psa_driver_hash_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+#endif
+};
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } }
+#endif
+static inline struct psa_hash_operation_s psa_hash_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_hash_operation_s v = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+struct psa_cipher_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_required) : 1;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_set) : 1;
+
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(default_iv_length);
+
+ psa_driver_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+#endif
+static inline struct psa_cipher_operation_s psa_cipher_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_cipher_operation_s v = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the composite
+ * algorithms. */
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h"
+
+struct psa_mac_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+ uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac_size);
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_sign) : 1;
+ psa_driver_mac_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+#endif
+static inline struct psa_mac_operation_s psa_mac_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_mac_operation_s v = PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+struct psa_aead_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type);
+
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ad_remaining);
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(body_remaining);
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nonce_set) : 1;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lengths_set) : 1;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ad_started) : 1;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(body_started) : 1;
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_encrypt) : 1;
+
+ psa_driver_aead_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+#endif
+static inline struct psa_aead_operation_s psa_aead_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_aead_operation_s v = PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the key
+ * derivation algorithms. */
+#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h"
+
+struct psa_key_derivation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(can_output_key) : 1;
+ size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(capacity);
+ psa_driver_key_derivation_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+/* This only zeroes out the first byte in the union, the rest is unspecified. */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } }
+#endif
+static inline struct psa_key_derivation_s psa_key_derivation_operation_init(
+ void)
+{
+ const struct psa_key_derivation_s v = PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+struct psa_key_production_parameters_s {
+ /* Future versions may add other fields in this structure. */
+ uint32_t flags;
+ uint8_t data[];
+};
+
+/** The default production parameters for key generation or key derivation.
+ *
+ * Calling psa_generate_key_ext() or psa_key_derivation_output_key_ext()
+ * with `params=PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT` and
+ * `params_data_length == 0` is equivalent to
+ * calling psa_generate_key() or psa_key_derivation_output_key()
+ * respectively.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_PRODUCTION_PARAMETERS_INIT { 0 }
+
+struct psa_key_policy_s {
+ psa_key_usage_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage);
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+ psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2);
+};
+typedef struct psa_key_policy_s psa_key_policy_t;
+
+#define PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT { 0, 0, 0 }
+static inline struct psa_key_policy_s psa_key_policy_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_key_policy_s v = PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* The type used internally for key sizes.
+ * Public interfaces use size_t, but internally we use a smaller type. */
+typedef uint16_t psa_key_bits_t;
+/* The maximum value of the type used to represent bit-sizes.
+ * This is used to mark an invalid key size. */
+#define PSA_KEY_BITS_TOO_LARGE ((psa_key_bits_t) -1)
+/* The maximum size of a key in bits.
+ * Currently defined as the maximum that can be represented, rounded down
+ * to a whole number of bytes.
+ * This is an uncast value so that it can be used in preprocessor
+ * conditionals. */
+#define PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS 0xfff8
+
+struct psa_key_attributes_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+ psa_key_slot_number_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(slot_number);
+ int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(has_slot_number);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+ psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+ psa_key_bits_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits);
+ psa_key_lifetime_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime);
+ psa_key_policy_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy);
+ /* This type has a different layout in the client view wrt the
+ * service view of the key id, i.e. in service view usually is
+ * expected to have MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER defined
+ * thus adding an owner field to the standard psa_key_id_t. For
+ * implementations with client/service separation, this means the
+ * object will be marshalled through a transport channel and
+ * interpreted differently at each side of the transport. Placing
+ * it at the end of structures allows to interpret the structure
+ * at the client without reorganizing the memory layout of the
+ * struct
+ */
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+#define PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_MAYBE_SLOT_NUMBER 0, 0,
+#else
+#define PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_MAYBE_SLOT_NUMBER
+#endif
+#define PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT { PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_MAYBE_SLOT_NUMBER \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_NONE, 0, \
+ PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE, \
+ PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT, \
+ MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT }
+
+static inline struct psa_key_attributes_s psa_key_attributes_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_key_attributes_s v = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ return v;
+}
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key)
+{
+ psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime = attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime);
+
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id) = key;
+
+ if (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime)) {
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime) =
+ PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(
+ PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT,
+ PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(lifetime));
+ }
+}
+
+static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_get_key_id(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+}
+
+#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+static inline void mbedtls_set_key_owner_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner) = owner;
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_lifetime(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime) = lifetime;
+ if (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime)) {
+#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) = 0;
+#else
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id) = 0;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+static inline psa_key_lifetime_t psa_get_key_lifetime(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime);
+}
+
+static inline void psa_extend_key_usage_flags(psa_key_usage_t *usage_flags)
+{
+ if (*usage_flags & PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH) {
+ *usage_flags |= PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE;
+ }
+
+ if (*usage_flags & PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH) {
+ *usage_flags |= PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_usage_flags(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_usage_t usage_flags)
+{
+ psa_extend_key_usage_flags(&usage_flags);
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage) = usage_flags;
+}
+
+static inline psa_key_usage_t psa_get_key_usage_flags(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage);
+}
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_algorithm(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_algorithm_t alg)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg) = alg;
+}
+
+static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_algorithm(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg);
+}
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_type(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ psa_key_type_t type)
+{
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type) = type;
+}
+
+static inline psa_key_type_t psa_get_key_type(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+}
+
+static inline void psa_set_key_bits(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+ size_t bits)
+{
+ if (bits > PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) {
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits) = PSA_KEY_BITS_TOO_LARGE;
+ } else {
+ attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits) = (psa_key_bits_t) bits;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline size_t psa_get_key_bits(
+ const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes)
+{
+ return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief The context for PSA interruptible hash signing.
+ */
+struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+
+ psa_driver_sign_hash_interruptible_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(error_occurred) : 1;
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 }, 0, 0 }
+#endif
+
+static inline struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s
+psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s v =
+ PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT;
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief The context for PSA interruptible hash verification.
+ */
+struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ mbedtls_psa_client_handle_t handle;
+#else
+ /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the
+ * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping
+ * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported.
+ * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h
+ * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to
+ * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+
+ psa_driver_verify_hash_interruptible_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+
+ unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(error_occurred) : 1;
+
+ uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops);
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 }
+#else
+#define PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 }, 0, 0 }
+#endif
+
+static inline struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s
+psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init(void)
+{
+ const struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s v =
+ PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT;
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_types.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21bad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_types.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: type aliases.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h. Drivers must include the appropriate driver
+ * header file.
+ *
+ * This file contains portable definitions of integral types for properties
+ * of cryptographic keys, designations of cryptographic algorithms, and
+ * error codes returned by the library.
+ *
+ * This header file does not declare any function.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H
+
+/*
+ * Include the build-time configuration information header. Here, we do not
+ * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which
+ * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the
+ * TF-PSA-Crypto repository which has a different build system and
+ * configuration.
+ */
+#include "psa/build_info.h"
+
+/* Define the MBEDTLS_PRIVATE macro. */
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE
+#else
+#include "crypto_platform.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** \defgroup error Error codes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Function return status.
+ *
+ * This is either #PSA_SUCCESS (which is zero), indicating success,
+ * or a small negative value indicating that an error occurred. Errors are
+ * encoded as one of the \c PSA_ERROR_xxx values defined here. */
+/* If #PSA_SUCCESS is already defined, it means that #psa_status_t
+ * is also defined in an external header, so prevent its multiple
+ * definition.
+ */
+#ifndef PSA_SUCCESS
+typedef int32_t psa_status_t;
+#endif
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup crypto_types Key and algorithm types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Encoding of a key type.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx`.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint16_t psa_key_type_t;
+
+/** The type of PSA elliptic curve family identifiers.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`.
+ *
+ * The curve identifier is required to create an ECC key using the
+ * PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR() or PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff.
+ * Vendors who define additional families must use an encoding in this range.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_ecc_family_t;
+
+/** The type of PSA Diffie-Hellman group family identifiers.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_DH_FAMILY_xxx`.
+ *
+ * The group identifier is required to create a Diffie-Hellman key using the
+ * PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR() or PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff.
+ * Vendors who define additional families must use an encoding in this range.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_dh_family_t;
+
+/** \brief Encoding of a cryptographic algorithm.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_ALG_xxx`.
+ *
+ * For algorithms that can be applied to multiple key types, this type
+ * does not encode the key type. For example, for symmetric ciphers
+ * based on a block cipher, #psa_algorithm_t encodes the block cipher
+ * mode and the padding mode while the block cipher itself is encoded
+ * via #psa_key_type_t.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_algorithm_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup key_lifetimes Key lifetimes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Encoding of key lifetimes.
+ *
+ * The lifetime of a key indicates where it is stored and what system actions
+ * may create and destroy it.
+ *
+ * Lifetime values have the following structure:
+ * - Bits 0-7 (#PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(\c lifetime)):
+ * persistence level. This value indicates what device management
+ * actions can cause it to be destroyed. In particular, it indicates
+ * whether the key is _volatile_ or _persistent_.
+ * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information.
+ * - Bits 8-31 (#PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(\c lifetime)):
+ * location indicator. This value indicates which part of the system
+ * has access to the key material and can perform operations using the key.
+ * See ::psa_key_location_t for more information.
+ *
+ * Volatile keys are automatically destroyed when the application instance
+ * terminates or on a power reset of the device. Persistent keys are
+ * preserved until the application explicitly destroys them or until an
+ * integration-specific device management event occurs (for example,
+ * a factory reset).
+ *
+ * Persistent keys have a key identifier of type #mbedtls_svc_key_id_t.
+ * This identifier remains valid throughout the lifetime of the key,
+ * even if the application instance that created the key terminates.
+ * The application can call psa_open_key() to open a persistent key that
+ * it created previously.
+ *
+ * The default lifetime of a key is #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE. The lifetime
+ * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT is supported if persistent storage is
+ * available. Other lifetime values may be supported depending on the
+ * library configuration.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_xxx`.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_key_lifetime_t;
+
+/** Encoding of key persistence levels.
+ *
+ * What distinguishes different persistence levels is what device management
+ * events may cause keys to be destroyed. _Volatile_ keys are destroyed
+ * by a power reset. Persistent keys may be destroyed by events such as
+ * a transfer of ownership or a factory reset. What management events
+ * actually affect persistent keys at different levels is outside the
+ * scope of the PSA Cryptography specification.
+ *
+ * The PSA Cryptography specification defines the following values of
+ * persistence levels:
+ * - \c 0 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE: volatile key.
+ * A volatile key is automatically destroyed by the implementation when
+ * the application instance terminates. In particular, a volatile key
+ * is automatically destroyed on a power reset of the device.
+ * - \c 1 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT:
+ * persistent key with a default lifetime.
+ * - \c 2-254: currently not supported by Mbed TLS.
+ * - \c 255 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY:
+ * read-only or write-once key.
+ * A key with this persistence level cannot be destroyed.
+ * Mbed TLS does not currently offer a way to create such keys, but
+ * integrations of Mbed TLS can use it for built-in keys that the
+ * application cannot modify (for example, a hardware unique key (HUK)).
+ *
+ * \note Key persistence levels are 8-bit values. Key management
+ * interfaces operate on lifetimes (type ::psa_key_lifetime_t) which
+ * encode the persistence as the lower 8 bits of a 32-bit value.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t psa_key_persistence_t;
+
+/** Encoding of key location indicators.
+ *
+ * If an integration of Mbed TLS can make calls to external
+ * cryptoprocessors such as secure elements, the location of a key
+ * indicates which secure element performs the operations on the key.
+ * Depending on the design of the secure element, the key
+ * material may be stored either in the secure element, or
+ * in wrapped (encrypted) form alongside the key metadata in the
+ * primary local storage.
+ *
+ * The PSA Cryptography API specification defines the following values of
+ * location indicators:
+ * - \c 0: primary local storage.
+ * This location is always available.
+ * The primary local storage is typically the same storage area that
+ * contains the key metadata.
+ * - \c 1: primary secure element.
+ * Integrations of Mbed TLS should support this value if there is a secure
+ * element attached to the operating environment.
+ * As a guideline, secure elements may provide higher resistance against
+ * side channel and physical attacks than the primary local storage, but may
+ * have restrictions on supported key types, sizes, policies and operations
+ * and may have different performance characteristics.
+ * - \c 2-0x7fffff: other locations defined by a PSA specification.
+ * The PSA Cryptography API does not currently assign any meaning to these
+ * locations, but future versions of that specification or other PSA
+ * specifications may do so.
+ * - \c 0x800000-0xffffff: vendor-defined locations.
+ * No PSA specification will assign a meaning to locations in this range.
+ *
+ * \note Key location indicators are 24-bit values. Key management
+ * interfaces operate on lifetimes (type ::psa_key_lifetime_t) which
+ * encode the location as the upper 24 bits of a 32-bit value.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_key_location_t;
+
+/** Encoding of identifiers of persistent keys.
+ *
+ * - Applications may freely choose key identifiers in the range
+ * #PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MIN to #PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MAX.
+ * - The implementation may define additional key identifiers in the range
+ * #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN to #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX.
+ * - 0 is reserved as an invalid key identifier.
+ * - Key identifiers outside these ranges are reserved for future use.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to how values are allocated must require careful
+ * consideration to allow backward compatibility.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_key_id_t;
+
+/** Encoding of key identifiers as seen inside the PSA Crypto implementation.
+ *
+ * When PSA Crypto is built as a library inside an application, this type
+ * is identical to #psa_key_id_t. When PSA Crypto is built as a service
+ * that can store keys on behalf of multiple clients, this type
+ * encodes the #psa_key_id_t value seen by each client application as
+ * well as extra information that identifies the client that owns
+ * the key.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER)
+typedef psa_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_t;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */
+/* Implementation-specific: The Mbed TLS library can be built as
+ * part of a multi-client service that exposes the PSA Cryptography API in each
+ * client and encodes the client identity in the key identifier argument of
+ * functions such as psa_open_key().
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id);
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner);
+} mbedtls_svc_key_id_t;
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup policy Key policies
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Encoding of permitted usage on a key.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed as bitwise-ors of macros
+ * called `PSA_KEY_USAGE_xxx`.
+ *
+ * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store.
+ * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage
+ * format version and providing a translation when reading the old
+ * format.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t psa_key_usage_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup attributes Key attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** The type of a structure containing key attributes.
+ *
+ * This is an opaque structure that can represent the metadata of a key
+ * object. Metadata that can be stored in attributes includes:
+ * - The location of the key in storage, indicated by its key identifier
+ * and its lifetime.
+ * - The key's policy, comprising usage flags and a specification of
+ * the permitted algorithm(s).
+ * - Information about the key itself: the key type and its size.
+ * - Additional implementation-defined attributes.
+ *
+ * The actual key material is not considered an attribute of a key.
+ * Key attributes do not contain information that is generally considered
+ * highly confidential.
+ *
+ * An attribute structure works like a simple data structure where each function
+ * `psa_set_key_xxx` sets a field and the corresponding function
+ * `psa_get_key_xxx` retrieves the value of the corresponding field.
+ * However, a future version of the library may report values that are
+ * equivalent to the original one, but have a different encoding. Invalid
+ * values may be mapped to different, also invalid values.
+ *
+ * An attribute structure may contain references to auxiliary resources,
+ * for example pointers to allocated memory or indirect references to
+ * pre-calculated values. In order to free such resources, the application
+ * must call psa_reset_key_attributes(). As an exception, calling
+ * psa_reset_key_attributes() on an attribute structure is optional if
+ * the structure has only been modified by the following functions
+ * since it was initialized or last reset with psa_reset_key_attributes():
+ * - psa_set_key_id()
+ * - psa_set_key_lifetime()
+ * - psa_set_key_type()
+ * - psa_set_key_bits()
+ * - psa_set_key_usage_flags()
+ * - psa_set_key_algorithm()
+ *
+ * Before calling any function on a key attribute structure, the application
+ * must initialize it by any of the following means:
+ * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes;
+ * memset(&attributes, 0, sizeof(attributes));
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = {0};
+ * \endcode
+ * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ * \endcode
+ * - Assign the result of the function psa_key_attributes_init()
+ * to the structure, for example:
+ * \code
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes;
+ * attributes = psa_key_attributes_init();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * A freshly initialized attribute structure contains the following
+ * values:
+ *
+ * - lifetime: #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE.
+ * - key identifier: 0 (which is not a valid key identifier).
+ * - type: \c 0 (meaning that the type is unspecified).
+ * - key size: \c 0 (meaning that the size is unspecified).
+ * - usage flags: \c 0 (which allows no usage except exporting a public key).
+ * - algorithm: \c 0 (which allows no cryptographic usage, but allows
+ * exporting).
+ *
+ * A typical sequence to create a key is as follows:
+ * -# Create and initialize an attribute structure.
+ * -# If the key is persistent, call psa_set_key_id().
+ * Also call psa_set_key_lifetime() to place the key in a non-default
+ * location.
+ * -# Set the key policy with psa_set_key_usage_flags() and
+ * psa_set_key_algorithm().
+ * -# Set the key type with psa_set_key_type().
+ * Skip this step if copying an existing key with psa_copy_key().
+ * -# When generating a random key with psa_generate_key() or deriving a key
+ * with psa_key_derivation_output_key(), set the desired key size with
+ * psa_set_key_bits().
+ * -# Call a key creation function: psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(),
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key() or psa_copy_key(). This function reads
+ * the attribute structure, creates a key with these attributes, and
+ * outputs a key identifier to the newly created key.
+ * -# The attribute structure is now no longer necessary.
+ * You may call psa_reset_key_attributes(), although this is optional
+ * with the workflow presented here because the attributes currently
+ * defined in this specification do not require any additional resources
+ * beyond the structure itself.
+ *
+ * A typical sequence to query a key's attributes is as follows:
+ * -# Call psa_get_key_attributes().
+ * -# Call `psa_get_key_xxx` functions to retrieve the attribute(s) that
+ * you are interested in.
+ * -# Call psa_reset_key_attributes() to free any resources that may be
+ * used by the attribute structure.
+ *
+ * Once a key has been created, it is impossible to change its attributes.
+ */
+typedef struct psa_key_attributes_s psa_key_attributes_t;
+
+
+#ifndef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+/* Mbed TLS defines this type in crypto_types.h because it is also
+ * visible to applications through an implementation-specific extension.
+ * For the PSA Cryptography specification, this type is only visible
+ * via crypto_se_driver.h. */
+typedef uint64_t psa_key_slot_number_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+#endif /* !__DOXYGEN_ONLY__ */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup derivation Key derivation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Encoding of the step of a key derivation.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called
+ * `PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx`.
+ */
+typedef uint16_t psa_key_derivation_step_t;
+
+/** \brief Custom parameters for key generation or key derivation.
+ *
+ * This is a structure type with at least the following fields:
+ *
+ * - \c flags: an unsigned integer type. 0 for the default production parameters.
+ * - \c data: a flexible array of bytes.
+ *
+ * The interpretation of this structure depend on the type of the
+ * created key.
+ *
+ * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR:
+ * - \c flags: must be 0.
+ * - \c data: the public exponent, in little-endian order.
+ * This must be an odd integer and must not be 1.
+ * Implementations must support 65537, should support 3 and may
+ * support other values.
+ * When not using a driver, Mbed TLS supports values up to \c INT_MAX.
+ * If this is empty or if the custom production parameters are omitted
+ * altogether, the default value 65537 is used.
+ * - Other key types: reserved for future use. \c flags must be 0.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct psa_key_production_parameters_s psa_key_production_parameters_t;
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_values.h b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_values.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d678db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/include/psa/crypto_values.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2783 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa/crypto_values.h
+ *
+ * \brief PSA cryptography module: macros to build and analyze integer values.
+ *
+ * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must
+ * include psa/crypto.h. Drivers must include the appropriate driver
+ * header file.
+ *
+ * This file contains portable definitions of macros to build and analyze
+ * values of integral types that encode properties of cryptographic keys,
+ * designations of cryptographic algorithms, and error codes returned by
+ * the library.
+ *
+ * Note that many of the constants defined in this file are embedded in
+ * the persistent key store, as part of key metadata (including usage
+ * policies). As a consequence, they must not be changed (unless the storage
+ * format version changes).
+ *
+ * This header file only defines preprocessor macros.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H
+#define PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+/** \defgroup error Error codes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* PSA error codes */
+
+/* Error codes are standardized across PSA domains (framework, crypto, storage,
+ * etc.). Do not change the values in this section or even the expansions
+ * of each macro: it must be possible to `#include` both this header
+ * and some other PSA component's headers in the same C source,
+ * which will lead to duplicate definitions of the `PSA_SUCCESS` and
+ * `PSA_ERROR_xxx` macros, which is ok if and only if the macros expand
+ * to the same sequence of tokens.
+ *
+ * If you must add a new
+ * value, check with the Arm PSA framework group to pick one that other
+ * domains aren't already using. */
+
+/* Tell uncrustify not to touch the constant definitions, otherwise
+ * it might change the spacing to something that is not PSA-compliant
+ * (e.g. adding a space after casts).
+ *
+ * *INDENT-OFF*
+ */
+
+/** The action was completed successfully. */
+#define PSA_SUCCESS ((psa_status_t)0)
+
+/** An error occurred that does not correspond to any defined
+ * failure cause.
+ *
+ * Implementations may use this error code if none of the other standard
+ * error codes are applicable. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR ((psa_status_t)-132)
+
+/** The requested operation or a parameter is not supported
+ * by this implementation.
+ *
+ * Implementations should return this error code when an enumeration
+ * parameter such as a key type, algorithm, etc. is not recognized.
+ * If a combination of parameters is recognized and identified as
+ * not valid, return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT instead. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED ((psa_status_t)-134)
+
+/** The requested action is denied by a policy.
+ *
+ * Implementations should return this error code when the parameters
+ * are recognized as valid and supported, and a policy explicitly
+ * denies the requested operation.
+ *
+ * If a subset of the parameters of a function call identify a
+ * forbidden operation, and another subset of the parameters are
+ * not valid or not supported, it is unspecified whether the function
+ * returns #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED, #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED or
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED ((psa_status_t)-133)
+
+/** An output buffer is too small.
+ *
+ * Applications can call the \c PSA_xxx_SIZE macro listed in the function
+ * description to determine a sufficient buffer size.
+ *
+ * Implementations should preferably return this error code only
+ * in cases when performing the operation with a larger output
+ * buffer would succeed. However implementations may return this
+ * error if a function has invalid or unsupported parameters in addition
+ * to the parameters that determine the necessary output buffer size. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL ((psa_status_t)-138)
+
+/** Asking for an item that already exists
+ *
+ * Implementations should return this error, when attempting
+ * to write an item (like a key) that already exists. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS ((psa_status_t)-139)
+
+/** Asking for an item that doesn't exist
+ *
+ * Implementations should return this error, if a requested item (like
+ * a key) does not exist. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST ((psa_status_t)-140)
+
+/** The requested action cannot be performed in the current state.
+ *
+ * Multipart operations return this error when one of the
+ * functions is called out of sequence. Refer to the function
+ * descriptions for permitted sequencing of functions.
+ *
+ * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate
+ * that a key either exists or not,
+ * but shall instead return #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS or #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+ * as applicable.
+ *
+ * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate that a
+ * key identifier is invalid, but shall return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * instead. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE ((psa_status_t)-137)
+
+/** The parameters passed to the function are invalid.
+ *
+ * Implementations may return this error any time a parameter or
+ * combination of parameters are recognized as invalid.
+ *
+ * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate that a
+ * key identifier is invalid, but shall return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE
+ * instead.
+ */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT ((psa_status_t)-135)
+
+/** There is not enough runtime memory.
+ *
+ * If the action is carried out across multiple security realms, this
+ * error can refer to available memory in any of the security realms. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY ((psa_status_t)-141)
+
+/** There is not enough persistent storage.
+ *
+ * Functions that modify the key storage return this error code if
+ * there is insufficient storage space on the host media. In addition,
+ * many functions that do not otherwise access storage may return this
+ * error code if the implementation requires a mandatory log entry for
+ * the requested action and the log storage space is full. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE ((psa_status_t)-142)
+
+/** There was a communication failure inside the implementation.
+ *
+ * This can indicate a communication failure between the application
+ * and an external cryptoprocessor or between the cryptoprocessor and
+ * an external volatile or persistent memory. A communication failure
+ * may be transient or permanent depending on the cause.
+ *
+ * \warning If a function returns this error, it is undetermined
+ * whether the requested action has completed or not. Implementations
+ * should return #PSA_SUCCESS on successful completion whenever
+ * possible, however functions may return #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE
+ * if the requested action was completed successfully in an external
+ * cryptoprocessor but there was a breakdown of communication before
+ * the cryptoprocessor could report the status to the application.
+ */
+#define PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-145)
+
+/** There was a storage failure that may have led to data loss.
+ *
+ * This error indicates that some persistent storage is corrupted.
+ * It should not be used for a corruption of volatile memory
+ * (use #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED), for a communication error
+ * between the cryptoprocessor and its external storage (use
+ * #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE), or when the storage is
+ * in a valid state but is full (use #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE).
+ *
+ * Note that a storage failure does not indicate that any data that was
+ * previously read is invalid. However this previously read data may no
+ * longer be readable from storage.
+ *
+ * When a storage failure occurs, it is no longer possible to ensure
+ * the global integrity of the keystore. Depending on the global
+ * integrity guarantees offered by the implementation, access to other
+ * data may or may not fail even if the data is still readable but
+ * its integrity cannot be guaranteed.
+ *
+ * Implementations should only use this error code to report a
+ * permanent storage corruption. However application writers should
+ * keep in mind that transient errors while reading the storage may be
+ * reported using this error code. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-146)
+
+/** A hardware failure was detected.
+ *
+ * A hardware failure may be transient or permanent depending on the
+ * cause. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-147)
+
+/** A tampering attempt was detected.
+ *
+ * If an application receives this error code, there is no guarantee
+ * that previously accessed or computed data was correct and remains
+ * confidential. Applications should not perform any security function
+ * and should enter a safe failure state.
+ *
+ * Implementations may return this error code if they detect an invalid
+ * state that cannot happen during normal operation and that indicates
+ * that the implementation's security guarantees no longer hold. Depending
+ * on the implementation architecture and on its security and safety goals,
+ * the implementation may forcibly terminate the application.
+ *
+ * This error code is intended as a last resort when a security breach
+ * is detected and it is unsure whether the keystore data is still
+ * protected. Implementations shall only return this error code
+ * to report an alarm from a tampering detector, to indicate that
+ * the confidentiality of stored data can no longer be guaranteed,
+ * or to indicate that the integrity of previously returned data is now
+ * considered compromised. Implementations shall not use this error code
+ * to indicate a hardware failure that merely makes it impossible to
+ * perform the requested operation (use #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE,
+ * #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE, #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE,
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY or other applicable error code
+ * instead).
+ *
+ * This error indicates an attack against the application. Implementations
+ * shall not return this error code as a consequence of the behavior of
+ * the application itself. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED ((psa_status_t)-151)
+
+/** There is not enough entropy to generate random data needed
+ * for the requested action.
+ *
+ * This error indicates a failure of a hardware random generator.
+ * Application writers should note that this error can be returned not
+ * only by functions whose purpose is to generate random data, such
+ * as key, IV or nonce generation, but also by functions that execute
+ * an algorithm with a randomized result, as well as functions that
+ * use randomization of intermediate computations as a countermeasure
+ * to certain attacks.
+ *
+ * Implementations should avoid returning this error after psa_crypto_init()
+ * has succeeded. Implementations should generate sufficient
+ * entropy during initialization and subsequently use a cryptographically
+ * secure pseudorandom generator (PRNG). However implementations may return
+ * this error at any time if a policy requires the PRNG to be reseeded
+ * during normal operation. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY ((psa_status_t)-148)
+
+/** The signature, MAC or hash is incorrect.
+ *
+ * Verification functions return this error if the verification
+ * calculations completed successfully, and the value to be verified
+ * was determined to be incorrect.
+ *
+ * If the value to verify has an invalid size, implementations may return
+ * either #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE ((psa_status_t)-149)
+
+/** The decrypted padding is incorrect.
+ *
+ * \warning In some protocols, when decrypting data, it is essential that
+ * the behavior of the application does not depend on whether the padding
+ * is correct, down to precise timing. Applications should prefer
+ * protocols that use authenticated encryption rather than plain
+ * encryption. If the application must perform a decryption of
+ * unauthenticated data, the application writer should take care not
+ * to reveal whether the padding is invalid.
+ *
+ * Implementations should strive to make valid and invalid padding
+ * as close as possible to indistinguishable to an external observer.
+ * In particular, the timing of a decryption operation should not
+ * depend on the validity of the padding. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING ((psa_status_t)-150)
+
+/** Return this error when there's insufficient data when attempting
+ * to read from a resource. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA ((psa_status_t)-143)
+
+/** This can be returned if a function can no longer operate correctly.
+ * For example, if an essential initialization operation failed or
+ * a mutex operation failed. */
+#define PSA_ERROR_SERVICE_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-144)
+
+/** The key identifier is not valid. See also :ref:\`key-handles\`.
+ */
+#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ((psa_status_t)-136)
+
+/** Stored data has been corrupted.
+ *
+ * This error indicates that some persistent storage has suffered corruption.
+ * It does not indicate the following situations, which have specific error
+ * codes:
+ *
+ * - A corruption of volatile memory - use #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED.
+ * - A communication error between the cryptoprocessor and its external
+ * storage - use #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE.
+ * - When the storage is in a valid state but is full - use
+ * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE.
+ * - When the storage fails for other reasons - use
+ * #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE.
+ * - When the stored data is not valid - use #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID.
+ *
+ * \note A storage corruption does not indicate that any data that was
+ * previously read is invalid. However this previously read data might no
+ * longer be readable from storage.
+ *
+ * When a storage failure occurs, it is no longer possible to ensure the
+ * global integrity of the keystore.
+ */
+#define PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT ((psa_status_t)-152)
+
+/** Data read from storage is not valid for the implementation.
+ *
+ * This error indicates that some data read from storage does not have a valid
+ * format. It does not indicate the following situations, which have specific
+ * error codes:
+ *
+ * - When the storage or stored data is corrupted - use #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT
+ * - When the storage fails for other reasons - use #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE
+ * - An invalid argument to the API - use #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ *
+ * This error is typically a result of either storage corruption on a
+ * cleartext storage backend, or an attempt to read data that was
+ * written by an incompatible version of the library.
+ */
+#define PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID ((psa_status_t)-153)
+
+/** The function that returns this status is defined as interruptible and
+ * still has work to do, thus the user should call the function again with the
+ * same operation context until it either returns #PSA_SUCCESS or any other
+ * error. This is not an error per se, more a notification of status.
+ */
+#define PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE ((psa_status_t)-248)
+
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup crypto_types Key and algorithm types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Note that key type values, including ECC family and DH group values, are
+ * embedded in the persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a
+ * consequence, they must not be changed (unless the storage format version
+ * changes).
+ */
+
+/** An invalid key type value.
+ *
+ * Zero is not the encoding of any key type.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_NONE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x0000)
+
+/** Vendor-defined key type flag.
+ *
+ * Key types defined by this standard will never have the
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG bit set. Vendors who define additional key types
+ * must use an encoding with the #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG bit set and should
+ * respect the bitwise structure used by standard encodings whenever practical.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_key_type_t) 0x8000)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7000)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_RAW ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1000)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2000)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4000)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7000)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x3000)
+
+/** Whether a key type is vendor-defined.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_VENDOR_DEFINED(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG) != 0)
+
+/** Whether a key type is an unstructured array of bytes.
+ *
+ * This encompasses both symmetric keys and non-key data.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_UNSTRUCTURED(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_RAW || \
+ ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC)
+
+/** Whether a key type is asymmetric: either a key pair or a public key. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ASYMMETRIC(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK \
+ & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR) == \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY)
+/** Whether a key type is the public part of a key pair. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY)
+/** Whether a key type is a key pair containing a private part and a public
+ * part. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_KEY_PAIR(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_KEY_PAIR)
+/** The key pair type corresponding to a public key type.
+ *
+ * You may also pass a key pair type as \p type, it will be left unchanged.
+ *
+ * \param type A public key type or key pair type.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding key pair type.
+ * If \p type is not a public key or a key pair,
+ * the return value is undefined.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_KEY_PAIR_OF_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \
+ ((type) | PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR)
+/** The public key type corresponding to a key pair type.
+ *
+ * You may also pass a public key type as \p type, it will be left unchanged.
+ *
+ * \param type A public key type or key pair type.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding public key type.
+ * If \p type is not a public key or a key pair,
+ * the return value is undefined.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) \
+ ((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR)
+
+/** Raw data.
+ *
+ * A "key" of this type cannot be used for any cryptographic operation.
+ * Applications may use this type to store arbitrary data in the keystore. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1001)
+
+/** HMAC key.
+ *
+ * The key policy determines which underlying hash algorithm the key can be
+ * used for.
+ *
+ * HMAC keys should generally have the same size as the underlying hash.
+ * This size can be calculated with #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg) where
+ * \c alg is the HMAC algorithm or the underlying hash algorithm. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_HMAC ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1100)
+
+/** A secret for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This key type is for high-entropy secrets only. For low-entropy secrets,
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD should be used instead.
+ *
+ * These keys can be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input of key derivation algorithms.
+ *
+ * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key
+ * can be used for.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1200)
+
+/** A low-entropy secret for password hashing or key derivation.
+ *
+ * This key type is suitable for passwords and passphrases which are typically
+ * intended to be memorizable by humans, and have a low entropy relative to
+ * their size. It can be used for randomly generated or derived keys with
+ * maximum or near-maximum entropy, but #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE is more suitable
+ * for such keys. It is not suitable for passwords with extremely low entropy,
+ * such as numerical PINs.
+ *
+ * These keys can be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input of
+ * key derivation algorithms. Algorithms that accept such an input were
+ * designed to accept low-entropy secret and are known as password hashing or
+ * key stretching algorithms.
+ *
+ * These keys cannot be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET input of
+ * key derivation algorithms, as the algorithms that take such an input expect
+ * it to be high-entropy.
+ *
+ * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key can be
+ * used for, among the permissible subset defined above.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1203)
+
+/** A secret value that can be used to verify a password hash.
+ *
+ * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key
+ * can be used for, among the same permissible subset as for
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1205)
+
+/** A secret value that can be used in when computing a password hash.
+ *
+ * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key
+ * can be used for, among the subset of algorithms that can use pepper.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PEPPER ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1206)
+
+/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the AES block cipher.
+ *
+ * The size of the key can be 16 bytes (AES-128), 24 bytes (AES-192) or
+ * 32 bytes (AES-256).
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2400)
+
+/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the
+ * ARIA block cipher. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ARIA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2406)
+
+/** Key for a cipher or MAC algorithm based on DES or 3DES (Triple-DES).
+ *
+ * The size of the key can be 64 bits (single DES), 128 bits (2-key 3DES) or
+ * 192 bits (3-key 3DES).
+ *
+ * Note that single DES and 2-key 3DES are weak and strongly
+ * deprecated and should only be used to decrypt legacy data. 3-key 3DES
+ * is weak and deprecated and should only be used in legacy protocols.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DES ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2301)
+
+/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the
+ * Camellia block cipher. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2403)
+
+/** Key for the ChaCha20 stream cipher or the Chacha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm.
+ *
+ * ChaCha20 and the ChaCha20_Poly1305 construction are defined in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * \note For ChaCha20 and ChaCha20_Poly1305, Mbed TLS only supports
+ * 12-byte nonces.
+ *
+ * \note For ChaCha20, the initial counter value is 0. To encrypt or decrypt
+ * with the initial counter value 1, you can process and discard a
+ * 64-byte block before the real data.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2004)
+
+/** RSA public key.
+ *
+ * The size of an RSA key is the bit size of the modulus.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4001)
+/** RSA key pair (private and public key).
+ *
+ * The size of an RSA key is the bit size of the modulus.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7001)
+/** Whether a key type is an RSA key (pair or public-only). */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(type) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4100)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7100)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x00ff)
+/** Elliptic curve key pair.
+ *
+ * The size of an elliptic curve key is the bit size associated with the curve,
+ * i.e. the bit size of *q* for a curve over a field *F<sub>q</sub>*.
+ * See the documentation of `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx` curve families for details.
+ *
+ * \param curve A value of type ::psa_ecc_family_t that
+ * identifies the ECC curve to be used.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(curve) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE | (curve))
+/** Elliptic curve public key.
+ *
+ * The size of an elliptic curve public key is the same as the corresponding
+ * private key (see #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR and the documentation of
+ * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx` curve families).
+ *
+ * \param curve A value of type ::psa_ecc_family_t that
+ * identifies the ECC curve to be used.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(curve) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE | (curve))
+
+/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve key (pair or public-only). */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(type) \
+ ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) & \
+ ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE)
+/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve key pair. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(type) \
+ (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE)
+/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve public key. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \
+ (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE)
+
+/** Extract the curve from an elliptic curve key type. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_GET_FAMILY(type) \
+ ((psa_ecc_family_t) (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(type) ? \
+ ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) : \
+ 0))
+
+/** Check if the curve of given family is Weierstrass elliptic curve. */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_IS_WEIERSTRASS(family) ((family & 0xc0) == 0)
+
+/** SEC Koblitz curves over prime fields.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curves:
+ * secp192k1, secp224k1, secp256k1.
+ * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_,
+ * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_.
+ * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf
+ *
+ * \note For secp224k1, the bit-size is 225 (size of a private value).
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS only supports secp192k1 and secp256k1.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_K1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x17)
+
+/** SEC random curves over prime fields.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curves:
+ * secp192r1, secp224r1, secp256r1, secp384r1, secp521r1.
+ * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_,
+ * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_.
+ * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x12)
+/* SECP160R2 (SEC2 v1, obsolete, not supported in Mbed TLS) */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R2 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x1b)
+
+/** SEC Koblitz curves over binary fields.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curves:
+ * sect163k1, sect233k1, sect239k1, sect283k1, sect409k1, sect571k1.
+ * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_,
+ * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_.
+ * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS does not support any curve in this family.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_K1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x27)
+
+/** SEC random curves over binary fields.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curves:
+ * sect163r1, sect233r1, sect283r1, sect409r1, sect571r1.
+ * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_,
+ * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_.
+ * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS does not support any curve in this family.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x22)
+
+/** SEC additional random curves over binary fields.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curve:
+ * sect163r2.
+ * It is defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_,
+ * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_.
+ * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS does not support any curve in this family.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_R2 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x2b)
+
+/** Brainpool P random curves.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following curves:
+ * brainpoolP160r1, brainpoolP192r1, brainpoolP224r1, brainpoolP256r1,
+ * brainpoolP320r1, brainpoolP384r1, brainpoolP512r1.
+ * It is defined in RFC 5639.
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS only supports the 256-bit, 384-bit and 512-bit curves
+ * in this family.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_P_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x30)
+
+/** Curve25519 and Curve448.
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following Montgomery curves:
+ * - 255-bit: Bernstein et al.,
+ * _Curve25519: new Diffie-Hellman speed records_, LNCS 3958, 2006.
+ * The algorithm #PSA_ALG_ECDH performs X25519 when used with this curve.
+ * - 448-bit: Hamburg,
+ * _Ed448-Goldilocks, a new elliptic curve_, NIST ECC Workshop, 2015.
+ * The algorithm #PSA_ALG_ECDH performs X448 when used with this curve.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x41)
+
+/** The twisted Edwards curves Ed25519 and Ed448.
+ *
+ * These curves are suitable for EdDSA (#PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA for both curves,
+ * #PSA_ALG_ED25519PH for the 255-bit curve,
+ * #PSA_ALG_ED448PH for the 448-bit curve).
+ *
+ * This family comprises the following twisted Edwards curves:
+ * - 255-bit: Edwards25519, the twisted Edwards curve birationally equivalent
+ * to Curve25519.
+ * Bernstein et al., _Twisted Edwards curves_, Africacrypt 2008.
+ * - 448-bit: Edwards448, the twisted Edwards curve birationally equivalent
+ * to Curve448.
+ * Hamburg, _Ed448-Goldilocks, a new elliptic curve_, NIST ECC Workshop, 2015.
+ *
+ * \note Mbed TLS does not support Edwards curves yet.
+ */
+#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x42)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4200)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7200)
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x00ff)
+/** Diffie-Hellman key pair.
+ *
+ * \param group A value of type ::psa_dh_family_t that identifies the
+ * Diffie-Hellman group to be used.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(group) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE | (group))
+/** Diffie-Hellman public key.
+ *
+ * \param group A value of type ::psa_dh_family_t that identifies the
+ * Diffie-Hellman group to be used.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(group) \
+ (PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE | (group))
+
+/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman key (pair or public-only). */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(type) \
+ ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) & \
+ ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE)
+/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman key pair. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR(type) \
+ (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE)
+/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman public key. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \
+ (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == \
+ PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE)
+
+/** Extract the group from a Diffie-Hellman key type. */
+#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GET_FAMILY(type) \
+ ((psa_dh_family_t) (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(type) ? \
+ ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) : \
+ 0))
+
+/** Diffie-Hellman groups defined in RFC 7919 Appendix A.
+ *
+ * This family includes groups with the following key sizes (in bits):
+ * 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144, 8192. A given implementation may support
+ * all of these sizes or only a subset.
+ */
+#define PSA_DH_FAMILY_RFC7919 ((psa_dh_family_t) 0x03)
+
+#define PSA_GET_KEY_TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE_EXPONENT(type) \
+ (((type) >> 8) & 7)
+/** The block size of a block cipher.
+ *
+ * \param type A cipher key type (value of type #psa_key_type_t).
+ *
+ * \return The block size for a block cipher, or 1 for a stream cipher.
+ * The return value is undefined if \p type is not a supported
+ * cipher key type.
+ *
+ * \note It is possible to build stream cipher algorithms on top of a block
+ * cipher, for example CTR mode (#PSA_ALG_CTR).
+ * This macro only takes the key type into account, so it cannot be
+ * used to determine the size of the data that #psa_cipher_update()
+ * might buffer for future processing in general.
+ *
+ * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument is one.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro may evaluate its argument multiple times.
+ */
+#define PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(type) \
+ (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ? \
+ 1u << PSA_GET_KEY_TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE_EXPONENT(type) : \
+ 0u)
+
+/* Note that algorithm values are embedded in the persistent key store,
+ * as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they must not be changed
+ * (unless the storage format version changes).
+ */
+
+/** Vendor-defined algorithm flag.
+ *
+ * Algorithms defined by this standard will never have the #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG
+ * bit set. Vendors who define additional algorithms must use an encoding with
+ * the #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG bit set and should respect the bitwise structure
+ * used by standard encodings whenever practical.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x80000000)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x7f000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_SIGN ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09000000)
+
+/** Whether an algorithm is vendor-defined.
+ *
+ * See also #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_DEFINED(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG) != 0)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a hash algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a MAC algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MAC)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a symmetric cipher algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a symmetric cipher algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an authenticated encryption
+ * with associated data (AEAD) algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is an AEAD algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an asymmetric signature algorithm,
+ * also known as public-key signature algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is an asymmetric signature algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_SIGN)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an asymmetric encryption algorithm,
+ * also known as public-key encryption algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is an asymmetric encryption algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key agreement algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a key agreement algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key derivation algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a key derivation algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key stretching / password hashing
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * A key stretching / password hashing algorithm is a key derivation algorithm
+ * that is suitable for use with a low-entropy secret such as a password.
+ * Equivalently, it's a key derivation algorithm that uses a
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input step.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a key stretching / password hashing algorithm, 0
+ * otherwise. This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a
+ * supported algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) && \
+ (alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING_FLAG)
+
+/** An invalid algorithm identifier value. */
+/* *INDENT-OFF* (https://github.com/ARM-software/psa-arch-tests/issues/337) */
+#define PSA_ALG_NONE ((psa_algorithm_t)0)
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x000000ff)
+/** MD5 */
+#define PSA_ALG_MD5 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000003)
+/** PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 */
+#define PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000004)
+/** SHA1 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000005)
+/** SHA2-224 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000008)
+/** SHA2-256 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000009)
+/** SHA2-384 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000a)
+/** SHA2-512 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000b)
+/** SHA2-512/224 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000c)
+/** SHA2-512/256 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000d)
+/** SHA3-224 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000010)
+/** SHA3-256 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000011)
+/** SHA3-384 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000012)
+/** SHA3-512 */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000013)
+/** The first 512 bits (64 bytes) of the SHAKE256 output.
+ *
+ * This is the prehashing for Ed448ph (see #PSA_ALG_ED448PH). For other
+ * scenarios where a hash function based on SHA3/SHAKE is desired, SHA3-512
+ * has the same output size and a (theoretically) higher security strength.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000015)
+
+/** In a hash-and-sign algorithm policy, allow any hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * This value may be used to form the algorithm usage field of a policy
+ * for a signature algorithm that is parametrized by a hash. The key
+ * may then be used to perform operations using the same signature
+ * algorithm parametrized with any supported hash.
+ *
+ * That is, suppose that `PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE` is one of the following macros:
+ * - #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN, #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS, #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT,
+ * - #PSA_ALG_ECDSA, #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA.
+ * Then you may create and use a key as follows:
+ * - Set the key usage field using #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH, for example:
+ * ```
+ * psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH); // or VERIFY
+ * psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH));
+ * ```
+ * - Import or generate key material.
+ * - Call psa_sign_hash() or psa_verify_hash(), passing
+ * an algorithm built from `PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE` and a specific hash. Each
+ * call to sign or verify a message may use a different hash.
+ * ```
+ * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA_256), ...);
+ * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA_512), ...);
+ * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA3_256), ...);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * This value may not be used to build other algorithms that are
+ * parametrized over a hash. For any valid use of this macro to build
+ * an algorithm \c alg, #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(\c alg) is true.
+ *
+ * This value may not be used to build an algorithm specification to
+ * perform an operation. It is only valid to build policies.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x020000ff)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00c00000)
+#define PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03800000)
+/** Macro to build an HMAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * For example, #PSA_ALG_HMAC(#PSA_ALG_SHA_256) is HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding HMAC algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_HMAC(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(hmac_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hmac_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HMAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * HMAC is a family of MAC algorithms that are based on a hash function.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is an HMAC algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HMAC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK)) == \
+ PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE)
+
+/* In the encoding of a MAC algorithm, the bits corresponding to
+ * PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK encode the length to which the MAC is
+ * truncated. As an exception, the value 0 means the untruncated algorithm,
+ * whatever its length is. The length is encoded in 6 bits, so it can
+ * reach up to 63; the largest MAC is 64 bytes so its trivial truncation
+ * to full length is correctly encoded as 0 and any non-trivial truncation
+ * is correctly encoded as a value between 1 and 63. */
+#define PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x003f0000)
+#define PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET 16
+
+/* In the encoding of a MAC algorithm, the bit corresponding to
+ * #PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG encodes the fact that the algorithm
+ * is a wildcard algorithm. A key with such wildcard algorithm as permitted
+ * algorithm policy can be used with any algorithm corresponding to the
+ * same base class and having a (potentially truncated) MAC length greater or
+ * equal than the one encoded in #PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK. */
+#define PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00008000)
+
+/** Macro to build a truncated MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * A truncated MAC algorithm is identical to the corresponding MAC
+ * algorithm except that the MAC value for the truncated algorithm
+ * consists of only the first \p mac_length bytes of the MAC value
+ * for the untruncated algorithm.
+ *
+ * \note This macro may allow constructing algorithm identifiers that
+ * are not valid, either because the specified length is larger
+ * than the untruncated MAC or because the specified length is
+ * smaller than permitted by the implementation.
+ *
+ * \note It is implementation-defined whether a truncated MAC that
+ * is truncated to the same length as the MAC of the untruncated
+ * algorithm is considered identical to the untruncated algorithm
+ * for policy comparison purposes.
+ *
+ * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg)
+ * is true). This may be a truncated or untruncated
+ * MAC algorithm.
+ * \param mac_length Desired length of the truncated MAC in bytes.
+ * This must be at most the full length of the MAC
+ * and must be at least an implementation-specified
+ * minimum. The implementation-specified minimum
+ * shall not be zero.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding MAC algorithm with the specified
+ * length.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported
+ * MAC algorithm or if \p mac_length is too small or
+ * too large for the specified MAC algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_TRUNCATED_MAC(mac_alg, mac_length) \
+ (((mac_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK | \
+ PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)) | \
+ ((mac_length) << PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK))
+
+/** Macro to build the base MAC algorithm corresponding to a truncated
+ * MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg)
+ * is true). This may be a truncated or untruncated
+ * MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding base MAC algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported
+ * MAC algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_FULL_LENGTH_MAC(mac_alg) \
+ ((mac_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK | \
+ PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG))
+
+/** Length to which a MAC algorithm is truncated.
+ *
+ * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg)
+ * is true).
+ *
+ * \return Length of the truncated MAC in bytes.
+ * \return 0 if \p mac_alg is a non-truncated MAC algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported
+ * MAC algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_MAC_TRUNCATED_LENGTH(mac_alg) \
+ (((mac_alg) & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK) >> PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET)
+
+/** Macro to build a MAC minimum-MAC-length wildcard algorithm.
+ *
+ * A minimum-MAC-length MAC wildcard algorithm permits all MAC algorithms
+ * sharing the same base algorithm, and where the (potentially truncated) MAC
+ * length of the specific algorithm is equal to or larger then the wildcard
+ * algorithm's minimum MAC length.
+ *
+ * \note When setting the minimum required MAC length to less than the
+ * smallest MAC length allowed by the base algorithm, this effectively
+ * becomes an 'any-MAC-length-allowed' policy for that base algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg)
+ * is true).
+ * \param min_mac_length Desired minimum length of the message authentication
+ * code in bytes. This must be at most the untruncated
+ * length of the MAC and must be at least 1.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding MAC wildcard algorithm with the
+ * specified minimum length.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported MAC
+ * algorithm or if \p min_mac_length is less than 1 or
+ * too large for the specified MAC algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_MAC(mac_alg, min_mac_length) \
+ (PSA_ALG_TRUNCATED_MAC(mac_alg, min_mac_length) | \
+ PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_MAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00000)
+/** The CBC-MAC construction over a block cipher
+ *
+ * \warning CBC-MAC is insecure in many cases.
+ * A more secure mode, such as #PSA_ALG_CMAC, is recommended.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CBC_MAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00100)
+/** The CMAC construction over a block cipher */
+#define PSA_ALG_CMAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00200)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a MAC algorithm based on a block cipher.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a MAC algorithm based on a block cipher, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_BLOCK_CIPHER_MAC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK)) == \
+ PSA_ALG_CIPHER_MAC_BASE)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00800000)
+#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00400000)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a stream cipher.
+ *
+ * A stream cipher is a symmetric cipher that encrypts or decrypts messages
+ * by applying a bitwise-xor with a stream of bytes that is generated
+ * from a key.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a stream cipher algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier or if it is not a symmetric cipher algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_STREAM_CIPHER(alg) \
+ (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG)) == \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER | PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG))
+
+/** The stream cipher mode of a stream cipher algorithm.
+ *
+ * The underlying stream cipher is determined by the key type.
+ * - To use ChaCha20, use a key type of #PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04800100)
+
+/** The CTR stream cipher mode.
+ *
+ * CTR is a stream cipher which is built from a block cipher.
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ * For example, to use AES-128-CTR, use this algorithm with
+ * a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES and a length of 128 bits (16 bytes).
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CTR ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01000)
+
+/** The CFB stream cipher mode.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CFB ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01100)
+
+/** The OFB stream cipher mode.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_OFB ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01200)
+
+/** The XTS cipher mode.
+ *
+ * XTS is a cipher mode which is built from a block cipher. It requires at
+ * least one full block of input, but beyond this minimum the input
+ * does not need to be a whole number of blocks.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_XTS ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0440ff00)
+
+/** The Electronic Code Book (ECB) mode of a block cipher, with no padding.
+ *
+ * \warning ECB mode does not protect the confidentiality of the encrypted data
+ * except in extremely narrow circumstances. It is recommended that applications
+ * only use ECB if they need to construct an operating mode that the
+ * implementation does not provide. Implementations are encouraged to provide
+ * the modes that applications need in preference to supporting direct access
+ * to ECB.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ *
+ * This symmetric cipher mode can only be used with messages whose lengths are a
+ * multiple of the block size of the chosen block cipher.
+ *
+ * ECB mode does not accept an initialization vector (IV). When using a
+ * multi-part cipher operation with this algorithm, psa_cipher_generate_iv()
+ * and psa_cipher_set_iv() must not be called.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404400)
+
+/** The CBC block cipher chaining mode, with no padding.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ *
+ * This symmetric cipher mode can only be used with messages whose lengths
+ * are whole number of blocks for the chosen block cipher.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404000)
+
+/** The CBC block cipher chaining mode with PKCS#7 padding.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ *
+ * This is the padding method defined by PKCS#7 (RFC 2315) &sect;10.3.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404100)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00400000)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an AEAD mode on a block cipher.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is an AEAD algorithm which is an AEAD mode based on
+ * a block cipher, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) \
+ (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG)) == \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD | PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG))
+
+/** The CCM authenticated encryption algorithm.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CCM ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05500100)
+
+/** The CCM* cipher mode without authentication.
+ *
+ * This is CCM* as specified in IEEE 802.15.4 §7, with a tag length of 0.
+ * For CCM* with a nonzero tag length, use the AEAD algorithm #PSA_ALG_CCM.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ *
+ * Currently only 13-byte long IV's are supported.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01300)
+
+/** The GCM authenticated encryption algorithm.
+ *
+ * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_GCM ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05500200)
+
+/** The Chacha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm.
+ *
+ * The ChaCha20_Poly1305 construction is defined in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * Implementations must support 12-byte nonces, may support 8-byte nonces,
+ * and should reject other sizes.
+ *
+ * Implementations must support 16-byte tags and should reject other sizes.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05100500)
+
+/* In the encoding of an AEAD algorithm, the bits corresponding to
+ * PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK encode the length of the AEAD tag.
+ * The constants for default lengths follow this encoding.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x003f0000)
+#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET 16
+
+/* In the encoding of an AEAD algorithm, the bit corresponding to
+ * #PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG encodes the fact that the algorithm
+ * is a wildcard algorithm. A key with such wildcard algorithm as permitted
+ * algorithm policy can be used with any algorithm corresponding to the
+ * same base class and having a tag length greater than or equal to the one
+ * encoded in #PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK. */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00008000)
+
+/** Macro to build a shortened AEAD algorithm.
+ *
+ * A shortened AEAD algorithm is similar to the corresponding AEAD
+ * algorithm, but has an authentication tag that consists of fewer bytes.
+ * Depending on the algorithm, the tag length may affect the calculation
+ * of the ciphertext.
+ *
+ * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg)
+ * is true).
+ * \param tag_length Desired length of the authentication tag in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding AEAD algorithm with the specified
+ * length.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported
+ * AEAD algorithm or if \p tag_length is not valid
+ * for the specified AEAD algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, tag_length) \
+ (((aead_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK | \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)) | \
+ ((tag_length) << PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET & \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK))
+
+/** Retrieve the tag length of a specified AEAD algorithm
+ *
+ * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg)
+ * is true).
+ *
+ * \return The tag length specified by the input algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported
+ * AEAD algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(aead_alg) \
+ (((aead_alg) & PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK) >> \
+ PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET)
+
+/** Calculate the corresponding AEAD algorithm with the default tag length.
+ *
+ * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding AEAD algorithm with the default
+ * tag length for that algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG(aead_alg) \
+ ( \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_CCM) \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_GCM) \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) \
+ 0)
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, ref) \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, 0) == \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(ref, 0) ? \
+ ref :
+
+/** Macro to build an AEAD minimum-tag-length wildcard algorithm.
+ *
+ * A minimum-tag-length AEAD wildcard algorithm permits all AEAD algorithms
+ * sharing the same base algorithm, and where the tag length of the specific
+ * algorithm is equal to or larger then the minimum tag length specified by the
+ * wildcard algorithm.
+ *
+ * \note When setting the minimum required tag length to less than the
+ * smallest tag length allowed by the base algorithm, this effectively
+ * becomes an 'any-tag-length-allowed' policy for that base algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type
+ * #psa_algorithm_t such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) is true).
+ * \param min_tag_length Desired minimum length of the authentication tag in
+ * bytes. This must be at least 1 and at most the largest
+ * allowed tag length of the algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding AEAD wildcard algorithm with the
+ * specified minimum length.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported
+ * AEAD algorithm or if \p min_tag_length is less than 1
+ * or too large for the specified AEAD algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_TAG(aead_alg, min_tag_length) \
+ (PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, min_tag_length) | \
+ PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000200)
+/** RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the signature scheme defined by RFC 8017
+ * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name
+ * RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** Raw PKCS#1 v1.5 signature.
+ *
+ * The input to this algorithm is the DigestInfo structure used by
+ * RFC 8017 (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications), &sect;9.2
+ * steps 3&ndash;6.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000300)
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06001300)
+/** RSA PSS signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the signature scheme defined by RFC 8017
+ * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name
+ * RSASSA-PSS, with the message generation function MGF1, and with
+ * a salt length equal to the length of the hash, or the largest
+ * possible salt length for the algorithm and key size if that is
+ * smaller than the hash length. The specified hash algorithm is
+ * used to hash the input message, to create the salted hash, and
+ * for the mask generation.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding RSA PSS signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** RSA PSS signature with hashing with relaxed verification.
+ *
+ * This algorithm has the same behavior as #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS when signing,
+ * but allows an arbitrary salt length (including \c 0) when verifying a
+ * signature.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding RSA PSS signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS with standard salt.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(\c hash_alg),
+ * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or
+ * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not
+ * a supported algorithm identifier or policy.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_STANDARD_SALT(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS with any salt.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE(\c hash_alg),
+ * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or
+ * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not
+ * a supported algorithm identifier or policy.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS.
+ *
+ * This includes any of the RSA PSS algorithm variants, regardless of the
+ * constraints on salt length.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(\c hash_alg) or
+ * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE(\c hash_alg),
+ * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or
+ * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not
+ * a supported algorithm identifier or policy.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_STANDARD_SALT(alg) || \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(alg))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000600)
+/** ECDSA signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the ECDSA signature scheme defined by ANSI X9.62,
+ * with a random per-message secret number (*k*).
+ *
+ * The representation of the signature as a byte string consists of
+ * the concatenation of the signature values *r* and *s*. Each of
+ * *r* and *s* is encoded as an *N*-octet string, where *N* is the length
+ * of the base point of the curve in octets. Each value is represented
+ * in big-endian order (most significant octet first).
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding ECDSA signature algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** ECDSA signature without hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the same signature scheme as #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(), but
+ * without specifying a hash algorithm. This algorithm may only be
+ * used to sign or verify a sequence of bytes that should be an
+ * already-calculated hash. Note that the input is padded with
+ * zeros on the left or truncated on the left as required to fit
+ * the curve size.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_ANY PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE
+#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000700)
+/** Deterministic ECDSA signature with hashing.
+ *
+ * This is the deterministic ECDSA signature scheme defined by RFC 6979.
+ *
+ * The representation of a signature is the same as with #PSA_ALG_ECDSA().
+ *
+ * Note that when this algorithm is used for verification, signatures
+ * made with randomized ECDSA (#PSA_ALG_ECDSA(\p hash_alg)) with the
+ * same private key are accepted. In other words,
+ * #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(\p hash_alg) differs from
+ * #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(\p hash_alg) only for signature, not for verification.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH
+ * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding deterministic ECDSA signature
+ * algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00000100)
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK & ~PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) == \
+ PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) != 0)
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) && PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg))
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RANDOMIZED_ECDSA(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) && !PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg))
+
+/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm without prehashing (PureEdDSA),
+ * using standard parameters.
+ *
+ * Contexts are not supported in the current version of this specification
+ * because there is no suitable signature interface that can take the
+ * context as a parameter. A future version of this specification may add
+ * suitable functions and extend this algorithm to support contexts.
+ *
+ * PureEdDSA requires an elliptic curve key on a twisted Edwards curve.
+ * In this specification, the following curves are supported:
+ * - #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS, 255-bit: Ed25519 as specified
+ * in RFC 8032.
+ * The curve is Edwards25519.
+ * The hash function used internally is SHA-512.
+ * - #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS, 448-bit: Ed448 as specified
+ * in RFC 8032.
+ * The curve is Edwards448.
+ * The hash function used internally is the first 114 bytes of the
+ * SHAKE256 output.
+ *
+ * This algorithm can be used with psa_sign_message() and
+ * psa_verify_message(). Since there is no prehashing, it cannot be used
+ * with psa_sign_hash() or psa_verify_hash().
+ *
+ * The signature format is the concatenation of R and S as defined by
+ * RFC 8032 §5.1.6 and §5.2.6 (a 64-byte string for Ed25519, a 114-byte
+ * string for Ed448).
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000800)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000900)
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_EDDSA(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE)
+
+/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm with prehashing (HashEdDSA),
+ * using SHA-512 and the Edwards25519 curve.
+ *
+ * See #PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA regarding context support and the signature format.
+ *
+ * This algorithm is Ed25519 as specified in RFC 8032.
+ * The curve is Edwards25519.
+ * The prehash is SHA-512.
+ * The hash function used internally is SHA-512.
+ *
+ * This is a hash-and-sign algorithm: to calculate a signature,
+ * you can either:
+ * - call psa_sign_message() on the message;
+ * - or calculate the SHA-512 hash of the message
+ * with psa_hash_compute()
+ * or with a multi-part hash operation started with psa_hash_setup(),
+ * using the hash algorithm #PSA_ALG_SHA_512,
+ * then sign the calculated hash with psa_sign_hash().
+ * Verifying a signature is similar, using psa_verify_message() or
+ * psa_verify_hash() instead of the signature function.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ED25519PH \
+ (PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE | (PSA_ALG_SHA_512 & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm with prehashing (HashEdDSA),
+ * using SHAKE256 and the Edwards448 curve.
+ *
+ * See #PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA regarding context support and the signature format.
+ *
+ * This algorithm is Ed448 as specified in RFC 8032.
+ * The curve is Edwards448.
+ * The prehash is the first 64 bytes of the SHAKE256 output.
+ * The hash function used internally is the first 114 bytes of the
+ * SHAKE256 output.
+ *
+ * This is a hash-and-sign algorithm: to calculate a signature,
+ * you can either:
+ * - call psa_sign_message() on the message;
+ * - or calculate the first 64 bytes of the SHAKE256 output of the message
+ * with psa_hash_compute()
+ * or with a multi-part hash operation started with psa_hash_setup(),
+ * using the hash algorithm #PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512,
+ * then sign the calculated hash with psa_sign_hash().
+ * Verifying a signature is similar, using psa_verify_message() or
+ * psa_verify_hash() instead of the signature function.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ED448PH \
+ (PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE | (PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512 & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/* Default definition, to be overridden if the library is extended with
+ * more hash-and-sign algorithms that we want to keep out of this header
+ * file. */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) 0
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a signature algorithm that can be used
+ * with psa_sign_hash() and psa_verify_hash().
+ *
+ * This encompasses all strict hash-and-sign algorithms categorized by
+ * PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(), as well as algorithms that follow the
+ * paradigm more loosely:
+ * - #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW (expects its input to be an encoded hash)
+ * - #PSA_ALG_ECDSA_ANY (doesn't specify what kind of hash the input is)
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if alg is a signature algorithm that can be used to sign a
+ * hash. 0 if alg is a signature algorithm that can only be used
+ * to sign a message. 0 if alg is not a signature algorithm.
+ * This macro can return either 0 or 1 if alg is not a
+ * supported algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(alg) || \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_EDDSA(alg) || \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a signature algorithm that can be used
+ * with psa_sign_message() and psa_verify_message().
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if alg is a signature algorithm that can be used to sign a
+ * message. 0 if \p alg is a signature algorithm that can only be used
+ * to sign an already-calculated hash. 0 if \p alg is not a signature
+ * algorithm. This macro can return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a
+ * supported algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) || (alg) == PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a hash-and-sign algorithm.
+ *
+ * Hash-and-sign algorithms are asymmetric (public-key) signature algorithms
+ * structured in two parts: first the calculation of a hash in a way that
+ * does not depend on the key, then the calculation of a signature from the
+ * hash value and the key. Hash-and-sign algorithms encode the hash
+ * used for the hashing step, and you can call #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH
+ * to extract this algorithm.
+ *
+ * Thus, for a hash-and-sign algorithm,
+ * `psa_sign_message(key, alg, input, ...)` is equivalent to
+ * ```
+ * psa_hash_compute(PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg), input, ..., hash, ...);
+ * psa_sign_hash(key, alg, hash, ..., signature, ...);
+ * ```
+ * Most usefully, separating the hash from the signature allows the hash
+ * to be calculated in multiple steps with psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update()
+ * and psa_hash_finish(). Likewise psa_verify_message() is equivalent to
+ * calculating the hash and then calling psa_verify_hash().
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a hash-and-sign algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) && \
+ ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) != 0)
+
+/** Get the hash used by a hash-and-sign signature algorithm.
+ *
+ * A hash-and-sign algorithm is a signature algorithm which is
+ * composed of two phases: first a hashing phase which does not use
+ * the key and produces a hash of the input message, then a signing
+ * phase which only uses the hash and the key and not the message
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN(\p alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The underlying hash algorithm if \p alg is a hash-and-sign
+ * algorithm.
+ * \return 0 if \p alg is a signature algorithm that does not
+ * follow the hash-and-sign structure.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p alg is not a signature algorithm or
+ * if it is not supported by the implementation.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) ? \
+ ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH : \
+ 0)
+
+/** RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption.
+ *
+ * \warning Calling psa_asymmetric_decrypt() with this algorithm as a
+ * parameter is considered an inherently dangerous function
+ * (CWE-242). Unless it is used in a side channel free and safe
+ * way (eg. implementing the TLS protocol as per 7.4.7.1 of
+ * RFC 5246), the calling code is vulnerable.
+ *
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000200)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000300)
+/** RSA OAEP encryption.
+ *
+ * This is the encryption scheme defined by RFC 8017
+ * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name
+ * RSAES-OAEP, with the message generation function MGF1.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg The hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true) to use
+ * for MGF1.
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding RSA OAEP encryption algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_GET_HASH(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) ? \
+ ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH : \
+ 0)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000100)
+/** Macro to build an HKDF algorithm.
+ *
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is HKDF using HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs:
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt used in the "extract" step.
+ * It is optional; if omitted, the derivation uses an empty salt.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key used in the "extract" step.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO is the info string used in the "expand" step.
+ * You must pass #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT before #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET.
+ * You may pass #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO at any time after steup and before
+ * starting to generate output.
+ *
+ * \warning HKDF processes the salt as follows: first hash it with hash_alg
+ * if the salt is longer than the block size of the hash algorithm; then
+ * pad with null bytes up to the block size. As a result, it is possible
+ * for distinct salt inputs to result in the same outputs. To ensure
+ * unique outputs, it is recommended to use a fixed length for salt values.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding HKDF algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF algorithm.
+ *
+ * HKDF is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based on a hash
+ * function and the HMAC construction.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000400)
+/** Macro to build an HKDF-Extract algorithm.
+ *
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is
+ * HKDF-Extract using HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs:
+ * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt.
+ * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the input keying material used in the
+ * "extract" step.
+ * The inputs are mandatory and must be passed in the order above.
+ * Each input may only be passed once.
+ *
+ * \warning HKDF-Extract is not meant to be used on its own. PSA_ALG_HKDF
+ * should be used instead if possible. PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT is provided
+ * as a separate algorithm for the sake of protocols that use it as a
+ * building block. It may also be a slight performance optimization
+ * in applications that use HKDF with the same salt and key but many
+ * different info strings.
+ *
+ * \warning HKDF processes the salt as follows: first hash it with hash_alg
+ * if the salt is longer than the block size of the hash algorithm; then
+ * pad with null bytes up to the block size. As a result, it is possible
+ * for distinct salt inputs to result in the same outputs. To ensure
+ * unique outputs, it is recommended to use a fixed length for salt values.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding HKDF-Extract algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF-Extract algorithm.
+ *
+ * HKDF-Extract is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based
+ * on a hash function and the HMAC construction.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF-Extract algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF_EXTRACT(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000500)
+/** Macro to build an HKDF-Expand algorithm.
+ *
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is
+ * HKDF-Expand using HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs:
+ * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the pseudorandom key (PRK).
+ * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO is the info string.
+ *
+ * The inputs are mandatory and must be passed in the order above.
+ * Each input may only be passed once.
+ *
+ * \warning HKDF-Expand is not meant to be used on its own. `PSA_ALG_HKDF`
+ * should be used instead if possible. `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND` is provided as
+ * a separate algorithm for the sake of protocols that use it as a building
+ * block. It may also be a slight performance optimization in applications
+ * that use HKDF with the same salt and key but many different info strings.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding HKDF-Expand algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF-Expand algorithm.
+ *
+ * HKDF-Expand is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based
+ * on a hash function and the HMAC construction.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF-Expand algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF_EXPAND(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF or HKDF-Extract or
+ * HKDF-Expand algorithm.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is any HKDF type algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_ANY_HKDF(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE || \
+ ((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE || \
+ ((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000200)
+/** Macro to build a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm.
+ *
+ * TLS 1.2 uses a custom pseudorandom function (PRF) for key schedule,
+ * specified in Section 5 of RFC 5246. It is based on HMAC and can be
+ * used with either SHA-256 or SHA-384.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be
+ * passed in the order given here:
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED is the seed.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL is the label.
+ *
+ * For the application to TLS-1.2 key expansion, the seed is the
+ * concatenation of ServerHello.Random + ClientHello.Random,
+ * and the label is "key expansion".
+ *
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` represents the
+ * TLS 1.2 PRF using HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_TLS12_PRF(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000300)
+/** Macro to build a TLS-1.2 PSK-to-MasterSecret algorithm.
+ *
+ * In a pure-PSK handshake in TLS 1.2, the master secret is derived
+ * from the PreSharedKey (PSK) through the application of padding
+ * (RFC 4279, Section 2) and the TLS-1.2 PRF (RFC 5246, Section 5).
+ * The latter is based on HMAC and can be used with either SHA-256
+ * or SHA-384.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be
+ * passed in the order given here:
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED is the seed.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET is the other secret for the
+ * computation of the premaster secret. This input is optional;
+ * if omitted, it defaults to a string of null bytes with the same length
+ * as the secret (PSK) input.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL is the label.
+ *
+ * For the application to TLS-1.2, the seed (which is
+ * forwarded to the TLS-1.2 PRF) is the concatenation of the
+ * ClientHello.Random + ServerHello.Random,
+ * the label is "master secret" or "extended master secret" and
+ * the other secret depends on the key exchange specified in the cipher suite:
+ * - for a plain PSK cipher suite (RFC 4279, Section 2), omit
+ * PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET
+ * - for a DHE-PSK (RFC 4279, Section 3) or ECDHE-PSK cipher suite
+ * (RFC 5489, Section 2), the other secret should be the output of the
+ * PSA_ALG_FFDH or PSA_ALG_ECDH key agreement performed with the peer.
+ * The recommended way to pass this input is to use a key derivation
+ * algorithm constructed as
+ * PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(ka_alg, PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(hash_alg))
+ * and to call psa_key_derivation_key_agreement(). Alternatively,
+ * this input may be an output of `psa_raw_key_agreement()` passed with
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes(), or an equivalent input passed with
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() or psa_key_derivation_input_key().
+ * - for a RSA-PSK cipher suite (RFC 4279, Section 4), the other secret
+ * should be the 48-byte client challenge (the PreMasterSecret of
+ * (RFC 5246, Section 7.4.7.1)) concatenation of the TLS version and
+ * a 46-byte random string chosen by the client. On the server, this is
+ * typically an output of psa_asymmetric_decrypt() using
+ * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, passed to the key derivation operation
+ * with `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`.
+ *
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` represents the
+ * TLS-1.2 PSK to MasterSecret derivation PRF using HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is a TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/* The TLS 1.2 ECJPAKE-to-PMS KDF. It takes the shared secret K (an EC point
+ * in case of EC J-PAKE) and calculates SHA256(K.X) that the rest of TLS 1.2
+ * will use to derive the session secret, as defined by step 2 of
+ * https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/draft-cragie-tls-ecjpake-01#section-8.7.
+ * Uses PSA_ALG_SHA_256.
+ * This function takes a single input:
+ * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the shared secret K from EC J-PAKE.
+ * The only supported curve is secp256r1 (the 256-bit curve in
+ * #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1), so the input must be exactly 65 bytes.
+ * The output has to be read as a single chunk of 32 bytes, defined as
+ * PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000609)
+
+/* This flag indicates whether the key derivation algorithm is suitable for
+ * use on low-entropy secrets such as password - these algorithms are also
+ * known as key stretching or password hashing schemes. These are also the
+ * algorithms that accepts inputs of type #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD.
+ *
+ * Those algorithms cannot be combined with a key agreement algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00800000)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08800100)
+/** Macro to build a PBKDF2-HMAC password hashing / key stretching algorithm.
+ *
+ * PBKDF2 is defined by PKCS#5, republished as RFC 8018 (section 5.2).
+ * This macro specifies the PBKDF2 algorithm constructed using a PRF based on
+ * HMAC with the specified hash.
+ * For example, `PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` specifies PBKDF2
+ * using the PRF HMAC-SHA-256.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be
+ * provided in the following order:
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_COST is the iteration count.
+ * This input step must be used exactly once.
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt.
+ * This input step must be used one or more times; if used several times, the
+ * inputs will be concatenated. This can be used to build the final salt
+ * from multiple sources, both public and secret (also known as pepper).
+ * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD is the password to be hashed.
+ * This input step must be used exactly once.
+ *
+ * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that
+ * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding PBKDF2-HMAC-XXX algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported
+ * hash algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC(hash_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a PBKDF2-HMAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is a PBKDF2-HMAC algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key derivation algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2_HMAC(alg) \
+ (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE)
+#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_GET_HASH(pbkdf2_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((pbkdf2_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK))
+/** The PBKDF2-AES-CMAC-PRF-128 password hashing / key stretching algorithm.
+ *
+ * PBKDF2 is defined by PKCS#5, republished as RFC 8018 (section 5.2).
+ * This macro specifies the PBKDF2 algorithm constructed using the
+ * AES-CMAC-PRF-128 PRF specified by RFC 4615.
+ *
+ * This key derivation algorithm uses the same inputs as
+ * #PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC() with the same constraints.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08800200)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2(kdf_alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2_HMAC(kdf_alg) || \
+ ((kdf_alg) == PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0xfe00ffff)
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0xffff0000)
+
+/** Macro to build a combined algorithm that chains a key agreement with
+ * a key derivation.
+ *
+ * \param ka_alg A key agreement algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such
+ * that #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(\p ka_alg) is true).
+ * \param kdf_alg A key derivation algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such
+ * that #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(\p kdf_alg) is true).
+ *
+ * \return The corresponding key agreement and derivation
+ * algorithm.
+ * \return Unspecified if \p ka_alg is not a supported
+ * key agreement algorithm or \p kdf_alg is not a
+ * supported key derivation algorithm.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(ka_alg, kdf_alg) \
+ ((ka_alg) | (kdf_alg))
+
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_KDF(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) \
+ (((alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a raw key agreement algorithm.
+ *
+ * A raw key agreement algorithm is one that does not specify
+ * a key derivation function.
+ * Usually, raw key agreement algorithms are constructed directly with
+ * a \c PSA_ALG_xxx macro while non-raw key agreement algorithms are
+ * constructed with #PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT().
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \p alg is a raw key agreement algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) && \
+ PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_KDF(alg) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION)
+
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION_OR_AGREEMENT(alg) \
+ ((PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg)))
+
+/** The finite-field Diffie-Hellman (DH) key agreement algorithm.
+ *
+ * The shared secret produced by key agreement is
+ * `g^{ab}` in big-endian format.
+ * It is `ceiling(m / 8)` bytes long where `m` is the size of the prime `p`
+ * in bits.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_FFDH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09010000)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is a finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm.
+ *
+ * This includes the raw finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm as well as
+ * finite-field Diffie-Hellman followed by any supporter key derivation
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is a finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm, 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key agreement algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_FFDH(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) == PSA_ALG_FFDH)
+
+/** The elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) key agreement algorithm.
+ *
+ * The shared secret produced by key agreement is the x-coordinate of
+ * the shared secret point. It is always `ceiling(m / 8)` bytes long where
+ * `m` is the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size of the
+ * order of the curve's coordinate field. When `m` is not a multiple of 8,
+ * the byte containing the most significant bit of the shared secret
+ * is padded with zero bits. The byte order is either little-endian
+ * or big-endian depending on the curve type.
+ *
+ * - For Montgomery curves (curve types `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_CURVEXXX`),
+ * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A`
+ * in little-endian byte order.
+ * The bit size is 448 for Curve448 and 255 for Curve25519.
+ * - For Weierstrass curves over prime fields (curve types
+ * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECPXXX` and `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_PXXX`),
+ * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A`
+ * in big-endian byte order.
+ * The bit size is `m = ceiling(log_2(p))` for the field `F_p`.
+ * - For Weierstrass curves over binary fields (curve types
+ * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECTXXX`),
+ * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A`
+ * in big-endian byte order.
+ * The bit size is `m` for the field `F_{2^m}`.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_ECDH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09020000)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm is an elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * This includes the raw elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman algorithm as well as
+ * elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman followed by any supporter key derivation
+ * algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is an elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman algorithm,
+ * 0 otherwise.
+ * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * key agreement algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_ECDH(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) == PSA_ALG_ECDH)
+
+/** Whether the specified algorithm encoding is a wildcard.
+ *
+ * Wildcard values may only be used to set the usage algorithm field in
+ * a policy, not to perform an operation.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return 1 if \c alg is a wildcard algorithm encoding.
+ * \return 0 if \c alg is a non-wildcard algorithm encoding (suitable for
+ * an operation).
+ * \return This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported
+ * algorithm identifier.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_IS_WILDCARD(alg) \
+ (PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) ? \
+ PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH : \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(alg) ? \
+ (alg & PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) != 0 : \
+ PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(alg) ? \
+ (alg & PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) != 0 : \
+ (alg) == PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+
+/** Get the hash used by a composite algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t).
+ *
+ * \return The underlying hash algorithm if alg is a composite algorithm that
+ * uses a hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return \c 0 if alg is not a composite algorithm that uses a hash.
+ */
+#define PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(alg) \
+ (((alg) & 0x000000ff) == 0 ? ((psa_algorithm_t) 0) : 0x02000000 | ((alg) & 0x000000ff))
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup key_lifetimes Key lifetimes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Note that location and persistence level values are embedded in the
+ * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they
+ * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes).
+ */
+
+/** The default lifetime for volatile keys.
+ *
+ * A volatile key only exists as long as the identifier to it is not destroyed.
+ * The key material is guaranteed to be erased on a power reset.
+ *
+ * A key with this lifetime is typically stored in the RAM area of the
+ * PSA Crypto subsystem. However this is an implementation choice.
+ * If an implementation stores data about the key in a non-volatile memory,
+ * it must release all the resources associated with the key and erase the
+ * key material if the calling application terminates.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE ((psa_key_lifetime_t) 0x00000000)
+
+/** The default lifetime for persistent keys.
+ *
+ * A persistent key remains in storage until it is explicitly destroyed or
+ * until the corresponding storage area is wiped. This specification does
+ * not define any mechanism to wipe a storage area, but integrations may
+ * provide their own mechanism (for example to perform a factory reset,
+ * to prepare for device refurbishment, or to uninstall an application).
+ *
+ * This lifetime value is the default storage area for the calling
+ * application. Integrations of Mbed TLS may support other persistent lifetimes.
+ * See ::psa_key_lifetime_t for more information.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT ((psa_key_lifetime_t) 0x00000001)
+
+/** The persistence level of volatile keys.
+ *
+ * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0x00)
+
+/** The default persistence level for persistent keys.
+ *
+ * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0x01)
+
+/** A persistence level indicating that a key is never destroyed.
+ *
+ * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0xff)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) \
+ ((psa_key_persistence_t) ((lifetime) & 0x000000ff))
+
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(lifetime) \
+ ((psa_key_location_t) ((lifetime) >> 8))
+
+/** Whether a key lifetime indicates that the key is volatile.
+ *
+ * A volatile key is automatically destroyed by the implementation when
+ * the application instance terminates. In particular, a volatile key
+ * is automatically destroyed on a power reset of the device.
+ *
+ * A key that is not volatile is persistent. Persistent keys are
+ * preserved until the application explicitly destroys them or until an
+ * implementation-specific device management event occurs (for example,
+ * a factory reset).
+ *
+ * \param lifetime The lifetime value to query (value of type
+ * ::psa_key_lifetime_t).
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the key is volatile, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime) \
+ (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) == \
+ PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE)
+
+/** Whether a key lifetime indicates that the key is read-only.
+ *
+ * Read-only keys cannot be created or destroyed through the PSA Crypto API.
+ * They must be created through platform-specific means that bypass the API.
+ *
+ * Some platforms may offer ways to destroy read-only keys. For example,
+ * consider a platform with multiple levels of privilege, where a
+ * low-privilege application can use a key but is not allowed to destroy
+ * it, and the platform exposes the key to the application with a read-only
+ * lifetime. High-privilege code can destroy the key even though the
+ * application sees the key as read-only.
+ *
+ * \param lifetime The lifetime value to query (value of type
+ * ::psa_key_lifetime_t).
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the key is read-only, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_READ_ONLY(lifetime) \
+ (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) == \
+ PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY)
+
+/** Construct a lifetime from a persistence level and a location.
+ *
+ * \param persistence The persistence level
+ * (value of type ::psa_key_persistence_t).
+ * \param location The location indicator
+ * (value of type ::psa_key_location_t).
+ *
+ * \return The constructed lifetime value.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(persistence, location) \
+ ((location) << 8 | (persistence))
+
+/** The local storage area for persistent keys.
+ *
+ * This storage area is available on all systems that can store persistent
+ * keys without delegating the storage to a third-party cryptoprocessor.
+ *
+ * See ::psa_key_location_t for more information.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE ((psa_key_location_t) 0x000000)
+
+#define PSA_KEY_LOCATION_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_key_location_t) 0x800000)
+
+/* Note that key identifier values are embedded in the
+ * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they
+ * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes).
+ */
+
+/** The null key identifier.
+ */
+/* *INDENT-OFF* (https://github.com/ARM-software/psa-arch-tests/issues/337) */
+#define PSA_KEY_ID_NULL ((psa_key_id_t)0)
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+/** The minimum value for a key identifier chosen by the application.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x00000001)
+/** The maximum value for a key identifier chosen by the application.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x3fffffff)
+/** The minimum value for a key identifier chosen by the implementation.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x40000000)
+/** The maximum value for a key identifier chosen by the implementation.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fffffff)
+
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT ((psa_key_id_t) 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(id) (id)
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(id) (0)
+
+/** Utility to initialize a key identifier at runtime.
+ *
+ * \param unused Unused parameter.
+ * \param key_id Identifier of the key.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_make(
+ unsigned int unused, psa_key_id_t key_id)
+{
+ (void) unused;
+
+ return key_id;
+}
+
+/** Compare two key identifiers.
+ *
+ * \param id1 First key identifier.
+ * \param id2 Second key identifier.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the two key identifier are equal, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_equal(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id1,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id2)
+{
+ return id1 == id2;
+}
+
+/** Check whether a key identifier is null.
+ *
+ * \param key Key identifier.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the key identifier is null, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key)
+{
+ return key == 0;
+}
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT ((mbedtls_svc_key_id_t){ 0, 0 })
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(id) ((id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id))
+#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(id) ((id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner))
+
+/** Utility to initialize a key identifier at runtime.
+ *
+ * \param owner_id Identifier of the key owner.
+ * \param key_id Identifier of the key.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_make(
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner_id, psa_key_id_t key_id)
+{
+ return (mbedtls_svc_key_id_t){ .MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) = key_id,
+ .MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner) = owner_id };
+}
+
+/** Compare two key identifiers.
+ *
+ * \param id1 First key identifier.
+ * \param id2 Second key identifier.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the two key identifier are equal, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_equal(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id1,
+ mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id2)
+{
+ return (id1.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) == id2.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id)) &&
+ mbedtls_key_owner_id_equal(id1.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner), id2.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner));
+}
+
+/** Check whether a key identifier is null.
+ *
+ * \param key Key identifier.
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the key identifier is null, zero otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key)
+{
+ return key.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) == 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup policy Key policies
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Note that key usage flags are embedded in the
+ * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they
+ * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes).
+ */
+
+/** Whether the key may be exported.
+ *
+ * A public key or the public part of a key pair may always be exported
+ * regardless of the value of this permission flag.
+ *
+ * If a key does not have export permission, implementations shall not
+ * allow the key to be exported in plain form from the cryptoprocessor,
+ * whether through psa_export_key() or through a proprietary interface.
+ * The key may however be exportable in a wrapped form, i.e. in a form
+ * where it is encrypted by another key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000001)
+
+/** Whether the key may be copied.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the use of psa_copy_key() to make a copy of the key
+ * with the same policy or a more restrictive policy.
+ *
+ * For lifetimes for which the key is located in a secure element which
+ * enforce the non-exportability of keys, copying a key outside the secure
+ * element also requires the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT.
+ * Copying the key inside the secure element is permitted with just
+ * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY if the secure element supports it.
+ * For keys with the lifetime #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE or
+ * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT, the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY
+ * is sufficient to permit the copy.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000002)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to encrypt a message.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a symmetric encryption operation,
+ * for an AEAD encryption-and-authentication operation,
+ * or for an asymmetric encryption operation,
+ * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the public key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000100)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to decrypt a message.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a symmetric decryption operation,
+ * for an AEAD decryption-and-verification operation,
+ * or for an asymmetric decryption operation,
+ * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the private key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000200)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to sign a message.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC calculation operation or for
+ * an asymmetric message signature operation, if otherwise permitted by the
+ * key’s type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the private key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000400)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to verify a message.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC verification operation or for
+ * an asymmetric message signature verification operation, if otherwise
+ * permitted by the key’s type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the public key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000800)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to sign a message.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC calculation operation
+ * or for an asymmetric signature operation,
+ * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the private key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00001000)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to verify a message signature.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC verification operation
+ * or for an asymmetric signature verification operation,
+ * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy.
+ *
+ * For a key pair, this concerns the public key.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00002000)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to derive other keys or produce a password
+ * hash.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used for a key derivation operation or for
+ * a key agreement operation, if otherwise permitted by the key's type and
+ * policy.
+ *
+ * If this flag is present on all keys used in calls to
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_key() for a key derivation operation, then it
+ * permits calling psa_key_derivation_output_bytes() or
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key() at the end of the operation.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00004000)
+
+/** Whether the key may be used to verify the result of a key derivation,
+ * including password hashing.
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used:
+ *
+ * This flag allows the key to be used in a key derivation operation, if
+ * otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy.
+ *
+ * If this flag is present on all keys used in calls to
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_key() for a key derivation operation, then it
+ * permits calling psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() or
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_key() at the end of the operation.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00008000)
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup derivation Key derivation
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Key input steps are not embedded in the persistent storage, so you can
+ * change them if needed: it's only an ABI change. */
+
+/** A secret input for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This should be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE
+ * (passed to psa_key_derivation_input_key())
+ * or the shared secret resulting from a key agreement
+ * (obtained via psa_key_derivation_key_agreement()).
+ *
+ * The secret can also be a direct input (passed to
+ * key_derivation_input_bytes()). In this case, the derivation operation
+ * may not be used to derive keys: the operation will only allow
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(),
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(), or
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_key(), but not
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key().
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0101)
+
+/** A low-entropy secret input for password hashing / key stretching.
+ *
+ * This is usually a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD (passed to
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_key()) or a direct input (passed to
+ * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()) that is a password or passphrase. It can
+ * also be high-entropy secret such as a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE or
+ * the shared secret resulting from a key agreement.
+ *
+ * The secret can also be a direct input (passed to
+ * key_derivation_input_bytes()). In this case, the derivation operation
+ * may not be used to derive keys: the operation will only allow
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(),
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(), or
+ * psa_key_derivation_verify_key(), but not
+ * psa_key_derivation_output_key().
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0102)
+
+/** A high-entropy additional secret input for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This is typically the shared secret resulting from a key agreement obtained
+ * via `psa_key_derivation_key_agreement()`. It may alternatively be a key of
+ * type `PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE` passed to `psa_key_derivation_input_key()`, or
+ * a direct input passed to `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET \
+ ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0103)
+
+/** A label for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This should be a direct input.
+ * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0201)
+
+/** A salt for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This should be a direct input.
+ * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA or
+ * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PEPPER.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0202)
+
+/** An information string for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This should be a direct input.
+ * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0203)
+
+/** A seed for key derivation.
+ *
+ * This should be a direct input.
+ * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA.
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0204)
+
+/** A cost parameter for password hashing / key stretching.
+ *
+ * This must be a direct input, passed to psa_key_derivation_input_integer().
+ */
+#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_COST ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0205)
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup helper_macros Helper macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Helper macros */
+
+/** Check if two AEAD algorithm identifiers refer to the same AEAD algorithm
+ * regardless of the tag length they encode.
+ *
+ * \param aead_alg_1 An AEAD algorithm identifier.
+ * \param aead_alg_2 An AEAD algorithm identifier.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if both identifiers refer to the same AEAD algorithm,
+ * 0 otherwise.
+ * Unspecified if neither \p aead_alg_1 nor \p aead_alg_2 are
+ * a supported AEAD algorithm.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(aead_alg_1, aead_alg_2) \
+ (!(((aead_alg_1) ^ (aead_alg_2)) & \
+ ~(PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK | PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)))
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/**@}*/
+
+/** \defgroup interruptible Interruptible operations
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Maximum value for use with \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to determine
+ * the maximum number of ops allowed to be executed by an interruptible
+ * function in a single call.
+ */
+#define PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED UINT32_MAX
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H */
diff --git a/vendor/mbedtls/mbedtls_noscrypt_config.h b/vendor/mbedtls/mbedtls_noscrypt_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ae70c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/mbedtls/mbedtls_noscrypt_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/**
+ * \file config-suite-b.h
+ *
+ * \brief Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
+ */
+ /*
+ * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+ /*
+ * Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
+ *
+ * Distinguishing features:
+ * - no RSA or classic DH, fully based on ECC
+ * - optimized for low RAM usage
+ *
+ * Possible improvements:
+ * - if 128-bit security is enough, disable secp384r1 and SHA-512
+ * - use embedded certs in DER format and disable PEM_PARSE_C and BASE64_C
+ *
+ * See README.txt for usage instructions.
+ */
+
+ /* System support */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+
+/* Mbed TLS feature support */
+
+/* Mbed TLS modules */
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
+
+
+/* Save RAM at the expense of ROM */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
+
+/* Save RAM by adjusting to our exact needs */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 48 // 384-bit EC curve = 48 bytes
+
+/* Save RAM at the expense of speed, see ecp.h */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 2
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 0
+
+/* Significant speed benefit at the expense of some ROM */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
+
+/*
+ * You should adjust this to the exact number of sources you're using: default
+ * is the "mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll" source, but you may want to add other ones.
+ * Minimum is 2 for the entropy test suite.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 2 \ No newline at end of file